Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/403/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports & Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life. Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/403/ en-US All rights reserved Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:02 GMT Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:02 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/403/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/403/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/403/ thebookvoice.com no Bertrand Price bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/403/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you looking for ways to relax after stressful working hours? With over 500,000+ audiobooks in categories like Comedy, Sports & Entertainment, and Science Fiction, we will bring you interesting experiences. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start exploring the world of sound. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and many other devices; audiobooks will be the perfect companion for your modern life. Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775493 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775493]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Diplomacy of the American Revolution Author: Samuel Flagg Bemis Narrator: Tom Beyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'To the superficial observer there would seem never to have been an age less propitious for the birth of a new nation. The tendency of the times was altogether for the aggrandizement of big states and the consolidation of their territory at the expense of the little ones, for the extinction of the weaker nations and governments rather than for the creation of new ones. Nevertheless it was this bitter cut-throat international rivalry which was to make American independence possible.' On April 15th, 1783, the Articles of Peace between the United States and Great Britain went into effect proclaiming that 'His Britannic Majesty acknowledges the United States . . . to be free Sovereign and independent States.' That recognition represented a monumental achievement for the new American nation. It also, as Samuel Flagg Bemis shows us, marked the end of a world war. France's search for revenge against Britain after the French and Indian War, Spain's attempt to retake Gibraltar, the complicated trade interests of the Netherlands and Russia, Austria's fears of a two-front war—each of these saw America's struggle for independence as an event that affected their own strategies. And, as Bemis shows us, it is through that prism that we should consider the actions of those who supported America and Great Britain. Samuel Flagg Bemis Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775493 thebookvoice.com 9:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775493]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Diplomacy of the American Revolution Author: Samuel Flagg Bemis Narrator: Tom Beyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'To the superficial observer there would seem never to have been an age less propitious for the birth of a new nation. The tendency of the times was altogether for the aggrandizement of big states and the consolidation of their territory at the expense of the little ones, for the extinction of the weaker nations and governments rather than for the creation of new ones. Nevertheless it was this bitter cut-throat international rivalry which was to make American independence possible.' On April 15th, 1783, the Articles of Peace between the United States and Great Britain went into effect proclaiming that 'His Britannic Majesty acknowledges the United States . . . to be free Sovereign and independent States.' That recognition represented a monumental achievement for the new American nation. It also, as Samuel Flagg Bemis shows us, marked the end of a world war. France's search for revenge against Britain after the French and Indian War, Spain's attempt to retake Gibraltar, the complicated trade interests of the Netherlands and Russia, Austria's fears of a two-front war—each of these saw America's struggle for independence as an event that affected their own strategies. And, as Bemis shows us, it is through that prism that we should consider the actions of those who supported America and Great Britain. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775493]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Diplomacy of the American Revolution Author: Samuel Flagg Bemis Narrator: Tom Beyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'To the superficial observer there would seem never to have been an age less propitious for the birth of a new nation. The tendency of the times was altogether for the aggrandizement of big states and the consolidation of their territory at the expense of the little ones, for the extinction of the weaker nations and governments rather than for the creation of new ones. Nevertheless it was this bitter cut-throat international rivalry which was to make American independence possible.' On April 15th, 1783, the Articles of Peace between the United States and Great Britain went into effect proclaiming that 'His Britannic Majesty acknowledges the United States . . . to be free Sovereign and independent States.' That recognition represented a monumental achievement for the new American nation. It also, as Samuel Flagg Bemis shows us, marked the end of a world war. France's search for revenge against Britain after the French and Indian War, Spain's attempt to retake Gibraltar, the complicated trade interests of the Netherlands and Russia, Austria's fears of a two-front war—each of these saw America's struggle for independence as an event that affected their own strategies. And, as Bemis shows us, it is through that prism that we should consider the actions of those who supported America and Great Britain. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775485 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gaslight: The Atlantic Coast Pipeline and the Fight for America's Energy Future Author: Jonathan Mingle Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Imagine one day you receive a letter in the mail that informs you that a large energy company is planning to build a massive pipeline through your property. That they have the legal right to do so, whether you like it or not, because this project is in the 'public interest'—because the pipeline will be carrying natural gas, the so-called 'bridge fuel' that politicians have been peddling for decades as the path to a clean, green energy future. This was the gist of the letter that Dominion Energy sent to thousands of residents living along the path of its proposed Atlantic Coast Pipeline in 2014, setting off an epic, six-year battle that eventually led all the way to the Supreme Court. At stake was not only the future of the communities that lay in the pipeline's path but the future of American energy. Would the public be swayed by the industry's decades-long public relations campaign to frame natural gas—a fossil fuel and itself a potent greenhouse gas—as a 'solution' to climate change? Or would we recognize it as a methane bomb, capable of not only imperiling local property and upending people's lives, but of pushing the planet further down the road towards climate chaos? Gaslight is for anyone who wants to understand the dark, overlooked story of America's 'favorite fossil fuel,' and the immense future stakes of the energy choices we face today. Jonathan Mingle Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775485 thebookvoice.com 11:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gaslight: The Atlantic Coast Pipeline and the Fight for America's Energy Future Author: Jonathan Mingle Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Imagine one day you receive a letter in the mail that informs you that a large energy company is planning to build a massive pipeline through your property. That they have the legal right to do so, whether you like it or not, because this project is in the 'public interest'—because the pipeline will be carrying natural gas, the so-called 'bridge fuel' that politicians have been peddling for decades as the path to a clean, green energy future. This was the gist of the letter that Dominion Energy sent to thousands of residents living along the path of its proposed Atlantic Coast Pipeline in 2014, setting off an epic, six-year battle that eventually led all the way to the Supreme Court. At stake was not only the future of the communities that lay in the pipeline's path but the future of American energy. Would the public be swayed by the industry's decades-long public relations campaign to frame natural gas—a fossil fuel and itself a potent greenhouse gas—as a 'solution' to climate change? Or would we recognize it as a methane bomb, capable of not only imperiling local property and upending people's lives, but of pushing the planet further down the road towards climate chaos? Gaslight is for anyone who wants to understand the dark, overlooked story of America's 'favorite fossil fuel,' and the immense future stakes of the energy choices we face today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gaslight: The Atlantic Coast Pipeline and the Fight for America's Energy Future Author: Jonathan Mingle Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Imagine one day you receive a letter in the mail that informs you that a large energy company is planning to build a massive pipeline through your property. That they have the legal right to do so, whether you like it or not, because this project is in the 'public interest'—because the pipeline will be carrying natural gas, the so-called 'bridge fuel' that politicians have been peddling for decades as the path to a clean, green energy future. This was the gist of the letter that Dominion Energy sent to thousands of residents living along the path of its proposed Atlantic Coast Pipeline in 2014, setting off an epic, six-year battle that eventually led all the way to the Supreme Court. At stake was not only the future of the communities that lay in the pipeline's path but the future of American energy. Would the public be swayed by the industry's decades-long public relations campaign to frame natural gas—a fossil fuel and itself a potent greenhouse gas—as a 'solution' to climate change? Or would we recognize it as a methane bomb, capable of not only imperiling local property and upending people's lives, but of pushing the planet further down the road towards climate chaos? Gaslight is for anyone who wants to understand the dark, overlooked story of America's 'favorite fossil fuel,' and the immense future stakes of the energy choices we face today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775469 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memory and Authority: The Uses of History in Constitutional Interpretation Author: Jack M. Balkin Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fights over history are at the heart of most important constitutional disputes in America. The Supreme Court's current embrace of originalism is only the most recent example of how lawyers and judges try to use history to establish authority for their positions. Jack M. Balkin argues that fights over constitutional interpretation are often fights over collective memory. Lawyers and judges construct—and erase—memory to lend authority to their present-day views; they make the past speak their values so they can then claim to follow it. The seemingly opposed camps of originalism and living constitutionalism are actually mirror images of a single phenomenon: how lawyers use history to adapt an ancient constitution to a constantly changing world. Balkin shows how lawyers and judges channel history through standard forms of legal argument that shape how they use history and even what they see in history. He explains how lawyers and judges invoke history selectively to construct authority for their claims and undermine the authority of opposing views. And he elucidates the perpetual quarrel between historians and lawyers, showing how the two can best join issue in legal disputes. This book is a sweeping rethinking of the uses of history in constitutional interpretation. Jack M. Balkin Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775469 thebookvoice.com 11:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memory and Authority: The Uses of History in Constitutional Interpretation Author: Jack M. Balkin Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fights over history are at the heart of most important constitutional disputes in America. The Supreme Court's current embrace of originalism is only the most recent example of how lawyers and judges try to use history to establish authority for their positions. Jack M. Balkin argues that fights over constitutional interpretation are often fights over collective memory. Lawyers and judges construct—and erase—memory to lend authority to their present-day views; they make the past speak their values so they can then claim to follow it. The seemingly opposed camps of originalism and living constitutionalism are actually mirror images of a single phenomenon: how lawyers use history to adapt an ancient constitution to a constantly changing world. Balkin shows how lawyers and judges channel history through standard forms of legal argument that shape how they use history and even what they see in history. He explains how lawyers and judges invoke history selectively to construct authority for their claims and undermine the authority of opposing views. And he elucidates the perpetual quarrel between historians and lawyers, showing how the two can best join issue in legal disputes. This book is a sweeping rethinking of the uses of history in constitutional interpretation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memory and Authority: The Uses of History in Constitutional Interpretation Author: Jack M. Balkin Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fights over history are at the heart of most important constitutional disputes in America. The Supreme Court's current embrace of originalism is only the most recent example of how lawyers and judges try to use history to establish authority for their positions. Jack M. Balkin argues that fights over constitutional interpretation are often fights over collective memory. Lawyers and judges construct—and erase—memory to lend authority to their present-day views; they make the past speak their values so they can then claim to follow it. The seemingly opposed camps of originalism and living constitutionalism are actually mirror images of a single phenomenon: how lawyers use history to adapt an ancient constitution to a constantly changing world. Balkin shows how lawyers and judges channel history through standard forms of legal argument that shape how they use history and even what they see in history. He explains how lawyers and judges invoke history selectively to construct authority for their claims and undermine the authority of opposing views. And he elucidates the perpetual quarrel between historians and lawyers, showing how the two can best join issue in legal disputes. This book is a sweeping rethinking of the uses of history in constitutional interpretation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774880 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Abortion: Our Bodies, Their Lies, and the Truths We Use to Win Author: Jessica Valenti Narrator: Jessica Valenti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In a stirring and succinct examination of post-Roe America, “one of the most successful and visible feminists of her generation” (Washington Post) takes on what’s become the country’s most resonant political issue.   In her most urgent book yet, New York Times bestselling author Jessica Valenti shines a light on the conservative assault on women’s freedom, cutting through the misinformation and overwhelm to inform, engage, and enrage. From the attacks Americans know about to the ones anti-abortion lawmakers and groups are trying to hide, Valenti details the tactics and horrors that she’s been painstakingly tracking in her acclaimed newsletter, Abortion, Every Day.   Abortion gives voice to women’s frustration and outrage in a moment when they’re fed up with being talked over and diminished. And in an election year when abortion is dominating the national conversation, Valenti provides the language, facts, and context readers need to feel confident when talking about the attacks on their bodies and freedom.   Abortion is a handbook for the overwhelming majority of Americans who support abortion rights, whether they’re seasoned activists or those just starting to learn. With the wit, expertise, and blunt moral clarity that’s made her writing popular for decades, Valenti offers an essential manifesto in an urgent moment. Jessica Valenti Tue, 01 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774880 thebookvoice.com 5:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Abortion: Our Bodies, Their Lies, and the Truths We Use to Win Author: Jessica Valenti Narrator: Jessica Valenti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In a stirring and succinct examination of post-Roe America, “one of the most successful and visible feminists of her generation” (Washington Post) takes on what’s become the country’s most resonant political issue.   In her most urgent book yet, New York Times bestselling author Jessica Valenti shines a light on the conservative assault on women’s freedom, cutting through the misinformation and overwhelm to inform, engage, and enrage. From the attacks Americans know about to the ones anti-abortion lawmakers and groups are trying to hide, Valenti details the tactics and horrors that she’s been painstakingly tracking in her acclaimed newsletter, Abortion, Every Day.   Abortion gives voice to women’s frustration and outrage in a moment when they’re fed up with being talked over and diminished. And in an election year when abortion is dominating the national conversation, Valenti provides the language, facts, and context readers need to feel confident when talking about the attacks on their bodies and freedom.   Abortion is a handbook for the overwhelming majority of Americans who support abortion rights, whether they’re seasoned activists or those just starting to learn. With the wit, expertise, and blunt moral clarity that’s made her writing popular for decades, Valenti offers an essential manifesto in an urgent moment. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Abortion: Our Bodies, Their Lies, and the Truths We Use to Win Author: Jessica Valenti Narrator: Jessica Valenti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In a stirring and succinct examination of post-Roe America, “one of the most successful and visible feminists of her generation” (Washington Post) takes on what’s become the country’s most resonant political issue.   In her most urgent book yet, New York Times bestselling author Jessica Valenti shines a light on the conservative assault on women’s freedom, cutting through the misinformation and overwhelm to inform, engage, and enrage. From the attacks Americans know about to the ones anti-abortion lawmakers and groups are trying to hide, Valenti details the tactics and horrors that she’s been painstakingly tracking in her acclaimed newsletter, Abortion, Every Day.   Abortion gives voice to women’s frustration and outrage in a moment when they’re fed up with being talked over and diminished. And in an election year when abortion is dominating the national conversation, Valenti provides the language, facts, and context readers need to feel confident when talking about the attacks on their bodies and freedom.   Abortion is a handbook for the overwhelming majority of Americans who support abortion rights, whether they’re seasoned activists or those just starting to learn. With the wit, expertise, and blunt moral clarity that’s made her writing popular for decades, Valenti offers an essential manifesto in an urgent moment. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774450 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774450]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Britain's Gulag: The Brutal End of Empire in Kenya Author: Caroline Elkins Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Only a few years after Britain defeated fascism came the Mau Mau uprising in Kenya - a mass armed rebellion by the Kikuyu people, demanding the return of their land and freedom. The draconian response of Britain's colonial government was to detain nearly the entire Kikuyu population of 1.5 million and to portray them as sub-human savages. Detainees in their thousands - possibly a hundred thousand or more - died from exhaustion, disease, starvation and systemic physical brutality. For decades these events remained untold. Caroline Elkins conducted years of research to piece together this story, unearthing reams of documents and interviewing several hundred Kikuyu survivors. Britain's Gulag reveals, for the first time, the full savagery of the Mau Mau war and the ruthless determination with which Britain sought to control its empire. © Caroline Elkins 2005 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Caroline Elkins Thu, 27 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774450 thebookvoice.com 17:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774450]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Britain's Gulag: The Brutal End of Empire in Kenya Author: Caroline Elkins Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Only a few years after Britain defeated fascism came the Mau Mau uprising in Kenya - a mass armed rebellion by the Kikuyu people, demanding the return of their land and freedom. The draconian response of Britain's colonial government was to detain nearly the entire Kikuyu population of 1.5 million and to portray them as sub-human savages. Detainees in their thousands - possibly a hundred thousand or more - died from exhaustion, disease, starvation and systemic physical brutality. For decades these events remained untold. Caroline Elkins conducted years of research to piece together this story, unearthing reams of documents and interviewing several hundred Kikuyu survivors. Britain's Gulag reveals, for the first time, the full savagery of the Mau Mau war and the ruthless determination with which Britain sought to control its empire. © Caroline Elkins 2005 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774450]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Britain's Gulag: The Brutal End of Empire in Kenya Author: Caroline Elkins Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Only a few years after Britain defeated fascism came the Mau Mau uprising in Kenya - a mass armed rebellion by the Kikuyu people, demanding the return of their land and freedom. The draconian response of Britain's colonial government was to detain nearly the entire Kikuyu population of 1.5 million and to portray them as sub-human savages. Detainees in their thousands - possibly a hundred thousand or more - died from exhaustion, disease, starvation and systemic physical brutality. For decades these events remained untold. Caroline Elkins conducted years of research to piece together this story, unearthing reams of documents and interviewing several hundred Kikuyu survivors. Britain's Gulag reveals, for the first time, the full savagery of the Mau Mau war and the ruthless determination with which Britain sought to control its empire. © Caroline Elkins 2005 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774252 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774252]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Turkish] - İktidar: Güç Sahibi Olmanın 48 Yasası Author: Robert A. Greene Narrator: Burak Pulat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times çok satan! “İktidar. Güç Sahibi Olmanın 48 Yasası”, iktidar hakkında yazılmış en ahlaksız, en skandal, en alaycı ve en gerçekçi kitaptır. Robert Greene, medeniyetlerin, devletlerin ve liderlerinin binlerce yıllık tarihsel deneyimlerini inceleyip, Çinli general Sun Tzu ve filozof Machiavelli’den Napolyon Bonaparte ve Henry Kissinger’a kadar zamanlarının en önde gelen figürleri tarafından kullanılan ebedi 48 güç yasasını belirledi. Kitapta yazar size güç kavramını ve özelliklerini tanıtıyor ve onu nasıl elde edeceğiniz ve insanları nasıl ustalıkla yöneteceğiniz konusunda tavsiyelerde bulunuyor. İlk bakışta “İktidar. Güç Sahibi Olmanın 48 Yasası” kitabı aldatıcılar için bir kılavuz ve bir sinizm ders kitabı olarak algılanabilir. Ancak gerçekte durum o kadar da açık değil. Greene, iktidar oyunu kaçınılmazsa, beceriksiz amatör olmaktansa sanatçı olmanın daha iyi olduğuna inanıyor. Bu kitabın yardımıyla şunları öğreneceksiniz: • Liderlerin eylemlerinin ve yaptıklarının arkasında ne olduğunu nasıl anlarsınız; • Yalanlara ve manipülasyona nasıl direnirsiniz; • Duygularınızı yönetmeyi nasıl öğrenirsiniz; • İnsanların art niyetlerini anlama becerisini nasıl geliştirirsiniz; • İktidara giden yolu nasıl bulursunuz. Kitap, gücü elde etmek için yasaların kullanılmasına ilişkin birçok tarihi örnek içermektedir. Güç yasalarını takip etmek ya da etmemek sizin seçiminizdir. Ancak bu yasaların sizin için doğru olmadığını düşünseniz bile, bu kitap başkalarının eylemlerindeki manipülasyon, baştan çıkarma ve sinsi hileleri fark etmenize yardımcı olacaktır. Robert Greene’in “İktidar. Güç Sahibi Olmanın 48 Yasası” sesli kitabını dinleyin ve başarılı insanların hangi kurallara göre oynadığını öğrenin! Original title: The 48 Laws of Power Production credits: © 1998 Joost Elffers ve Robert Greene. (P) 2024 ABP Yayınevi Robert A. Greene Wed, 10 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774252 thebookvoice.com 23:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774252]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Turkish] - İktidar: Güç Sahibi Olmanın 48 Yasası Author: Robert A. Greene Narrator: Burak Pulat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times çok satan! “İktidar. Güç Sahibi Olmanın 48 Yasası”, iktidar hakkında yazılmış en ahlaksız, en skandal, en alaycı ve en gerçekçi kitaptır. Robert Greene, medeniyetlerin, devletlerin ve liderlerinin binlerce yıllık tarihsel deneyimlerini inceleyip, Çinli general Sun Tzu ve filozof Machiavelli’den Napolyon Bonaparte ve Henry Kissinger’a kadar zamanlarının en önde gelen figürleri tarafından kullanılan ebedi 48 güç yasasını belirledi. Kitapta yazar size güç kavramını ve özelliklerini tanıtıyor ve onu nasıl elde edeceğiniz ve insanları nasıl ustalıkla yöneteceğiniz konusunda tavsiyelerde bulunuyor. İlk bakışta “İktidar. Güç Sahibi Olmanın 48 Yasası” kitabı aldatıcılar için bir kılavuz ve bir sinizm ders kitabı olarak algılanabilir. Ancak gerçekte durum o kadar da açık değil. Greene, iktidar oyunu kaçınılmazsa, beceriksiz amatör olmaktansa sanatçı olmanın daha iyi olduğuna inanıyor. Bu kitabın yardımıyla şunları öğreneceksiniz: • Liderlerin eylemlerinin ve yaptıklarının arkasında ne olduğunu nasıl anlarsınız; • Yalanlara ve manipülasyona nasıl direnirsiniz; • Duygularınızı yönetmeyi nasıl öğrenirsiniz; • İnsanların art niyetlerini anlama becerisini nasıl geliştirirsiniz; • İktidara giden yolu nasıl bulursunuz. Kitap, gücü elde etmek için yasaların kullanılmasına ilişkin birçok tarihi örnek içermektedir. Güç yasalarını takip etmek ya da etmemek sizin seçiminizdir. Ancak bu yasaların sizin için doğru olmadığını düşünseniz bile, bu kitap başkalarının eylemlerindeki manipülasyon, baştan çıkarma ve sinsi hileleri fark etmenize yardımcı olacaktır. Robert Greene’in “İktidar. Güç Sahibi Olmanın 48 Yasası” sesli kitabını dinleyin ve başarılı insanların hangi kurallara göre oynadığını öğrenin! Original title: The 48 Laws of Power Production credits: © 1998 Joost Elffers ve Robert Greene. (P) 2024 ABP Yayınevi Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774252]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Turkish] - İktidar: Güç Sahibi Olmanın 48 Yasası Author: Robert A. Greene Narrator: Burak Pulat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times çok satan! “İktidar. Güç Sahibi Olmanın 48 Yasası”, iktidar hakkında yazılmış en ahlaksız, en skandal, en alaycı ve en gerçekçi kitaptır. Robert Greene, medeniyetlerin, devletlerin ve liderlerinin binlerce yıllık tarihsel deneyimlerini inceleyip, Çinli general Sun Tzu ve filozof Machiavelli’den Napolyon Bonaparte ve Henry Kissinger’a kadar zamanlarının en önde gelen figürleri tarafından kullanılan ebedi 48 güç yasasını belirledi. Kitapta yazar size güç kavramını ve özelliklerini tanıtıyor ve onu nasıl elde edeceğiniz ve insanları nasıl ustalıkla yöneteceğiniz konusunda tavsiyelerde bulunuyor. İlk bakışta “İktidar. Güç Sahibi Olmanın 48 Yasası” kitabı aldatıcılar için bir kılavuz ve bir sinizm ders kitabı olarak algılanabilir. Ancak gerçekte durum o kadar da açık değil. Greene, iktidar oyunu kaçınılmazsa, beceriksiz amatör olmaktansa sanatçı olmanın daha iyi olduğuna inanıyor. Bu kitabın yardımıyla şunları öğreneceksiniz: • Liderlerin eylemlerinin ve yaptıklarının arkasında ne olduğunu nasıl anlarsınız; • Yalanlara ve manipülasyona nasıl direnirsiniz; • Duygularınızı yönetmeyi nasıl öğrenirsiniz; • İnsanların art niyetlerini anlama becerisini nasıl geliştirirsiniz; • İktidara giden yolu nasıl bulursunuz. Kitap, gücü elde etmek için yasaların kullanılmasına ilişkin birçok tarihi örnek içermektedir. Güç yasalarını takip etmek ya da etmemek sizin seçiminizdir. Ancak bu yasaların sizin için doğru olmadığını düşünseniz bile, bu kitap başkalarının eylemlerindeki manipülasyon, baştan çıkarma ve sinsi hileleri fark etmenize yardımcı olacaktır. Robert Greene’in “İktidar. Güç Sahibi Olmanın 48 Yasası” sesli kitabını dinleyin ve başarılı insanların hangi kurallara göre oynadığını öğrenin! Original title: The 48 Laws of Power Production credits: © 1998 Joost Elffers ve Robert Greene. (P) 2024 ABP Yayınevi https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774204 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: H-Pop: The Secretive World of Hindutva Pop Stars Author: Kunal Purohit Narrator: Adwait Karambelkar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Can a song trigger a murder? Can a poem spark a riot? Can a book divide a people? Away from the gaze of mainstream urban media, across India's dusty, sleepy towns, a brand of popular culture is quietly seizing the imagination of millions, on the internet and off it. From catchy songs with acerbic lyrics to poetry recited in kavi sammelans to social media influencers shaping opinions with their brand of 'breaking news' to books rescripting historical events, 'Hindutva Pop' or H-Pop is steadily creating societal acceptability for Hindutva's core beliefs. By cleverly inserting Hindutva into popular culture, H-Pop normalizes Islamophobia, demonizes minorities and vilifies its critics each day, without ever making headlines. What makes H-Pop so popular? Who are its stars and its audience? Who is pouring in the money, the effort and the resources to produce and broadcast it? What is its impact on the BJP and Prime Minister Modi's popularity? And what kind of an India is it trying to create? These are some of the questions that award-winning independent journalist Kunal Purohit explores in this riveting investigative book as he travels through India, profiling some of H-Pop's most prolific and popular creators--its stars and celebrities. He interrogates whether the creators are driven by ideology or commerce, and what motivates the audience to consume their daily dose of bigotry. In doing so, Purohit uncovers the frightening face of a New India--one that is united by hate, divided by art. Kunal Purohit Wed, 01 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774204 thebookvoice.com 9:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: H-Pop: The Secretive World of Hindutva Pop Stars Author: Kunal Purohit Narrator: Adwait Karambelkar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Can a song trigger a murder? Can a poem spark a riot? Can a book divide a people? Away from the gaze of mainstream urban media, across India's dusty, sleepy towns, a brand of popular culture is quietly seizing the imagination of millions, on the internet and off it. From catchy songs with acerbic lyrics to poetry recited in kavi sammelans to social media influencers shaping opinions with their brand of 'breaking news' to books rescripting historical events, 'Hindutva Pop' or H-Pop is steadily creating societal acceptability for Hindutva's core beliefs. By cleverly inserting Hindutva into popular culture, H-Pop normalizes Islamophobia, demonizes minorities and vilifies its critics each day, without ever making headlines. What makes H-Pop so popular? Who are its stars and its audience? Who is pouring in the money, the effort and the resources to produce and broadcast it? What is its impact on the BJP and Prime Minister Modi's popularity? And what kind of an India is it trying to create? These are some of the questions that award-winning independent journalist Kunal Purohit explores in this riveting investigative book as he travels through India, profiling some of H-Pop's most prolific and popular creators--its stars and celebrities. He interrogates whether the creators are driven by ideology or commerce, and what motivates the audience to consume their daily dose of bigotry. In doing so, Purohit uncovers the frightening face of a New India--one that is united by hate, divided by art. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: H-Pop: The Secretive World of Hindutva Pop Stars Author: Kunal Purohit Narrator: Adwait Karambelkar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Can a song trigger a murder? Can a poem spark a riot? Can a book divide a people? Away from the gaze of mainstream urban media, across India's dusty, sleepy towns, a brand of popular culture is quietly seizing the imagination of millions, on the internet and off it. From catchy songs with acerbic lyrics to poetry recited in kavi sammelans to social media influencers shaping opinions with their brand of 'breaking news' to books rescripting historical events, 'Hindutva Pop' or H-Pop is steadily creating societal acceptability for Hindutva's core beliefs. By cleverly inserting Hindutva into popular culture, H-Pop normalizes Islamophobia, demonizes minorities and vilifies its critics each day, without ever making headlines. What makes H-Pop so popular? Who are its stars and its audience? Who is pouring in the money, the effort and the resources to produce and broadcast it? What is its impact on the BJP and Prime Minister Modi's popularity? And what kind of an India is it trying to create? These are some of the questions that award-winning independent journalist Kunal Purohit explores in this riveting investigative book as he travels through India, profiling some of H-Pop's most prolific and popular creators--its stars and celebrities. He interrogates whether the creators are driven by ideology or commerce, and what motivates the audience to consume their daily dose of bigotry. In doing so, Purohit uncovers the frightening face of a New India--one that is united by hate, divided by art. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774184 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774184]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reconstruction Updated Edition: America's Unfinished Revolution, 1863-1877 Author: Eric Foner Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 31 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the ''preeminent historian of Reconstruction'' (New York Times Book Review), the prize-winning classic work on the post-Civil War period that shaped modern America. Eric Foner's ''masterful treatment of one of the most complex periods of American history'' (New Republic) redefined how the post-Civil War period was viewed. Reconstruction chronicles the way in which Americans—black and white—responded to the unprecedented changes unleashed by the war and the end of slavery. It addresses the ways in which the emancipated slaves' quest for economic autonomy and equal citizenship shaped the political agenda of Reconstruction; the remodeling of Southern society and the place of planters, merchants, and small farmers within it; the evolution of racial attitudes and patterns of race relations; and the emergence of a national state possessing vastly expanded authority and committed, for a time, to the principle of equal rights for all Americans. This ''smart book of enormous strengths'' (Boston Globe) remains the standard work on the wrenching post-Civil War period—an era whose legacy still reverberates in the United States today. Eric Foner Tue, 24 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774184 thebookvoice.com 31:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774184]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reconstruction Updated Edition: America's Unfinished Revolution, 1863-1877 Author: Eric Foner Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 31 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the ''preeminent historian of Reconstruction'' (New York Times Book Review), the prize-winning classic work on the post-Civil War period that shaped modern America. Eric Foner's ''masterful treatment of one of the most complex periods of American history'' (New Republic) redefined how the post-Civil War period was viewed. Reconstruction chronicles the way in which Americans—black and white—responded to the unprecedented changes unleashed by the war and the end of slavery. It addresses the ways in which the emancipated slaves' quest for economic autonomy and equal citizenship shaped the political agenda of Reconstruction; the remodeling of Southern society and the place of planters, merchants, and small farmers within it; the evolution of racial attitudes and patterns of race relations; and the emergence of a national state possessing vastly expanded authority and committed, for a time, to the principle of equal rights for all Americans. This ''smart book of enormous strengths'' (Boston Globe) remains the standard work on the wrenching post-Civil War period—an era whose legacy still reverberates in the United States today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774184]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reconstruction Updated Edition: America's Unfinished Revolution, 1863-1877 Author: Eric Foner Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 31 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the ''preeminent historian of Reconstruction'' (New York Times Book Review), the prize-winning classic work on the post-Civil War period that shaped modern America. Eric Foner's ''masterful treatment of one of the most complex periods of American history'' (New Republic) redefined how the post-Civil War period was viewed. Reconstruction chronicles the way in which Americans—black and white—responded to the unprecedented changes unleashed by the war and the end of slavery. It addresses the ways in which the emancipated slaves' quest for economic autonomy and equal citizenship shaped the political agenda of Reconstruction; the remodeling of Southern society and the place of planters, merchants, and small farmers within it; the evolution of racial attitudes and patterns of race relations; and the emergence of a national state possessing vastly expanded authority and committed, for a time, to the principle of equal rights for all Americans. This ''smart book of enormous strengths'' (Boston Globe) remains the standard work on the wrenching post-Civil War period—an era whose legacy still reverberates in the United States today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774154 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774154]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Five Manifestos for the Beautiful World: The Alchemy Lecture 2023 Series: Part of The Alchemy Lecture Author: Joseph M. Pierce, Janaína Oliveira, Phoebe Boswell, Cristina Rivera Garza, Saidiya Hartman Narrator: Angelique Lazarus, Christina Sharpe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Five Alchemists. One book. A constellation of ideas. The second annual Alchemy Lecture was presented in November 2023 at York University to a sold out in-person audience and nearly one thousand live online viewers. Moderated by Dr. Christina Sharpe, the Alchemists—agile thinkers and practitioners working across a range of disciplines and geographies—convened to discuss their radical visions of the beautiful world, and the manifestos that may help to guide us there. Their treatises have been captured and luminously expanded in the pages of this book. Cherokee Nation citizen and professor Joseph M. Pierce asserts that “[f]or this decolonial future to become possible, the guiding force must no longer be capital but relations.” Informed by her practice of “curation as care,” Brazilian film curator Janaína Oliveira evokes music and movement as a means toward this relationality: “it's almost by falling that you live. . . . The beautiful world dances the stumbles. The beautiful world dances dancing.” Kenyan-British visual artist Phoebe Boswell uses the space of a virtual gallery to ask, “If we burn down the institution, what happens next? Do we trust ourselves to know?” and gestures toward the possibility of this “as yet unlived, unexperienced thing.” Professor and MacArthur fellow Saidiya Hartman asks us to consider our capacity to burn, stating that “[P]ragmatism yields a profound tolerance of the unlivable.” And Mexican-American author Cristina Rivera Garza gives us the language of the future in the subjunctive, which “lays the groundwork for the irruption. . . . The subjunctive is the smuggler who crosses the border of the future bearing unknown cargo.” Each Alchemist is intimately concerned with the shape of this cargo and our ability to bear its weight, together. Through these expansive, transformative essays, new ways of being are threaded and proposed, illuminating our path towards this possible beautiful world. Joseph M. Pierce, Janaína Oliveira, Phoebe Boswell, Cristina Rivera Garza, Saidiya Hartman Tue, 15 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774154 thebookvoice.com 4:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774154]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Five Manifestos for the Beautiful World: The Alchemy Lecture 2023 Series: Part of The Alchemy Lecture Author: Joseph M. Pierce, Janaína Oliveira, Phoebe Boswell, Cristina Rivera Garza, Saidiya Hartman Narrator: Angelique Lazarus, Christina Sharpe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Five Alchemists. One book. A constellation of ideas. The second annual Alchemy Lecture was presented in November 2023 at York University to a sold out in-person audience and nearly one thousand live online viewers. Moderated by Dr. Christina Sharpe, the Alchemists—agile thinkers and practitioners working across a range of disciplines and geographies—convened to discuss their radical visions of the beautiful world, and the manifestos that may help to guide us there. Their treatises have been captured and luminously expanded in the pages of this book. Cherokee Nation citizen and professor Joseph M. Pierce asserts that “[f]or this decolonial future to become possible, the guiding force must no longer be capital but relations.” Informed by her practice of “curation as care,” Brazilian film curator Janaína Oliveira evokes music and movement as a means toward this relationality: “it's almost by falling that you live. . . . The beautiful world dances the stumbles. The beautiful world dances dancing.” Kenyan-British visual artist Phoebe Boswell uses the space of a virtual gallery to ask, “If we burn down the institution, what happens next? Do we trust ourselves to know?” and gestures toward the possibility of this “as yet unlived, unexperienced thing.” Professor and MacArthur fellow Saidiya Hartman asks us to consider our capacity to burn, stating that “[P]ragmatism yields a profound tolerance of the unlivable.” And Mexican-American author Cristina Rivera Garza gives us the language of the future in the subjunctive, which “lays the groundwork for the irruption. . . . The subjunctive is the smuggler who crosses the border of the future bearing unknown cargo.” Each Alchemist is intimately concerned with the shape of this cargo and our ability to bear its weight, together. Through these expansive, transformative essays, new ways of being are threaded and proposed, illuminating our path towards this possible beautiful world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774154]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Five Manifestos for the Beautiful World: The Alchemy Lecture 2023 Series: Part of The Alchemy Lecture Author: Joseph M. Pierce, Janaína Oliveira, Phoebe Boswell, Cristina Rivera Garza, Saidiya Hartman Narrator: Angelique Lazarus, Christina Sharpe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Five Alchemists. One book. A constellation of ideas. The second annual Alchemy Lecture was presented in November 2023 at York University to a sold out in-person audience and nearly one thousand live online viewers. Moderated by Dr. Christina Sharpe, the Alchemists—agile thinkers and practitioners working across a range of disciplines and geographies—convened to discuss their radical visions of the beautiful world, and the manifestos that may help to guide us there. Their treatises have been captured and luminously expanded in the pages of this book. Cherokee Nation citizen and professor Joseph M. Pierce asserts that “[f]or this decolonial future to become possible, the guiding force must no longer be capital but relations.” Informed by her practice of “curation as care,” Brazilian film curator Janaína Oliveira evokes music and movement as a means toward this relationality: “it's almost by falling that you live. . . . The beautiful world dances the stumbles. The beautiful world dances dancing.” Kenyan-British visual artist Phoebe Boswell uses the space of a virtual gallery to ask, “If we burn down the institution, what happens next? Do we trust ourselves to know?” and gestures toward the possibility of this “as yet unlived, unexperienced thing.” Professor and MacArthur fellow Saidiya Hartman asks us to consider our capacity to burn, stating that “[P]ragmatism yields a profound tolerance of the unlivable.” And Mexican-American author Cristina Rivera Garza gives us the language of the future in the subjunctive, which “lays the groundwork for the irruption. . . . The subjunctive is the smuggler who crosses the border of the future bearing unknown cargo.” Each Alchemist is intimately concerned with the shape of this cargo and our ability to bear its weight, together. Through these expansive, transformative essays, new ways of being are threaded and proposed, illuminating our path towards this possible beautiful world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773587 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773587]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Promise of Youth Anti-Citizenship: Race and Revolt in Education Author: Kevin Lawrence Henry Jr., Kevin L. Clay Narrator: Patryce Williams, William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When inclusion into the fold of citizenship is conditioned by a social group's conceit to ritual violence, humiliation, and exploitation, what can anti-citizenship offer us? The Promise of Youth Anti-citizenship argues that Black youth and youth of color have been cast as anti-citizens, disenfranchised from the social, political, and economic mainstream of American life. Instead of asking youth to conform to a larger societal structure undergirded by racial capitalism and antiblackness, the volume's contributors propose that the collective practice of anti-citizenship opens up a liberatory space for youth to challenge the social order. The chapters cover an array of topics, including Black youth in the charter school experiment in post-Katrina New Orleans; racial capitalism, the queering of ethnicity, and the 1980s Salvadoran migration to South Central Los Angeles; the notion of decolonizing classrooms through Palestinian liberation narratives; and more. Through a range of methodological approaches and conceptual interventions, this collection illuminates how youth negotiate and exercise anti-citizenship as forms of either resistance or refusal in response to coercive patriotism, cultural imperialism, and predatory capitalism. Kevin Lawrence Henry Jr., Kevin L. Clay Tue, 28 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773587 thebookvoice.com 9:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773587]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Promise of Youth Anti-Citizenship: Race and Revolt in Education Author: Kevin Lawrence Henry Jr., Kevin L. Clay Narrator: Patryce Williams, William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When inclusion into the fold of citizenship is conditioned by a social group's conceit to ritual violence, humiliation, and exploitation, what can anti-citizenship offer us? The Promise of Youth Anti-citizenship argues that Black youth and youth of color have been cast as anti-citizens, disenfranchised from the social, political, and economic mainstream of American life. Instead of asking youth to conform to a larger societal structure undergirded by racial capitalism and antiblackness, the volume's contributors propose that the collective practice of anti-citizenship opens up a liberatory space for youth to challenge the social order. The chapters cover an array of topics, including Black youth in the charter school experiment in post-Katrina New Orleans; racial capitalism, the queering of ethnicity, and the 1980s Salvadoran migration to South Central Los Angeles; the notion of decolonizing classrooms through Palestinian liberation narratives; and more. Through a range of methodological approaches and conceptual interventions, this collection illuminates how youth negotiate and exercise anti-citizenship as forms of either resistance or refusal in response to coercive patriotism, cultural imperialism, and predatory capitalism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773587]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Promise of Youth Anti-Citizenship: Race and Revolt in Education Author: Kevin Lawrence Henry Jr., Kevin L. Clay Narrator: Patryce Williams, William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When inclusion into the fold of citizenship is conditioned by a social group's conceit to ritual violence, humiliation, and exploitation, what can anti-citizenship offer us? The Promise of Youth Anti-citizenship argues that Black youth and youth of color have been cast as anti-citizens, disenfranchised from the social, political, and economic mainstream of American life. Instead of asking youth to conform to a larger societal structure undergirded by racial capitalism and antiblackness, the volume's contributors propose that the collective practice of anti-citizenship opens up a liberatory space for youth to challenge the social order. The chapters cover an array of topics, including Black youth in the charter school experiment in post-Katrina New Orleans; racial capitalism, the queering of ethnicity, and the 1980s Salvadoran migration to South Central Los Angeles; the notion of decolonizing classrooms through Palestinian liberation narratives; and more. Through a range of methodological approaches and conceptual interventions, this collection illuminates how youth negotiate and exercise anti-citizenship as forms of either resistance or refusal in response to coercive patriotism, cultural imperialism, and predatory capitalism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773564 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Deal Law and Order: How the War on Crime Built the Modern Liberal State Author: Anthony Gregory Narrator: Bob Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Most Americans remember the New Deal as the crucible of modern liberalism. But while it is most closely associated with Roosevelt's efforts to end the Depression and provide social security for the elderly, we have failed to acknowledge one of its most enduring legacies: its war on crime. Crime policy, Anthony Gregory argues, was a defining feature of the New Deal. New Deal Law and Order follows President Franklin Roosevelt, Attorney General Homer Cummings, and their war on crime coalition, which overcame the institutional and political challenges to the legitimacy of national law enforcement. Promises of law and order helped to manage tensions among key Democratic Party factions—organized labor, Black Americans, and white Southerners. Their anticrime program, featuring a strengthened criminal code, an empowered FBI, and the first federal war on marijuana, was essential to the expansion of national authority previously stymied on constitutional grounds. This nascent carceral liberalism both accommodated a redoubled emphasis on rehabilitation and underwrote a massive wave of prison construction across the country. This emergent security state eventually transformed both liberalism and federalism, and in the process reoriented the terms of US political debate for decades to come. Anthony Gregory Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773564 thebookvoice.com 14:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Deal Law and Order: How the War on Crime Built the Modern Liberal State Author: Anthony Gregory Narrator: Bob Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Most Americans remember the New Deal as the crucible of modern liberalism. But while it is most closely associated with Roosevelt's efforts to end the Depression and provide social security for the elderly, we have failed to acknowledge one of its most enduring legacies: its war on crime. Crime policy, Anthony Gregory argues, was a defining feature of the New Deal. New Deal Law and Order follows President Franklin Roosevelt, Attorney General Homer Cummings, and their war on crime coalition, which overcame the institutional and political challenges to the legitimacy of national law enforcement. Promises of law and order helped to manage tensions among key Democratic Party factions—organized labor, Black Americans, and white Southerners. Their anticrime program, featuring a strengthened criminal code, an empowered FBI, and the first federal war on marijuana, was essential to the expansion of national authority previously stymied on constitutional grounds. This nascent carceral liberalism both accommodated a redoubled emphasis on rehabilitation and underwrote a massive wave of prison construction across the country. This emergent security state eventually transformed both liberalism and federalism, and in the process reoriented the terms of US political debate for decades to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773564]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: New Deal Law and Order: How the War on Crime Built the Modern Liberal State Author: Anthony Gregory Narrator: Bob Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Most Americans remember the New Deal as the crucible of modern liberalism. But while it is most closely associated with Roosevelt's efforts to end the Depression and provide social security for the elderly, we have failed to acknowledge one of its most enduring legacies: its war on crime. Crime policy, Anthony Gregory argues, was a defining feature of the New Deal. New Deal Law and Order follows President Franklin Roosevelt, Attorney General Homer Cummings, and their war on crime coalition, which overcame the institutional and political challenges to the legitimacy of national law enforcement. Promises of law and order helped to manage tensions among key Democratic Party factions—organized labor, Black Americans, and white Southerners. Their anticrime program, featuring a strengthened criminal code, an empowered FBI, and the first federal war on marijuana, was essential to the expansion of national authority previously stymied on constitutional grounds. This nascent carceral liberalism both accommodated a redoubled emphasis on rehabilitation and underwrote a massive wave of prison construction across the country. This emergent security state eventually transformed both liberalism and federalism, and in the process reoriented the terms of US political debate for decades to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773547 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Treaty Justice: The Northwest Tribes, the Boldt Decision, and the Recognition of Fishing Rights Author: Charles Wilkinson Narrator: Jason Grasl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1974, Judge George Boldt issued a ruling that affirmed the fishing rights and tribal sovereignty of Native nations in Washington State. The Boldt Decision transformed Indigenous law and resource management across the United States and beyond. The case also brought about far-reaching societal changes, reinforcing tribal sovereignty and remedying decades of injustice. Eminent legal historian and tribal advocate Charles Wilkinson tells the story of the Boldt Decision against the backdrop of salmon's central place in the cultures and economies of the Pacific Northwest. In the 1960s, Native people reasserted their fishing rights as delineated in nineteenth-century treaties. In response, state officials worked with non-Indian commercial and sport fishing interests to forcefully oppose Native actions. These 'fish wars' spurred twenty tribes and the United States government to file suit in federal court. Boldt pointedly waited until Lincoln's birthday to hand down a decision recognizing the tribes' right to half of the state's fish. The case's aftermath led from the Supreme Court's affirmation of Boldt's opinion to collaborative management of the harvest of salmon. Treaty Justice weaves personalities and local detail into the definitive account of one of the twentieth century's most important civil rights cases. Charles Wilkinson Tue, 01 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773547 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Treaty Justice: The Northwest Tribes, the Boldt Decision, and the Recognition of Fishing Rights Author: Charles Wilkinson Narrator: Jason Grasl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1974, Judge George Boldt issued a ruling that affirmed the fishing rights and tribal sovereignty of Native nations in Washington State. The Boldt Decision transformed Indigenous law and resource management across the United States and beyond. The case also brought about far-reaching societal changes, reinforcing tribal sovereignty and remedying decades of injustice. Eminent legal historian and tribal advocate Charles Wilkinson tells the story of the Boldt Decision against the backdrop of salmon's central place in the cultures and economies of the Pacific Northwest. In the 1960s, Native people reasserted their fishing rights as delineated in nineteenth-century treaties. In response, state officials worked with non-Indian commercial and sport fishing interests to forcefully oppose Native actions. These 'fish wars' spurred twenty tribes and the United States government to file suit in federal court. Boldt pointedly waited until Lincoln's birthday to hand down a decision recognizing the tribes' right to half of the state's fish. The case's aftermath led from the Supreme Court's affirmation of Boldt's opinion to collaborative management of the harvest of salmon. Treaty Justice weaves personalities and local detail into the definitive account of one of the twentieth century's most important civil rights cases. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Treaty Justice: The Northwest Tribes, the Boldt Decision, and the Recognition of Fishing Rights Author: Charles Wilkinson Narrator: Jason Grasl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1974, Judge George Boldt issued a ruling that affirmed the fishing rights and tribal sovereignty of Native nations in Washington State. The Boldt Decision transformed Indigenous law and resource management across the United States and beyond. The case also brought about far-reaching societal changes, reinforcing tribal sovereignty and remedying decades of injustice. Eminent legal historian and tribal advocate Charles Wilkinson tells the story of the Boldt Decision against the backdrop of salmon's central place in the cultures and economies of the Pacific Northwest. In the 1960s, Native people reasserted their fishing rights as delineated in nineteenth-century treaties. In response, state officials worked with non-Indian commercial and sport fishing interests to forcefully oppose Native actions. These 'fish wars' spurred twenty tribes and the United States government to file suit in federal court. Boldt pointedly waited until Lincoln's birthday to hand down a decision recognizing the tribes' right to half of the state's fish. The case's aftermath led from the Supreme Court's affirmation of Boldt's opinion to collaborative management of the harvest of salmon. Treaty Justice weaves personalities and local detail into the definitive account of one of the twentieth century's most important civil rights cases. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773536 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773536]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God, Guns, and Sedition: Far-Right Terrorism in America Author: Bruce Hoffman, Jacob Ware Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Shocking acts of terrorism have erupted from violent American far-right extremists in recent years, including the 2015 mass murder at a historic Black church in Charleston and the January 6, 2021, attack on the United States Capitol. These incidents, however, are neither novel nor unprecedented. They are the latest flashpoints in a process that has been unfolding for decades, in which vast conspiracy theories and radical ideologies such as white supremacism, racism, antisemitism, xenophobia, and hostility to government converge into a deadly threat to democracy. God, Guns, and Sedition offers the definitive account of the rise of far-right terrorism in the United States—and how to counter it. Leading experts Bruce Hoffman and Jacob Ware trace the historical trajectory and assess the present-day dangers of this violent extremist movement, along with the harm it poses to United States national security. They combine authoritative, nuanced analysis with gripping storytelling and portraits of the leaders behind this violence and their followers. An unparalleled examination of one of today's great perils, God, Guns, and Sedition ends with an array of essential practical recommendations to halt the growth of violent far-right extremism and address this global terrorist threat. Bruce Hoffman, Jacob Ware Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773536 thebookvoice.com 11:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773536]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God, Guns, and Sedition: Far-Right Terrorism in America Author: Bruce Hoffman, Jacob Ware Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Shocking acts of terrorism have erupted from violent American far-right extremists in recent years, including the 2015 mass murder at a historic Black church in Charleston and the January 6, 2021, attack on the United States Capitol. These incidents, however, are neither novel nor unprecedented. They are the latest flashpoints in a process that has been unfolding for decades, in which vast conspiracy theories and radical ideologies such as white supremacism, racism, antisemitism, xenophobia, and hostility to government converge into a deadly threat to democracy. God, Guns, and Sedition offers the definitive account of the rise of far-right terrorism in the United States—and how to counter it. Leading experts Bruce Hoffman and Jacob Ware trace the historical trajectory and assess the present-day dangers of this violent extremist movement, along with the harm it poses to United States national security. They combine authoritative, nuanced analysis with gripping storytelling and portraits of the leaders behind this violence and their followers. An unparalleled examination of one of today's great perils, God, Guns, and Sedition ends with an array of essential practical recommendations to halt the growth of violent far-right extremism and address this global terrorist threat. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773536]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God, Guns, and Sedition: Far-Right Terrorism in America Author: Bruce Hoffman, Jacob Ware Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Shocking acts of terrorism have erupted from violent American far-right extremists in recent years, including the 2015 mass murder at a historic Black church in Charleston and the January 6, 2021, attack on the United States Capitol. These incidents, however, are neither novel nor unprecedented. They are the latest flashpoints in a process that has been unfolding for decades, in which vast conspiracy theories and radical ideologies such as white supremacism, racism, antisemitism, xenophobia, and hostility to government converge into a deadly threat to democracy. God, Guns, and Sedition offers the definitive account of the rise of far-right terrorism in the United States—and how to counter it. Leading experts Bruce Hoffman and Jacob Ware trace the historical trajectory and assess the present-day dangers of this violent extremist movement, along with the harm it poses to United States national security. They combine authoritative, nuanced analysis with gripping storytelling and portraits of the leaders behind this violence and their followers. An unparalleled examination of one of today's great perils, God, Guns, and Sedition ends with an array of essential practical recommendations to halt the growth of violent far-right extremism and address this global terrorist threat. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773533 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773533]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Golden Passport: Global Mobility for Millionaires Author: Kristin Surak Narrator: Linda Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Obtaining a new citizenship is rarely easy. But for those with the means, it's just a question of price. More than a dozen countries, many of them small islands in the Mediterranean, Caribbean, and South Pacific, sell citizenship to 50,000 people annually. Through six years of fieldwork on four continents, Kristin Surak discovered how the initially dubious sale of passports has transformed into a full-blown citizenship industry that thrives on global inequalities. Some 'investor citizens' hope to parlay their new passport into visa-free travel—or use it as a stepping stone to residence in countries like the US. Other buyers take out a new citizenship as an insurance policy or to escape state control at home. Almost none, though, intend to move to their selected country and live among their new compatriots, whose relationship with these global elites is complex. A groundbreaking study of a contentious practice that has become popular among the nouveaux riches, The Golden Passport takes listeners from the details of the application process to the geopolitical hydraulics of the citizenship industry. It's a business that thrives on uncertainty and imbalances of power between big, globalized economies and tiny states desperate for investment. In between are the fascinating stories of buyers, brokers, and sellers, all ready to profit from the citizenship trade. Kristin Surak Tue, 30 Jul 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773533 thebookvoice.com 13:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773533]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Golden Passport: Global Mobility for Millionaires Author: Kristin Surak Narrator: Linda Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Obtaining a new citizenship is rarely easy. But for those with the means, it's just a question of price. More than a dozen countries, many of them small islands in the Mediterranean, Caribbean, and South Pacific, sell citizenship to 50,000 people annually. Through six years of fieldwork on four continents, Kristin Surak discovered how the initially dubious sale of passports has transformed into a full-blown citizenship industry that thrives on global inequalities. Some 'investor citizens' hope to parlay their new passport into visa-free travel—or use it as a stepping stone to residence in countries like the US. Other buyers take out a new citizenship as an insurance policy or to escape state control at home. Almost none, though, intend to move to their selected country and live among their new compatriots, whose relationship with these global elites is complex. A groundbreaking study of a contentious practice that has become popular among the nouveaux riches, The Golden Passport takes listeners from the details of the application process to the geopolitical hydraulics of the citizenship industry. It's a business that thrives on uncertainty and imbalances of power between big, globalized economies and tiny states desperate for investment. In between are the fascinating stories of buyers, brokers, and sellers, all ready to profit from the citizenship trade. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773533]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Golden Passport: Global Mobility for Millionaires Author: Kristin Surak Narrator: Linda Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Obtaining a new citizenship is rarely easy. But for those with the means, it's just a question of price. More than a dozen countries, many of them small islands in the Mediterranean, Caribbean, and South Pacific, sell citizenship to 50,000 people annually. Through six years of fieldwork on four continents, Kristin Surak discovered how the initially dubious sale of passports has transformed into a full-blown citizenship industry that thrives on global inequalities. Some 'investor citizens' hope to parlay their new passport into visa-free travel—or use it as a stepping stone to residence in countries like the US. Other buyers take out a new citizenship as an insurance policy or to escape state control at home. Almost none, though, intend to move to their selected country and live among their new compatriots, whose relationship with these global elites is complex. A groundbreaking study of a contentious practice that has become popular among the nouveaux riches, The Golden Passport takes listeners from the details of the application process to the geopolitical hydraulics of the citizenship industry. It's a business that thrives on uncertainty and imbalances of power between big, globalized economies and tiny states desperate for investment. In between are the fascinating stories of buyers, brokers, and sellers, all ready to profit from the citizenship trade. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773288 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773288]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Henry David Thoreau: Über die Pflicht zum Ungehorsam gegen den Staat / Walden: Reflexionen über Konsumverweigerung und ökologische und ausgewogene Lebensführung Author: Henry David Thoreau Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Zwei Werke von Henry David Thoreau: Im Jahr 1849 schrieb er seinen weltberühmten Essay über die 'Pflicht zum Ungehorsam gegen den Staat'. In diesem stellte er sich außerhalb einer Gesellschaft, die, obwohl auf den Prinzipien der Freiheit und Gleichheit aller gegründet, nicht in der Lage war, die Sklaverei abzuschaffen. Ungekürzte Lesung (Tracks 1 - 14). Fünf Jahre später folgte Walden oder Das Leben in den Wäldern - seit langem DAS Buch für Aussteiger, Frugalisten, Konsumverweigerer - oder auch ganz einfach nur Naturliebhaber! In ihm beschreibt Henry David Thoreau, wie er die Stadt verließ, um zwei Jahre lang im Wald nur mit eigenen Mitteln zu leben. Mit den Kapiteln: Sparsamkeit (Tracks 15 - 74), Wo und wofür ich lebte (Tracks 75 - 89), Das Bohnenfeld (Tracks 90 - 99), Der Teich im Winter (Tracks 100 - 112), Frühling (Tracks 113 - 129). Henry David Thoreau Tue, 30 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773288 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773288]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Henry David Thoreau: Über die Pflicht zum Ungehorsam gegen den Staat / Walden: Reflexionen über Konsumverweigerung und ökologische und ausgewogene Lebensführung Author: Henry David Thoreau Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Zwei Werke von Henry David Thoreau: Im Jahr 1849 schrieb er seinen weltberühmten Essay über die 'Pflicht zum Ungehorsam gegen den Staat'. In diesem stellte er sich außerhalb einer Gesellschaft, die, obwohl auf den Prinzipien der Freiheit und Gleichheit aller gegründet, nicht in der Lage war, die Sklaverei abzuschaffen. Ungekürzte Lesung (Tracks 1 - 14). Fünf Jahre später folgte Walden oder Das Leben in den Wäldern - seit langem DAS Buch für Aussteiger, Frugalisten, Konsumverweigerer - oder auch ganz einfach nur Naturliebhaber! In ihm beschreibt Henry David Thoreau, wie er die Stadt verließ, um zwei Jahre lang im Wald nur mit eigenen Mitteln zu leben. Mit den Kapiteln: Sparsamkeit (Tracks 15 - 74), Wo und wofür ich lebte (Tracks 75 - 89), Das Bohnenfeld (Tracks 90 - 99), Der Teich im Winter (Tracks 100 - 112), Frühling (Tracks 113 - 129). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773288]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Henry David Thoreau: Über die Pflicht zum Ungehorsam gegen den Staat / Walden: Reflexionen über Konsumverweigerung und ökologische und ausgewogene Lebensführung Author: Henry David Thoreau Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Zwei Werke von Henry David Thoreau: Im Jahr 1849 schrieb er seinen weltberühmten Essay über die 'Pflicht zum Ungehorsam gegen den Staat'. In diesem stellte er sich außerhalb einer Gesellschaft, die, obwohl auf den Prinzipien der Freiheit und Gleichheit aller gegründet, nicht in der Lage war, die Sklaverei abzuschaffen. Ungekürzte Lesung (Tracks 1 - 14). Fünf Jahre später folgte Walden oder Das Leben in den Wäldern - seit langem DAS Buch für Aussteiger, Frugalisten, Konsumverweigerer - oder auch ganz einfach nur Naturliebhaber! In ihm beschreibt Henry David Thoreau, wie er die Stadt verließ, um zwei Jahre lang im Wald nur mit eigenen Mitteln zu leben. Mit den Kapiteln: Sparsamkeit (Tracks 15 - 74), Wo und wofür ich lebte (Tracks 75 - 89), Das Bohnenfeld (Tracks 90 - 99), Der Teich im Winter (Tracks 100 - 112), Frühling (Tracks 113 - 129). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773188 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773188]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kingmaker: Secrets, lies, and the truth about five Prime Ministers Author: Graham Brady Narrator: Graham Brady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE INSTANT SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER THE BESTSELLING INSIDER STORY OF WESTMINSTER'S BLOODIEST POWER BATTLES THE MOST REVEALING POLITICAL MEMOIR OF THE YEAR 'Refreshingly honest' The Telegraph 'Deliciously bitchy' New Statesman 'Awaited with bated breath by political insiders' Tatler David Cameron. Theresa May. Boris Johnson. Liz Truss. Rishi Sunak. Five prime ministers, one explosive memoir. Kingmaker lifts the lid on the leadership battles that have defined British politics for a decade and a half. The last fourteen years have seen turbulence at the centre of politics that is perhaps unique in British history. From coalition to Brexit, Covid to Partygate, Trussonomics to this year's election, our government has never felt so fractured. And as Prime Ministers have come and gone, one man has been at the heart of every leadership challenge, seeing all, but saying nothing. Until now. Sir Graham Brady was the Chairman of the 1922 Committee since 2010. As the leader of the group with the power to choose a new leader of the Conservative Party, it was his hand that held the executioner's axe over five consecutive Prime Ministers' heads. Elected to Parliament in 1997 as the youngest Conservative MP in the house, Brady comes from a lower middle-class background and fell into politics age 16 when he joined a campaign to save his grammar school. This book is the story of how a boy from Salford came to be the definitive political insider. With unique access to every key decision-maker of the past fourteen years, it offers insights into the character and choices of successive Prime Ministers and the administrations they led. Ultimately, it reveals where our most recent leadership failures originate, and asks hard questions about who will be fit to lead us tomorrow. Graham Brady Thu, 26 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773188 thebookvoice.com 8:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773188]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kingmaker: Secrets, lies, and the truth about five Prime Ministers Author: Graham Brady Narrator: Graham Brady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE INSTANT SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER THE BESTSELLING INSIDER STORY OF WESTMINSTER'S BLOODIEST POWER BATTLES THE MOST REVEALING POLITICAL MEMOIR OF THE YEAR 'Refreshingly honest' The Telegraph 'Deliciously bitchy' New Statesman 'Awaited with bated breath by political insiders' Tatler David Cameron. Theresa May. Boris Johnson. Liz Truss. Rishi Sunak. Five prime ministers, one explosive memoir. Kingmaker lifts the lid on the leadership battles that have defined British politics for a decade and a half. The last fourteen years have seen turbulence at the centre of politics that is perhaps unique in British history. From coalition to Brexit, Covid to Partygate, Trussonomics to this year's election, our government has never felt so fractured. And as Prime Ministers have come and gone, one man has been at the heart of every leadership challenge, seeing all, but saying nothing. Until now. Sir Graham Brady was the Chairman of the 1922 Committee since 2010. As the leader of the group with the power to choose a new leader of the Conservative Party, it was his hand that held the executioner's axe over five consecutive Prime Ministers' heads. Elected to Parliament in 1997 as the youngest Conservative MP in the house, Brady comes from a lower middle-class background and fell into politics age 16 when he joined a campaign to save his grammar school. This book is the story of how a boy from Salford came to be the definitive political insider. With unique access to every key decision-maker of the past fourteen years, it offers insights into the character and choices of successive Prime Ministers and the administrations they led. Ultimately, it reveals where our most recent leadership failures originate, and asks hard questions about who will be fit to lead us tomorrow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773188]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kingmaker: Secrets, lies, and the truth about five Prime Ministers Author: Graham Brady Narrator: Graham Brady Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE INSTANT SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER THE BESTSELLING INSIDER STORY OF WESTMINSTER'S BLOODIEST POWER BATTLES THE MOST REVEALING POLITICAL MEMOIR OF THE YEAR 'Refreshingly honest' The Telegraph 'Deliciously bitchy' New Statesman 'Awaited with bated breath by political insiders' Tatler David Cameron. Theresa May. Boris Johnson. Liz Truss. Rishi Sunak. Five prime ministers, one explosive memoir. Kingmaker lifts the lid on the leadership battles that have defined British politics for a decade and a half. The last fourteen years have seen turbulence at the centre of politics that is perhaps unique in British history. From coalition to Brexit, Covid to Partygate, Trussonomics to this year's election, our government has never felt so fractured. And as Prime Ministers have come and gone, one man has been at the heart of every leadership challenge, seeing all, but saying nothing. Until now. Sir Graham Brady was the Chairman of the 1922 Committee since 2010. As the leader of the group with the power to choose a new leader of the Conservative Party, it was his hand that held the executioner's axe over five consecutive Prime Ministers' heads. Elected to Parliament in 1997 as the youngest Conservative MP in the house, Brady comes from a lower middle-class background and fell into politics age 16 when he joined a campaign to save his grammar school. This book is the story of how a boy from Salford came to be the definitive political insider. With unique access to every key decision-maker of the past fourteen years, it offers insights into the character and choices of successive Prime Ministers and the administrations they led. Ultimately, it reveals where our most recent leadership failures originate, and asks hard questions about who will be fit to lead us tomorrow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772673 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Power: My Story as America's First Woman Speaker of the House Author: Nancy Pelosi Narrator: Nancy Pelosi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The most powerful woman in American political history tells the story of her transformation from housewife to House Speaker—how she became a master legislator, a key partner to presidents, and the most visible leader of the Trump resistance. When, at age forty-six, Nancy Pelosi, mother of five, asked her youngest daughter if she should run for Congress, Alexandra Pelosi answered: “Mother, get a life!” And so Nancy did, and what a life it has been. In The Art of Power, Pelosi describes for the first time what it takes to make history—not only as the first woman to ascend to the most powerful legislative role in our nation, but to pass laws that would save lives and livelihoods, from the emergency rescue of the economy in 2008 to transforming health care. She describes the perseverance, persuasion, and respect for her members that it took to succeed, but also the joy of seeing America change for the better. Among the best-prepared and hardest working Speakers in history, Pelosi worked to find common ground, or stand her ground, with presidents from Bush to Biden. She also shares moving moments with soldiers sent to the front lines, women who inspired her, and human rights activists who fought by her side. Pelosi took positions that established her as a prophetic voice on the major moral issues of the day, warning early about the dangers of the Iraq War and of the Chinese government’s long record of misbehavior. This moral courage prepared her for the arrival of Trump, with whom she famously tangled, becoming a red-coated symbol of resistance to his destructive presidency. Here, she reveals how she went toe-to-toe with Trump, leading up to January 6, 2021, when he unleashed his post-election fury on the Congress. Pelosi gives us her personal account of that day: the assault not only on the symbol of our democracy but on the men and women who had come to serve the nation, never expecting to hide under desks or flee for their lives—and her determined efforts to get the National Guard to the Capitol. Nearly two years later, violence and fury would erupt inside Pelosi’s own home when an intruder, demanding to see the Speaker, viciously attacked her beloved husband, Paul. Here, Pelosi shares that horrifying day and the traumatic aftermath for her and her family. The woman who has been lauded by her opposition as “the most powerful Speaker” ever shows us why she is not afraid of a good fight. The Art of Power is about the fighting spirit that has always animated her, and the historic legacy that spirit has produced. Nancy Pelosi Tue, 06 Aug 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772673 thebookvoice.com 10:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Power: My Story as America's First Woman Speaker of the House Author: Nancy Pelosi Narrator: Nancy Pelosi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The most powerful woman in American political history tells the story of her transformation from housewife to House Speaker—how she became a master legislator, a key partner to presidents, and the most visible leader of the Trump resistance. When, at age forty-six, Nancy Pelosi, mother of five, asked her youngest daughter if she should run for Congress, Alexandra Pelosi answered: “Mother, get a life!” And so Nancy did, and what a life it has been. In The Art of Power, Pelosi describes for the first time what it takes to make history—not only as the first woman to ascend to the most powerful legislative role in our nation, but to pass laws that would save lives and livelihoods, from the emergency rescue of the economy in 2008 to transforming health care. She describes the perseverance, persuasion, and respect for her members that it took to succeed, but also the joy of seeing America change for the better. Among the best-prepared and hardest working Speakers in history, Pelosi worked to find common ground, or stand her ground, with presidents from Bush to Biden. She also shares moving moments with soldiers sent to the front lines, women who inspired her, and human rights activists who fought by her side. Pelosi took positions that established her as a prophetic voice on the major moral issues of the day, warning early about the dangers of the Iraq War and of the Chinese government’s long record of misbehavior. This moral courage prepared her for the arrival of Trump, with whom she famously tangled, becoming a red-coated symbol of resistance to his destructive presidency. Here, she reveals how she went toe-to-toe with Trump, leading up to January 6, 2021, when he unleashed his post-election fury on the Congress. Pelosi gives us her personal account of that day: the assault not only on the symbol of our democracy but on the men and women who had come to serve the nation, never expecting to hide under desks or flee for their lives—and her determined efforts to get the National Guard to the Capitol. Nearly two years later, violence and fury would erupt inside Pelosi’s own home when an intruder, demanding to see the Speaker, viciously attacked her beloved husband, Paul. Here, Pelosi shares that horrifying day and the traumatic aftermath for her and her family. The woman who has been lauded by her opposition as “the most powerful Speaker” ever shows us why she is not afraid of a good fight. The Art of Power is about the fighting spirit that has always animated her, and the historic legacy that spirit has produced. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Power: My Story as America's First Woman Speaker of the House Author: Nancy Pelosi Narrator: Nancy Pelosi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The most powerful woman in American political history tells the story of her transformation from housewife to House Speaker—how she became a master legislator, a key partner to presidents, and the most visible leader of the Trump resistance. When, at age forty-six, Nancy Pelosi, mother of five, asked her youngest daughter if she should run for Congress, Alexandra Pelosi answered: “Mother, get a life!” And so Nancy did, and what a life it has been. In The Art of Power, Pelosi describes for the first time what it takes to make history—not only as the first woman to ascend to the most powerful legislative role in our nation, but to pass laws that would save lives and livelihoods, from the emergency rescue of the economy in 2008 to transforming health care. She describes the perseverance, persuasion, and respect for her members that it took to succeed, but also the joy of seeing America change for the better. Among the best-prepared and hardest working Speakers in history, Pelosi worked to find common ground, or stand her ground, with presidents from Bush to Biden. She also shares moving moments with soldiers sent to the front lines, women who inspired her, and human rights activists who fought by her side. Pelosi took positions that established her as a prophetic voice on the major moral issues of the day, warning early about the dangers of the Iraq War and of the Chinese government’s long record of misbehavior. This moral courage prepared her for the arrival of Trump, with whom she famously tangled, becoming a red-coated symbol of resistance to his destructive presidency. Here, she reveals how she went toe-to-toe with Trump, leading up to January 6, 2021, when he unleashed his post-election fury on the Congress. Pelosi gives us her personal account of that day: the assault not only on the symbol of our democracy but on the men and women who had come to serve the nation, never expecting to hide under desks or flee for their lives—and her determined efforts to get the National Guard to the Capitol. Nearly two years later, violence and fury would erupt inside Pelosi’s own home when an intruder, demanding to see the Speaker, viciously attacked her beloved husband, Paul. Here, Pelosi shares that horrifying day and the traumatic aftermath for her and her family. The woman who has been lauded by her opposition as “the most powerful Speaker” ever shows us why she is not afraid of a good fight. The Art of Power is about the fighting spirit that has always animated her, and the historic legacy that spirit has produced. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772138 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772138]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Guerrilla Warfare Author: Mao Tse Tung Narrator: William Heschel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'On Guerrilla Warfare' by Mao Tse Tung is a foundational text that elaborates on the strategies and philosophies behind guerrilla warfare, authored by the revolutionary leader during the tumultuous period of the Chinese Civil War and the Japanese invasion of China in the 20th century. Mao's work is not just a military manual but a profound treatise on the application of guerrilla tactics as a form of irregular warfare by a smaller, mobile force against a larger, more conventionally equipped enemy. Through this work, Mao emphasizes the importance of political ideology, the support of the local population, and the use of the terrain to the guerrilla fighter's advantage. His insights into the interplay between politics and military strategy have made this work a staple reference in the study of revolutionary warfare and insurgency movements globally, influencing numerous conflicts and shaping the tactics of various liberation movements. Mao Tse Tung Wed, 03 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772138 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772138]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Guerrilla Warfare Author: Mao Tse Tung Narrator: William Heschel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'On Guerrilla Warfare' by Mao Tse Tung is a foundational text that elaborates on the strategies and philosophies behind guerrilla warfare, authored by the revolutionary leader during the tumultuous period of the Chinese Civil War and the Japanese invasion of China in the 20th century. Mao's work is not just a military manual but a profound treatise on the application of guerrilla tactics as a form of irregular warfare by a smaller, mobile force against a larger, more conventionally equipped enemy. Through this work, Mao emphasizes the importance of political ideology, the support of the local population, and the use of the terrain to the guerrilla fighter's advantage. His insights into the interplay between politics and military strategy have made this work a staple reference in the study of revolutionary warfare and insurgency movements globally, influencing numerous conflicts and shaping the tactics of various liberation movements. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772138]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Guerrilla Warfare Author: Mao Tse Tung Narrator: William Heschel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'On Guerrilla Warfare' by Mao Tse Tung is a foundational text that elaborates on the strategies and philosophies behind guerrilla warfare, authored by the revolutionary leader during the tumultuous period of the Chinese Civil War and the Japanese invasion of China in the 20th century. Mao's work is not just a military manual but a profound treatise on the application of guerrilla tactics as a form of irregular warfare by a smaller, mobile force against a larger, more conventionally equipped enemy. Through this work, Mao emphasizes the importance of political ideology, the support of the local population, and the use of the terrain to the guerrilla fighter's advantage. His insights into the interplay between politics and military strategy have made this work a staple reference in the study of revolutionary warfare and insurgency movements globally, influencing numerous conflicts and shaping the tactics of various liberation movements. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771605 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disproven: My Unbiased Search for Voter Fraud for the Trump Campaign, the Data that Shows Why He Lost, and How We Can Improve Our Elections Author: Ken Block Narrator: Mark Owen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Many searched for evidence of voter fraud in 2020—only a few were unbiased professionals… and only one has written a book about his experience. If you value the integrity of our elections—or want a behind-the-scenes look at an attempt at overturning one—Disproven by Ken Block takes you out of the voting booth and into the chaos that was the attempt to challenge the results of the 2020 U.S. presidential election. In November 2020, data specialist Ken Block received a phone call from the Trump Campaign. They wanted to hire him to find evidence of election fraud. What followed were late-night and early-morning requests to assess fraud claims at a blistering pace and ultimately find definitive evidence about the role voter fraud played in the outcome of the 2020 presidential election. Multiple subpoenas later, Block reveals the truth about being one of the few professionals hired to prove the Trump Campaign’s allegation that voter fraud cost Donald Trump the 2020 presidential election. He explains what the voter data tells us and exposes the sobering truth that our federal elections are operating on hundreds, if not thousands, of disparate voting systems prone to error—a threat to national election integrity. Ken Block Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771605 thebookvoice.com 7:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disproven: My Unbiased Search for Voter Fraud for the Trump Campaign, the Data that Shows Why He Lost, and How We Can Improve Our Elections Author: Ken Block Narrator: Mark Owen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Many searched for evidence of voter fraud in 2020—only a few were unbiased professionals… and only one has written a book about his experience. If you value the integrity of our elections—or want a behind-the-scenes look at an attempt at overturning one—Disproven by Ken Block takes you out of the voting booth and into the chaos that was the attempt to challenge the results of the 2020 U.S. presidential election. In November 2020, data specialist Ken Block received a phone call from the Trump Campaign. They wanted to hire him to find evidence of election fraud. What followed were late-night and early-morning requests to assess fraud claims at a blistering pace and ultimately find definitive evidence about the role voter fraud played in the outcome of the 2020 presidential election. Multiple subpoenas later, Block reveals the truth about being one of the few professionals hired to prove the Trump Campaign’s allegation that voter fraud cost Donald Trump the 2020 presidential election. He explains what the voter data tells us and exposes the sobering truth that our federal elections are operating on hundreds, if not thousands, of disparate voting systems prone to error—a threat to national election integrity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disproven: My Unbiased Search for Voter Fraud for the Trump Campaign, the Data that Shows Why He Lost, and How We Can Improve Our Elections Author: Ken Block Narrator: Mark Owen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Many searched for evidence of voter fraud in 2020—only a few were unbiased professionals… and only one has written a book about his experience. If you value the integrity of our elections—or want a behind-the-scenes look at an attempt at overturning one—Disproven by Ken Block takes you out of the voting booth and into the chaos that was the attempt to challenge the results of the 2020 U.S. presidential election. In November 2020, data specialist Ken Block received a phone call from the Trump Campaign. They wanted to hire him to find evidence of election fraud. What followed were late-night and early-morning requests to assess fraud claims at a blistering pace and ultimately find definitive evidence about the role voter fraud played in the outcome of the 2020 presidential election. Multiple subpoenas later, Block reveals the truth about being one of the few professionals hired to prove the Trump Campaign’s allegation that voter fraud cost Donald Trump the 2020 presidential election. He explains what the voter data tells us and exposes the sobering truth that our federal elections are operating on hundreds, if not thousands, of disparate voting systems prone to error—a threat to national election integrity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771567 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in Retrograde: How to Make Changes Big and Small in Our Country and in Our Lives Author: Emily Amick, Sami Sage Narrator: Nikki Massoud Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A whip-smart combo of self-help and political manifesto that is perfect for anyone who wants to save our democracy but doesn’t know where to start. In today’s political climate, it’s hard not to get discouraged. Isolated, doom scrolling, lacking a sense of purpose or community...it’s easy to become overwhelmed by the dire state of American democracy and do nothing, because why try when the odds are never in our favor? At this fragile moment in history, Emily Amick, lawyer and former counsel to Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer, alongside New York Times bestselling author and Betches Media cofounder Sami Sage, want to reframe civic engagement as a form of self-care: an assertion of one’s values and self-respect. This book is not just about voting, but about claiming your singular place in your country and community. Including real stories of regular people who have made a difference along with helpful exercises and quizzes, Democracy in Retrograde is a choose-your-own-adventure map to civic engagement that will help you: *Define your values and passions *Understand how the system works, so it’s easier to know how to change it *Match your personality, skills, resources, and interests, to meaningful actions within your community *Implement changes (big and small) that matter *Build a civic life that’s sustainable and authentic to you, whether you have only a few minutes to spare or are ready to make a lifetime commitment Democracy in Retrograde will help you learn about much more than just political action. This book will provide a new lens through which to see yourself: a new and powerful light which bridges the personal and the political. In the words of Joan Baez, action is the antidote to despair, and with this helpful guide, even if Mercury is in retrograde, our democracy doesn’t have to be. Emily Amick, Sami Sage Tue, 09 Jul 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771567 thebookvoice.com 4:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in Retrograde: How to Make Changes Big and Small in Our Country and in Our Lives Author: Emily Amick, Sami Sage Narrator: Nikki Massoud Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A whip-smart combo of self-help and political manifesto that is perfect for anyone who wants to save our democracy but doesn’t know where to start. In today’s political climate, it’s hard not to get discouraged. Isolated, doom scrolling, lacking a sense of purpose or community...it’s easy to become overwhelmed by the dire state of American democracy and do nothing, because why try when the odds are never in our favor? At this fragile moment in history, Emily Amick, lawyer and former counsel to Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer, alongside New York Times bestselling author and Betches Media cofounder Sami Sage, want to reframe civic engagement as a form of self-care: an assertion of one’s values and self-respect. This book is not just about voting, but about claiming your singular place in your country and community. Including real stories of regular people who have made a difference along with helpful exercises and quizzes, Democracy in Retrograde is a choose-your-own-adventure map to civic engagement that will help you: *Define your values and passions *Understand how the system works, so it’s easier to know how to change it *Match your personality, skills, resources, and interests, to meaningful actions within your community *Implement changes (big and small) that matter *Build a civic life that’s sustainable and authentic to you, whether you have only a few minutes to spare or are ready to make a lifetime commitment Democracy in Retrograde will help you learn about much more than just political action. This book will provide a new lens through which to see yourself: a new and powerful light which bridges the personal and the political. In the words of Joan Baez, action is the antidote to despair, and with this helpful guide, even if Mercury is in retrograde, our democracy doesn’t have to be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy in Retrograde: How to Make Changes Big and Small in Our Country and in Our Lives Author: Emily Amick, Sami Sage Narrator: Nikki Massoud Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A whip-smart combo of self-help and political manifesto that is perfect for anyone who wants to save our democracy but doesn’t know where to start. In today’s political climate, it’s hard not to get discouraged. Isolated, doom scrolling, lacking a sense of purpose or community...it’s easy to become overwhelmed by the dire state of American democracy and do nothing, because why try when the odds are never in our favor? At this fragile moment in history, Emily Amick, lawyer and former counsel to Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer, alongside New York Times bestselling author and Betches Media cofounder Sami Sage, want to reframe civic engagement as a form of self-care: an assertion of one’s values and self-respect. This book is not just about voting, but about claiming your singular place in your country and community. Including real stories of regular people who have made a difference along with helpful exercises and quizzes, Democracy in Retrograde is a choose-your-own-adventure map to civic engagement that will help you: *Define your values and passions *Understand how the system works, so it’s easier to know how to change it *Match your personality, skills, resources, and interests, to meaningful actions within your community *Implement changes (big and small) that matter *Build a civic life that’s sustainable and authentic to you, whether you have only a few minutes to spare or are ready to make a lifetime commitment Democracy in Retrograde will help you learn about much more than just political action. This book will provide a new lens through which to see yourself: a new and powerful light which bridges the personal and the political. In the words of Joan Baez, action is the antidote to despair, and with this helpful guide, even if Mercury is in retrograde, our democracy doesn’t have to be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771565 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Something Lost, Something Gained: Reflections on Life, Love, and Liberty Author: Hillary Rodham Clinton Narrator: Hillary Rodham Clinton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Includes a new epilogue narrated by the author exclusively for the audiobook edition. What would it be like to sit down for an impassioned, entertaining conversation with Hillary Clinton? In Something Lost, Something Gained, Hillary offers her candid views on life and love, politics, liberty, democracy, the threats we face, and the future within our reach. She describes the strength she draws from her deepest friendships, her Methodist faith, and the nearly fifty years she’s been married to President Bill Clinton—all with the wisdom that comes from looking back on a full life with fresh eyes. She takes us along as she returns to the classroom as a college professor, enjoys the bonds inside the exclusive club of former First Ladies, moves past her dream of being president, and dives into new activism for women and democracy. From canoeing with an ex-Nazi trying to deprogram white supremacists to sweltering with salt farmers in the desert trying to adapt to the climate crisis in India, Hillary brings us to the front lines of our biggest challenges. For the first time, Hillary shares the story of her operation to evacuate Afghan women to safety in the harrowing final days of America’s longest war. But we also meet the brave women dissidents defying dictators around the world, gain new personal insights about her old adversary Vladimir Putin, and learn the best ways that worried parents can protect kids from toxic technology. We also hear her fervent and persuasive warning to all American voters. In the end, Something Lost, Something Gained is a testament to the idea that the personal is political, and the political is personal, providing a blueprint for what each of us can do to make our lives better. Hillary has “looked at life from both sides now.” In these pages, she shares the latest chapter of her inspiring life and shows us how to age with grace and keep moving forward, with grit, joy, purpose, and a sense of humor. Hillary Rodham Clinton Tue, 17 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771565 thebookvoice.com 13:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Something Lost, Something Gained: Reflections on Life, Love, and Liberty Author: Hillary Rodham Clinton Narrator: Hillary Rodham Clinton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Includes a new epilogue narrated by the author exclusively for the audiobook edition. What would it be like to sit down for an impassioned, entertaining conversation with Hillary Clinton? In Something Lost, Something Gained, Hillary offers her candid views on life and love, politics, liberty, democracy, the threats we face, and the future within our reach. She describes the strength she draws from her deepest friendships, her Methodist faith, and the nearly fifty years she’s been married to President Bill Clinton—all with the wisdom that comes from looking back on a full life with fresh eyes. She takes us along as she returns to the classroom as a college professor, enjoys the bonds inside the exclusive club of former First Ladies, moves past her dream of being president, and dives into new activism for women and democracy. From canoeing with an ex-Nazi trying to deprogram white supremacists to sweltering with salt farmers in the desert trying to adapt to the climate crisis in India, Hillary brings us to the front lines of our biggest challenges. For the first time, Hillary shares the story of her operation to evacuate Afghan women to safety in the harrowing final days of America’s longest war. But we also meet the brave women dissidents defying dictators around the world, gain new personal insights about her old adversary Vladimir Putin, and learn the best ways that worried parents can protect kids from toxic technology. We also hear her fervent and persuasive warning to all American voters. In the end, Something Lost, Something Gained is a testament to the idea that the personal is political, and the political is personal, providing a blueprint for what each of us can do to make our lives better. Hillary has “looked at life from both sides now.” In these pages, she shares the latest chapter of her inspiring life and shows us how to age with grace and keep moving forward, with grit, joy, purpose, and a sense of humor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Something Lost, Something Gained: Reflections on Life, Love, and Liberty Author: Hillary Rodham Clinton Narrator: Hillary Rodham Clinton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Includes a new epilogue narrated by the author exclusively for the audiobook edition. What would it be like to sit down for an impassioned, entertaining conversation with Hillary Clinton? In Something Lost, Something Gained, Hillary offers her candid views on life and love, politics, liberty, democracy, the threats we face, and the future within our reach. She describes the strength she draws from her deepest friendships, her Methodist faith, and the nearly fifty years she’s been married to President Bill Clinton—all with the wisdom that comes from looking back on a full life with fresh eyes. She takes us along as she returns to the classroom as a college professor, enjoys the bonds inside the exclusive club of former First Ladies, moves past her dream of being president, and dives into new activism for women and democracy. From canoeing with an ex-Nazi trying to deprogram white supremacists to sweltering with salt farmers in the desert trying to adapt to the climate crisis in India, Hillary brings us to the front lines of our biggest challenges. For the first time, Hillary shares the story of her operation to evacuate Afghan women to safety in the harrowing final days of America’s longest war. But we also meet the brave women dissidents defying dictators around the world, gain new personal insights about her old adversary Vladimir Putin, and learn the best ways that worried parents can protect kids from toxic technology. We also hear her fervent and persuasive warning to all American voters. In the end, Something Lost, Something Gained is a testament to the idea that the personal is political, and the political is personal, providing a blueprint for what each of us can do to make our lives better. Hillary has “looked at life from both sides now.” In these pages, she shares the latest chapter of her inspiring life and shows us how to age with grace and keep moving forward, with grit, joy, purpose, and a sense of humor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771531 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ministry of Truth: Democracy, Reality, and the Republicans' War on the Recent Past Author: Steve Benen Narrator: Rachel Maddow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A searing, vital investigation of the Republican Party’s dangerous campaign to rewrite history in real time, from the Emmy Award-winning Rachel Maddow Show producer and bestselling author of The Impostors. “There is nobody…who has more influence on the way I think about politics than Steve Benen.” —Rachel Maddow  For as long as historical records have existed, authoritarian regimes have tried to rewrite history to suit their purposes, using their dictatorial powers to create myths, spread propaganda, justify decisions, erase opponents, and even dispose of crimes. Today, as America’s Republican Party becomes increasingly radicalized, it’s not surprising to see the GOP read from a similarly despotic script. Indeed, the party is taking dangerous, aggressive steps to rewrite history—and not just from generations past. Unable to put a positive spin on Trump-era scandals and fiascos, GOP voices and their allies have grown determined to rewrite the stories of the last few years—from the 2020 election results and the horror of January 6th to their own legislative record—treating the recent past as an enemy to be overpowered, crushed, and conquered. The consequences for our future, in turn, are dramatic. Extraordinarily timely and undeniably important, Steve Benen’s new book tells the staggering chronicle of the Republican party’s unsettling attempts at historical revisionism. It reveals not only how dependent they have grown on the tactic, but also how dangerous the consequences are if we allow the party to continue. The stakes, Benen argues, couldn’t be higher: the future of democracy hinges on both our accurate understanding of events and the end of alternative narratives that challenge reality. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Steve Benen Tue, 13 Aug 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771531 thebookvoice.com 5:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ministry of Truth: Democracy, Reality, and the Republicans' War on the Recent Past Author: Steve Benen Narrator: Rachel Maddow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A searing, vital investigation of the Republican Party’s dangerous campaign to rewrite history in real time, from the Emmy Award-winning Rachel Maddow Show producer and bestselling author of The Impostors. “There is nobody…who has more influence on the way I think about politics than Steve Benen.” —Rachel Maddow  For as long as historical records have existed, authoritarian regimes have tried to rewrite history to suit their purposes, using their dictatorial powers to create myths, spread propaganda, justify decisions, erase opponents, and even dispose of crimes. Today, as America’s Republican Party becomes increasingly radicalized, it’s not surprising to see the GOP read from a similarly despotic script. Indeed, the party is taking dangerous, aggressive steps to rewrite history—and not just from generations past. Unable to put a positive spin on Trump-era scandals and fiascos, GOP voices and their allies have grown determined to rewrite the stories of the last few years—from the 2020 election results and the horror of January 6th to their own legislative record—treating the recent past as an enemy to be overpowered, crushed, and conquered. The consequences for our future, in turn, are dramatic. Extraordinarily timely and undeniably important, Steve Benen’s new book tells the staggering chronicle of the Republican party’s unsettling attempts at historical revisionism. It reveals not only how dependent they have grown on the tactic, but also how dangerous the consequences are if we allow the party to continue. The stakes, Benen argues, couldn’t be higher: the future of democracy hinges on both our accurate understanding of events and the end of alternative narratives that challenge reality. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ministry of Truth: Democracy, Reality, and the Republicans' War on the Recent Past Author: Steve Benen Narrator: Rachel Maddow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A searing, vital investigation of the Republican Party’s dangerous campaign to rewrite history in real time, from the Emmy Award-winning Rachel Maddow Show producer and bestselling author of The Impostors. “There is nobody…who has more influence on the way I think about politics than Steve Benen.” —Rachel Maddow  For as long as historical records have existed, authoritarian regimes have tried to rewrite history to suit their purposes, using their dictatorial powers to create myths, spread propaganda, justify decisions, erase opponents, and even dispose of crimes. Today, as America’s Republican Party becomes increasingly radicalized, it’s not surprising to see the GOP read from a similarly despotic script. Indeed, the party is taking dangerous, aggressive steps to rewrite history—and not just from generations past. Unable to put a positive spin on Trump-era scandals and fiascos, GOP voices and their allies have grown determined to rewrite the stories of the last few years—from the 2020 election results and the horror of January 6th to their own legislative record—treating the recent past as an enemy to be overpowered, crushed, and conquered. The consequences for our future, in turn, are dramatic. Extraordinarily timely and undeniably important, Steve Benen’s new book tells the staggering chronicle of the Republican party’s unsettling attempts at historical revisionism. It reveals not only how dependent they have grown on the tactic, but also how dangerous the consequences are if we allow the party to continue. The stakes, Benen argues, couldn’t be higher: the future of democracy hinges on both our accurate understanding of events and the end of alternative narratives that challenge reality. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771514 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Patriot: A Memoir Author: Alexei Navalny Narrator: Matthew Goode Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: October 22, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The powerful and moving memoir of a fearless political opposition leader who paid the ultimate price for his beliefs. 'Patriot is by turns funny, fiery, reflective and tragic, laced with Navalny’s trademark wry humor and idealism....a gutting personal account from a husband and father facing the reality that he will never be with his family again.'—The New York Times 'Honest'—The Washington Post • 'Shocking'—The Atlantic • 'Uplifting.' —Vanity Fair 'A testament to resilience' —Associated Press • 'Will be seen as a historic text.'—The Economist Alexei Navalny began writing Patriot shortly after his near-fatal poisoning in 2020. It is the full story of his life: his youth, his call to activism, his marriage and family, his commitment to challenging a world super-power determined to silence him, and his total conviction that change cannot be resisted—and will come.    In vivid, page-turning detail, including never-before-seen correspondence from prison, Navalny recounts, among other things, his political career, the many attempts on his life, and the lives of the people closest to him, and the relentless campaign he and his team waged against an increasingly dictatorial regime.    Written with the passion, wit, candor, and bravery for which he was justly acclaimed, Patriot is Navalny’s final letter to the world: a moving account of his last years spent in the most brutal prison on earth; a reminder of why the principles of individual freedom matter so deeply; and a rousing call to continue the work for which he sacrificed his life. “This book is a testament not only to Alexei’s life, but to his unwavering commitment to the fight against dictatorship—a fight he gave everything for, including his life. Through its pages, readers will come to know the man I loved deeply—a man of profound integrity and unyielding courage. Sharing his story will not only honor his memory but also inspire others to stand up for what is right and to never lose sight of the values that truly matter.' —Yulia Navalnaya Alexei Navalny Tue, 22 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771514 thebookvoice.com 16:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Patriot: A Memoir Author: Alexei Navalny Narrator: Matthew Goode Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: October 22, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The powerful and moving memoir of a fearless political opposition leader who paid the ultimate price for his beliefs. 'Patriot is by turns funny, fiery, reflective and tragic, laced with Navalny’s trademark wry humor and idealism....a gutting personal account from a husband and father facing the reality that he will never be with his family again.'—The New York Times 'Honest'—The Washington Post • 'Shocking'—The Atlantic • 'Uplifting.' —Vanity Fair 'A testament to resilience' —Associated Press • 'Will be seen as a historic text.'—The Economist Alexei Navalny began writing Patriot shortly after his near-fatal poisoning in 2020. It is the full story of his life: his youth, his call to activism, his marriage and family, his commitment to challenging a world super-power determined to silence him, and his total conviction that change cannot be resisted—and will come.    In vivid, page-turning detail, including never-before-seen correspondence from prison, Navalny recounts, among other things, his political career, the many attempts on his life, and the lives of the people closest to him, and the relentless campaign he and his team waged against an increasingly dictatorial regime.    Written with the passion, wit, candor, and bravery for which he was justly acclaimed, Patriot is Navalny’s final letter to the world: a moving account of his last years spent in the most brutal prison on earth; a reminder of why the principles of individual freedom matter so deeply; and a rousing call to continue the work for which he sacrificed his life. “This book is a testament not only to Alexei’s life, but to his unwavering commitment to the fight against dictatorship—a fight he gave everything for, including his life. Through its pages, readers will come to know the man I loved deeply—a man of profound integrity and unyielding courage. Sharing his story will not only honor his memory but also inspire others to stand up for what is right and to never lose sight of the values that truly matter.' —Yulia Navalnaya Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771514]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Patriot: A Memoir Author: Alexei Navalny Narrator: Matthew Goode Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 46 minutes Release date: October 22, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The powerful and moving memoir of a fearless political opposition leader who paid the ultimate price for his beliefs. 'Patriot is by turns funny, fiery, reflective and tragic, laced with Navalny’s trademark wry humor and idealism....a gutting personal account from a husband and father facing the reality that he will never be with his family again.'—The New York Times 'Honest'—The Washington Post • 'Shocking'—The Atlantic • 'Uplifting.' —Vanity Fair 'A testament to resilience' —Associated Press • 'Will be seen as a historic text.'—The Economist Alexei Navalny began writing Patriot shortly after his near-fatal poisoning in 2020. It is the full story of his life: his youth, his call to activism, his marriage and family, his commitment to challenging a world super-power determined to silence him, and his total conviction that change cannot be resisted—and will come.    In vivid, page-turning detail, including never-before-seen correspondence from prison, Navalny recounts, among other things, his political career, the many attempts on his life, and the lives of the people closest to him, and the relentless campaign he and his team waged against an increasingly dictatorial regime.    Written with the passion, wit, candor, and bravery for which he was justly acclaimed, Patriot is Navalny’s final letter to the world: a moving account of his last years spent in the most brutal prison on earth; a reminder of why the principles of individual freedom matter so deeply; and a rousing call to continue the work for which he sacrificed his life. “This book is a testament not only to Alexei’s life, but to his unwavering commitment to the fight against dictatorship—a fight he gave everything for, including his life. Through its pages, readers will come to know the man I loved deeply—a man of profound integrity and unyielding courage. Sharing his story will not only honor his memory but also inspire others to stand up for what is right and to never lose sight of the values that truly matter.' —Yulia Navalnaya https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771512 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic Empathy: How Progressives Exploit Christian Compassion Author: Allie Beth Stuckey Narrator: Allie Beth Stuckey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A sharp Christian voice makes a bold argument: when politics are driven by empathy rather than truth, innocent people pay the price. We are told that empathy is the highest virtue—the key to being a good person. Is that true? Or has “empathy,” like so many other words of our day—“tolerance,” “justice,” “acceptance”—been hijacked by bad actors who exploit compassion for their own political ends?  In Toxic Empathy, Allie Beth Stuckey argues that empathy has become a tool of manipulation by left-wing activists who bully people into believing that they must adopt progressive positions to be loving. She explores the five most heated issues through which toxic empathy is deployed: abortion, gender, sexuality, immigration, and social justice. Progressives use catchy mantras to present their perspective as empathetic, like “abortion is healthcare,” “love is love,” or “no human being is illegal,” but in each case, they ignore the other side of the moral equation. For example, abortion is presented as compassionate for the woman, but what about the human life the procedure kills? This book isn’t about killing empathy; it’s about submitting our empathy to God’s definitions of love, goodness, and justice. Stuckey exposes the logical pitfalls and moral consequences of toxic empathy, equipping Christians with research-backed, Biblical truths to dismantle the progressive lies that have permeated our culture—and our church. Allie Beth Stuckey Tue, 15 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771512 thebookvoice.com 6:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic Empathy: How Progressives Exploit Christian Compassion Author: Allie Beth Stuckey Narrator: Allie Beth Stuckey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A sharp Christian voice makes a bold argument: when politics are driven by empathy rather than truth, innocent people pay the price. We are told that empathy is the highest virtue—the key to being a good person. Is that true? Or has “empathy,” like so many other words of our day—“tolerance,” “justice,” “acceptance”—been hijacked by bad actors who exploit compassion for their own political ends?  In Toxic Empathy, Allie Beth Stuckey argues that empathy has become a tool of manipulation by left-wing activists who bully people into believing that they must adopt progressive positions to be loving. She explores the five most heated issues through which toxic empathy is deployed: abortion, gender, sexuality, immigration, and social justice. Progressives use catchy mantras to present their perspective as empathetic, like “abortion is healthcare,” “love is love,” or “no human being is illegal,” but in each case, they ignore the other side of the moral equation. For example, abortion is presented as compassionate for the woman, but what about the human life the procedure kills? This book isn’t about killing empathy; it’s about submitting our empathy to God’s definitions of love, goodness, and justice. Stuckey exposes the logical pitfalls and moral consequences of toxic empathy, equipping Christians with research-backed, Biblical truths to dismantle the progressive lies that have permeated our culture—and our church. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic Empathy: How Progressives Exploit Christian Compassion Author: Allie Beth Stuckey Narrator: Allie Beth Stuckey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A sharp Christian voice makes a bold argument: when politics are driven by empathy rather than truth, innocent people pay the price. We are told that empathy is the highest virtue—the key to being a good person. Is that true? Or has “empathy,” like so many other words of our day—“tolerance,” “justice,” “acceptance”—been hijacked by bad actors who exploit compassion for their own political ends?  In Toxic Empathy, Allie Beth Stuckey argues that empathy has become a tool of manipulation by left-wing activists who bully people into believing that they must adopt progressive positions to be loving. She explores the five most heated issues through which toxic empathy is deployed: abortion, gender, sexuality, immigration, and social justice. Progressives use catchy mantras to present their perspective as empathetic, like “abortion is healthcare,” “love is love,” or “no human being is illegal,” but in each case, they ignore the other side of the moral equation. For example, abortion is presented as compassionate for the woman, but what about the human life the procedure kills? This book isn’t about killing empathy; it’s about submitting our empathy to God’s definitions of love, goodness, and justice. Stuckey exposes the logical pitfalls and moral consequences of toxic empathy, equipping Christians with research-backed, Biblical truths to dismantle the progressive lies that have permeated our culture—and our church. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771511 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Message Author: Ta-Nehisi Coates Narrator: Ta-Nehisi Coates Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NATIONAL BESTSELLER • NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The renowned author of Between the World and Me journeys to three resonant sites of conflict to explore how the stories we tell—and the ones we don’t—shape our realities. “Ta-Nehisi Coates always writes with a purpose. . . . These pilgrimages, for him, help ground his powerful writing about race.”—Associated Press “Coates exhorts readers, including students, parents, educators, and journalists, to challenge conventional narratives that can be used to justify ethnic cleansing or camouflage racist policing. Brilliant and timely.”—Booklist (starred review) Ta-Nehisi Coates originally set out to write a book about writing, in the tradition of Orwell’s classic “Politics and the English Language,” but found himself grappling with deeper questions about how our stories—our reporting and imaginative narratives and mythmaking—expose and distort our realities. In the first of the book’s three intertwining essays, Coates, on his first trip to Africa, finds himself in two places at once: in Dakar, a modern city in Senegal, and in a mythic kingdom in his mind. Then he takes readers along with him to Columbia, South Carolina, where he reports on his own book’s banning, but also explores the larger backlash to the nation’s recent reckoning with history and the deeply rooted American mythology so visible in that city—a capital of the Confederacy with statues of segregationists looming over its public squares. Finally, in the book’s longest section, Coates travels to Palestine, where he sees with devastating clarity how easily we are misled by nationalist narratives, and the tragedy that lies in the clash between the stories we tell and the reality of life on the ground.  Written at a dramatic moment in American and global life, this work from one of the country’s most important writers is about the urgent need to untangle ourselves from the destructive myths that shape our world—and our own souls—and embrace the liberating power of even the most difficult truths. Ta-Nehisi Coates Tue, 01 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771511 thebookvoice.com 5:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Message Author: Ta-Nehisi Coates Narrator: Ta-Nehisi Coates Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NATIONAL BESTSELLER • NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The renowned author of Between the World and Me journeys to three resonant sites of conflict to explore how the stories we tell—and the ones we don’t—shape our realities. “Ta-Nehisi Coates always writes with a purpose. . . . These pilgrimages, for him, help ground his powerful writing about race.”—Associated Press “Coates exhorts readers, including students, parents, educators, and journalists, to challenge conventional narratives that can be used to justify ethnic cleansing or camouflage racist policing. Brilliant and timely.”—Booklist (starred review) Ta-Nehisi Coates originally set out to write a book about writing, in the tradition of Orwell’s classic “Politics and the English Language,” but found himself grappling with deeper questions about how our stories—our reporting and imaginative narratives and mythmaking—expose and distort our realities. In the first of the book’s three intertwining essays, Coates, on his first trip to Africa, finds himself in two places at once: in Dakar, a modern city in Senegal, and in a mythic kingdom in his mind. Then he takes readers along with him to Columbia, South Carolina, where he reports on his own book’s banning, but also explores the larger backlash to the nation’s recent reckoning with history and the deeply rooted American mythology so visible in that city—a capital of the Confederacy with statues of segregationists looming over its public squares. Finally, in the book’s longest section, Coates travels to Palestine, where he sees with devastating clarity how easily we are misled by nationalist narratives, and the tragedy that lies in the clash between the stories we tell and the reality of life on the ground.  Written at a dramatic moment in American and global life, this work from one of the country’s most important writers is about the urgent need to untangle ourselves from the destructive myths that shape our world—and our own souls—and embrace the liberating power of even the most difficult truths. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Message Author: Ta-Nehisi Coates Narrator: Ta-Nehisi Coates Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NATIONAL BESTSELLER • NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The renowned author of Between the World and Me journeys to three resonant sites of conflict to explore how the stories we tell—and the ones we don’t—shape our realities. “Ta-Nehisi Coates always writes with a purpose. . . . These pilgrimages, for him, help ground his powerful writing about race.”—Associated Press “Coates exhorts readers, including students, parents, educators, and journalists, to challenge conventional narratives that can be used to justify ethnic cleansing or camouflage racist policing. Brilliant and timely.”—Booklist (starred review) Ta-Nehisi Coates originally set out to write a book about writing, in the tradition of Orwell’s classic “Politics and the English Language,” but found himself grappling with deeper questions about how our stories—our reporting and imaginative narratives and mythmaking—expose and distort our realities. In the first of the book’s three intertwining essays, Coates, on his first trip to Africa, finds himself in two places at once: in Dakar, a modern city in Senegal, and in a mythic kingdom in his mind. Then he takes readers along with him to Columbia, South Carolina, where he reports on his own book’s banning, but also explores the larger backlash to the nation’s recent reckoning with history and the deeply rooted American mythology so visible in that city—a capital of the Confederacy with statues of segregationists looming over its public squares. Finally, in the book’s longest section, Coates travels to Palestine, where he sees with devastating clarity how easily we are misled by nationalist narratives, and the tragedy that lies in the clash between the stories we tell and the reality of life on the ground.  Written at a dramatic moment in American and global life, this work from one of the country’s most important writers is about the urgent need to untangle ourselves from the destructive myths that shape our world—and our own souls—and embrace the liberating power of even the most difficult truths. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771509 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Siege: The Remarkable Story of the Greatest SAS Hostage Drama Author: Ben Macintyre Narrator: Ben Macintyre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 12, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the author of Sunday Times #1 bestsellers COLDITZ, SAS: ROGUE HEROES and THE SPY AND THE TRAITOR . . . On April 30, 1980, six heavily armed gunmen burst into the Iranian embassy on Princes Gate, overlooking Hyde Park in London. There they took 26 hostages, including embassy staff, visitors, and three British citizens. A tense six-day siege ensued as millions gathered around screens across the country to witness the longest news flash in British television history, in which police negotiators and psychiatrists sought a bloodless end to the standoff, while the SAS – hitherto an organisation shrouded in secrecy – laid plans for a daring rescue mission: Operation Nimrod. Drawing on unpublished source material, exclusive interviews with the SAS, and testimony from witnesses including hostages, negotiators, intelligence officers and the on-site psychiatrist, bestselling historian Ben Macintyre takes readers on a gripping journey from the years and weeks of build-up on both sides, to the minute-by-minute account of the siege and rescue. Recreating the dramatic conversations between negotiators and hostages, the cutting-edge intelligence work happening behind-the-scenes, and the media frenzy around this moment of international significance, The Siege is the remarkable story of what really happened on those fateful six days, and the first full account of a moment that forever changed the way the nation thought about the SAS – and itself. ‘Macintyre does true-life espionage better than anyone else’ John Preston 'The pre-eminent historian of the secret world . . . His books have set the gold standard for accurate historical reporting, but read like heart-pounding thrillers' Mick Herron 'Masterly . . . it has never been recounted so pleasurably as it has been here' New York Times © Ben Macintyre 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Ben Macintyre Thu, 12 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771509 thebookvoice.com 14:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Siege: The Remarkable Story of the Greatest SAS Hostage Drama Author: Ben Macintyre Narrator: Ben Macintyre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 12, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the author of Sunday Times #1 bestsellers COLDITZ, SAS: ROGUE HEROES and THE SPY AND THE TRAITOR . . . On April 30, 1980, six heavily armed gunmen burst into the Iranian embassy on Princes Gate, overlooking Hyde Park in London. There they took 26 hostages, including embassy staff, visitors, and three British citizens. A tense six-day siege ensued as millions gathered around screens across the country to witness the longest news flash in British television history, in which police negotiators and psychiatrists sought a bloodless end to the standoff, while the SAS – hitherto an organisation shrouded in secrecy – laid plans for a daring rescue mission: Operation Nimrod. Drawing on unpublished source material, exclusive interviews with the SAS, and testimony from witnesses including hostages, negotiators, intelligence officers and the on-site psychiatrist, bestselling historian Ben Macintyre takes readers on a gripping journey from the years and weeks of build-up on both sides, to the minute-by-minute account of the siege and rescue. Recreating the dramatic conversations between negotiators and hostages, the cutting-edge intelligence work happening behind-the-scenes, and the media frenzy around this moment of international significance, The Siege is the remarkable story of what really happened on those fateful six days, and the first full account of a moment that forever changed the way the nation thought about the SAS – and itself. ‘Macintyre does true-life espionage better than anyone else’ John Preston 'The pre-eminent historian of the secret world . . . His books have set the gold standard for accurate historical reporting, but read like heart-pounding thrillers' Mick Herron 'Masterly . . . it has never been recounted so pleasurably as it has been here' New York Times © Ben Macintyre 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Siege: The Remarkable Story of the Greatest SAS Hostage Drama Author: Ben Macintyre Narrator: Ben Macintyre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 12, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From the author of Sunday Times #1 bestsellers COLDITZ, SAS: ROGUE HEROES and THE SPY AND THE TRAITOR . . . On April 30, 1980, six heavily armed gunmen burst into the Iranian embassy on Princes Gate, overlooking Hyde Park in London. There they took 26 hostages, including embassy staff, visitors, and three British citizens. A tense six-day siege ensued as millions gathered around screens across the country to witness the longest news flash in British television history, in which police negotiators and psychiatrists sought a bloodless end to the standoff, while the SAS – hitherto an organisation shrouded in secrecy – laid plans for a daring rescue mission: Operation Nimrod. Drawing on unpublished source material, exclusive interviews with the SAS, and testimony from witnesses including hostages, negotiators, intelligence officers and the on-site psychiatrist, bestselling historian Ben Macintyre takes readers on a gripping journey from the years and weeks of build-up on both sides, to the minute-by-minute account of the siege and rescue. Recreating the dramatic conversations between negotiators and hostages, the cutting-edge intelligence work happening behind-the-scenes, and the media frenzy around this moment of international significance, The Siege is the remarkable story of what really happened on those fateful six days, and the first full account of a moment that forever changed the way the nation thought about the SAS – and itself. ‘Macintyre does true-life espionage better than anyone else’ John Preston 'The pre-eminent historian of the secret world . . . His books have set the gold standard for accurate historical reporting, but read like heart-pounding thrillers' Mick Herron 'Masterly . . . it has never been recounted so pleasurably as it has been here' New York Times © Ben Macintyre 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771506 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Palestina e Israel: La esquina de la tierra Author: Maruan Soto Antaki Narrator: Maruan Soto Antaki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: April 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Narrado por el autor Una revisión tan clara como urgente a la historia y la actualidad del doloroso conflicto entre Palestina e Israel. El 7 de octubre de 2023 Hamás efectuó el peor ataque terrorista, por el nivel de violencia y brutalidad, en su historia. Más de mil miembros de la organización entraron a territorio israelí por tierra, mar y aire. Secuestraron y asesinaron a sangre fría a mujeres, ancianos y niños. La respuesta de Israel no se hizo esperar. En menos de un mes, se acabó con los esfuerzos de más de treinta años por lograr una coexistencia pacífica entre Palestina e Israel. La crisis humanitaria que se vive actualmente en Gaza está fuera de control. Pero, ¿cómo llegamos este punto? ¿Cuáles son las raíces de este conflicto con una historiade más de siete décadas? ¿Quiénes han sido sus principales actores? En este libro, Maruan Soto Antaki repasa claridad los momentos clave de esta historia: desde la creación del Estado de Israel en 1947, pasando por el surgimiento de las diferentes formas de resistencia o lucha palestina en los años sesenta, la primera intifada, en 1987, y los Acuerdos de Oslo en 1993. Finalmente, el autor nos recuerda que sontal legítimas las causas palestinas —la búsqueda por un Estado libre, con autonomía y gobierno propio, el derecho de existencia jurídica de un pueblo— como el derecho de Israel y el de sus habitantes a tener un país sin estar amenazados por el extremismo de quienes buscan su desaparición. Por ello, debemos recordar que ni los palestinos ni sus causas equivalen al terrorismo o a la barbarie, ni todos los judíos e israelíes son enemigos del conjunto palestino. En un conflicto tancomplejo y desolador como el palestino-israelí, las respuestas simples y rápidas sólo conducen a un callejón sin salida. Maruan Soto Antaki Thu, 18 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771506 thebookvoice.com 1:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Palestina e Israel: La esquina de la tierra Author: Maruan Soto Antaki Narrator: Maruan Soto Antaki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: April 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Narrado por el autor Una revisión tan clara como urgente a la historia y la actualidad del doloroso conflicto entre Palestina e Israel. El 7 de octubre de 2023 Hamás efectuó el peor ataque terrorista, por el nivel de violencia y brutalidad, en su historia. Más de mil miembros de la organización entraron a territorio israelí por tierra, mar y aire. Secuestraron y asesinaron a sangre fría a mujeres, ancianos y niños. La respuesta de Israel no se hizo esperar. En menos de un mes, se acabó con los esfuerzos de más de treinta años por lograr una coexistencia pacífica entre Palestina e Israel. La crisis humanitaria que se vive actualmente en Gaza está fuera de control. Pero, ¿cómo llegamos este punto? ¿Cuáles son las raíces de este conflicto con una historiade más de siete décadas? ¿Quiénes han sido sus principales actores? En este libro, Maruan Soto Antaki repasa claridad los momentos clave de esta historia: desde la creación del Estado de Israel en 1947, pasando por el surgimiento de las diferentes formas de resistencia o lucha palestina en los años sesenta, la primera intifada, en 1987, y los Acuerdos de Oslo en 1993. Finalmente, el autor nos recuerda que sontal legítimas las causas palestinas —la búsqueda por un Estado libre, con autonomía y gobierno propio, el derecho de existencia jurídica de un pueblo— como el derecho de Israel y el de sus habitantes a tener un país sin estar amenazados por el extremismo de quienes buscan su desaparición. Por ello, debemos recordar que ni los palestinos ni sus causas equivalen al terrorismo o a la barbarie, ni todos los judíos e israelíes son enemigos del conjunto palestino. En un conflicto tancomplejo y desolador como el palestino-israelí, las respuestas simples y rápidas sólo conducen a un callejón sin salida. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Palestina e Israel: La esquina de la tierra Author: Maruan Soto Antaki Narrator: Maruan Soto Antaki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: April 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Narrado por el autor Una revisión tan clara como urgente a la historia y la actualidad del doloroso conflicto entre Palestina e Israel. El 7 de octubre de 2023 Hamás efectuó el peor ataque terrorista, por el nivel de violencia y brutalidad, en su historia. Más de mil miembros de la organización entraron a territorio israelí por tierra, mar y aire. Secuestraron y asesinaron a sangre fría a mujeres, ancianos y niños. La respuesta de Israel no se hizo esperar. En menos de un mes, se acabó con los esfuerzos de más de treinta años por lograr una coexistencia pacífica entre Palestina e Israel. La crisis humanitaria que se vive actualmente en Gaza está fuera de control. Pero, ¿cómo llegamos este punto? ¿Cuáles son las raíces de este conflicto con una historiade más de siete décadas? ¿Quiénes han sido sus principales actores? En este libro, Maruan Soto Antaki repasa claridad los momentos clave de esta historia: desde la creación del Estado de Israel en 1947, pasando por el surgimiento de las diferentes formas de resistencia o lucha palestina en los años sesenta, la primera intifada, en 1987, y los Acuerdos de Oslo en 1993. Finalmente, el autor nos recuerda que sontal legítimas las causas palestinas —la búsqueda por un Estado libre, con autonomía y gobierno propio, el derecho de existencia jurídica de un pueblo— como el derecho de Israel y el de sus habitantes a tener un país sin estar amenazados por el extremismo de quienes buscan su desaparición. Por ello, debemos recordar que ni los palestinos ni sus causas equivalen al terrorismo o a la barbarie, ni todos los judíos e israelíes son enemigos del conjunto palestino. En un conflicto tancomplejo y desolador como el palestino-israelí, las respuestas simples y rápidas sólo conducen a un callejón sin salida. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771468 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are the Leaders We Have Been Looking For Author: Eddie S. Glaude Jr. Narrator: Eddie S. Glaude Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In We Are the Leaders We Have Been Looking For, one of the nation's preeminent scholars and a New York Times bestselling author, Eddie S. Glaude Jr., makes the case that the hard work of becoming a better person should be a critical feature of Black politics. Through virtuoso interpretations of Martin Luther King, Jr., Malcolm X, and Ella Baker, Glaude shows how we have the power to be the heroes that our democracy so desperately requires. Based on the Du Bois Lectures delivered at Harvard University, the book begins with Glaude's unease with the Obama years. He felt then, and does even more urgently now, that the excitement around the Obama presidency constrained our politics as we turned to yet another prophet-like figure. He examines his personal history and the traditions that both shape and overwhelm his own voice. Glaude weaves anecdotes about his evolving views on Black politics together with the writings of Ralph Waldo Emerson, John Dewey, Toni Morrison, James Baldwin, and Ralph Ellison, encouraging us to reflect on the lessons of these great thinkers. Narrated with passion and philosophical intensity, this book is a powerful reminder that if American democracy is to survive, we must step out from under the shadows of past giants to build a better society—one that derives its strength from the pew, not the pulpit. Eddie S. Glaude Jr. Tue, 18 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771468 thebookvoice.com 4:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are the Leaders We Have Been Looking For Author: Eddie S. Glaude Jr. Narrator: Eddie S. Glaude Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In We Are the Leaders We Have Been Looking For, one of the nation's preeminent scholars and a New York Times bestselling author, Eddie S. Glaude Jr., makes the case that the hard work of becoming a better person should be a critical feature of Black politics. Through virtuoso interpretations of Martin Luther King, Jr., Malcolm X, and Ella Baker, Glaude shows how we have the power to be the heroes that our democracy so desperately requires. Based on the Du Bois Lectures delivered at Harvard University, the book begins with Glaude's unease with the Obama years. He felt then, and does even more urgently now, that the excitement around the Obama presidency constrained our politics as we turned to yet another prophet-like figure. He examines his personal history and the traditions that both shape and overwhelm his own voice. Glaude weaves anecdotes about his evolving views on Black politics together with the writings of Ralph Waldo Emerson, John Dewey, Toni Morrison, James Baldwin, and Ralph Ellison, encouraging us to reflect on the lessons of these great thinkers. Narrated with passion and philosophical intensity, this book is a powerful reminder that if American democracy is to survive, we must step out from under the shadows of past giants to build a better society—one that derives its strength from the pew, not the pulpit. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are the Leaders We Have Been Looking For Author: Eddie S. Glaude Jr. Narrator: Eddie S. Glaude Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In We Are the Leaders We Have Been Looking For, one of the nation's preeminent scholars and a New York Times bestselling author, Eddie S. Glaude Jr., makes the case that the hard work of becoming a better person should be a critical feature of Black politics. Through virtuoso interpretations of Martin Luther King, Jr., Malcolm X, and Ella Baker, Glaude shows how we have the power to be the heroes that our democracy so desperately requires. Based on the Du Bois Lectures delivered at Harvard University, the book begins with Glaude's unease with the Obama years. He felt then, and does even more urgently now, that the excitement around the Obama presidency constrained our politics as we turned to yet another prophet-like figure. He examines his personal history and the traditions that both shape and overwhelm his own voice. Glaude weaves anecdotes about his evolving views on Black politics together with the writings of Ralph Waldo Emerson, John Dewey, Toni Morrison, James Baldwin, and Ralph Ellison, encouraging us to reflect on the lessons of these great thinkers. Narrated with passion and philosophical intensity, this book is a powerful reminder that if American democracy is to survive, we must step out from under the shadows of past giants to build a better society—one that derives its strength from the pew, not the pulpit. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771469 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Great Disorder: National Myth and the Battle for America Author: Richard Slotkin Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Red America and Blue America are divided with wildly diverging views of why government exists and who counts as American. Their ideologies are grounded in different versions of American history, endorsing irreconcilable visions of patriotism and national identity. A Great Disorder is a bold, urgent work that helps us make sense of today's culture wars through a brilliant reconsideration of America's foundational myths and their use in contemporary politics. Richard Slotkin identifies five myths, born of different eras, that have shaped our conception of what it means to be American: the myths of the Frontier, the Founding, the Civil War (which he breaks into two opposing camps, Emancipation and the Lost Cause), and the Good War, embodied by the multiethnic platoon fighting for freedom. His argument is that while Trump and his MAGA followers have played up a frontier-inspired hostility to the federal government and rallied around Confederate symbols to champion a racially exclusive definition of American nationality, Blue America, taking its cue from the protest movements of the 1960s, envisions a limitlessly pluralistic country in which the federal government is the ultimate enforcer of rights and opportunities. American history—and the foundations of our democracy—have become a battleground. It is not clear at this time which vision will prevail. Richard Slotkin Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771469 thebookvoice.com 20:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Great Disorder: National Myth and the Battle for America Author: Richard Slotkin Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Red America and Blue America are divided with wildly diverging views of why government exists and who counts as American. Their ideologies are grounded in different versions of American history, endorsing irreconcilable visions of patriotism and national identity. A Great Disorder is a bold, urgent work that helps us make sense of today's culture wars through a brilliant reconsideration of America's foundational myths and their use in contemporary politics. Richard Slotkin identifies five myths, born of different eras, that have shaped our conception of what it means to be American: the myths of the Frontier, the Founding, the Civil War (which he breaks into two opposing camps, Emancipation and the Lost Cause), and the Good War, embodied by the multiethnic platoon fighting for freedom. His argument is that while Trump and his MAGA followers have played up a frontier-inspired hostility to the federal government and rallied around Confederate symbols to champion a racially exclusive definition of American nationality, Blue America, taking its cue from the protest movements of the 1960s, envisions a limitlessly pluralistic country in which the federal government is the ultimate enforcer of rights and opportunities. American history—and the foundations of our democracy—have become a battleground. It is not clear at this time which vision will prevail. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Great Disorder: National Myth and the Battle for America Author: Richard Slotkin Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Red America and Blue America are divided with wildly diverging views of why government exists and who counts as American. Their ideologies are grounded in different versions of American history, endorsing irreconcilable visions of patriotism and national identity. A Great Disorder is a bold, urgent work that helps us make sense of today's culture wars through a brilliant reconsideration of America's foundational myths and their use in contemporary politics. Richard Slotkin identifies five myths, born of different eras, that have shaped our conception of what it means to be American: the myths of the Frontier, the Founding, the Civil War (which he breaks into two opposing camps, Emancipation and the Lost Cause), and the Good War, embodied by the multiethnic platoon fighting for freedom. His argument is that while Trump and his MAGA followers have played up a frontier-inspired hostility to the federal government and rallied around Confederate symbols to champion a racially exclusive definition of American nationality, Blue America, taking its cue from the protest movements of the 1960s, envisions a limitlessly pluralistic country in which the federal government is the ultimate enforcer of rights and opportunities. American history—and the foundations of our democracy—have become a battleground. It is not clear at this time which vision will prevail. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771359 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disability and Political Representation Author: Stefanie Reher, Elizabeth Evans Narrator: Maria Pendolino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Disability and Political Representation explores how disabled people experience the various stages and aspects of the representation process, drawing upon extensive empirical research and a variety of qualitative and quantitative data. It discusses why increasing the number of disabled politicians matters, not only as a matter of justice and equality but also to better represent the issues and interests of importance to disabled people. Evans and Reher identify a variety of ableist barriers that prevent disabled people from fully participating in the political process, from disenfranchisement and inaccessible polling stations to prejudice within parties and a lack of financial support for candidates who require adjustments. The work shows that while the preferences of disabled citizens are currently under-represented in parliament, disabled representatives often draw on their lived experience to advocate for their interests. The concept of experiential representation is developed to help scholars and practitioners better navigate the concept of political representation, specifically as it relates to disability. Stefanie Reher, Elizabeth Evans Tue, 30 Jul 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771359 thebookvoice.com 9:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disability and Political Representation Author: Stefanie Reher, Elizabeth Evans Narrator: Maria Pendolino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Disability and Political Representation explores how disabled people experience the various stages and aspects of the representation process, drawing upon extensive empirical research and a variety of qualitative and quantitative data. It discusses why increasing the number of disabled politicians matters, not only as a matter of justice and equality but also to better represent the issues and interests of importance to disabled people. Evans and Reher identify a variety of ableist barriers that prevent disabled people from fully participating in the political process, from disenfranchisement and inaccessible polling stations to prejudice within parties and a lack of financial support for candidates who require adjustments. The work shows that while the preferences of disabled citizens are currently under-represented in parliament, disabled representatives often draw on their lived experience to advocate for their interests. The concept of experiential representation is developed to help scholars and practitioners better navigate the concept of political representation, specifically as it relates to disability. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disability and Political Representation Author: Stefanie Reher, Elizabeth Evans Narrator: Maria Pendolino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Disability and Political Representation explores how disabled people experience the various stages and aspects of the representation process, drawing upon extensive empirical research and a variety of qualitative and quantitative data. It discusses why increasing the number of disabled politicians matters, not only as a matter of justice and equality but also to better represent the issues and interests of importance to disabled people. Evans and Reher identify a variety of ableist barriers that prevent disabled people from fully participating in the political process, from disenfranchisement and inaccessible polling stations to prejudice within parties and a lack of financial support for candidates who require adjustments. The work shows that while the preferences of disabled citizens are currently under-represented in parliament, disabled representatives often draw on their lived experience to advocate for their interests. The concept of experiential representation is developed to help scholars and practitioners better navigate the concept of political representation, specifically as it relates to disability. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770574 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Return to Common Sense: How to Fix America Before We Really Blow It Author: Leigh Mcgowan Narrator: Leigh Mcgowan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times bestseller A political book for non-political people from viral TikTok sensation PoliticsGirl. Something’s gone wrong in the Land of the Free and the Home of the Brave. We can all feel it, but if we’re being honest, most of us don’t understand it. At the end of the day, we don’t have all the facts, and if you don’t know how something works, how do you fix it? A Return to Common Sense is a concise, no-nonsense, dare we say fun, guide to how America works and a roadmap to reclaiming a government of, by, and for the people. If we truly want to be a land of freedom and opportunity where everyone has a shot at a good life, we must acknowledge the ideals of America are in danger, but worth saving. We fought a revolutionary war for the idea of self-governance and pursuit of happiness—we can’t just give up on it now. To address the crisis, Leigh McGowan offers Six American Principles. Six ideals, rooted in history, that we can all agree make America, America. 1. America is a land of freedom. 2. Everyone should have the opportunity to rise. 3. Every citizen should have a vote, and that vote should count. 4. Representatives should represent the people who elected them. 5. The law applies to all of us. 6. Government should be a force for good. Using the Six Principles as guideposts, this book will lay out suggestions for America, to not only find its way out of the mess it’s currently in, but to set a course for a future of which we can all be truly proud. It’s time to find the courage to step out of our comfort zones and off our team benches to reboot America. If we start here, we start strong. We can fix this, but the way forward starts with understanding. Leigh Mcgowan Tue, 17 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770574 thebookvoice.com 6:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Return to Common Sense: How to Fix America Before We Really Blow It Author: Leigh Mcgowan Narrator: Leigh Mcgowan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times bestseller A political book for non-political people from viral TikTok sensation PoliticsGirl. Something’s gone wrong in the Land of the Free and the Home of the Brave. We can all feel it, but if we’re being honest, most of us don’t understand it. At the end of the day, we don’t have all the facts, and if you don’t know how something works, how do you fix it? A Return to Common Sense is a concise, no-nonsense, dare we say fun, guide to how America works and a roadmap to reclaiming a government of, by, and for the people. If we truly want to be a land of freedom and opportunity where everyone has a shot at a good life, we must acknowledge the ideals of America are in danger, but worth saving. We fought a revolutionary war for the idea of self-governance and pursuit of happiness—we can’t just give up on it now. To address the crisis, Leigh McGowan offers Six American Principles. Six ideals, rooted in history, that we can all agree make America, America. 1. America is a land of freedom. 2. Everyone should have the opportunity to rise. 3. Every citizen should have a vote, and that vote should count. 4. Representatives should represent the people who elected them. 5. The law applies to all of us. 6. Government should be a force for good. Using the Six Principles as guideposts, this book will lay out suggestions for America, to not only find its way out of the mess it’s currently in, but to set a course for a future of which we can all be truly proud. It’s time to find the courage to step out of our comfort zones and off our team benches to reboot America. If we start here, we start strong. We can fix this, but the way forward starts with understanding. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770574]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Return to Common Sense: How to Fix America Before We Really Blow It Author: Leigh Mcgowan Narrator: Leigh Mcgowan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times bestseller A political book for non-political people from viral TikTok sensation PoliticsGirl. Something’s gone wrong in the Land of the Free and the Home of the Brave. We can all feel it, but if we’re being honest, most of us don’t understand it. At the end of the day, we don’t have all the facts, and if you don’t know how something works, how do you fix it? A Return to Common Sense is a concise, no-nonsense, dare we say fun, guide to how America works and a roadmap to reclaiming a government of, by, and for the people. If we truly want to be a land of freedom and opportunity where everyone has a shot at a good life, we must acknowledge the ideals of America are in danger, but worth saving. We fought a revolutionary war for the idea of self-governance and pursuit of happiness—we can’t just give up on it now. To address the crisis, Leigh McGowan offers Six American Principles. Six ideals, rooted in history, that we can all agree make America, America. 1. America is a land of freedom. 2. Everyone should have the opportunity to rise. 3. Every citizen should have a vote, and that vote should count. 4. Representatives should represent the people who elected them. 5. The law applies to all of us. 6. Government should be a force for good. Using the Six Principles as guideposts, this book will lay out suggestions for America, to not only find its way out of the mess it’s currently in, but to set a course for a future of which we can all be truly proud. It’s time to find the courage to step out of our comfort zones and off our team benches to reboot America. If we start here, we start strong. We can fix this, but the way forward starts with understanding. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770502 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770502]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Walter Benjamin: Goethes Wahlverwandtschaften: Ein Grundlagentext der Literatur Author: Walter Benjamin Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Walter Benjamin (1892 - 1940), war vieles: Philosoph, Kulturkritiker, Übersetzer - aber auch ein Schriftsteller. Auf der Flucht vor den Nazis, die Frankreich besetzt hatten, nahm er sich an der spanischen Grenze das Leben. Sein Essay 'Goethes Wahlverwandtschaften' beweist außerordentlich eindrucksvoll, dass eine an sich wissenschaftliche Analyse großer Literatur selbst große Literatur sein kann! Walter Benjamin Sat, 27 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770502 thebookvoice.com 3:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770502]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Walter Benjamin: Goethes Wahlverwandtschaften: Ein Grundlagentext der Literatur Author: Walter Benjamin Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Walter Benjamin (1892 - 1940), war vieles: Philosoph, Kulturkritiker, Übersetzer - aber auch ein Schriftsteller. Auf der Flucht vor den Nazis, die Frankreich besetzt hatten, nahm er sich an der spanischen Grenze das Leben. Sein Essay 'Goethes Wahlverwandtschaften' beweist außerordentlich eindrucksvoll, dass eine an sich wissenschaftliche Analyse großer Literatur selbst große Literatur sein kann! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770502]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Walter Benjamin: Goethes Wahlverwandtschaften: Ein Grundlagentext der Literatur Author: Walter Benjamin Narrator: Sven Görtz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Walter Benjamin (1892 - 1940), war vieles: Philosoph, Kulturkritiker, Übersetzer - aber auch ein Schriftsteller. Auf der Flucht vor den Nazis, die Frankreich besetzt hatten, nahm er sich an der spanischen Grenze das Leben. Sein Essay 'Goethes Wahlverwandtschaften' beweist außerordentlich eindrucksvoll, dass eine an sich wissenschaftliche Analyse großer Literatur selbst große Literatur sein kann! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770423 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mean Streak: A moral vacuum, a dodgy debt generator and a multi-billion-dollar government shake down - the powerful story of robodebt from the award winning author of One Hundred Years of Dirt Author: Rick Morton Narrator: Tamblyn Lord, Rick Morton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From award-winning journalist and writer Rick Morton comes Mean Streak, a gripping and horrifying account of how, over the course of four and a half years, Australia's government turned on its most vulnerable citizens. Robodebt was a new debt-creation system that was used to illegally pursue close to half a million Australian welfare recipients for fake debts generated by the thousands. It was described by the Royal Commission's report as a 'massive failure of public administration' caused by 'venality, incompetence and cowardice'. Essentially, Australians were gaslit by their own government, which doggedly and knowingly concocted a program that was both mathematically wrong and illegal, just to shake down innocent people for money, then lied about it for four and a half years. Robodebt is a historic and appalling political tragedy, a scheme created deliberately and sustained by institutional cowardice, clearly displaying the systematic contempt that a government had for its own citizens. Powerfully moving, deeply compelling and utterly enraging, Mean Streak reveals disturbing truths about the country we have become and the government that was. In the mode of a corporate thriller, this is a scouring cautionary tale of morality in public life gone badly awry - a story that is bigger than robodebt, and far from over. Praise for Rick Morton: 'A crack storyteller ... his words and stories are infused with genuine compassion' Christos Tsiolkas 'Morton is an intelligent, funny, endearing writer' Australian Book Review 'Morton is fresh ... He's brilliant' The Monthly 'Wonderfully readable ... Morton is a national treasure' Books+Publishing Rick Morton Wed, 16 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770423 thebookvoice.com 15:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mean Streak: A moral vacuum, a dodgy debt generator and a multi-billion-dollar government shake down - the powerful story of robodebt from the award winning author of One Hundred Years of Dirt Author: Rick Morton Narrator: Tamblyn Lord, Rick Morton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From award-winning journalist and writer Rick Morton comes Mean Streak, a gripping and horrifying account of how, over the course of four and a half years, Australia's government turned on its most vulnerable citizens. Robodebt was a new debt-creation system that was used to illegally pursue close to half a million Australian welfare recipients for fake debts generated by the thousands. It was described by the Royal Commission's report as a 'massive failure of public administration' caused by 'venality, incompetence and cowardice'. Essentially, Australians were gaslit by their own government, which doggedly and knowingly concocted a program that was both mathematically wrong and illegal, just to shake down innocent people for money, then lied about it for four and a half years. Robodebt is a historic and appalling political tragedy, a scheme created deliberately and sustained by institutional cowardice, clearly displaying the systematic contempt that a government had for its own citizens. Powerfully moving, deeply compelling and utterly enraging, Mean Streak reveals disturbing truths about the country we have become and the government that was. In the mode of a corporate thriller, this is a scouring cautionary tale of morality in public life gone badly awry - a story that is bigger than robodebt, and far from over. Praise for Rick Morton: 'A crack storyteller ... his words and stories are infused with genuine compassion' Christos Tsiolkas 'Morton is an intelligent, funny, endearing writer' Australian Book Review 'Morton is fresh ... He's brilliant' The Monthly 'Wonderfully readable ... Morton is a national treasure' Books+Publishing Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mean Streak: A moral vacuum, a dodgy debt generator and a multi-billion-dollar government shake down - the powerful story of robodebt from the award winning author of One Hundred Years of Dirt Author: Rick Morton Narrator: Tamblyn Lord, Rick Morton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 32 minutes Release date: October 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From award-winning journalist and writer Rick Morton comes Mean Streak, a gripping and horrifying account of how, over the course of four and a half years, Australia's government turned on its most vulnerable citizens. Robodebt was a new debt-creation system that was used to illegally pursue close to half a million Australian welfare recipients for fake debts generated by the thousands. It was described by the Royal Commission's report as a 'massive failure of public administration' caused by 'venality, incompetence and cowardice'. Essentially, Australians were gaslit by their own government, which doggedly and knowingly concocted a program that was both mathematically wrong and illegal, just to shake down innocent people for money, then lied about it for four and a half years. Robodebt is a historic and appalling political tragedy, a scheme created deliberately and sustained by institutional cowardice, clearly displaying the systematic contempt that a government had for its own citizens. Powerfully moving, deeply compelling and utterly enraging, Mean Streak reveals disturbing truths about the country we have become and the government that was. In the mode of a corporate thriller, this is a scouring cautionary tale of morality in public life gone badly awry - a story that is bigger than robodebt, and far from over. Praise for Rick Morton: 'A crack storyteller ... his words and stories are infused with genuine compassion' Christos Tsiolkas 'Morton is an intelligent, funny, endearing writer' Australian Book Review 'Morton is fresh ... He's brilliant' The Monthly 'Wonderfully readable ... Morton is a national treasure' Books+Publishing https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770362 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Theo und der gehänselte Gänsegeier Series: #3 of Die Abenteuer des Theo Thumsee Author: Theo Thumsee Narrator: Theo Thumsee, Florian Falkenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In dieser Folge sucht Theo den Frühling und trifft dabei auf einen fliegenden Besucher aus der Ferne. Seine Heimat Bad Reichenhall lernt der kleine Biberjunge aus einer ganz neuen Perspektive kennen. Theo Thumsee Wed, 20 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770362 thebookvoice.com 0:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Theo und der gehänselte Gänsegeier Series: #3 of Die Abenteuer des Theo Thumsee Author: Theo Thumsee Narrator: Theo Thumsee, Florian Falkenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In dieser Folge sucht Theo den Frühling und trifft dabei auf einen fliegenden Besucher aus der Ferne. Seine Heimat Bad Reichenhall lernt der kleine Biberjunge aus einer ganz neuen Perspektive kennen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Theo und der gehänselte Gänsegeier Series: #3 of Die Abenteuer des Theo Thumsee Author: Theo Thumsee Narrator: Theo Thumsee, Florian Falkenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In dieser Folge sucht Theo den Frühling und trifft dabei auf einen fliegenden Besucher aus der Ferne. Seine Heimat Bad Reichenhall lernt der kleine Biberjunge aus einer ganz neuen Perspektive kennen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769781 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coming Insurrection Author: The Invisible Committee Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The Coming Insurrection' is a provocative manifesto penned by the enigmatic collective known as The Invisible Committee, which surfaced in France in 2007. This radical leftist treatise diagnoses contemporary society as deeply afflicted by the malaises of capitalism, alienation, and pervasive surveillance, arguing that the fabric of modern life is leading inexorably towards societal collapse. Through a compelling blend of critical theory and urgent polemic, the manifesto calls for a comprehensive insurrection against the existing order. It champions the formation of autonomous communes, the subversion of state mechanisms, and the rejection of traditional political and social structures as pathways to liberation. The text, notorious for its incendiary tone and its advocacy for direct action, has ignited significant debate, admiration, and criticism, marking it as a seminal work in radical political thought. The Invisible Committee Thu, 28 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769781 thebookvoice.com 2:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coming Insurrection Author: The Invisible Committee Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The Coming Insurrection' is a provocative manifesto penned by the enigmatic collective known as The Invisible Committee, which surfaced in France in 2007. This radical leftist treatise diagnoses contemporary society as deeply afflicted by the malaises of capitalism, alienation, and pervasive surveillance, arguing that the fabric of modern life is leading inexorably towards societal collapse. Through a compelling blend of critical theory and urgent polemic, the manifesto calls for a comprehensive insurrection against the existing order. It champions the formation of autonomous communes, the subversion of state mechanisms, and the rejection of traditional political and social structures as pathways to liberation. The text, notorious for its incendiary tone and its advocacy for direct action, has ignited significant debate, admiration, and criticism, marking it as a seminal work in radical political thought. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Coming Insurrection Author: The Invisible Committee Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The Coming Insurrection' is a provocative manifesto penned by the enigmatic collective known as The Invisible Committee, which surfaced in France in 2007. This radical leftist treatise diagnoses contemporary society as deeply afflicted by the malaises of capitalism, alienation, and pervasive surveillance, arguing that the fabric of modern life is leading inexorably towards societal collapse. Through a compelling blend of critical theory and urgent polemic, the manifesto calls for a comprehensive insurrection against the existing order. It champions the formation of autonomous communes, the subversion of state mechanisms, and the rejection of traditional political and social structures as pathways to liberation. The text, notorious for its incendiary tone and its advocacy for direct action, has ignited significant debate, admiration, and criticism, marking it as a seminal work in radical political thought. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769406 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769406]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Cold War: How the Contest Between the US and China Will Shape Our Century Author: Robin Niblett Narrator: Robin Niblett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We have entered a new Cold War, even if most people choose not to admit it. The contest between America and China is global and unbridgeable, and it encompasses all major instruments of statecraft: diplomacy, technology, military power, intelligence, trade and investment. It has its tinder box: Taiwan. And both protagonists are working hard to draw allies and friends to their side from east and west, north and south. We stand at its beginning. But this Cold War is nothing like the last one between the Soviet Union and the West, which defined the second half of the twentieth century. We need new ideas to navigate its risks and to avoid a globally devastating hot war. In this short, urgent and indispensable book, Robin Niblett argues that only by looking back can we heed the warnings and learn the necessary lessons to guide us through this new reality: he goes through the ten ways in which the new cold war is different, and offers five new rules for navigating it. How we manage this contest will determine not only whether there is still space for international cooperation to deal with our many global challenges, from the climate emergency to the technological revolution, but also who gets to dominate the twenty-first century and, quite simply, the course of all our futures. Robin Niblett Thu, 02 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769406 thebookvoice.com 5:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769406]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Cold War: How the Contest Between the US and China Will Shape Our Century Author: Robin Niblett Narrator: Robin Niblett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We have entered a new Cold War, even if most people choose not to admit it. The contest between America and China is global and unbridgeable, and it encompasses all major instruments of statecraft: diplomacy, technology, military power, intelligence, trade and investment. It has its tinder box: Taiwan. And both protagonists are working hard to draw allies and friends to their side from east and west, north and south. We stand at its beginning. But this Cold War is nothing like the last one between the Soviet Union and the West, which defined the second half of the twentieth century. We need new ideas to navigate its risks and to avoid a globally devastating hot war. In this short, urgent and indispensable book, Robin Niblett argues that only by looking back can we heed the warnings and learn the necessary lessons to guide us through this new reality: he goes through the ten ways in which the new cold war is different, and offers five new rules for navigating it. How we manage this contest will determine not only whether there is still space for international cooperation to deal with our many global challenges, from the climate emergency to the technological revolution, but also who gets to dominate the twenty-first century and, quite simply, the course of all our futures. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769406]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Cold War: How the Contest Between the US and China Will Shape Our Century Author: Robin Niblett Narrator: Robin Niblett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We have entered a new Cold War, even if most people choose not to admit it. The contest between America and China is global and unbridgeable, and it encompasses all major instruments of statecraft: diplomacy, technology, military power, intelligence, trade and investment. It has its tinder box: Taiwan. And both protagonists are working hard to draw allies and friends to their side from east and west, north and south. We stand at its beginning. But this Cold War is nothing like the last one between the Soviet Union and the West, which defined the second half of the twentieth century. We need new ideas to navigate its risks and to avoid a globally devastating hot war. In this short, urgent and indispensable book, Robin Niblett argues that only by looking back can we heed the warnings and learn the necessary lessons to guide us through this new reality: he goes through the ten ways in which the new cold war is different, and offers five new rules for navigating it. How we manage this contest will determine not only whether there is still space for international cooperation to deal with our many global challenges, from the climate emergency to the technological revolution, but also who gets to dominate the twenty-first century and, quite simply, the course of all our futures. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769201 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Männer, die die Welt verbrennen: Der entscheidende Kampf um die Zukunft der Menschheit Author: Christian Stöcker Narrator: Steffen Rössler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Warum wir zynische Geldmacher, egomane Politiker und deren Lügen bekämpfen müssen Die Welt steckt in der Endphase eines Kulturkampfs: Gier gegen Gerechtigkeit, Zerstörung gegen Nachhaltigkeit, Zynismus gegen Empathie. Nichts zeigt dies deutlicher als die Reaktionen auf die Klimakatastrophe: Hier jene, die versuchen, das Schlimmste zu verhindern, dort jene, die alles tun, um aus dem Verbrennen fossiler Stoffe Profit zu ziehen. Jahrzehntelang haben wenige Ultrareiche sowie Unternehmen, die mit CO₂-Produktion gut verdienen, mit skrupelloser Desinformation Zweifel daran gesät, dass wir Menschen mit unserer Sucht nach fossilen Brennstoffen die Erde aufheizen. Und nicht zufällig geht die Begeisterung für fossile Brennstoffe und die Ablehnung von Klimaschutz einher mit reaktionären Positionen: Das Kartell der Verbrenner vereint Leute wie Mohammed bin Salman, Wladimir Putin, Rupert Murdoch, Donald Trump und Mathias Döpfner, flankiert von Akteurinnen wie Sahra Wagenknecht. In vielen politischen Diskursen und militärischen Konflikten der Gegenwart geht es letztlich um CO₂ – und um sehr viel Geld. Christian Stöcker zeigt: Es geht jetzt darum, dass wir für unsere Kinder die Welt retten vor den Verbrennern und Verblendern, Lügnern und Kleptokraten, die von Öl und Gas profitieren. Und er liefert uns die Argumente, mit denen wir im öffentlichen und privaten Streit klar machen können, warum das fossile Zeitalter am Ende ist und die Zukunft in den erneuerbaren Energien liegt – ökologisch, wirtschaftlich und politisch. Christian Stöcker Mon, 22 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769201 thebookvoice.com 8:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Männer, die die Welt verbrennen: Der entscheidende Kampf um die Zukunft der Menschheit Author: Christian Stöcker Narrator: Steffen Rössler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Warum wir zynische Geldmacher, egomane Politiker und deren Lügen bekämpfen müssen Die Welt steckt in der Endphase eines Kulturkampfs: Gier gegen Gerechtigkeit, Zerstörung gegen Nachhaltigkeit, Zynismus gegen Empathie. Nichts zeigt dies deutlicher als die Reaktionen auf die Klimakatastrophe: Hier jene, die versuchen, das Schlimmste zu verhindern, dort jene, die alles tun, um aus dem Verbrennen fossiler Stoffe Profit zu ziehen. Jahrzehntelang haben wenige Ultrareiche sowie Unternehmen, die mit CO₂-Produktion gut verdienen, mit skrupelloser Desinformation Zweifel daran gesät, dass wir Menschen mit unserer Sucht nach fossilen Brennstoffen die Erde aufheizen. Und nicht zufällig geht die Begeisterung für fossile Brennstoffe und die Ablehnung von Klimaschutz einher mit reaktionären Positionen: Das Kartell der Verbrenner vereint Leute wie Mohammed bin Salman, Wladimir Putin, Rupert Murdoch, Donald Trump und Mathias Döpfner, flankiert von Akteurinnen wie Sahra Wagenknecht. In vielen politischen Diskursen und militärischen Konflikten der Gegenwart geht es letztlich um CO₂ – und um sehr viel Geld. Christian Stöcker zeigt: Es geht jetzt darum, dass wir für unsere Kinder die Welt retten vor den Verbrennern und Verblendern, Lügnern und Kleptokraten, die von Öl und Gas profitieren. Und er liefert uns die Argumente, mit denen wir im öffentlichen und privaten Streit klar machen können, warum das fossile Zeitalter am Ende ist und die Zukunft in den erneuerbaren Energien liegt – ökologisch, wirtschaftlich und politisch. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Männer, die die Welt verbrennen: Der entscheidende Kampf um die Zukunft der Menschheit Author: Christian Stöcker Narrator: Steffen Rössler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Warum wir zynische Geldmacher, egomane Politiker und deren Lügen bekämpfen müssen Die Welt steckt in der Endphase eines Kulturkampfs: Gier gegen Gerechtigkeit, Zerstörung gegen Nachhaltigkeit, Zynismus gegen Empathie. Nichts zeigt dies deutlicher als die Reaktionen auf die Klimakatastrophe: Hier jene, die versuchen, das Schlimmste zu verhindern, dort jene, die alles tun, um aus dem Verbrennen fossiler Stoffe Profit zu ziehen. Jahrzehntelang haben wenige Ultrareiche sowie Unternehmen, die mit CO₂-Produktion gut verdienen, mit skrupelloser Desinformation Zweifel daran gesät, dass wir Menschen mit unserer Sucht nach fossilen Brennstoffen die Erde aufheizen. Und nicht zufällig geht die Begeisterung für fossile Brennstoffe und die Ablehnung von Klimaschutz einher mit reaktionären Positionen: Das Kartell der Verbrenner vereint Leute wie Mohammed bin Salman, Wladimir Putin, Rupert Murdoch, Donald Trump und Mathias Döpfner, flankiert von Akteurinnen wie Sahra Wagenknecht. In vielen politischen Diskursen und militärischen Konflikten der Gegenwart geht es letztlich um CO₂ – und um sehr viel Geld. Christian Stöcker zeigt: Es geht jetzt darum, dass wir für unsere Kinder die Welt retten vor den Verbrennern und Verblendern, Lügnern und Kleptokraten, die von Öl und Gas profitieren. Und er liefert uns die Argumente, mit denen wir im öffentlichen und privaten Streit klar machen können, warum das fossile Zeitalter am Ende ist und die Zukunft in den erneuerbaren Energien liegt – ökologisch, wirtschaftlich und politisch. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769196 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Black Box Uni: Biotop linker Ideologien Author: Franca Bauernfeind Narrator: Eva-Marie Becker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Auf dem Campus wurde Franca Bauernfeind als „Nazi-Schlampe“ beschimpft und ihre Wahlplakate wurden beschmiert. Aber trotz oder gerade aufgrund ihrer liberal-konservativen Positionen gewann sie die Wahl zum Studierendenrat der Universität Erfurt. Anhand von ihren Erfahrungen gibt sie einen tiefen Einblick in die (gesellschafts-)politischen Mechanismen des Hochschulbetriebs: Wer sich an der Universität nicht im linken und oftmals linksextremen Meinungskorridor bewegt, wird diffamiert und ausgegrenzt. Während früher linke und linksextreme Ideen tendenziell nicht den Campus verließen, prägen sie heute zunehmend die Gesellschaft, denn aus den Studenten von heute werden die Lehrer, Politiker, Journalisten und Vorgesetzte von morgen Franca Bauernfeind Thu, 25 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769196 thebookvoice.com 8:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Black Box Uni: Biotop linker Ideologien Author: Franca Bauernfeind Narrator: Eva-Marie Becker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Auf dem Campus wurde Franca Bauernfeind als „Nazi-Schlampe“ beschimpft und ihre Wahlplakate wurden beschmiert. Aber trotz oder gerade aufgrund ihrer liberal-konservativen Positionen gewann sie die Wahl zum Studierendenrat der Universität Erfurt. Anhand von ihren Erfahrungen gibt sie einen tiefen Einblick in die (gesellschafts-)politischen Mechanismen des Hochschulbetriebs: Wer sich an der Universität nicht im linken und oftmals linksextremen Meinungskorridor bewegt, wird diffamiert und ausgegrenzt. Während früher linke und linksextreme Ideen tendenziell nicht den Campus verließen, prägen sie heute zunehmend die Gesellschaft, denn aus den Studenten von heute werden die Lehrer, Politiker, Journalisten und Vorgesetzte von morgen Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769196]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Black Box Uni: Biotop linker Ideologien Author: Franca Bauernfeind Narrator: Eva-Marie Becker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Auf dem Campus wurde Franca Bauernfeind als „Nazi-Schlampe“ beschimpft und ihre Wahlplakate wurden beschmiert. Aber trotz oder gerade aufgrund ihrer liberal-konservativen Positionen gewann sie die Wahl zum Studierendenrat der Universität Erfurt. Anhand von ihren Erfahrungen gibt sie einen tiefen Einblick in die (gesellschafts-)politischen Mechanismen des Hochschulbetriebs: Wer sich an der Universität nicht im linken und oftmals linksextremen Meinungskorridor bewegt, wird diffamiert und ausgegrenzt. Während früher linke und linksextreme Ideen tendenziell nicht den Campus verließen, prägen sie heute zunehmend die Gesellschaft, denn aus den Studenten von heute werden die Lehrer, Politiker, Journalisten und Vorgesetzte von morgen https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769191 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769191]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Deutsche Lebenslügen: Der Antisemitismus, wieder und immer noch Author: Helmut Kuhn, Philipp Peyman Engel Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der neue Antisemitismus und das alte Schweigen Der brutale Terroranschlag der Hamas vom 7. Oktober ist zu einer Nagelprobe politischer und moralischer Haltung weltweit geworden. Das Schweigen der deutschen Linken und der Jubel muslimischer Einwanderer, die Unterstützung der Palästinenser durch die Klima-Aktivistin Greta Thunberg, die abgerissenen Plakate der Entführten in London, das Entsetzen der Politiker, die die Aufnahmen der Täter gesehen haben - viele Gewissheiten hat der 7. Oktober erledigt. In Deutschland - selbst in Deutschland – zeigt sich der Antisemitismus wieder so offen, dass man vermuten könnte, er wäre nie weg gewesen. Der deutsche Jude Philipp Peyman Engel ist schockiert, dass die Empörung in Deutschland so zögerlich zum Ausdruck kommt - aber nicht überrascht. Seit Jahren verfolgt der Chefredakteur der Jüdischen Allgemeinen die Anbiederung der deutschen Politik an die Feinde Israels und den alltäglichen Antisemitismus aus allen Ecken der Gesellschaft - von Rechten, von Linken, von muslimischen Migranten. Der 7. Oktober hat endgültig gezeigt, sagt Engel, dass es in Deutschland so nicht weitergehen kann. Philipp Peyman Engel begibt sich auf die Straßen von Neukölln und er begleitet Außenminister Steinmeier nach Israel, er schreibt über die Verlogenheit der deutschen Debatte und erzählt von seiner Jugend als Sohn einer persischen Jüdin in Nordrhein-Westfalen. Sein Buch ist auf der einen Seite eine Abrechnung mit denen, die zum Terror schweigen und eine Aufforderung, Haltung zu zeigen. Auf der anderen Seite ist es die schonungslose Beschreibung der moralischen Krise dieses Landes. Helmut Kuhn, Philipp Peyman Engel Thu, 25 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769191 thebookvoice.com 4:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769191]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Deutsche Lebenslügen: Der Antisemitismus, wieder und immer noch Author: Helmut Kuhn, Philipp Peyman Engel Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der neue Antisemitismus und das alte Schweigen Der brutale Terroranschlag der Hamas vom 7. Oktober ist zu einer Nagelprobe politischer und moralischer Haltung weltweit geworden. Das Schweigen der deutschen Linken und der Jubel muslimischer Einwanderer, die Unterstützung der Palästinenser durch die Klima-Aktivistin Greta Thunberg, die abgerissenen Plakate der Entführten in London, das Entsetzen der Politiker, die die Aufnahmen der Täter gesehen haben - viele Gewissheiten hat der 7. Oktober erledigt. In Deutschland - selbst in Deutschland – zeigt sich der Antisemitismus wieder so offen, dass man vermuten könnte, er wäre nie weg gewesen. Der deutsche Jude Philipp Peyman Engel ist schockiert, dass die Empörung in Deutschland so zögerlich zum Ausdruck kommt - aber nicht überrascht. Seit Jahren verfolgt der Chefredakteur der Jüdischen Allgemeinen die Anbiederung der deutschen Politik an die Feinde Israels und den alltäglichen Antisemitismus aus allen Ecken der Gesellschaft - von Rechten, von Linken, von muslimischen Migranten. Der 7. Oktober hat endgültig gezeigt, sagt Engel, dass es in Deutschland so nicht weitergehen kann. Philipp Peyman Engel begibt sich auf die Straßen von Neukölln und er begleitet Außenminister Steinmeier nach Israel, er schreibt über die Verlogenheit der deutschen Debatte und erzählt von seiner Jugend als Sohn einer persischen Jüdin in Nordrhein-Westfalen. Sein Buch ist auf der einen Seite eine Abrechnung mit denen, die zum Terror schweigen und eine Aufforderung, Haltung zu zeigen. Auf der anderen Seite ist es die schonungslose Beschreibung der moralischen Krise dieses Landes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769191]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Deutsche Lebenslügen: Der Antisemitismus, wieder und immer noch Author: Helmut Kuhn, Philipp Peyman Engel Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der neue Antisemitismus und das alte Schweigen Der brutale Terroranschlag der Hamas vom 7. Oktober ist zu einer Nagelprobe politischer und moralischer Haltung weltweit geworden. Das Schweigen der deutschen Linken und der Jubel muslimischer Einwanderer, die Unterstützung der Palästinenser durch die Klima-Aktivistin Greta Thunberg, die abgerissenen Plakate der Entführten in London, das Entsetzen der Politiker, die die Aufnahmen der Täter gesehen haben - viele Gewissheiten hat der 7. Oktober erledigt. In Deutschland - selbst in Deutschland – zeigt sich der Antisemitismus wieder so offen, dass man vermuten könnte, er wäre nie weg gewesen. Der deutsche Jude Philipp Peyman Engel ist schockiert, dass die Empörung in Deutschland so zögerlich zum Ausdruck kommt - aber nicht überrascht. Seit Jahren verfolgt der Chefredakteur der Jüdischen Allgemeinen die Anbiederung der deutschen Politik an die Feinde Israels und den alltäglichen Antisemitismus aus allen Ecken der Gesellschaft - von Rechten, von Linken, von muslimischen Migranten. Der 7. Oktober hat endgültig gezeigt, sagt Engel, dass es in Deutschland so nicht weitergehen kann. Philipp Peyman Engel begibt sich auf die Straßen von Neukölln und er begleitet Außenminister Steinmeier nach Israel, er schreibt über die Verlogenheit der deutschen Debatte und erzählt von seiner Jugend als Sohn einer persischen Jüdin in Nordrhein-Westfalen. Sein Buch ist auf der einen Seite eine Abrechnung mit denen, die zum Terror schweigen und eine Aufforderung, Haltung zu zeigen. Auf der anderen Seite ist es die schonungslose Beschreibung der moralischen Krise dieses Landes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769121 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boycott, Divestment, Sanctions: The Global Struggle for Palestinian Rights Author: Omar Barghouti Narrator: Shawn K. Jain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Barghouti is the future. He is intelligent, empowered, and non-violent. He is completely impressive. It would help Americans to see such a picture of Palestinian political engagement, when they have such a distorted image of who Palestinians are. Some day they will know him.' —Phillip Weiss, author of Mondoweiss: The War of Ideas in the Middle East THIRTY YEARS ago, an international movement utilizing boycott, divestment, and sanction (BDS) tactics rose in solidarity with those suffering under the brutal apartheid regime of South Africa. The historic acts of BDS activists from around the world isolated South Africa as a pariah state and heralded the end of apartheid. Now, as awareness of the apartheid nature of the State of Israel continues to grow, Omar Barghouti, founding member of the Palestinian Civil Society Boycott, Divestment, and Sanctions (BDS) campaign against Israel, presents a renewed call to action. Aimed at forcing the State of Israel to uphold international law and universal human rights for the Palestinian people, here is a manifesto for change. Omar Barghouti Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769121 thebookvoice.com 7:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boycott, Divestment, Sanctions: The Global Struggle for Palestinian Rights Author: Omar Barghouti Narrator: Shawn K. Jain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Barghouti is the future. He is intelligent, empowered, and non-violent. He is completely impressive. It would help Americans to see such a picture of Palestinian political engagement, when they have such a distorted image of who Palestinians are. Some day they will know him.' —Phillip Weiss, author of Mondoweiss: The War of Ideas in the Middle East THIRTY YEARS ago, an international movement utilizing boycott, divestment, and sanction (BDS) tactics rose in solidarity with those suffering under the brutal apartheid regime of South Africa. The historic acts of BDS activists from around the world isolated South Africa as a pariah state and heralded the end of apartheid. Now, as awareness of the apartheid nature of the State of Israel continues to grow, Omar Barghouti, founding member of the Palestinian Civil Society Boycott, Divestment, and Sanctions (BDS) campaign against Israel, presents a renewed call to action. Aimed at forcing the State of Israel to uphold international law and universal human rights for the Palestinian people, here is a manifesto for change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boycott, Divestment, Sanctions: The Global Struggle for Palestinian Rights Author: Omar Barghouti Narrator: Shawn K. Jain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Barghouti is the future. He is intelligent, empowered, and non-violent. He is completely impressive. It would help Americans to see such a picture of Palestinian political engagement, when they have such a distorted image of who Palestinians are. Some day they will know him.' —Phillip Weiss, author of Mondoweiss: The War of Ideas in the Middle East THIRTY YEARS ago, an international movement utilizing boycott, divestment, and sanction (BDS) tactics rose in solidarity with those suffering under the brutal apartheid regime of South Africa. The historic acts of BDS activists from around the world isolated South Africa as a pariah state and heralded the end of apartheid. Now, as awareness of the apartheid nature of the State of Israel continues to grow, Omar Barghouti, founding member of the Palestinian Civil Society Boycott, Divestment, and Sanctions (BDS) campaign against Israel, presents a renewed call to action. Aimed at forcing the State of Israel to uphold international law and universal human rights for the Palestinian people, here is a manifesto for change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769117 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revenant Ecologies: Defying the Violence of Extinction and Conservation Author: Audra Mitchell Narrator: Holly Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As global rates of plant and animal extinctions mount, anxieties about the future of the earth's ecosystems are fueling ever more ambitious efforts at conservation, which draw on Western scientific principles to manage species and biodiversity. In Revenant Ecologies, Audra Mitchell argues that these responses not only ignore but also magnify powerful forms of structural violence like colonialism, racism, genocide, extractivism, ableism, and heteronormativity, ultimately contributing to the destruction of unique life forms and ecosystems. Critiquing the Western discourse of global extinction and biodiversity through the lens of diverse Indigenous philosophies and other marginalized knowledge systems, Revenant Ecologies promotes new ways of articulating the ethical enormity of global extinction. Mitchell offers an ambitious framework—(bio)plurality—that focuses on nurturing unique, irreplaceable worlds, relations, and ecosystems, aiming to transform global ecological–political relations. Revenant Ecologies fuses political ecology, global ethics, and violence studies to offer concrete, practical alternatives. It also foregrounds the ways that multi-life-form worlds are actively defying the forms of violence that drive extinction—and that shape global efforts to manage it. Audra Mitchell Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769117 thebookvoice.com 15:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revenant Ecologies: Defying the Violence of Extinction and Conservation Author: Audra Mitchell Narrator: Holly Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As global rates of plant and animal extinctions mount, anxieties about the future of the earth's ecosystems are fueling ever more ambitious efforts at conservation, which draw on Western scientific principles to manage species and biodiversity. In Revenant Ecologies, Audra Mitchell argues that these responses not only ignore but also magnify powerful forms of structural violence like colonialism, racism, genocide, extractivism, ableism, and heteronormativity, ultimately contributing to the destruction of unique life forms and ecosystems. Critiquing the Western discourse of global extinction and biodiversity through the lens of diverse Indigenous philosophies and other marginalized knowledge systems, Revenant Ecologies promotes new ways of articulating the ethical enormity of global extinction. Mitchell offers an ambitious framework—(bio)plurality—that focuses on nurturing unique, irreplaceable worlds, relations, and ecosystems, aiming to transform global ecological–political relations. Revenant Ecologies fuses political ecology, global ethics, and violence studies to offer concrete, practical alternatives. It also foregrounds the ways that multi-life-form worlds are actively defying the forms of violence that drive extinction—and that shape global efforts to manage it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769117]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revenant Ecologies: Defying the Violence of Extinction and Conservation Author: Audra Mitchell Narrator: Holly Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As global rates of plant and animal extinctions mount, anxieties about the future of the earth's ecosystems are fueling ever more ambitious efforts at conservation, which draw on Western scientific principles to manage species and biodiversity. In Revenant Ecologies, Audra Mitchell argues that these responses not only ignore but also magnify powerful forms of structural violence like colonialism, racism, genocide, extractivism, ableism, and heteronormativity, ultimately contributing to the destruction of unique life forms and ecosystems. Critiquing the Western discourse of global extinction and biodiversity through the lens of diverse Indigenous philosophies and other marginalized knowledge systems, Revenant Ecologies promotes new ways of articulating the ethical enormity of global extinction. Mitchell offers an ambitious framework—(bio)plurality—that focuses on nurturing unique, irreplaceable worlds, relations, and ecosystems, aiming to transform global ecological–political relations. Revenant Ecologies fuses political ecology, global ethics, and violence studies to offer concrete, practical alternatives. It also foregrounds the ways that multi-life-form worlds are actively defying the forms of violence that drive extinction—and that shape global efforts to manage it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769113 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twilight Prisoners: The Rise of the Hindu Right and the Fall of India Author: Siddhartha Deb Narrator: Shawn K. Jain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An incisive, lyrical, and deeply reported account of India's descent into authoritarianism. Traveling across India, interviewing Hindu zealots, armed insurgents, jailed dissidents, and politicians and thinkers from across the political spectrum, Siddhartha Deb reveals a country in which forces old and new have aligned to endanger democracy. The result is an absorbing—and disturbing—portrait. India has become a religious fundamentalist dystopia, one depicted here with a novelist's precise language and eye for detail. Prime Minister Narendra Modi and his party—a formation explicitly drawing on European fascism—has deftly exploited modern technologies, the media, and market forces to launch a relentless campaign on minorities, women, dissenters, and the poor. Deb profiles these people, as well as those fighting back, including writers, scholars, and journalists. Twilight Prisoners sounds the alarm now that the world's largest democracy is under threat in ways that echo the fissures in the United States, United Kingdom, and so-called democracies the world over. Siddhartha Deb Tue, 18 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769113 thebookvoice.com 6:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twilight Prisoners: The Rise of the Hindu Right and the Fall of India Author: Siddhartha Deb Narrator: Shawn K. Jain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An incisive, lyrical, and deeply reported account of India's descent into authoritarianism. Traveling across India, interviewing Hindu zealots, armed insurgents, jailed dissidents, and politicians and thinkers from across the political spectrum, Siddhartha Deb reveals a country in which forces old and new have aligned to endanger democracy. The result is an absorbing—and disturbing—portrait. India has become a religious fundamentalist dystopia, one depicted here with a novelist's precise language and eye for detail. Prime Minister Narendra Modi and his party—a formation explicitly drawing on European fascism—has deftly exploited modern technologies, the media, and market forces to launch a relentless campaign on minorities, women, dissenters, and the poor. Deb profiles these people, as well as those fighting back, including writers, scholars, and journalists. Twilight Prisoners sounds the alarm now that the world's largest democracy is under threat in ways that echo the fissures in the United States, United Kingdom, and so-called democracies the world over. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twilight Prisoners: The Rise of the Hindu Right and the Fall of India Author: Siddhartha Deb Narrator: Shawn K. Jain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An incisive, lyrical, and deeply reported account of India's descent into authoritarianism. Traveling across India, interviewing Hindu zealots, armed insurgents, jailed dissidents, and politicians and thinkers from across the political spectrum, Siddhartha Deb reveals a country in which forces old and new have aligned to endanger democracy. The result is an absorbing—and disturbing—portrait. India has become a religious fundamentalist dystopia, one depicted here with a novelist's precise language and eye for detail. Prime Minister Narendra Modi and his party—a formation explicitly drawing on European fascism—has deftly exploited modern technologies, the media, and market forces to launch a relentless campaign on minorities, women, dissenters, and the poor. Deb profiles these people, as well as those fighting back, including writers, scholars, and journalists. Twilight Prisoners sounds the alarm now that the world's largest democracy is under threat in ways that echo the fissures in the United States, United Kingdom, and so-called democracies the world over. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769034 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bloody Tuesday: The Untold Story of the Struggle for Civil Rights in Tuscaloosa Author: John M. Giggie Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The dramatic story of one of the most violent episodes of the civil rights movement and its role in the ongoing reckoning with racial injustice in the United States. On Tuesday, June 9, 1964, police attacked more than 600 Black men, women, and children inside First African Baptist Church (Tuscaloosa, Alabama), where Reverend Martin Luther King had launched the Tuscaloosa campaign for integration three months earlier. As the group gathered to march, they faced over seventy law enforcement officers and hundreds more deputized white citizens and Klansmen eager to end their protests for good. Police smashed the historic church's stained-glass windows with water hoses and fired rounds of tear gas inside. As demonstrators streamed from the church, many choking and soaked, they beat them with nightsticks, cattle prods, and axe handles, arrested nearly a hundred, and sent over thirty to the hospital. Here this event is recounted through the eyes of locals—a charismatic Black preacher trained by Rev. King, an aging police chief, the Imperial Wizard of the Ku Klux Klan, and Black women who were the backbone of the protests. In Bloody Tuesday, John Giggie powerfully recovers one of the last great untold stories of the civil rights movement and its role in the reckoning with America's ongoing struggle for racial justice. John M. Giggie Mon, 03 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769034 thebookvoice.com 10:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bloody Tuesday: The Untold Story of the Struggle for Civil Rights in Tuscaloosa Author: John M. Giggie Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The dramatic story of one of the most violent episodes of the civil rights movement and its role in the ongoing reckoning with racial injustice in the United States. On Tuesday, June 9, 1964, police attacked more than 600 Black men, women, and children inside First African Baptist Church (Tuscaloosa, Alabama), where Reverend Martin Luther King had launched the Tuscaloosa campaign for integration three months earlier. As the group gathered to march, they faced over seventy law enforcement officers and hundreds more deputized white citizens and Klansmen eager to end their protests for good. Police smashed the historic church's stained-glass windows with water hoses and fired rounds of tear gas inside. As demonstrators streamed from the church, many choking and soaked, they beat them with nightsticks, cattle prods, and axe handles, arrested nearly a hundred, and sent over thirty to the hospital. Here this event is recounted through the eyes of locals—a charismatic Black preacher trained by Rev. King, an aging police chief, the Imperial Wizard of the Ku Klux Klan, and Black women who were the backbone of the protests. In Bloody Tuesday, John Giggie powerfully recovers one of the last great untold stories of the civil rights movement and its role in the reckoning with America's ongoing struggle for racial justice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769034]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bloody Tuesday: The Untold Story of the Struggle for Civil Rights in Tuscaloosa Author: John M. Giggie Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The dramatic story of one of the most violent episodes of the civil rights movement and its role in the ongoing reckoning with racial injustice in the United States. On Tuesday, June 9, 1964, police attacked more than 600 Black men, women, and children inside First African Baptist Church (Tuscaloosa, Alabama), where Reverend Martin Luther King had launched the Tuscaloosa campaign for integration three months earlier. As the group gathered to march, they faced over seventy law enforcement officers and hundreds more deputized white citizens and Klansmen eager to end their protests for good. Police smashed the historic church's stained-glass windows with water hoses and fired rounds of tear gas inside. As demonstrators streamed from the church, many choking and soaked, they beat them with nightsticks, cattle prods, and axe handles, arrested nearly a hundred, and sent over thirty to the hospital. Here this event is recounted through the eyes of locals—a charismatic Black preacher trained by Rev. King, an aging police chief, the Imperial Wizard of the Ku Klux Klan, and Black women who were the backbone of the protests. In Bloody Tuesday, John Giggie powerfully recovers one of the last great untold stories of the civil rights movement and its role in the reckoning with America's ongoing struggle for racial justice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769035 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Late Admissions: Confessions of a Black Conservative Author: Glenn Loury Narrator: Glenn Loury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A shockingly frank memoir from a prize-winning economist, reflecting on his remarkable personal odyssey and his changing positions on identity, race, and belief. Economist Glenn C. Loury is one of the most prominent public intellectuals of our time: he's often radically opposed to the political mainstream, and delights in upending what's expected of a Black public figure. But more so than the arguments themselves—on affirmative action, institutional racism, Trumpism—his public life has been characterized by fearlessness and a willingness to recalibrate strongly held and forcefully argued beliefs. Loury grew up on the south side of Chicago, earned a PhD in MIT's economics program, and became the first Black tenured professor of economics at Harvard at the age of thirty-three. He has been, at turns, a young father, a drug addict, an adulterer, a psychiatric patient, a born-again Christian, a lapsed born-again Christian, a Black Reaganite who has swung from the right to the left and back again. In Late Admissions, Loury examines what it means to chart a sense of self over the course of a tempestuous, but well-considered, life. Glenn Loury Tue, 04 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769035 thebookvoice.com 18:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Late Admissions: Confessions of a Black Conservative Author: Glenn Loury Narrator: Glenn Loury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A shockingly frank memoir from a prize-winning economist, reflecting on his remarkable personal odyssey and his changing positions on identity, race, and belief. Economist Glenn C. Loury is one of the most prominent public intellectuals of our time: he's often radically opposed to the political mainstream, and delights in upending what's expected of a Black public figure. But more so than the arguments themselves—on affirmative action, institutional racism, Trumpism—his public life has been characterized by fearlessness and a willingness to recalibrate strongly held and forcefully argued beliefs. Loury grew up on the south side of Chicago, earned a PhD in MIT's economics program, and became the first Black tenured professor of economics at Harvard at the age of thirty-three. He has been, at turns, a young father, a drug addict, an adulterer, a psychiatric patient, a born-again Christian, a lapsed born-again Christian, a Black Reaganite who has swung from the right to the left and back again. In Late Admissions, Loury examines what it means to chart a sense of self over the course of a tempestuous, but well-considered, life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Late Admissions: Confessions of a Black Conservative Author: Glenn Loury Narrator: Glenn Loury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A shockingly frank memoir from a prize-winning economist, reflecting on his remarkable personal odyssey and his changing positions on identity, race, and belief. Economist Glenn C. Loury is one of the most prominent public intellectuals of our time: he's often radically opposed to the political mainstream, and delights in upending what's expected of a Black public figure. But more so than the arguments themselves—on affirmative action, institutional racism, Trumpism—his public life has been characterized by fearlessness and a willingness to recalibrate strongly held and forcefully argued beliefs. Loury grew up on the south side of Chicago, earned a PhD in MIT's economics program, and became the first Black tenured professor of economics at Harvard at the age of thirty-three. He has been, at turns, a young father, a drug addict, an adulterer, a psychiatric patient, a born-again Christian, a lapsed born-again Christian, a Black Reaganite who has swung from the right to the left and back again. In Late Admissions, Loury examines what it means to chart a sense of self over the course of a tempestuous, but well-considered, life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769026 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769026]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking Author: Shannon Vallor Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For many, technology offers hope for the future—that promise of shared human flourishing and liberation that always seems to elude our species. Artificial intelligence (AI) technologies spark this hope in a particular way. They promise a future in which human limits and frailties are finally overcome—not by us, but by our machines. Yet rather than open new futures, today's powerful AI technologies reproduce the past. Forged from oceans of our data into immensely powerful but flawed mirrors, they reflect the same errors, biases, and failures of wisdom that we strive to escape. Our new digital mirrors point backward. They show only where the data say that we have already been, never where we might venture together for the first time. To meet today's grave challenges to our species and our planet, we will need something new from AI, and from ourselves. Shannon Vallor makes a wide-ranging, prophetic, and philosophical case for what AI could be: a way to reclaim our human potential for moral and intellectual growth, rather than lose ourselves in mirrors of the past. Rejecting prophecies of doom, she encourages us to pursue technology that helps us recover our sense of the possible, and with it the confidence and courage to repair a broken world. Vallor calls us to rethink what AI is and can be, and what we want to be with it. Shannon Vallor Mon, 03 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769026 thebookvoice.com 9:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769026]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking Author: Shannon Vallor Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For many, technology offers hope for the future—that promise of shared human flourishing and liberation that always seems to elude our species. Artificial intelligence (AI) technologies spark this hope in a particular way. They promise a future in which human limits and frailties are finally overcome—not by us, but by our machines. Yet rather than open new futures, today's powerful AI technologies reproduce the past. Forged from oceans of our data into immensely powerful but flawed mirrors, they reflect the same errors, biases, and failures of wisdom that we strive to escape. Our new digital mirrors point backward. They show only where the data say that we have already been, never where we might venture together for the first time. To meet today's grave challenges to our species and our planet, we will need something new from AI, and from ourselves. Shannon Vallor makes a wide-ranging, prophetic, and philosophical case for what AI could be: a way to reclaim our human potential for moral and intellectual growth, rather than lose ourselves in mirrors of the past. Rejecting prophecies of doom, she encourages us to pursue technology that helps us recover our sense of the possible, and with it the confidence and courage to repair a broken world. Vallor calls us to rethink what AI is and can be, and what we want to be with it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769026]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking Author: Shannon Vallor Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For many, technology offers hope for the future—that promise of shared human flourishing and liberation that always seems to elude our species. Artificial intelligence (AI) technologies spark this hope in a particular way. They promise a future in which human limits and frailties are finally overcome—not by us, but by our machines. Yet rather than open new futures, today's powerful AI technologies reproduce the past. Forged from oceans of our data into immensely powerful but flawed mirrors, they reflect the same errors, biases, and failures of wisdom that we strive to escape. Our new digital mirrors point backward. They show only where the data say that we have already been, never where we might venture together for the first time. To meet today's grave challenges to our species and our planet, we will need something new from AI, and from ourselves. Shannon Vallor makes a wide-ranging, prophetic, and philosophical case for what AI could be: a way to reclaim our human potential for moral and intellectual growth, rather than lose ourselves in mirrors of the past. Rejecting prophecies of doom, she encourages us to pursue technology that helps us recover our sense of the possible, and with it the confidence and courage to repair a broken world. Vallor calls us to rethink what AI is and can be, and what we want to be with it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768905 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El hambre Author: Martín Caparrós Narrator: Javier Gómez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 11, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *Premio Ortega y Gasset de Periodismo a la Trayectoria profesional 2023* Un libro incómodo y apasionado. Es una crónica que piensa, un ensayo que narra y un panfleto que denuncia la urgencia de una vergüenza sostenida y busca la manera de acabar con ella. «Conocemos el hambre, estamos acostumbrados al hambre: sentimos hambre dos, tres veces al día. No hay nada más frecuente, más constante, más presente en nuestras vidas que el hambre –y, al mismo tiempo, para muchos de nosotros, nada más lejano que el hambreverdadera.» Para entenderlo, para contarlo, Martín Caparrós recorrió la geografía del hambre, desde la India, Bangladesh, Níger, Kenia y Sudán hasta naciones desarrolladas como Estados Unidos y España. Allí encontró a quienes, por distintas razones –sequías, pobreza extrema, guerras, marginación–, sufren hambre. De sus historias está hecho El Hambre, y de las historias de quienestrabajan en condiciones muy precarias para paliarla, y las de quienes especulan con los alimentos y hambrean a tanta gente. Y, por desgracia, sigue tan vigente. Seis años después, pandemia mediante, el problema se ha profundizado: por eso presentamos una nueva edición revisada y actualizada de esta investigación exhaustiva sobre los mecanismos que hacen que casi mil millones de personas no coman lo que necesitan. La crítica ha dicho... «El Hambre de Marín Caparrós es mucho más que un ensayo, mucho más que una novela. Caparrós usa la literatura para llevarnos a un infierno de realidad, una realidad lejana, de la cual Caparrós es muy consciente.» Roberto Saviano, 2015 «El no-lector de El Hambre se está privando de un conocimiento esencial [...] Daría una mano por haberlo escrito.» Juan José Millás «Caparrós es colosal en esos terrenos resbaladizos donde las cosas dejan de encajar en los moldes correctos como, por ejemplo, el momento en que un hombre decide sacar a su hija desnutrida del hospital asiático en el que está internada porque, según él, la nena está bien y, además, necesita que su mujer regrese a casa. De esa manera, una criatura que pudo salvarse es condenada a una muerte casi segura por su propio padre. Es en esos huecos vertiginosos, cuando se busca frenéticamente a quién calzarle la culpa, por donde el libro expulsa sus venenos más fuertes. Caparrós mira de cerca a la medicina occidental, a las religiones, a las ONG, a los Gobiernos, a las esposas, a los maridos, a sí mismo, hasta que no queda nada en pie.» Leila Guerriero, El País «El Hambre habla de política, de pobreza, de miseria, de economía, de oenegés, de la ONU y de la FAO, de multinacionales sin escrúpulos que negocian con los alimentos, de emigración, de la vergüenza de las villamiserias, de fórmulas presuntamente milagrosas, de la epidemia de obesidad en Estados Unidos -otra expresión de un mismo fenómeno- de la expansión china, de... Este libro habla de muchas cosas, pero deja claro que el hambrees en todo el mundo una experiencia que demuestra el fracaso de nuestra civilización.» Xavier Moret, El periódico «El autor de El Hambre (Anagrama, 2015), considera este libro un fracaso desde el arranque: 'Una exploración del mayor fracaso del género humano no podía sino fracasar'. Sin embargo, el impacto y alcance de la obra sugieren que ha encontrado la tecla adecuada para tratar la cuestión. Es su aportación en la lucha contra 'el hambre más canalla de la historia'. Esa que hoy día no depende de la capacidad humana de obtener alimento —anualmente se produce más del doble de la comida necesaria para alimentar a todo el planeta— sino de voluntad política o prácticas económicas.» Carlos Laorden, El País Martín Caparrós Thu, 11 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768905 thebookvoice.com 26:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El hambre Author: Martín Caparrós Narrator: Javier Gómez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 11, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *Premio Ortega y Gasset de Periodismo a la Trayectoria profesional 2023* Un libro incómodo y apasionado. Es una crónica que piensa, un ensayo que narra y un panfleto que denuncia la urgencia de una vergüenza sostenida y busca la manera de acabar con ella. «Conocemos el hambre, estamos acostumbrados al hambre: sentimos hambre dos, tres veces al día. No hay nada más frecuente, más constante, más presente en nuestras vidas que el hambre –y, al mismo tiempo, para muchos de nosotros, nada más lejano que el hambreverdadera.» Para entenderlo, para contarlo, Martín Caparrós recorrió la geografía del hambre, desde la India, Bangladesh, Níger, Kenia y Sudán hasta naciones desarrolladas como Estados Unidos y España. Allí encontró a quienes, por distintas razones –sequías, pobreza extrema, guerras, marginación–, sufren hambre. De sus historias está hecho El Hambre, y de las historias de quienestrabajan en condiciones muy precarias para paliarla, y las de quienes especulan con los alimentos y hambrean a tanta gente. Y, por desgracia, sigue tan vigente. Seis años después, pandemia mediante, el problema se ha profundizado: por eso presentamos una nueva edición revisada y actualizada de esta investigación exhaustiva sobre los mecanismos que hacen que casi mil millones de personas no coman lo que necesitan. La crítica ha dicho... «El Hambre de Marín Caparrós es mucho más que un ensayo, mucho más que una novela. Caparrós usa la literatura para llevarnos a un infierno de realidad, una realidad lejana, de la cual Caparrós es muy consciente.» Roberto Saviano, 2015 «El no-lector de El Hambre se está privando de un conocimiento esencial [...] Daría una mano por haberlo escrito.» Juan José Millás «Caparrós es colosal en esos terrenos resbaladizos donde las cosas dejan de encajar en los moldes correctos como, por ejemplo, el momento en que un hombre decide sacar a su hija desnutrida del hospital asiático en el que está internada porque, según él, la nena está bien y, además, necesita que su mujer regrese a casa. De esa manera, una criatura que pudo salvarse es condenada a una muerte casi segura por su propio padre. Es en esos huecos vertiginosos, cuando se busca frenéticamente a quién calzarle la culpa, por donde el libro expulsa sus venenos más fuertes. Caparrós mira de cerca a la medicina occidental, a las religiones, a las ONG, a los Gobiernos, a las esposas, a los maridos, a sí mismo, hasta que no queda nada en pie.» Leila Guerriero, El País «El Hambre habla de política, de pobreza, de miseria, de economía, de oenegés, de la ONU y de la FAO, de multinacionales sin escrúpulos que negocian con los alimentos, de emigración, de la vergüenza de las villamiserias, de fórmulas presuntamente milagrosas, de la epidemia de obesidad en Estados Unidos -otra expresión de un mismo fenómeno- de la expansión china, de... Este libro habla de muchas cosas, pero deja claro que el hambrees en todo el mundo una experiencia que demuestra el fracaso de nuestra civilización.» Xavier Moret, El periódico «El autor de El Hambre (Anagrama, 2015), considera este libro un fracaso desde el arranque: 'Una exploración del mayor fracaso del género humano no podía sino fracasar'. Sin embargo, el impacto y alcance de la obra sugieren que ha encontrado la tecla adecuada para tratar la cuestión. Es su aportación en la lucha contra 'el hambre más canalla de la historia'. Esa que hoy día no depende de la capacidad humana de obtener alimento —anualmente se produce más del doble de la comida necesaria para alimentar a todo el planeta— sino de voluntad política o prácticas económicas.» Carlos Laorden, El País Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El hambre Author: Martín Caparrós Narrator: Javier Gómez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 11, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: *Premio Ortega y Gasset de Periodismo a la Trayectoria profesional 2023* Un libro incómodo y apasionado. Es una crónica que piensa, un ensayo que narra y un panfleto que denuncia la urgencia de una vergüenza sostenida y busca la manera de acabar con ella. «Conocemos el hambre, estamos acostumbrados al hambre: sentimos hambre dos, tres veces al día. No hay nada más frecuente, más constante, más presente en nuestras vidas que el hambre –y, al mismo tiempo, para muchos de nosotros, nada más lejano que el hambreverdadera.» Para entenderlo, para contarlo, Martín Caparrós recorrió la geografía del hambre, desde la India, Bangladesh, Níger, Kenia y Sudán hasta naciones desarrolladas como Estados Unidos y España. Allí encontró a quienes, por distintas razones –sequías, pobreza extrema, guerras, marginación–, sufren hambre. De sus historias está hecho El Hambre, y de las historias de quienestrabajan en condiciones muy precarias para paliarla, y las de quienes especulan con los alimentos y hambrean a tanta gente. Y, por desgracia, sigue tan vigente. Seis años después, pandemia mediante, el problema se ha profundizado: por eso presentamos una nueva edición revisada y actualizada de esta investigación exhaustiva sobre los mecanismos que hacen que casi mil millones de personas no coman lo que necesitan. La crítica ha dicho... «El Hambre de Marín Caparrós es mucho más que un ensayo, mucho más que una novela. Caparrós usa la literatura para llevarnos a un infierno de realidad, una realidad lejana, de la cual Caparrós es muy consciente.» Roberto Saviano, 2015 «El no-lector de El Hambre se está privando de un conocimiento esencial [...] Daría una mano por haberlo escrito.» Juan José Millás «Caparrós es colosal en esos terrenos resbaladizos donde las cosas dejan de encajar en los moldes correctos como, por ejemplo, el momento en que un hombre decide sacar a su hija desnutrida del hospital asiático en el que está internada porque, según él, la nena está bien y, además, necesita que su mujer regrese a casa. De esa manera, una criatura que pudo salvarse es condenada a una muerte casi segura por su propio padre. Es en esos huecos vertiginosos, cuando se busca frenéticamente a quién calzarle la culpa, por donde el libro expulsa sus venenos más fuertes. Caparrós mira de cerca a la medicina occidental, a las religiones, a las ONG, a los Gobiernos, a las esposas, a los maridos, a sí mismo, hasta que no queda nada en pie.» Leila Guerriero, El País «El Hambre habla de política, de pobreza, de miseria, de economía, de oenegés, de la ONU y de la FAO, de multinacionales sin escrúpulos que negocian con los alimentos, de emigración, de la vergüenza de las villamiserias, de fórmulas presuntamente milagrosas, de la epidemia de obesidad en Estados Unidos -otra expresión de un mismo fenómeno- de la expansión china, de... Este libro habla de muchas cosas, pero deja claro que el hambrees en todo el mundo una experiencia que demuestra el fracaso de nuestra civilización.» Xavier Moret, El periódico «El autor de El Hambre (Anagrama, 2015), considera este libro un fracaso desde el arranque: 'Una exploración del mayor fracaso del género humano no podía sino fracasar'. Sin embargo, el impacto y alcance de la obra sugieren que ha encontrado la tecla adecuada para tratar la cuestión. Es su aportación en la lucha contra 'el hambre más canalla de la historia'. Esa que hoy día no depende de la capacidad humana de obtener alimento —anualmente se produce más del doble de la comida necesaria para alimentar a todo el planeta— sino de voluntad política o prácticas económicas.» Carlos Laorden, El País https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768867 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life and Death of the American Worker: The Immigrants Taking on America's Largest Meatpacking Company Author: Alice Driver Narrator: Lori Felipe-Barkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A startling glimpse into the meatpacking industry’s abuse of undocumented and incarcerated workers.” —The New York Times Book Review Winner of the J. Anthony Lukas Work-in-Progress Award, an explosive exposé of the toxic labor practices at the largest meatpacking company in America and the immigrant workers who had the courage to fight back. On June 27, 2011, a deadly chemical accident took place inside the Tyson Foods chicken processing plant in Springdale, Arkansas, where the company is headquartered. The company quickly covered it up although the spill left their employees injured, sick, and terrified. Over the years, Arkansas-based reporter Alice Driver was able to gain the trust of the immigrant workers who survived the accident. They rewarded her persistence by giving her total access to their lives. Having spent hours in their kitchens and accompanying them to doctor’s appointments, Driver has memorialized in these pages the dramatic lives of husband and wife Plácido and Angelina, who liked to spend weekends planting seeds from their native El Salvador in their garden; father and son Martín and Gabriel, who migrated from Mexico at different times and were trying to patch up their relationship; and many other immigrants who survived the chemical accident in Springdale that day. During the course of Alice’s reporting, the COVID-19 pandemic struck the community, and the workers were forced to continue production in unsafe conditions, watching their colleagues get sick and die one by one. These essential workers, many of whom only speak Spanish and some of whom are illiterate—all of whom suffer the health consequences of Tyson’s negligence—somehow found the strength and courage to organize and fight back, culminating in a lawsuit against Tyson Foods, the largest meatpacking company in America. Richly detailed, fiercely honest, and deeply reported, Life and Death of the American Worker will forever change the way we think about the people who prepare our food. Alice Driver Tue, 03 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768867 thebookvoice.com 5:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life and Death of the American Worker: The Immigrants Taking on America's Largest Meatpacking Company Author: Alice Driver Narrator: Lori Felipe-Barkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A startling glimpse into the meatpacking industry’s abuse of undocumented and incarcerated workers.” —The New York Times Book Review Winner of the J. Anthony Lukas Work-in-Progress Award, an explosive exposé of the toxic labor practices at the largest meatpacking company in America and the immigrant workers who had the courage to fight back. On June 27, 2011, a deadly chemical accident took place inside the Tyson Foods chicken processing plant in Springdale, Arkansas, where the company is headquartered. The company quickly covered it up although the spill left their employees injured, sick, and terrified. Over the years, Arkansas-based reporter Alice Driver was able to gain the trust of the immigrant workers who survived the accident. They rewarded her persistence by giving her total access to their lives. Having spent hours in their kitchens and accompanying them to doctor’s appointments, Driver has memorialized in these pages the dramatic lives of husband and wife Plácido and Angelina, who liked to spend weekends planting seeds from their native El Salvador in their garden; father and son Martín and Gabriel, who migrated from Mexico at different times and were trying to patch up their relationship; and many other immigrants who survived the chemical accident in Springdale that day. During the course of Alice’s reporting, the COVID-19 pandemic struck the community, and the workers were forced to continue production in unsafe conditions, watching their colleagues get sick and die one by one. These essential workers, many of whom only speak Spanish and some of whom are illiterate—all of whom suffer the health consequences of Tyson’s negligence—somehow found the strength and courage to organize and fight back, culminating in a lawsuit against Tyson Foods, the largest meatpacking company in America. Richly detailed, fiercely honest, and deeply reported, Life and Death of the American Worker will forever change the way we think about the people who prepare our food. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life and Death of the American Worker: The Immigrants Taking on America's Largest Meatpacking Company Author: Alice Driver Narrator: Lori Felipe-Barkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A startling glimpse into the meatpacking industry’s abuse of undocumented and incarcerated workers.” —The New York Times Book Review Winner of the J. Anthony Lukas Work-in-Progress Award, an explosive exposé of the toxic labor practices at the largest meatpacking company in America and the immigrant workers who had the courage to fight back. On June 27, 2011, a deadly chemical accident took place inside the Tyson Foods chicken processing plant in Springdale, Arkansas, where the company is headquartered. The company quickly covered it up although the spill left their employees injured, sick, and terrified. Over the years, Arkansas-based reporter Alice Driver was able to gain the trust of the immigrant workers who survived the accident. They rewarded her persistence by giving her total access to their lives. Having spent hours in their kitchens and accompanying them to doctor’s appointments, Driver has memorialized in these pages the dramatic lives of husband and wife Plácido and Angelina, who liked to spend weekends planting seeds from their native El Salvador in their garden; father and son Martín and Gabriel, who migrated from Mexico at different times and were trying to patch up their relationship; and many other immigrants who survived the chemical accident in Springdale that day. During the course of Alice’s reporting, the COVID-19 pandemic struck the community, and the workers were forced to continue production in unsafe conditions, watching their colleagues get sick and die one by one. These essential workers, many of whom only speak Spanish and some of whom are illiterate—all of whom suffer the health consequences of Tyson’s negligence—somehow found the strength and courage to organize and fight back, culminating in a lawsuit against Tyson Foods, the largest meatpacking company in America. Richly detailed, fiercely honest, and deeply reported, Life and Death of the American Worker will forever change the way we think about the people who prepare our food. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768807 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las cartas de Colosio (30 aniversario): Prólogo de Luis Donaldo Colosio Riojas Author: Rafael Medina Martínez Narrator: Bernardo García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Una mirada al hombre que marcó un antes y un después en la vida política de México, cuyas ideas, a pesar del intento de silenciarlas con su asesinato el 23 de marzo de 1994, aún reverberan en la conciencia del pueblo de México. Esta es la recopilación de la correspondencia entre Luis Donaldo ColosioMurrieta, una de las figuras más importantes de la historia moderna de México, y su padre. En este intercambio epistolar de casi una década, leemos las impresiones del joven estudiante durante los años setenta, que emprende el apasionante camino de su formación universitaria por Monterrey, Estados Unidos y Europa. Aquí quedan plasmados el carácter, las ilusiones y los rasgos que más adelante se harán presentes en la vida públicade Colosio: su admiración por la libertad y la democracia, su interés por la Revolución mexicana, su desdén por el autoritarismo, entremezclados con los aconteceres de la vida diaria. Rafael Medina Martínez Thu, 04 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768807 thebookvoice.com 4:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las cartas de Colosio (30 aniversario): Prólogo de Luis Donaldo Colosio Riojas Author: Rafael Medina Martínez Narrator: Bernardo García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Una mirada al hombre que marcó un antes y un después en la vida política de México, cuyas ideas, a pesar del intento de silenciarlas con su asesinato el 23 de marzo de 1994, aún reverberan en la conciencia del pueblo de México. Esta es la recopilación de la correspondencia entre Luis Donaldo ColosioMurrieta, una de las figuras más importantes de la historia moderna de México, y su padre. En este intercambio epistolar de casi una década, leemos las impresiones del joven estudiante durante los años setenta, que emprende el apasionante camino de su formación universitaria por Monterrey, Estados Unidos y Europa. Aquí quedan plasmados el carácter, las ilusiones y los rasgos que más adelante se harán presentes en la vida públicade Colosio: su admiración por la libertad y la democracia, su interés por la Revolución mexicana, su desdén por el autoritarismo, entremezclados con los aconteceres de la vida diaria. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las cartas de Colosio (30 aniversario): Prólogo de Luis Donaldo Colosio Riojas Author: Rafael Medina Martínez Narrator: Bernardo García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Una mirada al hombre que marcó un antes y un después en la vida política de México, cuyas ideas, a pesar del intento de silenciarlas con su asesinato el 23 de marzo de 1994, aún reverberan en la conciencia del pueblo de México. Esta es la recopilación de la correspondencia entre Luis Donaldo ColosioMurrieta, una de las figuras más importantes de la historia moderna de México, y su padre. En este intercambio epistolar de casi una década, leemos las impresiones del joven estudiante durante los años setenta, que emprende el apasionante camino de su formación universitaria por Monterrey, Estados Unidos y Europa. Aquí quedan plasmados el carácter, las ilusiones y los rasgos que más adelante se harán presentes en la vida públicade Colosio: su admiración por la libertad y la democracia, su interés por la Revolución mexicana, su desdén por el autoritarismo, entremezclados con los aconteceres de la vida diaria. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768248 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buddha or Karl Marx Author: Dr. B R Ambedkar Narrator: Siddhartha Valicharla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: March 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Buddha or Karl Marx - is a comparative study of the two philosophies Buddhism and Marxism. It concludes by presenting in plain English that Buddhism through changing man's disposition is a superior way to achieve and most importantly maintain a society sans suffering, greed and fostering Maitri (universal love and brotherhood). Dr. B R Ambedkar Fri, 22 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768248 thebookvoice.com 1:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buddha or Karl Marx Author: Dr. B R Ambedkar Narrator: Siddhartha Valicharla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: March 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Buddha or Karl Marx - is a comparative study of the two philosophies Buddhism and Marxism. It concludes by presenting in plain English that Buddhism through changing man's disposition is a superior way to achieve and most importantly maintain a society sans suffering, greed and fostering Maitri (universal love and brotherhood). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768248]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Buddha or Karl Marx Author: Dr. B R Ambedkar Narrator: Siddhartha Valicharla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: March 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Buddha or Karl Marx - is a comparative study of the two philosophies Buddhism and Marxism. It concludes by presenting in plain English that Buddhism through changing man's disposition is a superior way to achieve and most importantly maintain a society sans suffering, greed and fostering Maitri (universal love and brotherhood). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767143 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Short History of Reconstruction [Updated Edition] Author: Eric Foner Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Newly Updated From the “preeminent historian of Reconstruction” (New York Times Book Review), a newly updated abridged edition of the prize-winning classic work on the post-Civil War period which shaped modern America. “[A] smart book of enormous strengths.”--Boston Globe In this updated edition of the abridged Reconstruction, Eric Foner redefines how the post-Civil War period was viewed. Reconstruction chronicles the way in which Americans—black and white—responded to the unprecedented changes unleashed by the war and the end of slavery. It addresses the quest of emancipated slaves’ searching for economic autonomy and equal citizenship, and describes the remodeling of Southern society; the evolution of racial attitudes and patterns of race relations; and the emergence of a national state possessing vastly expanded authority and one committed, for a time, to the principle of equal rights for all Americans. This “masterful treatment of one of the most complex periods of American history” (New Republic) remains the standard work on the wrenching post-Civil War period—an era whose legacy still reverberates in the United States today. “Foner’s book traces in rich detail the bitter course of the history of the South’s failure to adjust to the revolution that brought the Civil War. Only by tracing that history and understanding can the region fully disenthrall itself even today.”—Atlanta Constitution Eric Foner Tue, 11 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767143 thebookvoice.com 12:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Short History of Reconstruction [Updated Edition] Author: Eric Foner Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Newly Updated From the “preeminent historian of Reconstruction” (New York Times Book Review), a newly updated abridged edition of the prize-winning classic work on the post-Civil War period which shaped modern America. “[A] smart book of enormous strengths.”--Boston Globe In this updated edition of the abridged Reconstruction, Eric Foner redefines how the post-Civil War period was viewed. Reconstruction chronicles the way in which Americans—black and white—responded to the unprecedented changes unleashed by the war and the end of slavery. It addresses the quest of emancipated slaves’ searching for economic autonomy and equal citizenship, and describes the remodeling of Southern society; the evolution of racial attitudes and patterns of race relations; and the emergence of a national state possessing vastly expanded authority and one committed, for a time, to the principle of equal rights for all Americans. This “masterful treatment of one of the most complex periods of American history” (New Republic) remains the standard work on the wrenching post-Civil War period—an era whose legacy still reverberates in the United States today. “Foner’s book traces in rich detail the bitter course of the history of the South’s failure to adjust to the revolution that brought the Civil War. Only by tracing that history and understanding can the region fully disenthrall itself even today.”—Atlanta Constitution Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Short History of Reconstruction [Updated Edition] Author: Eric Foner Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Newly Updated From the “preeminent historian of Reconstruction” (New York Times Book Review), a newly updated abridged edition of the prize-winning classic work on the post-Civil War period which shaped modern America. “[A] smart book of enormous strengths.”--Boston Globe In this updated edition of the abridged Reconstruction, Eric Foner redefines how the post-Civil War period was viewed. Reconstruction chronicles the way in which Americans—black and white—responded to the unprecedented changes unleashed by the war and the end of slavery. It addresses the quest of emancipated slaves’ searching for economic autonomy and equal citizenship, and describes the remodeling of Southern society; the evolution of racial attitudes and patterns of race relations; and the emergence of a national state possessing vastly expanded authority and one committed, for a time, to the principle of equal rights for all Americans. This “masterful treatment of one of the most complex periods of American history” (New Republic) remains the standard work on the wrenching post-Civil War period—an era whose legacy still reverberates in the United States today. “Foner’s book traces in rich detail the bitter course of the history of the South’s failure to adjust to the revolution that brought the Civil War. Only by tracing that history and understanding can the region fully disenthrall itself even today.”—Atlanta Constitution https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767030 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767030]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Eater: A Vegan’s Search for the Future of Food Author: Nina Guilbeault Narrator: Nina Guilbeault Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For years, there has been no doubt that widespread consumption of meat is both environmentally destructive and morally dubious. A growing chorus of scientists, health experts, and activists champion the benefits of a plant-based diet. Nevertheless, change has been slow to arrive, and the chasm between our appetites and our collective well-being seems impossibly vast. We know we must transition to a more plant-based world. But what would such a world look like, and how do we realistically get there? One group of people has been grappling with this question for decades: vegans. Once mocked for its hempy puritanism, the vegan movement has grown into a veritable cultural juggernaut. Yet visions of what our food system should look like continue to conflict. Is the healthful vegan lifestyle appealing—or alienating? Are high-tech meat alternatives merely a repeat performance of harmful fast-food values? Is modern veganism itself misguided—a wrong answer to the right questions? In The Good Eater, Harvard-trained sociologist (and vegan) Nina Guilbeault, PhD, vividly explores the movement's history and its present-day tensions by grappling with the most fundamental question of all: Is there a truly ethical way to eat? What emerges is a fascinating portrait of how social change happens, with profound implications for our plates-and our planet. Nina Guilbeault Tue, 25 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767030 thebookvoice.com 6:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767030]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Eater: A Vegan’s Search for the Future of Food Author: Nina Guilbeault Narrator: Nina Guilbeault Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For years, there has been no doubt that widespread consumption of meat is both environmentally destructive and morally dubious. A growing chorus of scientists, health experts, and activists champion the benefits of a plant-based diet. Nevertheless, change has been slow to arrive, and the chasm between our appetites and our collective well-being seems impossibly vast. We know we must transition to a more plant-based world. But what would such a world look like, and how do we realistically get there? One group of people has been grappling with this question for decades: vegans. Once mocked for its hempy puritanism, the vegan movement has grown into a veritable cultural juggernaut. Yet visions of what our food system should look like continue to conflict. Is the healthful vegan lifestyle appealing—or alienating? Are high-tech meat alternatives merely a repeat performance of harmful fast-food values? Is modern veganism itself misguided—a wrong answer to the right questions? In The Good Eater, Harvard-trained sociologist (and vegan) Nina Guilbeault, PhD, vividly explores the movement's history and its present-day tensions by grappling with the most fundamental question of all: Is there a truly ethical way to eat? What emerges is a fascinating portrait of how social change happens, with profound implications for our plates-and our planet. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767030]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Eater: A Vegan’s Search for the Future of Food Author: Nina Guilbeault Narrator: Nina Guilbeault Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For years, there has been no doubt that widespread consumption of meat is both environmentally destructive and morally dubious. A growing chorus of scientists, health experts, and activists champion the benefits of a plant-based diet. Nevertheless, change has been slow to arrive, and the chasm between our appetites and our collective well-being seems impossibly vast. We know we must transition to a more plant-based world. But what would such a world look like, and how do we realistically get there? One group of people has been grappling with this question for decades: vegans. Once mocked for its hempy puritanism, the vegan movement has grown into a veritable cultural juggernaut. Yet visions of what our food system should look like continue to conflict. Is the healthful vegan lifestyle appealing—or alienating? Are high-tech meat alternatives merely a repeat performance of harmful fast-food values? Is modern veganism itself misguided—a wrong answer to the right questions? In The Good Eater, Harvard-trained sociologist (and vegan) Nina Guilbeault, PhD, vividly explores the movement's history and its present-day tensions by grappling with the most fundamental question of all: Is there a truly ethical way to eat? What emerges is a fascinating portrait of how social change happens, with profound implications for our plates-and our planet. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767015 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767015]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Barons: Money, Power, and the Corruption of America's Food Industry Author: Austin Frerick Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Barons is the story of seven corporate titans, their rise to power, and the consequences for everyone else. Take Mike McCloskey, chairman of Fair Oaks Farms. In a few short decades, he went from managing a modest dairy herd to running the Disneyland of agriculture. Mike benefited from deregulation of the American food industry, a phenomenon that has consolidated wealth in the hands of select tycoons, and along the way, hollowed out the nation's rural towns and local businesses. Along with Mike McCloskey, listeners will meet a secretive German family that took over the global coffee industry in less than a decade, relying on wealth traced back to the Nazis to gobble up countless independent roasters. And they will learn that in the food business, crime really does pay—especially when you can bribe and then double-cross the president of Brazil. These, and the other stories in this book, are simply examples of the monopolies and ubiquitous corruption that today define American food. The tycoons profiled are hardly unique: many other companies have manipulated our lax laws and failed policies for their own benefit, to the detriment of our neighborhoods, livelihoods, and our democracy itself. A fair, healthy, and prosperous food industry is possible—if we take back power from the barons who have robbed us of it. Austin Frerick Tue, 28 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767015 thebookvoice.com 6:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767015]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Barons: Money, Power, and the Corruption of America's Food Industry Author: Austin Frerick Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Barons is the story of seven corporate titans, their rise to power, and the consequences for everyone else. Take Mike McCloskey, chairman of Fair Oaks Farms. In a few short decades, he went from managing a modest dairy herd to running the Disneyland of agriculture. Mike benefited from deregulation of the American food industry, a phenomenon that has consolidated wealth in the hands of select tycoons, and along the way, hollowed out the nation's rural towns and local businesses. Along with Mike McCloskey, listeners will meet a secretive German family that took over the global coffee industry in less than a decade, relying on wealth traced back to the Nazis to gobble up countless independent roasters. And they will learn that in the food business, crime really does pay—especially when you can bribe and then double-cross the president of Brazil. These, and the other stories in this book, are simply examples of the monopolies and ubiquitous corruption that today define American food. The tycoons profiled are hardly unique: many other companies have manipulated our lax laws and failed policies for their own benefit, to the detriment of our neighborhoods, livelihoods, and our democracy itself. A fair, healthy, and prosperous food industry is possible—if we take back power from the barons who have robbed us of it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/767015]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Barons: Money, Power, and the Corruption of America's Food Industry Author: Austin Frerick Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Barons is the story of seven corporate titans, their rise to power, and the consequences for everyone else. Take Mike McCloskey, chairman of Fair Oaks Farms. In a few short decades, he went from managing a modest dairy herd to running the Disneyland of agriculture. Mike benefited from deregulation of the American food industry, a phenomenon that has consolidated wealth in the hands of select tycoons, and along the way, hollowed out the nation's rural towns and local businesses. Along with Mike McCloskey, listeners will meet a secretive German family that took over the global coffee industry in less than a decade, relying on wealth traced back to the Nazis to gobble up countless independent roasters. And they will learn that in the food business, crime really does pay—especially when you can bribe and then double-cross the president of Brazil. These, and the other stories in this book, are simply examples of the monopolies and ubiquitous corruption that today define American food. The tycoons profiled are hardly unique: many other companies have manipulated our lax laws and failed policies for their own benefit, to the detriment of our neighborhoods, livelihoods, and our democracy itself. A fair, healthy, and prosperous food industry is possible—if we take back power from the barons who have robbed us of it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766994 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liberalism as a Way of Life Author: Alexandre Lefebvre Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Where do you get your values and sensibilities from? If you grew up in a Western democracy, the answer is probably liberalism. Conservatives are right about one thing: liberalism is the ideology of our times, as omnipresent as religion once was. Yet, as Alexandre Lefebvre argues in Liberalism as a Way of Life, many of us are liberal without fully realizing it—or grasping what it means. Misled into thinking that liberalism is confined to politics, we fail to recognize that it's the water we swim in, saturating every area of public and private life, shaping our psychological and spiritual outlooks, and influencing our moral and aesthetic values—our sense of what is right, wrong, good, bad, funny, worthwhile, and more. This eye-opening book shows how so many of us are liberal to the core, why liberalism provides the basis for a good life, and how we can make our lives better and happier by becoming more aware of, and more committed to, the beliefs we already hold. A lively, engaging, and uplifting guide to living well, the liberal way, Liberalism as a Way of Life is filled with examples from television, movies, stand-up comedy, and social media—from Parks and Recreation and The Good Place to the Borat movies and Hannah Gadsby. Along the way, you'll also learn about seventeen benefits of being a liberal and practical exercises to increase these rewards. Alexandre Lefebvre Tue, 04 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766994 thebookvoice.com 8:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liberalism as a Way of Life Author: Alexandre Lefebvre Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Where do you get your values and sensibilities from? If you grew up in a Western democracy, the answer is probably liberalism. Conservatives are right about one thing: liberalism is the ideology of our times, as omnipresent as religion once was. Yet, as Alexandre Lefebvre argues in Liberalism as a Way of Life, many of us are liberal without fully realizing it—or grasping what it means. Misled into thinking that liberalism is confined to politics, we fail to recognize that it's the water we swim in, saturating every area of public and private life, shaping our psychological and spiritual outlooks, and influencing our moral and aesthetic values—our sense of what is right, wrong, good, bad, funny, worthwhile, and more. This eye-opening book shows how so many of us are liberal to the core, why liberalism provides the basis for a good life, and how we can make our lives better and happier by becoming more aware of, and more committed to, the beliefs we already hold. A lively, engaging, and uplifting guide to living well, the liberal way, Liberalism as a Way of Life is filled with examples from television, movies, stand-up comedy, and social media—from Parks and Recreation and The Good Place to the Borat movies and Hannah Gadsby. Along the way, you'll also learn about seventeen benefits of being a liberal and practical exercises to increase these rewards. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liberalism as a Way of Life Author: Alexandre Lefebvre Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Where do you get your values and sensibilities from? If you grew up in a Western democracy, the answer is probably liberalism. Conservatives are right about one thing: liberalism is the ideology of our times, as omnipresent as religion once was. Yet, as Alexandre Lefebvre argues in Liberalism as a Way of Life, many of us are liberal without fully realizing it—or grasping what it means. Misled into thinking that liberalism is confined to politics, we fail to recognize that it's the water we swim in, saturating every area of public and private life, shaping our psychological and spiritual outlooks, and influencing our moral and aesthetic values—our sense of what is right, wrong, good, bad, funny, worthwhile, and more. This eye-opening book shows how so many of us are liberal to the core, why liberalism provides the basis for a good life, and how we can make our lives better and happier by becoming more aware of, and more committed to, the beliefs we already hold. A lively, engaging, and uplifting guide to living well, the liberal way, Liberalism as a Way of Life is filled with examples from television, movies, stand-up comedy, and social media—from Parks and Recreation and The Good Place to the Borat movies and Hannah Gadsby. Along the way, you'll also learn about seventeen benefits of being a liberal and practical exercises to increase these rewards. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766028 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Abolitionist Intimacies Author: El Jones Narrator: Aiza Ntibarikure Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Abolitionist Intimacies, El Jones examines the movement to abolish prisons through the Black feminist principles of care and collectivity. Understanding the history of prisons in Canada in their relationship to settler colonialism and anti-Black racism, Jones observes how practices of intimacy become imbued with state violence at carceral sites including prisons, policing and borders, as well as through purported care institutions such as hospitals and social work. The state also polices intimacy through mechanisms such as prison visits, strip searches and managing community contact with incarcerated people. Despite this, Jones argues, intimacy is integral to the ongoing struggles of prisoners for justice and liberation through the care work of building relationships and organizing with the people inside. Through characteristically fierce and personal prose and poetry, and motivated by a decade of prison justice work, Jones observes that abolition is not only a political movement to end prisons; it is also an intimate one deeply motivated by commitment and love. El Jones Tue, 16 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766028 thebookvoice.com 9:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Abolitionist Intimacies Author: El Jones Narrator: Aiza Ntibarikure Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Abolitionist Intimacies, El Jones examines the movement to abolish prisons through the Black feminist principles of care and collectivity. Understanding the history of prisons in Canada in their relationship to settler colonialism and anti-Black racism, Jones observes how practices of intimacy become imbued with state violence at carceral sites including prisons, policing and borders, as well as through purported care institutions such as hospitals and social work. The state also polices intimacy through mechanisms such as prison visits, strip searches and managing community contact with incarcerated people. Despite this, Jones argues, intimacy is integral to the ongoing struggles of prisoners for justice and liberation through the care work of building relationships and organizing with the people inside. Through characteristically fierce and personal prose and poetry, and motivated by a decade of prison justice work, Jones observes that abolition is not only a political movement to end prisons; it is also an intimate one deeply motivated by commitment and love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Abolitionist Intimacies Author: El Jones Narrator: Aiza Ntibarikure Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Abolitionist Intimacies, El Jones examines the movement to abolish prisons through the Black feminist principles of care and collectivity. Understanding the history of prisons in Canada in their relationship to settler colonialism and anti-Black racism, Jones observes how practices of intimacy become imbued with state violence at carceral sites including prisons, policing and borders, as well as through purported care institutions such as hospitals and social work. The state also polices intimacy through mechanisms such as prison visits, strip searches and managing community contact with incarcerated people. Despite this, Jones argues, intimacy is integral to the ongoing struggles of prisoners for justice and liberation through the care work of building relationships and organizing with the people inside. Through characteristically fierce and personal prose and poetry, and motivated by a decade of prison justice work, Jones observes that abolition is not only a political movement to end prisons; it is also an intimate one deeply motivated by commitment and love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765914 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765914]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schwarzbuch Putin Author: Galia Ackerman Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 20 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Am 24. Februar 2022 schickte Wladimir Putin seine Armee gegen die Ukraine in den Krieg und traf damit eine Entscheidung, die das politische und ökonomische Gleichgewicht der ganzen Welt ins Wanken brachte. Der russische Angriffskrieg bringt unzählige menschliche Tragödien und immense materielle Zerstörung mit sich, und er wirft eine zentrale Frage auf: Wer ist Wladimir Putin, dieser Mann, der sich weigert, Lehren aus dem Zusammenbruch der Sowjetunion zu ziehen, und der von der Rückkehr zu den Grenzen des Zarenreichs und der Wiedereinsetzung eines Regimes träumt, das sich der totalitären Methoden des Stalinismus bedient? Wie wurde dieser Mann, der 1952 in Leningrad in einfachen Verhältnissen geboren wurde, ausgebildet? Warum war er schon in jungen Jahren von der »heroischen« Idee fasziniert, für den KGB zu arbeiten? Welche Tätigkeiten übte er dort vor dem Zusammenbruch der Sowjetunion aus? Wie schaffte es dieser bescheidene Oberstleutnant an die Spitze der Macht? Warum entfachte er mehrere mörderische Kriege? Woher kommt seine Obsession für die Eroberung der Ukraine? Und selbst wenn er eines Tages seine Position verlieren sollte, würde sich sein Regime nicht halten? Das »Schwarzbuch Putin« liefert Antworten auf diese und weitere drängende Fragen von den renommiertesten internationalen Expertinnen und Experten für Russland und den Kommunismus.  Mit exklusiven Beiträgen von Katja Gloger und Karl Schlögel. Galia Ackerman Thu, 28 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765914 thebookvoice.com 17:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765914]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schwarzbuch Putin Author: Galia Ackerman Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 20 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Am 24. Februar 2022 schickte Wladimir Putin seine Armee gegen die Ukraine in den Krieg und traf damit eine Entscheidung, die das politische und ökonomische Gleichgewicht der ganzen Welt ins Wanken brachte. Der russische Angriffskrieg bringt unzählige menschliche Tragödien und immense materielle Zerstörung mit sich, und er wirft eine zentrale Frage auf: Wer ist Wladimir Putin, dieser Mann, der sich weigert, Lehren aus dem Zusammenbruch der Sowjetunion zu ziehen, und der von der Rückkehr zu den Grenzen des Zarenreichs und der Wiedereinsetzung eines Regimes träumt, das sich der totalitären Methoden des Stalinismus bedient? Wie wurde dieser Mann, der 1952 in Leningrad in einfachen Verhältnissen geboren wurde, ausgebildet? Warum war er schon in jungen Jahren von der »heroischen« Idee fasziniert, für den KGB zu arbeiten? Welche Tätigkeiten übte er dort vor dem Zusammenbruch der Sowjetunion aus? Wie schaffte es dieser bescheidene Oberstleutnant an die Spitze der Macht? Warum entfachte er mehrere mörderische Kriege? Woher kommt seine Obsession für die Eroberung der Ukraine? Und selbst wenn er eines Tages seine Position verlieren sollte, würde sich sein Regime nicht halten? Das »Schwarzbuch Putin« liefert Antworten auf diese und weitere drängende Fragen von den renommiertesten internationalen Expertinnen und Experten für Russland und den Kommunismus.  Mit exklusiven Beiträgen von Katja Gloger und Karl Schlögel. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765914]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Schwarzbuch Putin Author: Galia Ackerman Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 20 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Am 24. Februar 2022 schickte Wladimir Putin seine Armee gegen die Ukraine in den Krieg und traf damit eine Entscheidung, die das politische und ökonomische Gleichgewicht der ganzen Welt ins Wanken brachte. Der russische Angriffskrieg bringt unzählige menschliche Tragödien und immense materielle Zerstörung mit sich, und er wirft eine zentrale Frage auf: Wer ist Wladimir Putin, dieser Mann, der sich weigert, Lehren aus dem Zusammenbruch der Sowjetunion zu ziehen, und der von der Rückkehr zu den Grenzen des Zarenreichs und der Wiedereinsetzung eines Regimes träumt, das sich der totalitären Methoden des Stalinismus bedient? Wie wurde dieser Mann, der 1952 in Leningrad in einfachen Verhältnissen geboren wurde, ausgebildet? Warum war er schon in jungen Jahren von der »heroischen« Idee fasziniert, für den KGB zu arbeiten? Welche Tätigkeiten übte er dort vor dem Zusammenbruch der Sowjetunion aus? Wie schaffte es dieser bescheidene Oberstleutnant an die Spitze der Macht? Warum entfachte er mehrere mörderische Kriege? Woher kommt seine Obsession für die Eroberung der Ukraine? Und selbst wenn er eines Tages seine Position verlieren sollte, würde sich sein Regime nicht halten? Das »Schwarzbuch Putin« liefert Antworten auf diese und weitere drängende Fragen von den renommiertesten internationalen Expertinnen und Experten für Russland und den Kommunismus.  Mit exklusiven Beiträgen von Katja Gloger und Karl Schlögel. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765852 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765852]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Freiheitshandel: Warum Geschäfte mit Diktatoren unsere Demokratie gefährden Author: Mathias Döpfner Narrator: Mathias Döpfner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Politisch und wirtschaftlich ist die demokratische Welt so schwach wie seit Jahrzehnten nicht mehr. Das Konzept 'Wandel durch Handel' ist gescheitert. Vielmehr hat es Diktaturen gestärkt und Demokratien untergraben.  Freie und offene Gesellschaften sind existenziell gefährdet. Der russische Einmarsch in der Ukraine, der brutale Angriff auf Israel, der wieder salonfähig gewordene Antisemitismus und die wirtschaftliche Abhängigkeit von China müssen ein Weckruf für offene Gesellschaften sein. Es braucht jetzt grundlegende Veränderungen.  Der einzige wirklich transatlantische Medienunternehmer Europas plädiert für einen Kurswechsel in der demokratischen Handelspolitik. Die Gründung eines neuen wertebasierten Bündnisses der Demokratien: Die Freiheitshandelsallianz. Mathias Döpfner Thu, 18 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765852 thebookvoice.com 6:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765852]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Freiheitshandel: Warum Geschäfte mit Diktatoren unsere Demokratie gefährden Author: Mathias Döpfner Narrator: Mathias Döpfner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Politisch und wirtschaftlich ist die demokratische Welt so schwach wie seit Jahrzehnten nicht mehr. Das Konzept 'Wandel durch Handel' ist gescheitert. Vielmehr hat es Diktaturen gestärkt und Demokratien untergraben.  Freie und offene Gesellschaften sind existenziell gefährdet. Der russische Einmarsch in der Ukraine, der brutale Angriff auf Israel, der wieder salonfähig gewordene Antisemitismus und die wirtschaftliche Abhängigkeit von China müssen ein Weckruf für offene Gesellschaften sein. Es braucht jetzt grundlegende Veränderungen.  Der einzige wirklich transatlantische Medienunternehmer Europas plädiert für einen Kurswechsel in der demokratischen Handelspolitik. Die Gründung eines neuen wertebasierten Bündnisses der Demokratien: Die Freiheitshandelsallianz. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765852]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Freiheitshandel: Warum Geschäfte mit Diktatoren unsere Demokratie gefährden Author: Mathias Döpfner Narrator: Mathias Döpfner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Politisch und wirtschaftlich ist die demokratische Welt so schwach wie seit Jahrzehnten nicht mehr. Das Konzept 'Wandel durch Handel' ist gescheitert. Vielmehr hat es Diktaturen gestärkt und Demokratien untergraben.  Freie und offene Gesellschaften sind existenziell gefährdet. Der russische Einmarsch in der Ukraine, der brutale Angriff auf Israel, der wieder salonfähig gewordene Antisemitismus und die wirtschaftliche Abhängigkeit von China müssen ein Weckruf für offene Gesellschaften sein. Es braucht jetzt grundlegende Veränderungen.  Der einzige wirklich transatlantische Medienunternehmer Europas plädiert für einen Kurswechsel in der demokratischen Handelspolitik. Die Gründung eines neuen wertebasierten Bündnisses der Demokratien: Die Freiheitshandelsallianz. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765828 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collected Works Of Marxism, Anarchism, Communism: The Communist Manifesto, Reform or Revolution, The Conquest of Bread, Anarchism: What it Really Stands, The State and Revolution, Fascism: What It Is and How To Fight It Author: Vladimir Lenin, Peter Kropotkin, Rosa Luxemburg, Emma Goldman, Leon Trotsky, Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx Narrator: Mark Bowen, Kenneth Elliot, Peter Coates, Andrew Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book contains the fundamental works of Marxism, Anarchism and Bolshevism: The Communist Manifesto, originally the Manifesto of the Communist Party, by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels; Reform or Revolution by Rosa Luxemburg; The Conquest of Bread by the Russian anarcho-communist Peter Kropotkin; Anarchism: What it Really Stands For by Emma Goldman; The State and Revolution by Vladimir Lenin; Fascism: What It Is and How To Fight It by Leon Trotsky.   Translated by Mary Fox. Illustrated by Dmytro Rybalko. Vladimir Lenin, Peter Kropotkin, Rosa Luxemburg, Emma Goldman, Leon Trotsky, Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx Sat, 09 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765828 thebookvoice.com 18:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collected Works Of Marxism, Anarchism, Communism: The Communist Manifesto, Reform or Revolution, The Conquest of Bread, Anarchism: What it Really Stands, The State and Revolution, Fascism: What It Is and How To Fight It Author: Vladimir Lenin, Peter Kropotkin, Rosa Luxemburg, Emma Goldman, Leon Trotsky, Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx Narrator: Mark Bowen, Kenneth Elliot, Peter Coates, Andrew Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book contains the fundamental works of Marxism, Anarchism and Bolshevism: The Communist Manifesto, originally the Manifesto of the Communist Party, by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels; Reform or Revolution by Rosa Luxemburg; The Conquest of Bread by the Russian anarcho-communist Peter Kropotkin; Anarchism: What it Really Stands For by Emma Goldman; The State and Revolution by Vladimir Lenin; Fascism: What It Is and How To Fight It by Leon Trotsky.   Translated by Mary Fox. Illustrated by Dmytro Rybalko. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collected Works Of Marxism, Anarchism, Communism: The Communist Manifesto, Reform or Revolution, The Conquest of Bread, Anarchism: What it Really Stands, The State and Revolution, Fascism: What It Is and How To Fight It Author: Vladimir Lenin, Peter Kropotkin, Rosa Luxemburg, Emma Goldman, Leon Trotsky, Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx Narrator: Mark Bowen, Kenneth Elliot, Peter Coates, Andrew Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book contains the fundamental works of Marxism, Anarchism and Bolshevism: The Communist Manifesto, originally the Manifesto of the Communist Party, by Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels; Reform or Revolution by Rosa Luxemburg; The Conquest of Bread by the Russian anarcho-communist Peter Kropotkin; Anarchism: What it Really Stands For by Emma Goldman; The State and Revolution by Vladimir Lenin; Fascism: What It Is and How To Fight It by Leon Trotsky.   Translated by Mary Fox. Illustrated by Dmytro Rybalko. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765784 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drawdown: The Most Comprehensive Plan Ever Proposed to Reverse Global Warming Author: Paul Hawken Narrator: Aven Shore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: • New York Times bestseller • The 100 most substantive solutions to reverse global warming, based on meticulous research by leading scientists and policymakers around the world “At this point in time, the Drawdown book is exactly what is needed; a credible, conservative solution-by-solution narrative that we can do it. Reading it is an effective inoculation against the widespread perception of doom that humanity cannot and will not solve the climate crisis. Reported by-effects include increased determination and a sense of grounded hope.” —Per Espen Stoknes, Author, What We Think About When We Try Not To Think About Global Warming  “There’s been no real way for ordinary people to get an understanding of what they can do and what impact it can have. There remains no single, comprehensive, reliable compendium of carbon-reduction solutions across sectors. At least until now. . . . The public is hungry for this kind of practical wisdom.” —David Roberts, Vox “This is the ideal environmental sciences textbook—only it is too interesting and inspiring to be called a textbook.” —Peter Kareiva, Director of the Institute of the Environment and Sustainability, UCLA In the face of widespread fear and apathy, an international coalition of researchers, professionals, and scientists have come together to offer a set of realistic and bold solutions to climate change. One hundred techniques and practices are described here—some are well known; some you may have never heard of. They range from clean energy to educating girls in lower-income countries to land use practices that pull carbon out of the air. The solutions exist, are economically viable, and communities throughout the world are currently enacting them with skill and determination. If deployed collectively on a global scale over the next thirty years, they represent a credible path forward, not just to slow the earth’s warming but to reach drawdown, that point in time when greenhouse gases in the atmosphere peak and begin to decline. These measures promise cascading benefits to human health, security, prosperity, and well-being—giving us every reason to see this planetary crisis as an opportunity to create a just and livable world. Paul Hawken Tue, 30 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765784 thebookvoice.com 15:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drawdown: The Most Comprehensive Plan Ever Proposed to Reverse Global Warming Author: Paul Hawken Narrator: Aven Shore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: • New York Times bestseller • The 100 most substantive solutions to reverse global warming, based on meticulous research by leading scientists and policymakers around the world “At this point in time, the Drawdown book is exactly what is needed; a credible, conservative solution-by-solution narrative that we can do it. Reading it is an effective inoculation against the widespread perception of doom that humanity cannot and will not solve the climate crisis. Reported by-effects include increased determination and a sense of grounded hope.” —Per Espen Stoknes, Author, What We Think About When We Try Not To Think About Global Warming  “There’s been no real way for ordinary people to get an understanding of what they can do and what impact it can have. There remains no single, comprehensive, reliable compendium of carbon-reduction solutions across sectors. At least until now. . . . The public is hungry for this kind of practical wisdom.” —David Roberts, Vox “This is the ideal environmental sciences textbook—only it is too interesting and inspiring to be called a textbook.” —Peter Kareiva, Director of the Institute of the Environment and Sustainability, UCLA In the face of widespread fear and apathy, an international coalition of researchers, professionals, and scientists have come together to offer a set of realistic and bold solutions to climate change. One hundred techniques and practices are described here—some are well known; some you may have never heard of. They range from clean energy to educating girls in lower-income countries to land use practices that pull carbon out of the air. The solutions exist, are economically viable, and communities throughout the world are currently enacting them with skill and determination. If deployed collectively on a global scale over the next thirty years, they represent a credible path forward, not just to slow the earth’s warming but to reach drawdown, that point in time when greenhouse gases in the atmosphere peak and begin to decline. These measures promise cascading benefits to human health, security, prosperity, and well-being—giving us every reason to see this planetary crisis as an opportunity to create a just and livable world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drawdown: The Most Comprehensive Plan Ever Proposed to Reverse Global Warming Author: Paul Hawken Narrator: Aven Shore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: • New York Times bestseller • The 100 most substantive solutions to reverse global warming, based on meticulous research by leading scientists and policymakers around the world “At this point in time, the Drawdown book is exactly what is needed; a credible, conservative solution-by-solution narrative that we can do it. Reading it is an effective inoculation against the widespread perception of doom that humanity cannot and will not solve the climate crisis. Reported by-effects include increased determination and a sense of grounded hope.” —Per Espen Stoknes, Author, What We Think About When We Try Not To Think About Global Warming  “There’s been no real way for ordinary people to get an understanding of what they can do and what impact it can have. There remains no single, comprehensive, reliable compendium of carbon-reduction solutions across sectors. At least until now. . . . The public is hungry for this kind of practical wisdom.” —David Roberts, Vox “This is the ideal environmental sciences textbook—only it is too interesting and inspiring to be called a textbook.” —Peter Kareiva, Director of the Institute of the Environment and Sustainability, UCLA In the face of widespread fear and apathy, an international coalition of researchers, professionals, and scientists have come together to offer a set of realistic and bold solutions to climate change. One hundred techniques and practices are described here—some are well known; some you may have never heard of. They range from clean energy to educating girls in lower-income countries to land use practices that pull carbon out of the air. The solutions exist, are economically viable, and communities throughout the world are currently enacting them with skill and determination. If deployed collectively on a global scale over the next thirty years, they represent a credible path forward, not just to slow the earth’s warming but to reach drawdown, that point in time when greenhouse gases in the atmosphere peak and begin to decline. These measures promise cascading benefits to human health, security, prosperity, and well-being—giving us every reason to see this planetary crisis as an opportunity to create a just and livable world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765723 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765723]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Deutschland der Extreme: Wie Thüringen die Demokratie herausfordert Author: Martin Debes Narrator: Mathias Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Thüringen greift die AfD nach der Macht und bringt die ganze Republik in Bedrängnis Martin Debes beschreibt anhand von Thüringen, warum die großen Volksparteien an Boden verlieren, das Vertrauen in demokratische Prozesse und staatliche Institutionen schwindet und Politik zu einem Schauplatz von Extremisten und Karrieristen wird. Sein Buch ist die Geschichte eines Landes, das Experimentierfeld extremer politischer Kräfte war und wieder geworden ist. Erscheint im Vorfeld der Landtagswahlen 2024 in Ostdeutschland »Ein grandioser Deuter des Ostens und ein begnadeter Schreiber.« Laudatio zum Reporter des Jahres, Medium Magazin »Das Porträt eines Landes, in dem nicht nur Mehrheiten verloren gegangen sind, sondern auch politische Gewissheiten. Wäre dies ein Netflix-Politthriller, er verdiente mindestens fünf Staffeln.« Süddeutsche Zeitung über »Demokratie unter Schock« Martin Debes Thu, 18 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765723 thebookvoice.com 9:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765723]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Deutschland der Extreme: Wie Thüringen die Demokratie herausfordert Author: Martin Debes Narrator: Mathias Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Thüringen greift die AfD nach der Macht und bringt die ganze Republik in Bedrängnis Martin Debes beschreibt anhand von Thüringen, warum die großen Volksparteien an Boden verlieren, das Vertrauen in demokratische Prozesse und staatliche Institutionen schwindet und Politik zu einem Schauplatz von Extremisten und Karrieristen wird. Sein Buch ist die Geschichte eines Landes, das Experimentierfeld extremer politischer Kräfte war und wieder geworden ist. Erscheint im Vorfeld der Landtagswahlen 2024 in Ostdeutschland »Ein grandioser Deuter des Ostens und ein begnadeter Schreiber.« Laudatio zum Reporter des Jahres, Medium Magazin »Das Porträt eines Landes, in dem nicht nur Mehrheiten verloren gegangen sind, sondern auch politische Gewissheiten. Wäre dies ein Netflix-Politthriller, er verdiente mindestens fünf Staffeln.« Süddeutsche Zeitung über »Demokratie unter Schock« Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765723]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Deutschland der Extreme: Wie Thüringen die Demokratie herausfordert Author: Martin Debes Narrator: Mathias Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Thüringen greift die AfD nach der Macht und bringt die ganze Republik in Bedrängnis Martin Debes beschreibt anhand von Thüringen, warum die großen Volksparteien an Boden verlieren, das Vertrauen in demokratische Prozesse und staatliche Institutionen schwindet und Politik zu einem Schauplatz von Extremisten und Karrieristen wird. Sein Buch ist die Geschichte eines Landes, das Experimentierfeld extremer politischer Kräfte war und wieder geworden ist. Erscheint im Vorfeld der Landtagswahlen 2024 in Ostdeutschland »Ein grandioser Deuter des Ostens und ein begnadeter Schreiber.« Laudatio zum Reporter des Jahres, Medium Magazin »Das Porträt eines Landes, in dem nicht nur Mehrheiten verloren gegangen sind, sondern auch politische Gewissheiten. Wäre dies ein Netflix-Politthriller, er verdiente mindestens fünf Staffeln.« Süddeutsche Zeitung über »Demokratie unter Schock« https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765601 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Law Author: Frédéric Bastiat Narrator: Ronald Eastwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 6 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The Law' by Frédéric Bastiat is a seminal work in political philosophy and economics, offering a robust defense of individual liberty and property rights against the encroachments of government. Written in 1850, Bastiat's concise yet profound treatise critiques the use of law as an instrument of coercion and redistribution, arguing instead that its proper role is the protection of individual freedoms. Through eloquent and accessible prose, Bastiat expounds on the dangers of socialism and economic interventionism, advocating for a system where the law serves only to uphold justice, ensure public order, and protect rights. His work remains a cornerstone of libertarian thought, celebrated for its lucid analysis of the principles underpinning a free society and its prescient warnings against the overreach of governmental power. Frédéric Bastiat Tue, 12 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765601 thebookvoice.com 2:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Law Author: Frédéric Bastiat Narrator: Ronald Eastwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 6 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The Law' by Frédéric Bastiat is a seminal work in political philosophy and economics, offering a robust defense of individual liberty and property rights against the encroachments of government. Written in 1850, Bastiat's concise yet profound treatise critiques the use of law as an instrument of coercion and redistribution, arguing instead that its proper role is the protection of individual freedoms. Through eloquent and accessible prose, Bastiat expounds on the dangers of socialism and economic interventionism, advocating for a system where the law serves only to uphold justice, ensure public order, and protect rights. His work remains a cornerstone of libertarian thought, celebrated for its lucid analysis of the principles underpinning a free society and its prescient warnings against the overreach of governmental power. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Law Author: Frédéric Bastiat Narrator: Ronald Eastwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 6 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The Law' by Frédéric Bastiat is a seminal work in political philosophy and economics, offering a robust defense of individual liberty and property rights against the encroachments of government. Written in 1850, Bastiat's concise yet profound treatise critiques the use of law as an instrument of coercion and redistribution, arguing instead that its proper role is the protection of individual freedoms. Through eloquent and accessible prose, Bastiat expounds on the dangers of socialism and economic interventionism, advocating for a system where the law serves only to uphold justice, ensure public order, and protect rights. His work remains a cornerstone of libertarian thought, celebrated for its lucid analysis of the principles underpinning a free society and its prescient warnings against the overreach of governmental power. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765589 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765589]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forensic Data Collections 2.0: A Selection of Trusted Digital Forensics Content: Second Edition Author: Robert B. Fried Narrator: Brad Grochowski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With over 22 years of experience, digital forensics expert, licensed private investigator, and trusted advisor to multinational law firms and corporations, Robert B. Fried, shares a selection of articles that he has authored on topics, as related to forensics and investigations. FEATURED ARTICLES BEING A TRUSTED ADVISOR BYOD POLICIES CLOUD ATTACHMENTS CLOUD STORAGE SERVICES CRYPTOCURRENCY DIGITAL ASSISTANTS DIGITAL FOOTPRINTS DIGITAL FORENSICS PLAYBOOKS DIGITAL FORENSICS TOOLKITS EMAIL EVIDENCE EVIDENCE MANAGEMENT FORENSIC FUNDAMENTALS FORENSIC VALIDATION INTERNET OF THINGS (IoT) KNOWING YOUR AUDIENCE LAB ACCREDITATION MOBILE DEVICE SOLUTIONS REMOTE DATA COLLECTIONS TECHNOLOGY & HUMAN ELEMENT Robert B. Fried Sat, 16 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765589 thebookvoice.com 2:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765589]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forensic Data Collections 2.0: A Selection of Trusted Digital Forensics Content: Second Edition Author: Robert B. Fried Narrator: Brad Grochowski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With over 22 years of experience, digital forensics expert, licensed private investigator, and trusted advisor to multinational law firms and corporations, Robert B. Fried, shares a selection of articles that he has authored on topics, as related to forensics and investigations. FEATURED ARTICLES BEING A TRUSTED ADVISOR BYOD POLICIES CLOUD ATTACHMENTS CLOUD STORAGE SERVICES CRYPTOCURRENCY DIGITAL ASSISTANTS DIGITAL FOOTPRINTS DIGITAL FORENSICS PLAYBOOKS DIGITAL FORENSICS TOOLKITS EMAIL EVIDENCE EVIDENCE MANAGEMENT FORENSIC FUNDAMENTALS FORENSIC VALIDATION INTERNET OF THINGS (IoT) KNOWING YOUR AUDIENCE LAB ACCREDITATION MOBILE DEVICE SOLUTIONS REMOTE DATA COLLECTIONS TECHNOLOGY & HUMAN ELEMENT Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765589]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forensic Data Collections 2.0: A Selection of Trusted Digital Forensics Content: Second Edition Author: Robert B. Fried Narrator: Brad Grochowski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With over 22 years of experience, digital forensics expert, licensed private investigator, and trusted advisor to multinational law firms and corporations, Robert B. Fried, shares a selection of articles that he has authored on topics, as related to forensics and investigations. FEATURED ARTICLES BEING A TRUSTED ADVISOR BYOD POLICIES CLOUD ATTACHMENTS CLOUD STORAGE SERVICES CRYPTOCURRENCY DIGITAL ASSISTANTS DIGITAL FOOTPRINTS DIGITAL FORENSICS PLAYBOOKS DIGITAL FORENSICS TOOLKITS EMAIL EVIDENCE EVIDENCE MANAGEMENT FORENSIC FUNDAMENTALS FORENSIC VALIDATION INTERNET OF THINGS (IoT) KNOWING YOUR AUDIENCE LAB ACCREDITATION MOBILE DEVICE SOLUTIONS REMOTE DATA COLLECTIONS TECHNOLOGY & HUMAN ELEMENT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765316 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Gretch: What I've Learned About Life, Leadership, and Everything in Between Author: Gretchen Whitmer Narrator: Gretchen Whitmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.11 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From trailblazing Michigan governor and rising Democratic star Gretchen Whitmer comes an unconventionally honest, personal, and funny account of her remarkable life and career, full of insights that guided her through a global pandemic, showdowns with high-profile bullies, and even a kidnapping and assassination plot. When Gretchen Whitmer was growing up, her beloved grandmother Nino taught her that you can always find something good in other people. “Even the meanest person might have pretty eyes,” she would say. Nino’s words persuaded Whitmer to look for the good in any person or situation—just one of many colorful personal experiences that have shaped her political vision. (And, as Whitmer writes, one that resonated more than another piece of advice her grandmother offered, to “never part your hair in the middle.”) In this candid and inspiring book, Whitmer reveals the principles and instincts that have shaped her extraordinary career, from her early days as a lawyer and legislator and her 2018 election as governor of Michigan, to her bold and innovative actions as she led the state through a series of unprecedented crises. Her motto in politics, she writes, is to “get shit done.” Whitmer shares the lessons in resilience that steered her through some of the most challenging events in Michigan’s history, such as the Covid-19 pandemic, a five-hundred-year flood, the rise of domestic terrorism, and the fierce fight to protect reproductive rights. Along the way, she tells stories about the outsize characters in her family, her lifelong clumsy streak, the wild comments she’s heard on the campaign trail, her self-deprecating social media campaigns (including her star turn as a talking potato with lipstick), and the slyly funny tactics she deploys to neutralize her opponents. Written with Whitmer’s trademark sense of humor and straight-shooting style, True Gretch is not only a compelling account of her remarkable journey, but also a blueprint for anyone who wants to make a difference in their community, their country, or the world. It is a testament to the power of humor, perseverance, and compassion in the face of darkness. Gretchen Whitmer Tue, 09 Jul 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765316 thebookvoice.com 3:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Gretch: What I've Learned About Life, Leadership, and Everything in Between Author: Gretchen Whitmer Narrator: Gretchen Whitmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.11 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From trailblazing Michigan governor and rising Democratic star Gretchen Whitmer comes an unconventionally honest, personal, and funny account of her remarkable life and career, full of insights that guided her through a global pandemic, showdowns with high-profile bullies, and even a kidnapping and assassination plot. When Gretchen Whitmer was growing up, her beloved grandmother Nino taught her that you can always find something good in other people. “Even the meanest person might have pretty eyes,” she would say. Nino’s words persuaded Whitmer to look for the good in any person or situation—just one of many colorful personal experiences that have shaped her political vision. (And, as Whitmer writes, one that resonated more than another piece of advice her grandmother offered, to “never part your hair in the middle.”) In this candid and inspiring book, Whitmer reveals the principles and instincts that have shaped her extraordinary career, from her early days as a lawyer and legislator and her 2018 election as governor of Michigan, to her bold and innovative actions as she led the state through a series of unprecedented crises. Her motto in politics, she writes, is to “get shit done.” Whitmer shares the lessons in resilience that steered her through some of the most challenging events in Michigan’s history, such as the Covid-19 pandemic, a five-hundred-year flood, the rise of domestic terrorism, and the fierce fight to protect reproductive rights. Along the way, she tells stories about the outsize characters in her family, her lifelong clumsy streak, the wild comments she’s heard on the campaign trail, her self-deprecating social media campaigns (including her star turn as a talking potato with lipstick), and the slyly funny tactics she deploys to neutralize her opponents. Written with Whitmer’s trademark sense of humor and straight-shooting style, True Gretch is not only a compelling account of her remarkable journey, but also a blueprint for anyone who wants to make a difference in their community, their country, or the world. It is a testament to the power of humor, perseverance, and compassion in the face of darkness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Gretch: What I've Learned About Life, Leadership, and Everything in Between Author: Gretchen Whitmer Narrator: Gretchen Whitmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.11 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From trailblazing Michigan governor and rising Democratic star Gretchen Whitmer comes an unconventionally honest, personal, and funny account of her remarkable life and career, full of insights that guided her through a global pandemic, showdowns with high-profile bullies, and even a kidnapping and assassination plot. When Gretchen Whitmer was growing up, her beloved grandmother Nino taught her that you can always find something good in other people. “Even the meanest person might have pretty eyes,” she would say. Nino’s words persuaded Whitmer to look for the good in any person or situation—just one of many colorful personal experiences that have shaped her political vision. (And, as Whitmer writes, one that resonated more than another piece of advice her grandmother offered, to “never part your hair in the middle.”) In this candid and inspiring book, Whitmer reveals the principles and instincts that have shaped her extraordinary career, from her early days as a lawyer and legislator and her 2018 election as governor of Michigan, to her bold and innovative actions as she led the state through a series of unprecedented crises. Her motto in politics, she writes, is to “get shit done.” Whitmer shares the lessons in resilience that steered her through some of the most challenging events in Michigan’s history, such as the Covid-19 pandemic, a five-hundred-year flood, the rise of domestic terrorism, and the fierce fight to protect reproductive rights. Along the way, she tells stories about the outsize characters in her family, her lifelong clumsy streak, the wild comments she’s heard on the campaign trail, her self-deprecating social media campaigns (including her star turn as a talking potato with lipstick), and the slyly funny tactics she deploys to neutralize her opponents. Written with Whitmer’s trademark sense of humor and straight-shooting style, True Gretch is not only a compelling account of her remarkable journey, but also a blueprint for anyone who wants to make a difference in their community, their country, or the world. It is a testament to the power of humor, perseverance, and compassion in the face of darkness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765300 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Xingona: Una mexicana contra el autoritarismo Author: Ivonne Melgar Narrator: Karina Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Xóchitl Gálvez aceptó encabezar la lucha contra uno de los gobiernos más polarizantes, opacos y corruptos en la historia reciente del país. ¿Qué hay dentro de una persona para aceptar una responsabilidad así? Enesta biografía política, la reportera Ivonne Melgar —quien ha seguido la carrera de Xóchitl desde antes de que llegara a la política, hace 24 años— nos entrega la mejor investigación hecha sobre la candidata opositora. Aquí se relata su formación en la defensa de los más pobres frente al poder de los caciques, su vida universitaria, su llegada como indígena al mundo empresarialy a la política, sus encontronazos y su elección por el diálogo, sus polémicas y su terquedad, su pasado y sus planes. Aparecen también los temas por los que la atacarán hasta el último día de campaña —como el de su hermana acusada de secuestro—, sus posturas sobre los asuntos centrales del país y sus ideas para que México logre frenar el gasto enloquecido, la hipocresía y el autoritarismo, y pueda reencontrar su mejor versión, la más solidaria, exitosa y progresista. Ivonne Melgar Thu, 21 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765300 thebookvoice.com 8:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Xingona: Una mexicana contra el autoritarismo Author: Ivonne Melgar Narrator: Karina Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Xóchitl Gálvez aceptó encabezar la lucha contra uno de los gobiernos más polarizantes, opacos y corruptos en la historia reciente del país. ¿Qué hay dentro de una persona para aceptar una responsabilidad así? Enesta biografía política, la reportera Ivonne Melgar —quien ha seguido la carrera de Xóchitl desde antes de que llegara a la política, hace 24 años— nos entrega la mejor investigación hecha sobre la candidata opositora. Aquí se relata su formación en la defensa de los más pobres frente al poder de los caciques, su vida universitaria, su llegada como indígena al mundo empresarialy a la política, sus encontronazos y su elección por el diálogo, sus polémicas y su terquedad, su pasado y sus planes. Aparecen también los temas por los que la atacarán hasta el último día de campaña —como el de su hermana acusada de secuestro—, sus posturas sobre los asuntos centrales del país y sus ideas para que México logre frenar el gasto enloquecido, la hipocresía y el autoritarismo, y pueda reencontrar su mejor versión, la más solidaria, exitosa y progresista. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Xingona: Una mexicana contra el autoritarismo Author: Ivonne Melgar Narrator: Karina Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Xóchitl Gálvez aceptó encabezar la lucha contra uno de los gobiernos más polarizantes, opacos y corruptos en la historia reciente del país. ¿Qué hay dentro de una persona para aceptar una responsabilidad así? Enesta biografía política, la reportera Ivonne Melgar —quien ha seguido la carrera de Xóchitl desde antes de que llegara a la política, hace 24 años— nos entrega la mejor investigación hecha sobre la candidata opositora. Aquí se relata su formación en la defensa de los más pobres frente al poder de los caciques, su vida universitaria, su llegada como indígena al mundo empresarialy a la política, sus encontronazos y su elección por el diálogo, sus polémicas y su terquedad, su pasado y sus planes. Aparecen también los temas por los que la atacarán hasta el último día de campaña —como el de su hermana acusada de secuestro—, sus posturas sobre los asuntos centrales del país y sus ideas para que México logre frenar el gasto enloquecido, la hipocresía y el autoritarismo, y pueda reencontrar su mejor versión, la más solidaria, exitosa y progresista. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765290 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NATO: From Cold War to Ukraine, a History of the World's Most Powerful Alliance Author: Sten Rynning Narrator: Dennis Kleinman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A wide-ranging new history of NATO, from its origins to the present day—published for the alliance's seventy-fifth anniversary For seven decades, NATO's stated aim has been the achievement of world peace—but playing great power politics always involves conflict. Russia's war on Ukraine and on Europe's security order puts the alliance under threat, but also demonstrates why transatlantic cooperation is so necessary. But how did NATO get to where it is today, and what does its future hold? In this incisive new account, Sten Rynning traces the full history of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization from its origins to the present. Across its seventy-five years, NATO has navigated the twists and turns of Cold War diplomacy and nuclear deterrence, and has grown its membership. The alliance has become a guarantor of peace, but Rynning explores how its complex inner workings alongside Russian and Chinese opposition are now shaping its direction. At a time of strategic competition and geopolitical upheaval, Rynning offers us a clear-sighted account of the alliance's intriguing history—and asks what its ambitions might be for the future. Sten Rynning Tue, 04 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765290 thebookvoice.com 11:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NATO: From Cold War to Ukraine, a History of the World's Most Powerful Alliance Author: Sten Rynning Narrator: Dennis Kleinman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A wide-ranging new history of NATO, from its origins to the present day—published for the alliance's seventy-fifth anniversary For seven decades, NATO's stated aim has been the achievement of world peace—but playing great power politics always involves conflict. Russia's war on Ukraine and on Europe's security order puts the alliance under threat, but also demonstrates why transatlantic cooperation is so necessary. But how did NATO get to where it is today, and what does its future hold? In this incisive new account, Sten Rynning traces the full history of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization from its origins to the present. Across its seventy-five years, NATO has navigated the twists and turns of Cold War diplomacy and nuclear deterrence, and has grown its membership. The alliance has become a guarantor of peace, but Rynning explores how its complex inner workings alongside Russian and Chinese opposition are now shaping its direction. At a time of strategic competition and geopolitical upheaval, Rynning offers us a clear-sighted account of the alliance's intriguing history—and asks what its ambitions might be for the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NATO: From Cold War to Ukraine, a History of the World's Most Powerful Alliance Author: Sten Rynning Narrator: Dennis Kleinman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A wide-ranging new history of NATO, from its origins to the present day—published for the alliance's seventy-fifth anniversary For seven decades, NATO's stated aim has been the achievement of world peace—but playing great power politics always involves conflict. Russia's war on Ukraine and on Europe's security order puts the alliance under threat, but also demonstrates why transatlantic cooperation is so necessary. But how did NATO get to where it is today, and what does its future hold? In this incisive new account, Sten Rynning traces the full history of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization from its origins to the present. Across its seventy-five years, NATO has navigated the twists and turns of Cold War diplomacy and nuclear deterrence, and has grown its membership. The alliance has become a guarantor of peace, but Rynning explores how its complex inner workings alongside Russian and Chinese opposition are now shaping its direction. At a time of strategic competition and geopolitical upheaval, Rynning offers us a clear-sighted account of the alliance's intriguing history—and asks what its ambitions might be for the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765287 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Boys, Bad Hombres: The Racial Politics of Mentoring Latino Boys in Schools Author: Michael V. Singh Narrator: Asa Siegel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Educational research has long documented the politics of punishment for boys and young men of color in schools—but what about the politics of empowerment and inclusion? In Good Boys, Bad Hombres, Michael V. Singh focuses on this aspect of youth control in schools, asking on whose terms a positive Latino manhood gets to be envisioned. Based on two years of ethnographic research in an urban school district in California, Good Boys, Bad Hombres examines Latino Male Success, a school-based mentorship program for Latino boys. Instead of attempting to shape these boys' lives through the threat of punishment, the program aims to provide an 'invitation to a respectable and productive masculinity' framed as being rooted in traditional Latinx signifiers of manhood. Singh argues, however, that the promotion of this aspirational form of Latino masculinity is rooted in neoliberal multiculturalism, heteropatriarchy, and anti-Blackness. Documenting the ways Latino men and boys resist the politics of neoliberal empowerment for new visions of justice, Singh works to deconstruct male empowerment, arguing that new narratives and practices—beyond patriarchal redemption—are necessary for a reimagining of Latino manhood in schools and beyond. Michael V. Singh Tue, 09 Jul 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765287 thebookvoice.com 10:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Boys, Bad Hombres: The Racial Politics of Mentoring Latino Boys in Schools Author: Michael V. Singh Narrator: Asa Siegel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Educational research has long documented the politics of punishment for boys and young men of color in schools—but what about the politics of empowerment and inclusion? In Good Boys, Bad Hombres, Michael V. Singh focuses on this aspect of youth control in schools, asking on whose terms a positive Latino manhood gets to be envisioned. Based on two years of ethnographic research in an urban school district in California, Good Boys, Bad Hombres examines Latino Male Success, a school-based mentorship program for Latino boys. Instead of attempting to shape these boys' lives through the threat of punishment, the program aims to provide an 'invitation to a respectable and productive masculinity' framed as being rooted in traditional Latinx signifiers of manhood. Singh argues, however, that the promotion of this aspirational form of Latino masculinity is rooted in neoliberal multiculturalism, heteropatriarchy, and anti-Blackness. Documenting the ways Latino men and boys resist the politics of neoliberal empowerment for new visions of justice, Singh works to deconstruct male empowerment, arguing that new narratives and practices—beyond patriarchal redemption—are necessary for a reimagining of Latino manhood in schools and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765287]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Boys, Bad Hombres: The Racial Politics of Mentoring Latino Boys in Schools Author: Michael V. Singh Narrator: Asa Siegel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Educational research has long documented the politics of punishment for boys and young men of color in schools—but what about the politics of empowerment and inclusion? In Good Boys, Bad Hombres, Michael V. Singh focuses on this aspect of youth control in schools, asking on whose terms a positive Latino manhood gets to be envisioned. Based on two years of ethnographic research in an urban school district in California, Good Boys, Bad Hombres examines Latino Male Success, a school-based mentorship program for Latino boys. Instead of attempting to shape these boys' lives through the threat of punishment, the program aims to provide an 'invitation to a respectable and productive masculinity' framed as being rooted in traditional Latinx signifiers of manhood. Singh argues, however, that the promotion of this aspirational form of Latino masculinity is rooted in neoliberal multiculturalism, heteropatriarchy, and anti-Blackness. Documenting the ways Latino men and boys resist the politics of neoliberal empowerment for new visions of justice, Singh works to deconstruct male empowerment, arguing that new narratives and practices—beyond patriarchal redemption—are necessary for a reimagining of Latino manhood in schools and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765263 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wrongful Convictions and Forensic Science Errors: Case Studies and Root Causes Author: John Morgan Narrator: Perry Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Forensic Science Errors and Wrongful Convictions: Case Studies and Root Causes provides a rigorous and detailed examination of two key issues: the continuing problem of wrongful convictions and the role of forensic science in these miscarriages of justice. Forensic science errors may arise at any time from crime scene to courtroom. Probative evidence may be overlooked at the scene of a crime, or the chain of custody may be compromised. Police investigators may misuse or ignore forensic evidence. Prosecutors may suppress or mischaracterize evidence, and judges may admit testimony that does not conform to rules of evidence. All too often, the accused will not be afforded an adequate defense—especially given the technical complexities of forensic evidence. Author John Morgan provides a thorough discussion of the policy, practice, and technical aspects of forensic science errors from a root-cause, scientific analysis perspective. Listeners will learn to analyze common issues across cases and jurisdictions, perform basic root cause analysis, and develop systemic reforms. As such, the book reinforces the need to obtain a clear understanding of errors to properly develop a set of effective scientific, procedural, and policy reforms to reduce wrongful convictions and improve forensic integrity and reliability. John Morgan Tue, 09 Jul 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765263 thebookvoice.com 12:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wrongful Convictions and Forensic Science Errors: Case Studies and Root Causes Author: John Morgan Narrator: Perry Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Forensic Science Errors and Wrongful Convictions: Case Studies and Root Causes provides a rigorous and detailed examination of two key issues: the continuing problem of wrongful convictions and the role of forensic science in these miscarriages of justice. Forensic science errors may arise at any time from crime scene to courtroom. Probative evidence may be overlooked at the scene of a crime, or the chain of custody may be compromised. Police investigators may misuse or ignore forensic evidence. Prosecutors may suppress or mischaracterize evidence, and judges may admit testimony that does not conform to rules of evidence. All too often, the accused will not be afforded an adequate defense—especially given the technical complexities of forensic evidence. Author John Morgan provides a thorough discussion of the policy, practice, and technical aspects of forensic science errors from a root-cause, scientific analysis perspective. Listeners will learn to analyze common issues across cases and jurisdictions, perform basic root cause analysis, and develop systemic reforms. As such, the book reinforces the need to obtain a clear understanding of errors to properly develop a set of effective scientific, procedural, and policy reforms to reduce wrongful convictions and improve forensic integrity and reliability. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wrongful Convictions and Forensic Science Errors: Case Studies and Root Causes Author: John Morgan Narrator: Perry Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Forensic Science Errors and Wrongful Convictions: Case Studies and Root Causes provides a rigorous and detailed examination of two key issues: the continuing problem of wrongful convictions and the role of forensic science in these miscarriages of justice. Forensic science errors may arise at any time from crime scene to courtroom. Probative evidence may be overlooked at the scene of a crime, or the chain of custody may be compromised. Police investigators may misuse or ignore forensic evidence. Prosecutors may suppress or mischaracterize evidence, and judges may admit testimony that does not conform to rules of evidence. All too often, the accused will not be afforded an adequate defense—especially given the technical complexities of forensic evidence. Author John Morgan provides a thorough discussion of the policy, practice, and technical aspects of forensic science errors from a root-cause, scientific analysis perspective. Listeners will learn to analyze common issues across cases and jurisdictions, perform basic root cause analysis, and develop systemic reforms. As such, the book reinforces the need to obtain a clear understanding of errors to properly develop a set of effective scientific, procedural, and policy reforms to reduce wrongful convictions and improve forensic integrity and reliability. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765062 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Classical Liberalism to Neo-Liberalism Author: Haresamudram Srikanth Narrator: Sharmila R Udupa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Classical Liberalism to Neo-Liberalism is a must-read textbook for students, social activists and scholars who want to learn about classical and contemporary liberal political theory. The book presents an overview of the history and philosophy of liberalism from the 17th century to the present times. It discusses different liberal traditions and familiarizes the readers with political discourses on liberalism. The author discusses the contributions of contemporary liberal political thinkers like Karl Popper, Hannah Arendt, Isaiah Berlin, C. B. Macpherson, John Rawls, Robert Nozick, Ludwig von Mises, Friedrich A. Hayek, Milton Friedman, etc. The book introduces conservative, Marxist, feminist, communitarian, multicultural, and neo-republican perspectives on liberalism. Haresamudram Srikanth Thu, 23 Mar 2023 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765062 thebookvoice.com 7:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Classical Liberalism to Neo-Liberalism Author: Haresamudram Srikanth Narrator: Sharmila R Udupa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Classical Liberalism to Neo-Liberalism is a must-read textbook for students, social activists and scholars who want to learn about classical and contemporary liberal political theory. The book presents an overview of the history and philosophy of liberalism from the 17th century to the present times. It discusses different liberal traditions and familiarizes the readers with political discourses on liberalism. The author discusses the contributions of contemporary liberal political thinkers like Karl Popper, Hannah Arendt, Isaiah Berlin, C. B. Macpherson, John Rawls, Robert Nozick, Ludwig von Mises, Friedrich A. Hayek, Milton Friedman, etc. The book introduces conservative, Marxist, feminist, communitarian, multicultural, and neo-republican perspectives on liberalism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Classical Liberalism to Neo-Liberalism Author: Haresamudram Srikanth Narrator: Sharmila R Udupa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Classical Liberalism to Neo-Liberalism is a must-read textbook for students, social activists and scholars who want to learn about classical and contemporary liberal political theory. The book presents an overview of the history and philosophy of liberalism from the 17th century to the present times. It discusses different liberal traditions and familiarizes the readers with political discourses on liberalism. The author discusses the contributions of contemporary liberal political thinkers like Karl Popper, Hannah Arendt, Isaiah Berlin, C. B. Macpherson, John Rawls, Robert Nozick, Ludwig von Mises, Friedrich A. Hayek, Milton Friedman, etc. The book introduces conservative, Marxist, feminist, communitarian, multicultural, and neo-republican perspectives on liberalism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764994 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die neue Schule der Demokratie - Wilder denken, wirksam handeln (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Marina Weisband, Doris Mendlewitsch Narrator: Tanja Fornaro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Demokratie darf kein Luxus sein. Sondern Grundlage von allem - in unseren Schulen und in unserer Gesellschaft. Dafür werde ich kämpfen wie eine Löwin.' Die Psychologin und Bildungspolitikerin Marina Weisband ist davon überzeugt, dass Demokratie gelernt werden muss. Sie nur zu wollen, reicht definitiv nicht aus. Mit Demokratieförderung kann gar nicht früh genug begonnen werden, deshalb geht Marina Weisband in Schulen und arbeitet in verschiedenen Projekten mit Kindern und Jugendlichen. Denn unsere Schulen sind derzeit nicht gut aufgestellt. Viel zu selten bieten sie Gestaltungsspielraum. Statt selbständig zu werden, geraten Jugendliche in einen Zustand erlernter Hilflosigkeit - den sie auch als Erwachsene nicht mehr loswerden. Das wiederum ist ein ideales Einfallstor für Extremismus und Populismus. Marina Weisband weiß auch aus eigener Erfahrung, wie wichtig es ist, Selbstwirksamkeit und Eigenverantwortung zu erfahren. Demokratie will immer wieder neu erkämpft und gelebt werden, sie ist kein Naturzustand. Nur wenn wir das begreifen, können wir Jugendliche befähigen, als mündige Bürgerinnen und Bürger unsere Gesellschaft zu gestalten. Marina Weisband, Doris Mendlewitsch Wed, 24 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764994 thebookvoice.com 4:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die neue Schule der Demokratie - Wilder denken, wirksam handeln (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Marina Weisband, Doris Mendlewitsch Narrator: Tanja Fornaro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Demokratie darf kein Luxus sein. Sondern Grundlage von allem - in unseren Schulen und in unserer Gesellschaft. Dafür werde ich kämpfen wie eine Löwin.' Die Psychologin und Bildungspolitikerin Marina Weisband ist davon überzeugt, dass Demokratie gelernt werden muss. Sie nur zu wollen, reicht definitiv nicht aus. Mit Demokratieförderung kann gar nicht früh genug begonnen werden, deshalb geht Marina Weisband in Schulen und arbeitet in verschiedenen Projekten mit Kindern und Jugendlichen. Denn unsere Schulen sind derzeit nicht gut aufgestellt. Viel zu selten bieten sie Gestaltungsspielraum. Statt selbständig zu werden, geraten Jugendliche in einen Zustand erlernter Hilflosigkeit - den sie auch als Erwachsene nicht mehr loswerden. Das wiederum ist ein ideales Einfallstor für Extremismus und Populismus. Marina Weisband weiß auch aus eigener Erfahrung, wie wichtig es ist, Selbstwirksamkeit und Eigenverantwortung zu erfahren. Demokratie will immer wieder neu erkämpft und gelebt werden, sie ist kein Naturzustand. Nur wenn wir das begreifen, können wir Jugendliche befähigen, als mündige Bürgerinnen und Bürger unsere Gesellschaft zu gestalten. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764994]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die neue Schule der Demokratie - Wilder denken, wirksam handeln (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Marina Weisband, Doris Mendlewitsch Narrator: Tanja Fornaro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Demokratie darf kein Luxus sein. Sondern Grundlage von allem - in unseren Schulen und in unserer Gesellschaft. Dafür werde ich kämpfen wie eine Löwin.' Die Psychologin und Bildungspolitikerin Marina Weisband ist davon überzeugt, dass Demokratie gelernt werden muss. Sie nur zu wollen, reicht definitiv nicht aus. Mit Demokratieförderung kann gar nicht früh genug begonnen werden, deshalb geht Marina Weisband in Schulen und arbeitet in verschiedenen Projekten mit Kindern und Jugendlichen. Denn unsere Schulen sind derzeit nicht gut aufgestellt. Viel zu selten bieten sie Gestaltungsspielraum. Statt selbständig zu werden, geraten Jugendliche in einen Zustand erlernter Hilflosigkeit - den sie auch als Erwachsene nicht mehr loswerden. Das wiederum ist ein ideales Einfallstor für Extremismus und Populismus. Marina Weisband weiß auch aus eigener Erfahrung, wie wichtig es ist, Selbstwirksamkeit und Eigenverantwortung zu erfahren. Demokratie will immer wieder neu erkämpft und gelebt werden, sie ist kein Naturzustand. Nur wenn wir das begreifen, können wir Jugendliche befähigen, als mündige Bürgerinnen und Bürger unsere Gesellschaft zu gestalten. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764971 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764971]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hairy Queen: Warum Körperbehaarung politisch ist | Ein feministisches Manifest Author: Franziska Setare Koohestani Narrator: Susan Zare Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: April 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Franziska Setare Koohestani bezeichnet sich selbst als »Hairy Queen«. Und zwar nicht nur, weil sie seit jeher mit starkem Haarwuchs zu kämpfen hat, sondern weil sie erhobenen Hauptes aus diesem Kampf hervortritt. Schon in der Grundschule schickten ihre iranischen Tanten ihr Bleichcreme nach Deutschland, um den Oberlippenbart zu beseitigen. Seitdem folgten etliche Versuche sowohl der Haarentfernung als auch der Haarwuchs-Akzeptanz. Heute weiß Franziska Setare Koohestani: Unser Umgang mit Körperbehaarung hat wenig mit Hygiene und Körperpflege zu tun, sondern vielmehr mit den patriarchalen, rassistischen und kapitalistischen Normen, die unsere Gesellschaft verinnerlicht hat. Ausgehend von historischen, kulturellen und medizinischen Quellen sowie persönlichen Erfahrungen erklärt sie, warum Körperbehaarung politisch ist, und weist den Weg in eine Welt, in der Hairy Queens das Sagen haben und wir mit unserem Körperhaar endlich so umgehen können wie mit Kleidung: selbstbewusst, spielerisch und kreativ. Cause Baby, we were born this way. Franziska Setare Koohestani Mon, 15 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764971 thebookvoice.com 7:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764971]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hairy Queen: Warum Körperbehaarung politisch ist | Ein feministisches Manifest Author: Franziska Setare Koohestani Narrator: Susan Zare Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: April 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Franziska Setare Koohestani bezeichnet sich selbst als »Hairy Queen«. Und zwar nicht nur, weil sie seit jeher mit starkem Haarwuchs zu kämpfen hat, sondern weil sie erhobenen Hauptes aus diesem Kampf hervortritt. Schon in der Grundschule schickten ihre iranischen Tanten ihr Bleichcreme nach Deutschland, um den Oberlippenbart zu beseitigen. Seitdem folgten etliche Versuche sowohl der Haarentfernung als auch der Haarwuchs-Akzeptanz. Heute weiß Franziska Setare Koohestani: Unser Umgang mit Körperbehaarung hat wenig mit Hygiene und Körperpflege zu tun, sondern vielmehr mit den patriarchalen, rassistischen und kapitalistischen Normen, die unsere Gesellschaft verinnerlicht hat. Ausgehend von historischen, kulturellen und medizinischen Quellen sowie persönlichen Erfahrungen erklärt sie, warum Körperbehaarung politisch ist, und weist den Weg in eine Welt, in der Hairy Queens das Sagen haben und wir mit unserem Körperhaar endlich so umgehen können wie mit Kleidung: selbstbewusst, spielerisch und kreativ. Cause Baby, we were born this way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764971]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hairy Queen: Warum Körperbehaarung politisch ist | Ein feministisches Manifest Author: Franziska Setare Koohestani Narrator: Susan Zare Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: April 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Franziska Setare Koohestani bezeichnet sich selbst als »Hairy Queen«. Und zwar nicht nur, weil sie seit jeher mit starkem Haarwuchs zu kämpfen hat, sondern weil sie erhobenen Hauptes aus diesem Kampf hervortritt. Schon in der Grundschule schickten ihre iranischen Tanten ihr Bleichcreme nach Deutschland, um den Oberlippenbart zu beseitigen. Seitdem folgten etliche Versuche sowohl der Haarentfernung als auch der Haarwuchs-Akzeptanz. Heute weiß Franziska Setare Koohestani: Unser Umgang mit Körperbehaarung hat wenig mit Hygiene und Körperpflege zu tun, sondern vielmehr mit den patriarchalen, rassistischen und kapitalistischen Normen, die unsere Gesellschaft verinnerlicht hat. Ausgehend von historischen, kulturellen und medizinischen Quellen sowie persönlichen Erfahrungen erklärt sie, warum Körperbehaarung politisch ist, und weist den Weg in eine Welt, in der Hairy Queens das Sagen haben und wir mit unserem Körperhaar endlich so umgehen können wie mit Kleidung: selbstbewusst, spielerisch und kreativ. Cause Baby, we were born this way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764954 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Saturday: An Unfiltered Account of the October 7th Attack on Israel and the War in Gaza Author: Trey Yingst Narrator: Trey Yingst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fox News war correspondent Trey Yingst shares his gripping, firsthand account of the events of October 7, 2023, and the ensuing war, offering riveting insight and fresh facts that clarify the scope and magnitude of this latest and most dramatic outbreak in one of the bloodiest, most nuanced, and longest-standing conflicts in modern history. On the morning of October 7, 2023, the militant group known as Hamas launched a vicious attack on Israel in the most recent stage of the deeply complicated and decades-long Israel-Palestine conflict. The assault, which took place on Shabbat—the day of rest for the Jewish people—instantly became known among Israelis and the world as “Black Saturday.” On October 7, Fox News Correspondent Trey Yingst was on the ground along the Gaza border and witnessed firsthand the devastation, shock, and deep sorrow that whirled through Israel. A seasoned journalist who has reported from some of the most dangerous hotspots around the world, including the frontlines in Ukraine, Afghanistan, and Pakistan, Yingst was just one among many people plunged into the terrifying chaos of that horrific event. In this shocking and eye-opening chronicle, he pieces together the story of that tragic day and reveals how he risked his life searching for answers to essential questions in real time--who within Israel had been attacked; what happened to them; who, potentially, was next--while exploring the impact on both Israelis and Palestinians as a full-scale war ramps up and peace grows more elusive. “We have a responsibility now to account for and record these events—and tell the world the truth,” Yingst writes. “We cannot look away.” Committed to reporting the whole truth, on both sides of the Israel-Gaza border, Yingst interviewed a range of exclusive contacts to incorporate multiple perspectives. From conversations with Israeli Defense Minister Yoav Gallant and high-ranking soldiers, to interviews with Senior Hamas official Dr. Bassem Naim and Gazan journalist Nael Ghaboun, to heartbreaking accounts from civilians placed in the crosshairs of the attack and conflict that followed, Yingst takes us inside the newest phase of an old war in which thousands more people—men, women, and children—are suffering. Combining candor, grit, and veracity, Yingst paints a vivid picture of horrors and violence, matched by acts of courage and humanity that cut through the darkness. A testament to unwavering resilience and tenacity, Black Saturday is the riveting chronicle of one journalist’s experience relentlessly pursuing the truth in the face of terror. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Trey Yingst Tue, 01 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764954 thebookvoice.com 7:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Saturday: An Unfiltered Account of the October 7th Attack on Israel and the War in Gaza Author: Trey Yingst Narrator: Trey Yingst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fox News war correspondent Trey Yingst shares his gripping, firsthand account of the events of October 7, 2023, and the ensuing war, offering riveting insight and fresh facts that clarify the scope and magnitude of this latest and most dramatic outbreak in one of the bloodiest, most nuanced, and longest-standing conflicts in modern history. On the morning of October 7, 2023, the militant group known as Hamas launched a vicious attack on Israel in the most recent stage of the deeply complicated and decades-long Israel-Palestine conflict. The assault, which took place on Shabbat—the day of rest for the Jewish people—instantly became known among Israelis and the world as “Black Saturday.” On October 7, Fox News Correspondent Trey Yingst was on the ground along the Gaza border and witnessed firsthand the devastation, shock, and deep sorrow that whirled through Israel. A seasoned journalist who has reported from some of the most dangerous hotspots around the world, including the frontlines in Ukraine, Afghanistan, and Pakistan, Yingst was just one among many people plunged into the terrifying chaos of that horrific event. In this shocking and eye-opening chronicle, he pieces together the story of that tragic day and reveals how he risked his life searching for answers to essential questions in real time--who within Israel had been attacked; what happened to them; who, potentially, was next--while exploring the impact on both Israelis and Palestinians as a full-scale war ramps up and peace grows more elusive. “We have a responsibility now to account for and record these events—and tell the world the truth,” Yingst writes. “We cannot look away.” Committed to reporting the whole truth, on both sides of the Israel-Gaza border, Yingst interviewed a range of exclusive contacts to incorporate multiple perspectives. From conversations with Israeli Defense Minister Yoav Gallant and high-ranking soldiers, to interviews with Senior Hamas official Dr. Bassem Naim and Gazan journalist Nael Ghaboun, to heartbreaking accounts from civilians placed in the crosshairs of the attack and conflict that followed, Yingst takes us inside the newest phase of an old war in which thousands more people—men, women, and children—are suffering. Combining candor, grit, and veracity, Yingst paints a vivid picture of horrors and violence, matched by acts of courage and humanity that cut through the darkness. A testament to unwavering resilience and tenacity, Black Saturday is the riveting chronicle of one journalist’s experience relentlessly pursuing the truth in the face of terror. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Saturday: An Unfiltered Account of the October 7th Attack on Israel and the War in Gaza Author: Trey Yingst Narrator: Trey Yingst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fox News war correspondent Trey Yingst shares his gripping, firsthand account of the events of October 7, 2023, and the ensuing war, offering riveting insight and fresh facts that clarify the scope and magnitude of this latest and most dramatic outbreak in one of the bloodiest, most nuanced, and longest-standing conflicts in modern history. On the morning of October 7, 2023, the militant group known as Hamas launched a vicious attack on Israel in the most recent stage of the deeply complicated and decades-long Israel-Palestine conflict. The assault, which took place on Shabbat—the day of rest for the Jewish people—instantly became known among Israelis and the world as “Black Saturday.” On October 7, Fox News Correspondent Trey Yingst was on the ground along the Gaza border and witnessed firsthand the devastation, shock, and deep sorrow that whirled through Israel. A seasoned journalist who has reported from some of the most dangerous hotspots around the world, including the frontlines in Ukraine, Afghanistan, and Pakistan, Yingst was just one among many people plunged into the terrifying chaos of that horrific event. In this shocking and eye-opening chronicle, he pieces together the story of that tragic day and reveals how he risked his life searching for answers to essential questions in real time--who within Israel had been attacked; what happened to them; who, potentially, was next--while exploring the impact on both Israelis and Palestinians as a full-scale war ramps up and peace grows more elusive. “We have a responsibility now to account for and record these events—and tell the world the truth,” Yingst writes. “We cannot look away.” Committed to reporting the whole truth, on both sides of the Israel-Gaza border, Yingst interviewed a range of exclusive contacts to incorporate multiple perspectives. From conversations with Israeli Defense Minister Yoav Gallant and high-ranking soldiers, to interviews with Senior Hamas official Dr. Bassem Naim and Gazan journalist Nael Ghaboun, to heartbreaking accounts from civilians placed in the crosshairs of the attack and conflict that followed, Yingst takes us inside the newest phase of an old war in which thousands more people—men, women, and children—are suffering. Combining candor, grit, and veracity, Yingst paints a vivid picture of horrors and violence, matched by acts of courage and humanity that cut through the darkness. A testament to unwavering resilience and tenacity, Black Saturday is the riveting chronicle of one journalist’s experience relentlessly pursuing the truth in the face of terror. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764950 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Punishing Putin: Inside the Global Economic War to Bring Down Russia Author: Stephanie Baker Narrator: Jennifer Jill Araya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An in-depth, authoritative, and timely look at the unprecedented economic war the US and its European allies are waging against Russia after Putin’s invasion of Ukraine—written by a veteran journalist with unparalleled access to Western and Russian sources. Undeterred by eight years of timid US sanctions, Vladimir Putin ordered his full-scale assault on Ukraine on February 24, 2022. In the hours that followed across the world, Western leaders weaponized economic tools to counter an unprecedented land grab by a nuclear-armed power. What followed was an undeniably world-changing financial experiment that risked throwing the world into a devastating recession. The end goal was simple: to sap the strength of Putin’s war machine and damage the Russian economy—once the eleventh largest on the planet. Here, Russian expert and veteran journalist Stephanie Baker explains in fascinating detail how this furious shadow-war unfolded: its causes, how it is being executed, and its ability to affect Russia and the course of history. From seizing superyachts to manipulating the global price of oil to trying to block the sale of military technology to Russia, we learn how the White House coordinated with top officials in London and Brussels to freeze a staggering $300 billion in foreign currency reserves accumulated in the West by Russia’s central bank. Mobilizing an army of white collar-crime investigators and experts on international law, Baker explores how the West has cracked down on illicit Russian money by targeting oligarchs, one superyacht at a time, and their enablers around the world. Filled with propulsive, fly-on-the-wall details, Punishing Putin takes us into the frantic backroom deliberations that led to a whole new era of carefully calculated “economic statecraft” and shows how these new strategies are already radically rearranging global alliances that will influence the world order today, and for generations to come. Stephanie Baker Tue, 10 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764950 thebookvoice.com 12:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Punishing Putin: Inside the Global Economic War to Bring Down Russia Author: Stephanie Baker Narrator: Jennifer Jill Araya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An in-depth, authoritative, and timely look at the unprecedented economic war the US and its European allies are waging against Russia after Putin’s invasion of Ukraine—written by a veteran journalist with unparalleled access to Western and Russian sources. Undeterred by eight years of timid US sanctions, Vladimir Putin ordered his full-scale assault on Ukraine on February 24, 2022. In the hours that followed across the world, Western leaders weaponized economic tools to counter an unprecedented land grab by a nuclear-armed power. What followed was an undeniably world-changing financial experiment that risked throwing the world into a devastating recession. The end goal was simple: to sap the strength of Putin’s war machine and damage the Russian economy—once the eleventh largest on the planet. Here, Russian expert and veteran journalist Stephanie Baker explains in fascinating detail how this furious shadow-war unfolded: its causes, how it is being executed, and its ability to affect Russia and the course of history. From seizing superyachts to manipulating the global price of oil to trying to block the sale of military technology to Russia, we learn how the White House coordinated with top officials in London and Brussels to freeze a staggering $300 billion in foreign currency reserves accumulated in the West by Russia’s central bank. Mobilizing an army of white collar-crime investigators and experts on international law, Baker explores how the West has cracked down on illicit Russian money by targeting oligarchs, one superyacht at a time, and their enablers around the world. Filled with propulsive, fly-on-the-wall details, Punishing Putin takes us into the frantic backroom deliberations that led to a whole new era of carefully calculated “economic statecraft” and shows how these new strategies are already radically rearranging global alliances that will influence the world order today, and for generations to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764950]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Punishing Putin: Inside the Global Economic War to Bring Down Russia Author: Stephanie Baker Narrator: Jennifer Jill Araya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An in-depth, authoritative, and timely look at the unprecedented economic war the US and its European allies are waging against Russia after Putin’s invasion of Ukraine—written by a veteran journalist with unparalleled access to Western and Russian sources. Undeterred by eight years of timid US sanctions, Vladimir Putin ordered his full-scale assault on Ukraine on February 24, 2022. In the hours that followed across the world, Western leaders weaponized economic tools to counter an unprecedented land grab by a nuclear-armed power. What followed was an undeniably world-changing financial experiment that risked throwing the world into a devastating recession. The end goal was simple: to sap the strength of Putin’s war machine and damage the Russian economy—once the eleventh largest on the planet. Here, Russian expert and veteran journalist Stephanie Baker explains in fascinating detail how this furious shadow-war unfolded: its causes, how it is being executed, and its ability to affect Russia and the course of history. From seizing superyachts to manipulating the global price of oil to trying to block the sale of military technology to Russia, we learn how the White House coordinated with top officials in London and Brussels to freeze a staggering $300 billion in foreign currency reserves accumulated in the West by Russia’s central bank. Mobilizing an army of white collar-crime investigators and experts on international law, Baker explores how the West has cracked down on illicit Russian money by targeting oligarchs, one superyacht at a time, and their enablers around the world. Filled with propulsive, fly-on-the-wall details, Punishing Putin takes us into the frantic backroom deliberations that led to a whole new era of carefully calculated “economic statecraft” and shows how these new strategies are already radically rearranging global alliances that will influence the world order today, and for generations to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764644 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Strenuous Life Author: Theodore Roosevelt Narrator: John Hemilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The speech 'The Strenuous Life' by Theodore Roosevelt, is one of his most famous and enduring speeches. Delivered in Chicago on April 10, 1899, to the Hamilton Club, it served as a call to action for Americans to embrace hard work, duty, and perseverance as the foundation of a prosperous and strong nation. Roosevelt argued against a life of ease and inactivity, believing that such a life led to individual and national decay. Instead, he championed the virtues of hard work, physical strength, and moral integrity as essential to both personal fulfillment and the success of the country. Roosevelt's speech is imbued with the spirit of American exceptionalism and manifest destiny, urging Americans to take up the 'strenuous life' of active engagement in domestic and foreign affairs. He saw the challenges of his time—such as the frontier's closing, industrialization, and the United States' emergence as a world power—as opportunities for Americans to demonstrate their resilience and pioneering spirit. The speech also reflects Roosevelt's beliefs in imperialism and American expansionism, which were influential in his advocacy for the United States' role in the Spanish-American War and its aftermath, including the annexation of territories like Puerto Rico, Guam, and the Philippines. Roosevelt argued that the strenuous life was not only about personal achievement but also about national duty and the moral obligation to bring American values and civilization to what he considered less developed parts of the world. 'The Strenuous Life' speech is emblematic of Roosevelt's larger body of work and philosophy, combining his advocacy for personal virtue with a vision of American global leadership. It remains a touchstone for discussions on American identity, values, and foreign policy. Theodore Roosevelt Sun, 10 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764644 thebookvoice.com 0:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Strenuous Life Author: Theodore Roosevelt Narrator: John Hemilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The speech 'The Strenuous Life' by Theodore Roosevelt, is one of his most famous and enduring speeches. Delivered in Chicago on April 10, 1899, to the Hamilton Club, it served as a call to action for Americans to embrace hard work, duty, and perseverance as the foundation of a prosperous and strong nation. Roosevelt argued against a life of ease and inactivity, believing that such a life led to individual and national decay. Instead, he championed the virtues of hard work, physical strength, and moral integrity as essential to both personal fulfillment and the success of the country. Roosevelt's speech is imbued with the spirit of American exceptionalism and manifest destiny, urging Americans to take up the 'strenuous life' of active engagement in domestic and foreign affairs. He saw the challenges of his time—such as the frontier's closing, industrialization, and the United States' emergence as a world power—as opportunities for Americans to demonstrate their resilience and pioneering spirit. The speech also reflects Roosevelt's beliefs in imperialism and American expansionism, which were influential in his advocacy for the United States' role in the Spanish-American War and its aftermath, including the annexation of territories like Puerto Rico, Guam, and the Philippines. Roosevelt argued that the strenuous life was not only about personal achievement but also about national duty and the moral obligation to bring American values and civilization to what he considered less developed parts of the world. 'The Strenuous Life' speech is emblematic of Roosevelt's larger body of work and philosophy, combining his advocacy for personal virtue with a vision of American global leadership. It remains a touchstone for discussions on American identity, values, and foreign policy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Strenuous Life Author: Theodore Roosevelt Narrator: John Hemilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 10, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The speech 'The Strenuous Life' by Theodore Roosevelt, is one of his most famous and enduring speeches. Delivered in Chicago on April 10, 1899, to the Hamilton Club, it served as a call to action for Americans to embrace hard work, duty, and perseverance as the foundation of a prosperous and strong nation. Roosevelt argued against a life of ease and inactivity, believing that such a life led to individual and national decay. Instead, he championed the virtues of hard work, physical strength, and moral integrity as essential to both personal fulfillment and the success of the country. Roosevelt's speech is imbued with the spirit of American exceptionalism and manifest destiny, urging Americans to take up the 'strenuous life' of active engagement in domestic and foreign affairs. He saw the challenges of his time—such as the frontier's closing, industrialization, and the United States' emergence as a world power—as opportunities for Americans to demonstrate their resilience and pioneering spirit. The speech also reflects Roosevelt's beliefs in imperialism and American expansionism, which were influential in his advocacy for the United States' role in the Spanish-American War and its aftermath, including the annexation of territories like Puerto Rico, Guam, and the Philippines. Roosevelt argued that the strenuous life was not only about personal achievement but also about national duty and the moral obligation to bring American values and civilization to what he considered less developed parts of the world. 'The Strenuous Life' speech is emblematic of Roosevelt's larger body of work and philosophy, combining his advocacy for personal virtue with a vision of American global leadership. It remains a touchstone for discussions on American identity, values, and foreign policy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764499 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764499]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drawn Testimony: Sketching a generation’s most iconic criminal cases Author: Jane Rosenberg Narrator: Nicky Griffiths Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: EDITOR'S PICK ON AMAZON.COM 'As captivating and nuanced as the drawings themselves' - The New York Times 'Against the odds, her prose keeps pace with her pastels' - Patrick Bringley, author of All the Beauty in the World 'Readers will be hard-pressed to put this down' - Publisher's Weekly A penetrating, compulsively readable memoir about the four-decade career of a top courtroom sketch artist. Jane Rosenberg is America's pre-eminent courtroom sketch artist. For over forty years, she's been at the heart of the story, covering almost every major trial that has passed through the New York justice system. From mob bosses to fallen titans of finance, terrorists and sex abusers, corrupt cops and warring entertainment icons, she has drawn them all. In Drawn Testimony, Rosenberg brings us into the high-stakes, dramatic world of her craft, where art, psychology and courtroom drama collide. Over the course of her legendary career, Jane has had a front row seat to some of the most iconic and notorious moments in our nation's recent history, sketching everything from Tom Brady's deflate-gate case, to John Lennon's murder trial to cases against Ghislaine Maxwell, John Gotti, Harvey Weinstein and most recently, the indictment against former President Donald Trump. Readers will learn how she has honed her unique powers of perception, but also what her portraits reveal, not only about her subjects, but about the human condition in general. Fearless, fascinating and gorgeously written, Drawn Testimony captures the unique career of an artist whose body of work depicts history as it's happening. Jane Rosenberg Tue, 13 Aug 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764499 thebookvoice.com 7:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764499]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drawn Testimony: Sketching a generation’s most iconic criminal cases Author: Jane Rosenberg Narrator: Nicky Griffiths Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: EDITOR'S PICK ON AMAZON.COM 'As captivating and nuanced as the drawings themselves' - The New York Times 'Against the odds, her prose keeps pace with her pastels' - Patrick Bringley, author of All the Beauty in the World 'Readers will be hard-pressed to put this down' - Publisher's Weekly A penetrating, compulsively readable memoir about the four-decade career of a top courtroom sketch artist. Jane Rosenberg is America's pre-eminent courtroom sketch artist. For over forty years, she's been at the heart of the story, covering almost every major trial that has passed through the New York justice system. From mob bosses to fallen titans of finance, terrorists and sex abusers, corrupt cops and warring entertainment icons, she has drawn them all. In Drawn Testimony, Rosenberg brings us into the high-stakes, dramatic world of her craft, where art, psychology and courtroom drama collide. Over the course of her legendary career, Jane has had a front row seat to some of the most iconic and notorious moments in our nation's recent history, sketching everything from Tom Brady's deflate-gate case, to John Lennon's murder trial to cases against Ghislaine Maxwell, John Gotti, Harvey Weinstein and most recently, the indictment against former President Donald Trump. Readers will learn how she has honed her unique powers of perception, but also what her portraits reveal, not only about her subjects, but about the human condition in general. Fearless, fascinating and gorgeously written, Drawn Testimony captures the unique career of an artist whose body of work depicts history as it's happening. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764499]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drawn Testimony: Sketching a generation’s most iconic criminal cases Author: Jane Rosenberg Narrator: Nicky Griffiths Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: EDITOR'S PICK ON AMAZON.COM 'As captivating and nuanced as the drawings themselves' - The New York Times 'Against the odds, her prose keeps pace with her pastels' - Patrick Bringley, author of All the Beauty in the World 'Readers will be hard-pressed to put this down' - Publisher's Weekly A penetrating, compulsively readable memoir about the four-decade career of a top courtroom sketch artist. Jane Rosenberg is America's pre-eminent courtroom sketch artist. For over forty years, she's been at the heart of the story, covering almost every major trial that has passed through the New York justice system. From mob bosses to fallen titans of finance, terrorists and sex abusers, corrupt cops and warring entertainment icons, she has drawn them all. In Drawn Testimony, Rosenberg brings us into the high-stakes, dramatic world of her craft, where art, psychology and courtroom drama collide. Over the course of her legendary career, Jane has had a front row seat to some of the most iconic and notorious moments in our nation's recent history, sketching everything from Tom Brady's deflate-gate case, to John Lennon's murder trial to cases against Ghislaine Maxwell, John Gotti, Harvey Weinstein and most recently, the indictment against former President Donald Trump. Readers will learn how she has honed her unique powers of perception, but also what her portraits reveal, not only about her subjects, but about the human condition in general. Fearless, fascinating and gorgeously written, Drawn Testimony captures the unique career of an artist whose body of work depicts history as it's happening. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764477 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vladimir Lenin collection: The State And Revolution, The Three Sources And Three Component Parts Of Marxism Author: Vladimir Lenin Narrator: Mark Bowen, Andrew Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Three Sources and Three Component Parts of Marxism, by Lenin, is a concise article that examines the historical roots, essence, and content of Marxist teaching. Lenin wrote it on the 30th anniversary of the death of Karl Marx.  Soviet propaganda makers lifted a key quote from the article to use as a slogan for posters, inscriptions on monuments, or other propaganda purposes. The phrase was: 'The might of Marx's teaching is in its truth.' The book, The State and Revolution: The Marxist Theory of the State and the Tasks of the Proletariat in the Revolution, was written while preparing for the socialist revolution. At this time the role of the state was of prime importance to the Bolsheviks. Lenin used the text to justify the need for a dictatorship of the proletariat. He also provided definitions for imperialism, socialism, and communism. Vladimir Lenin Sat, 09 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764477 thebookvoice.com 4:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vladimir Lenin collection: The State And Revolution, The Three Sources And Three Component Parts Of Marxism Author: Vladimir Lenin Narrator: Mark Bowen, Andrew Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Three Sources and Three Component Parts of Marxism, by Lenin, is a concise article that examines the historical roots, essence, and content of Marxist teaching. Lenin wrote it on the 30th anniversary of the death of Karl Marx.  Soviet propaganda makers lifted a key quote from the article to use as a slogan for posters, inscriptions on monuments, or other propaganda purposes. The phrase was: 'The might of Marx's teaching is in its truth.' The book, The State and Revolution: The Marxist Theory of the State and the Tasks of the Proletariat in the Revolution, was written while preparing for the socialist revolution. At this time the role of the state was of prime importance to the Bolsheviks. Lenin used the text to justify the need for a dictatorship of the proletariat. He also provided definitions for imperialism, socialism, and communism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vladimir Lenin collection: The State And Revolution, The Three Sources And Three Component Parts Of Marxism Author: Vladimir Lenin Narrator: Mark Bowen, Andrew Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Three Sources and Three Component Parts of Marxism, by Lenin, is a concise article that examines the historical roots, essence, and content of Marxist teaching. Lenin wrote it on the 30th anniversary of the death of Karl Marx.  Soviet propaganda makers lifted a key quote from the article to use as a slogan for posters, inscriptions on monuments, or other propaganda purposes. The phrase was: 'The might of Marx's teaching is in its truth.' The book, The State and Revolution: The Marxist Theory of the State and the Tasks of the Proletariat in the Revolution, was written while preparing for the socialist revolution. At this time the role of the state was of prime importance to the Bolsheviks. Lenin used the text to justify the need for a dictatorship of the proletariat. He also provided definitions for imperialism, socialism, and communism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764475 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 25+ The Collected Works of Vladimir Lenin: The Dreamer in the Kremlin, State and Revolution, What Is to Be Done?, Imperialism: The Final Stage of Capitalism and others Author: Vladimir Lenin, H.G. Wells Narrator: Mark Bowen, Peter Coates, Andrew Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 4 minutes Release date: March 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov, better known as Vladimir Lenin, was a Russian revolutionary, politician, and political theorist. He served as the first and founding head of government of Soviet Russia from 1917 to 1924 and of the Soviet Union from 1922 to 1924. Under his administration, Russia, and later the Soviet Union, became a one-party socialist state governed by the Communist Party. Ideologically a Marxist, his developments to the ideology are called Leninism. Russia in the Shadows is a book by H. G. Wells published early in 1921, which includes a series of articles previously printed in The Sunday Express in connection with Wells's second visit to Russia (after a previous trip in January 1914 to St. Petersburg and Moscow) in September and October 1920. During his visit to Russia he visited his old friend Maxim Gorky, whom he had first met in 1906 on a trip to the United States, and who arranged Wells's meeting with Lenin. In a chapter (The Dreamer in the Kremlin) devoted to an interview with Lenin at the Kremlin Wells describes the leader and founder of Russian communism. Wells portrays Lenin as a pragmatic leader who 'has recently stripped off the last pretence that the Russian revolution is anything more than the inauguration of an age of limitless experiment.'   Vladimir Lenin: State and Revolution What Is to Be Done? Imperialism: The Final Stage of Capitalism The State and Revolution The Three Sources and Three Component Parts of Marxism To the Citizens of Russia! To Workers, Soldiers, and Peasants! Report on Peace Report on Land Decree on Abolishment of Capital Punishment Decree on Transfer of Power to the Soviets Decree on Establishment of the Workers' and Peasants' Government Decree on Elections for the Constituent Assembly Decree on Suppression of Hostile Newspapers Decree on Transfer of Food Control to Municipalities Decree on an Eight-Hour Working Day Decree on the Right to Issue Laws Resolution on the Right of Sovnarkom to Issue Decrees Decree on Social Insurance Declaration of the Rights of the People of Russia Decree on Organization of Volost Land Committees Decree on Transfer of Power and the Means of Production to the Toilers Decree Proclaiming Advertising a State Monopoly Decree Abolishing Classes and Civil Ranks Decree on Workers' Control Resolution on Relation of the Central Executive Committee to the Sovnarkom Decree on the Right to Call for Re-Elections Decree on Establishment of the Extraordinary Commission to Fight Counter-Revolution V. I. Lenin Note To F. E. Dzerzhinsky with a Draft of A Decree On Fighting Counter-Revolutionaries And Saboteurs   H. G. Wells: The Dreamer in the Kremlin Vladimir Lenin, H.G. Wells Sat, 09 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764475 thebookvoice.com 18:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 25+ The Collected Works of Vladimir Lenin: The Dreamer in the Kremlin, State and Revolution, What Is to Be Done?, Imperialism: The Final Stage of Capitalism and others Author: Vladimir Lenin, H.G. Wells Narrator: Mark Bowen, Peter Coates, Andrew Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 4 minutes Release date: March 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov, better known as Vladimir Lenin, was a Russian revolutionary, politician, and political theorist. He served as the first and founding head of government of Soviet Russia from 1917 to 1924 and of the Soviet Union from 1922 to 1924. Under his administration, Russia, and later the Soviet Union, became a one-party socialist state governed by the Communist Party. Ideologically a Marxist, his developments to the ideology are called Leninism. Russia in the Shadows is a book by H. G. Wells published early in 1921, which includes a series of articles previously printed in The Sunday Express in connection with Wells's second visit to Russia (after a previous trip in January 1914 to St. Petersburg and Moscow) in September and October 1920. During his visit to Russia he visited his old friend Maxim Gorky, whom he had first met in 1906 on a trip to the United States, and who arranged Wells's meeting with Lenin. In a chapter (The Dreamer in the Kremlin) devoted to an interview with Lenin at the Kremlin Wells describes the leader and founder of Russian communism. Wells portrays Lenin as a pragmatic leader who 'has recently stripped off the last pretence that the Russian revolution is anything more than the inauguration of an age of limitless experiment.'   Vladimir Lenin: State and Revolution What Is to Be Done? Imperialism: The Final Stage of Capitalism The State and Revolution The Three Sources and Three Component Parts of Marxism To the Citizens of Russia! To Workers, Soldiers, and Peasants! Report on Peace Report on Land Decree on Abolishment of Capital Punishment Decree on Transfer of Power to the Soviets Decree on Establishment of the Workers' and Peasants' Government Decree on Elections for the Constituent Assembly Decree on Suppression of Hostile Newspapers Decree on Transfer of Food Control to Municipalities Decree on an Eight-Hour Working Day Decree on the Right to Issue Laws Resolution on the Right of Sovnarkom to Issue Decrees Decree on Social Insurance Declaration of the Rights of the People of Russia Decree on Organization of Volost Land Committees Decree on Transfer of Power and the Means of Production to the Toilers Decree Proclaiming Advertising a State Monopoly Decree Abolishing Classes and Civil Ranks Decree on Workers' Control Resolution on Relation of the Central Executive Committee to the Sovnarkom Decree on the Right to Call for Re-Elections Decree on Establishment of the Extraordinary Commission to Fight Counter-Revolution V. I. Lenin Note To F. E. Dzerzhinsky with a Draft of A Decree On Fighting Counter-Revolutionaries And Saboteurs   H. G. Wells: The Dreamer in the Kremlin Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 25+ The Collected Works of Vladimir Lenin: The Dreamer in the Kremlin, State and Revolution, What Is to Be Done?, Imperialism: The Final Stage of Capitalism and others Author: Vladimir Lenin, H.G. Wells Narrator: Mark Bowen, Peter Coates, Andrew Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 4 minutes Release date: March 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov, better known as Vladimir Lenin, was a Russian revolutionary, politician, and political theorist. He served as the first and founding head of government of Soviet Russia from 1917 to 1924 and of the Soviet Union from 1922 to 1924. Under his administration, Russia, and later the Soviet Union, became a one-party socialist state governed by the Communist Party. Ideologically a Marxist, his developments to the ideology are called Leninism. Russia in the Shadows is a book by H. G. Wells published early in 1921, which includes a series of articles previously printed in The Sunday Express in connection with Wells's second visit to Russia (after a previous trip in January 1914 to St. Petersburg and Moscow) in September and October 1920. During his visit to Russia he visited his old friend Maxim Gorky, whom he had first met in 1906 on a trip to the United States, and who arranged Wells's meeting with Lenin. In a chapter (The Dreamer in the Kremlin) devoted to an interview with Lenin at the Kremlin Wells describes the leader and founder of Russian communism. Wells portrays Lenin as a pragmatic leader who 'has recently stripped off the last pretence that the Russian revolution is anything more than the inauguration of an age of limitless experiment.'   Vladimir Lenin: State and Revolution What Is to Be Done? Imperialism: The Final Stage of Capitalism The State and Revolution The Three Sources and Three Component Parts of Marxism To the Citizens of Russia! To Workers, Soldiers, and Peasants! Report on Peace Report on Land Decree on Abolishment of Capital Punishment Decree on Transfer of Power to the Soviets Decree on Establishment of the Workers' and Peasants' Government Decree on Elections for the Constituent Assembly Decree on Suppression of Hostile Newspapers Decree on Transfer of Food Control to Municipalities Decree on an Eight-Hour Working Day Decree on the Right to Issue Laws Resolution on the Right of Sovnarkom to Issue Decrees Decree on Social Insurance Declaration of the Rights of the People of Russia Decree on Organization of Volost Land Committees Decree on Transfer of Power and the Means of Production to the Toilers Decree Proclaiming Advertising a State Monopoly Decree Abolishing Classes and Civil Ranks Decree on Workers' Control Resolution on Relation of the Central Executive Committee to the Sovnarkom Decree on the Right to Call for Re-Elections Decree on Establishment of the Extraordinary Commission to Fight Counter-Revolution V. I. Lenin Note To F. E. Dzerzhinsky with a Draft of A Decree On Fighting Counter-Revolutionaries And Saboteurs   H. G. Wells: The Dreamer in the Kremlin https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764476 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50+ Classic collection. Political science: The Art of War, The Republic, The Athenian Constitution, The Prince, Utopia, Common Sense, Utilitarianism, Marxism, Anarchism, Socialism Author: Vladimir Lenin, Tommaso Campanella, Peter Kropotkin, Rosa Luxemburg, Emma Goldman, Leon Trotsky, Karl Marx, John Stuart Mill, Marcus Aurelius, Thomas More, Francis Bacon, Lao Tzu, Thomas Paine, Niccolo Machiavelli, Plato, Sun Tzu Narrator: Joe Phoenix, Mark Bowen, Jamey Lewis, Douglass Scott, Alfred Costa, Kenneth Elliot, Jowanna Lewis, Peter Coates, Richard Williams, Andrew Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 61 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Political science is the scientific study of politics. It is a social science dealing with systems of governance and power, and the analysis of political activities, political thought, political behavior, and associated constitutions and laws. Contents: Sun Tzu. The Art of War Lao Tzu. Tao Te Ching Plato. The Republic Aristotle. The Athenian Constitution Marcus Aurelius. Meditations Niccolo Machiavelli. The Prince Thomas More. Utopia Tommaso Campanella. The City of the Sun Francis Bacon. The New Atlantis Thomas Paine. Common Sense Richard Henry Lee. Lee Resolution Thomas Jefferson. Declaration of Independence James Madison. - Virginia Plan - Constitution of the United States - Bill of Rights - Northwest Ordinance George Washington. President George Washington's First Inaugural Speech Great Historical Documents of the United States: - Federal Judiciary Act - Marbury v. Madison - Articles of Confederation - Treaty of Alliance with France - Treaty of Paris John Stuart Mil. Utilitarianism Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels. The Communist Manifesto Vladimir Lenin: - The State and Revolution - The Three Sources and Three Component Parts of Marxism - Vladimir Lenin To the Citizens of Russia! - Vladimir Lenin To Workers, Soldiers, and Peasants! - Report on Peace - Report on Land - Decree on Abolishment of Capital Punishment - Decree on Transfer of Power to the Soviets - Decree on Establishment of the Workers' and Peasants' Government - Decree on Elections for the Constituent Assembly - Decree on Suppression of Hostile Newspapers - Decree on Transfer of Food Control to Municipalities - Decree on an Eight-Hour Working Day - Decree on the Right to Issue Laws - Resolution on the Right of Sovnarkom to Issue Decrees - Decree on Social Insurance - Declaration of the Rights of the People of Russia - Decree on Organization of Volost Land Committees - Decree on Transfer of Power and the Means of Production to the Toilers - Decree Proclaiming Advertising a State Monopoly - Decree Abolishing Classes and Civil Ranks - Decree on Workers' Control - Resolution on Relation of the Central Executive Committee to the Sovnarkom - Decree on the Right to Call for Re-Elections - Decree on Establishment of the Extraordinary Commission to Fight Counter-Revolution - V. I. Lenin Note To F. E. Dzerzhinsky with a Draft of A Decree On Fighting Counter-Revolutionaries And Saboteurs Rosa Luxemburg. Reform or Revolution Peter Kropotkin. The Conquest of Bread Emma Goldman. Anarchism: What It Really Stands For Leon Trotsky. Fascism: What It Is and How to Fight It Vladimir Lenin, Tommaso Campanella, Peter Kropotkin, Rosa Luxemburg, Emma Goldman, Leon Trotsky, Karl Marx, John Stuart Mill, Marcus Aurelius, Thomas More, Francis Bacon, Lao Tzu, Thomas Paine, Niccolo Machiavelli, Plato, Sun Tzu Sat, 09 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764476 thebookvoice.com 61:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50+ Classic collection. Political science: The Art of War, The Republic, The Athenian Constitution, The Prince, Utopia, Common Sense, Utilitarianism, Marxism, Anarchism, Socialism Author: Vladimir Lenin, Tommaso Campanella, Peter Kropotkin, Rosa Luxemburg, Emma Goldman, Leon Trotsky, Karl Marx, John Stuart Mill, Marcus Aurelius, Thomas More, Francis Bacon, Lao Tzu, Thomas Paine, Niccolo Machiavelli, Plato, Sun Tzu Narrator: Joe Phoenix, Mark Bowen, Jamey Lewis, Douglass Scott, Alfred Costa, Kenneth Elliot, Jowanna Lewis, Peter Coates, Richard Williams, Andrew Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 61 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Political science is the scientific study of politics. It is a social science dealing with systems of governance and power, and the analysis of political activities, political thought, political behavior, and associated constitutions and laws. Contents: Sun Tzu. The Art of War Lao Tzu. Tao Te Ching Plato. The Republic Aristotle. The Athenian Constitution Marcus Aurelius. Meditations Niccolo Machiavelli. The Prince Thomas More. Utopia Tommaso Campanella. The City of the Sun Francis Bacon. The New Atlantis Thomas Paine. Common Sense Richard Henry Lee. Lee Resolution Thomas Jefferson. Declaration of Independence James Madison. - Virginia Plan - Constitution of the United States - Bill of Rights - Northwest Ordinance George Washington. President George Washington's First Inaugural Speech Great Historical Documents of the United States: - Federal Judiciary Act - Marbury v. Madison - Articles of Confederation - Treaty of Alliance with France - Treaty of Paris John Stuart Mil. Utilitarianism Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels. The Communist Manifesto Vladimir Lenin: - The State and Revolution - The Three Sources and Three Component Parts of Marxism - Vladimir Lenin To the Citizens of Russia! - Vladimir Lenin To Workers, Soldiers, and Peasants! - Report on Peace - Report on Land - Decree on Abolishment of Capital Punishment - Decree on Transfer of Power to the Soviets - Decree on Establishment of the Workers' and Peasants' Government - Decree on Elections for the Constituent Assembly - Decree on Suppression of Hostile Newspapers - Decree on Transfer of Food Control to Municipalities - Decree on an Eight-Hour Working Day - Decree on the Right to Issue Laws - Resolution on the Right of Sovnarkom to Issue Decrees - Decree on Social Insurance - Declaration of the Rights of the People of Russia - Decree on Organization of Volost Land Committees - Decree on Transfer of Power and the Means of Production to the Toilers - Decree Proclaiming Advertising a State Monopoly - Decree Abolishing Classes and Civil Ranks - Decree on Workers' Control - Resolution on Relation of the Central Executive Committee to the Sovnarkom - Decree on the Right to Call for Re-Elections - Decree on Establishment of the Extraordinary Commission to Fight Counter-Revolution - V. I. Lenin Note To F. E. Dzerzhinsky with a Draft of A Decree On Fighting Counter-Revolutionaries And Saboteurs Rosa Luxemburg. Reform or Revolution Peter Kropotkin. The Conquest of Bread Emma Goldman. Anarchism: What It Really Stands For Leon Trotsky. Fascism: What It Is and How to Fight It Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50+ Classic collection. Political science: The Art of War, The Republic, The Athenian Constitution, The Prince, Utopia, Common Sense, Utilitarianism, Marxism, Anarchism, Socialism Author: Vladimir Lenin, Tommaso Campanella, Peter Kropotkin, Rosa Luxemburg, Emma Goldman, Leon Trotsky, Karl Marx, John Stuart Mill, Marcus Aurelius, Thomas More, Francis Bacon, Lao Tzu, Thomas Paine, Niccolo Machiavelli, Plato, Sun Tzu Narrator: Joe Phoenix, Mark Bowen, Jamey Lewis, Douglass Scott, Alfred Costa, Kenneth Elliot, Jowanna Lewis, Peter Coates, Richard Williams, Andrew Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 61 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Political science is the scientific study of politics. It is a social science dealing with systems of governance and power, and the analysis of political activities, political thought, political behavior, and associated constitutions and laws. Contents: Sun Tzu. The Art of War Lao Tzu. Tao Te Ching Plato. The Republic Aristotle. The Athenian Constitution Marcus Aurelius. Meditations Niccolo Machiavelli. The Prince Thomas More. Utopia Tommaso Campanella. The City of the Sun Francis Bacon. The New Atlantis Thomas Paine. Common Sense Richard Henry Lee. Lee Resolution Thomas Jefferson. Declaration of Independence James Madison. - Virginia Plan - Constitution of the United States - Bill of Rights - Northwest Ordinance George Washington. President George Washington's First Inaugural Speech Great Historical Documents of the United States: - Federal Judiciary Act - Marbury v. Madison - Articles of Confederation - Treaty of Alliance with France - Treaty of Paris John Stuart Mil. Utilitarianism Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels. The Communist Manifesto Vladimir Lenin: - The State and Revolution - The Three Sources and Three Component Parts of Marxism - Vladimir Lenin To the Citizens of Russia! - Vladimir Lenin To Workers, Soldiers, and Peasants! - Report on Peace - Report on Land - Decree on Abolishment of Capital Punishment - Decree on Transfer of Power to the Soviets - Decree on Establishment of the Workers' and Peasants' Government - Decree on Elections for the Constituent Assembly - Decree on Suppression of Hostile Newspapers - Decree on Transfer of Food Control to Municipalities - Decree on an Eight-Hour Working Day - Decree on the Right to Issue Laws - Resolution on the Right of Sovnarkom to Issue Decrees - Decree on Social Insurance - Declaration of the Rights of the People of Russia - Decree on Organization of Volost Land Committees - Decree on Transfer of Power and the Means of Production to the Toilers - Decree Proclaiming Advertising a State Monopoly - Decree Abolishing Classes and Civil Ranks - Decree on Workers' Control - Resolution on Relation of the Central Executive Committee to the Sovnarkom - Decree on the Right to Call for Re-Elections - Decree on Establishment of the Extraordinary Commission to Fight Counter-Revolution - V. I. Lenin Note To F. E. Dzerzhinsky with a Draft of A Decree On Fighting Counter-Revolutionaries And Saboteurs Rosa Luxemburg. Reform or Revolution Peter Kropotkin. The Conquest of Bread Emma Goldman. Anarchism: What It Really Stands For Leon Trotsky. Fascism: What It Is and How to Fight It https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764421 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rudolf Steiner: Theosophie. Einführung in übersinnliche Welterkenntnis und Menschenbestimmung: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Anthroposophie Author: Rudolf Steiner Narrator: Tim Eriksson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Als Rudolf Steiner im Jahre 1904 die Erstausgabe seines Werkes 'Theosophie' präsentierte, war ihm wohl noch nicht klar, dass er ab 1913 diesen Begriff durch den noch heute gültigen Terminus der 'Anthroposophie' ersetzen würde. In der Schrift 'Theosophie', die eine äußerst erfolgreiche Publikation wurde, präsentierte er zum ersten Mal seinen Ansatz, dass die Theosophie eine wissenschaftliche Erforschung der geistigen Welt darstelle, die tatsächlich aus drei Welten bestehe: Seelenwelt, Geisterland und physische Welt. Rudolf Steiner Thu, 28 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764421 thebookvoice.com 5:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rudolf Steiner: Theosophie. Einführung in übersinnliche Welterkenntnis und Menschenbestimmung: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Anthroposophie Author: Rudolf Steiner Narrator: Tim Eriksson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Als Rudolf Steiner im Jahre 1904 die Erstausgabe seines Werkes 'Theosophie' präsentierte, war ihm wohl noch nicht klar, dass er ab 1913 diesen Begriff durch den noch heute gültigen Terminus der 'Anthroposophie' ersetzen würde. In der Schrift 'Theosophie', die eine äußerst erfolgreiche Publikation wurde, präsentierte er zum ersten Mal seinen Ansatz, dass die Theosophie eine wissenschaftliche Erforschung der geistigen Welt darstelle, die tatsächlich aus drei Welten bestehe: Seelenwelt, Geisterland und physische Welt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rudolf Steiner: Theosophie. Einführung in übersinnliche Welterkenntnis und Menschenbestimmung: Ein Grundlagenwerk der Anthroposophie Author: Rudolf Steiner Narrator: Tim Eriksson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Als Rudolf Steiner im Jahre 1904 die Erstausgabe seines Werkes 'Theosophie' präsentierte, war ihm wohl noch nicht klar, dass er ab 1913 diesen Begriff durch den noch heute gültigen Terminus der 'Anthroposophie' ersetzen würde. In der Schrift 'Theosophie', die eine äußerst erfolgreiche Publikation wurde, präsentierte er zum ersten Mal seinen Ansatz, dass die Theosophie eine wissenschaftliche Erforschung der geistigen Welt darstelle, die tatsächlich aus drei Welten bestehe: Seelenwelt, Geisterland und physische Welt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764328 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764328]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - AMLO. El costo de una locura: $2,520,000,000,000.00 Author: Pablo Hiriart Narrator: Jaime Collepardo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Cuando se dice que el Obradorato es el peor sexenio del México reciente, no se habla desde la ideología, sino desde las cifras: en estos años, México ha perdido 2 billones 520 mil millones de pesos. «Eldestino de los pueblos que renuncian a la razón es siempre el mismo: la tragedia. Ese momento de insensatez colectiva se da cuando los argumentos no convencen a nadie. Lo vivimos ahora en México. Shakespeare parece estar entre nosotros, con mirada atónita ante el aplauso de víctimas que presencian la destrucción de su futuro y vitorean el frenesí demencial que nos arroja a décadas atrás. El dramaturgo inglés saca de la bolsa de su levita un manuscrito de El rey Lear y subraya la línea que escribió hace poco más de cuatrocientos años: “Calamidad de los tiempos cuando los locos guían a los ciegos”. Nosería la primera vez que un pueblo, de manera libre y a pesar de tener otras opciones, atente contra su propio interés.» — De la Introducción Pablo Hiriart Thu, 21 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764328 thebookvoice.com 3:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764328]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - AMLO. El costo de una locura: $2,520,000,000,000.00 Author: Pablo Hiriart Narrator: Jaime Collepardo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Cuando se dice que el Obradorato es el peor sexenio del México reciente, no se habla desde la ideología, sino desde las cifras: en estos años, México ha perdido 2 billones 520 mil millones de pesos. «Eldestino de los pueblos que renuncian a la razón es siempre el mismo: la tragedia. Ese momento de insensatez colectiva se da cuando los argumentos no convencen a nadie. Lo vivimos ahora en México. Shakespeare parece estar entre nosotros, con mirada atónita ante el aplauso de víctimas que presencian la destrucción de su futuro y vitorean el frenesí demencial que nos arroja a décadas atrás. El dramaturgo inglés saca de la bolsa de su levita un manuscrito de El rey Lear y subraya la línea que escribió hace poco más de cuatrocientos años: “Calamidad de los tiempos cuando los locos guían a los ciegos”. Nosería la primera vez que un pueblo, de manera libre y a pesar de tener otras opciones, atente contra su propio interés.» — De la Introducción Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764328]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - AMLO. El costo de una locura: $2,520,000,000,000.00 Author: Pablo Hiriart Narrator: Jaime Collepardo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Cuando se dice que el Obradorato es el peor sexenio del México reciente, no se habla desde la ideología, sino desde las cifras: en estos años, México ha perdido 2 billones 520 mil millones de pesos. «Eldestino de los pueblos que renuncian a la razón es siempre el mismo: la tragedia. Ese momento de insensatez colectiva se da cuando los argumentos no convencen a nadie. Lo vivimos ahora en México. Shakespeare parece estar entre nosotros, con mirada atónita ante el aplauso de víctimas que presencian la destrucción de su futuro y vitorean el frenesí demencial que nos arroja a décadas atrás. El dramaturgo inglés saca de la bolsa de su levita un manuscrito de El rey Lear y subraya la línea que escribió hace poco más de cuatrocientos años: “Calamidad de los tiempos cuando los locos guían a los ciegos”. Nosería la primera vez que un pueblo, de manera libre y a pesar de tener otras opciones, atente contra su propio interés.» — De la Introducción https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764056 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Afgantsy: The Russians in Afghanistan 1979-89 Author: Rodric Braithwaite Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The story of the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan is well known: the expansionist Communists overwhelmed a poor country as a means of reaching a warm-water port on the Persian Gulf. Afghan mujahideen upset their plans, holding on with little more than natural fighting skills, until CIA agents came to the rescue with American arms. Humiliated in battle, the Soviets hastily retreated. It is a great story—but it never happened. In this brilliant, myth-busting account, Rodric Braithwaite, the former British ambassador to Moscow, challenges much of what we know about the Soviets in Afghanistan. He provides an inside look at this little-understood episode, using first-hand accounts and piercing analysis to show the war as it was fought and experienced by the Russians. The invasion was a defensive response to a chaotic situation in the Soviets' immediate neighbor. They intended to establish a stable, friendly government, secure the major towns, and train the police and armed forces before making a rapid exit. But the mission escalated, as did casualties. Braithwaite does not paint the occupation as a Russian triumph. To the contrary, he illustrates the searing effect of the brutal conflict on soldiers, their families, and the broader public, as returning veterans struggled to regain their footing back home. Rodric Braithwaite Tue, 23 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764056 thebookvoice.com 13:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Afgantsy: The Russians in Afghanistan 1979-89 Author: Rodric Braithwaite Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The story of the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan is well known: the expansionist Communists overwhelmed a poor country as a means of reaching a warm-water port on the Persian Gulf. Afghan mujahideen upset their plans, holding on with little more than natural fighting skills, until CIA agents came to the rescue with American arms. Humiliated in battle, the Soviets hastily retreated. It is a great story—but it never happened. In this brilliant, myth-busting account, Rodric Braithwaite, the former British ambassador to Moscow, challenges much of what we know about the Soviets in Afghanistan. He provides an inside look at this little-understood episode, using first-hand accounts and piercing analysis to show the war as it was fought and experienced by the Russians. The invasion was a defensive response to a chaotic situation in the Soviets' immediate neighbor. They intended to establish a stable, friendly government, secure the major towns, and train the police and armed forces before making a rapid exit. But the mission escalated, as did casualties. Braithwaite does not paint the occupation as a Russian triumph. To the contrary, he illustrates the searing effect of the brutal conflict on soldiers, their families, and the broader public, as returning veterans struggled to regain their footing back home. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Afgantsy: The Russians in Afghanistan 1979-89 Author: Rodric Braithwaite Narrator: Derek Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The story of the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan is well known: the expansionist Communists overwhelmed a poor country as a means of reaching a warm-water port on the Persian Gulf. Afghan mujahideen upset their plans, holding on with little more than natural fighting skills, until CIA agents came to the rescue with American arms. Humiliated in battle, the Soviets hastily retreated. It is a great story—but it never happened. In this brilliant, myth-busting account, Rodric Braithwaite, the former British ambassador to Moscow, challenges much of what we know about the Soviets in Afghanistan. He provides an inside look at this little-understood episode, using first-hand accounts and piercing analysis to show the war as it was fought and experienced by the Russians. The invasion was a defensive response to a chaotic situation in the Soviets' immediate neighbor. They intended to establish a stable, friendly government, secure the major towns, and train the police and armed forces before making a rapid exit. But the mission escalated, as did casualties. Braithwaite does not paint the occupation as a Russian triumph. To the contrary, he illustrates the searing effect of the brutal conflict on soldiers, their families, and the broader public, as returning veterans struggled to regain their footing back home. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764051 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764051]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Disgust: Racism, Microbial Medicine, and the Colony Within Author: Matthew J. Wolf-Meyer Narrator: Lee Goettl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American Disgust shows how perceptions of disgust and fears of contamination are rooted in the country's history of colonialism and racism. Drawing on colonial, corporate, and medical archives, Matthew J. Wolf-Meyer argues that microbial medicine is closely entwined with changing cultural experiences of digestion, excrement, and disgust that are inextricably tied to the creation of whiteness. Ranging from nineteenth-century colonial encounters with Native people to John Harvey Kellogg's ideas around civilization and bowel movements to mid-twentieth-century diet and parenting advice books, Wolf-Meyer analyzes how embedded racist histories of digestion and disgust permeate contemporary debates around fecal microbial transplants and other bacteriotherapeutic treatments for gastrointestinal disease. At its core, American Disgust wrestles with how changing cultural notions of digestion—what goes into the body and what comes out of it—create and impose racial categories motivated by feelings of disgust rooted in American settler-colonial racism. It shows how disgust is a changing, yet fundamental, aspect of American subjectivity and that engaging with it—personally, politically, and theoretically—opens up possibilities for conceptualizing health at the individual, societal, and planetary levels. Matthew J. Wolf-Meyer Tue, 14 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764051 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764051]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Disgust: Racism, Microbial Medicine, and the Colony Within Author: Matthew J. Wolf-Meyer Narrator: Lee Goettl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American Disgust shows how perceptions of disgust and fears of contamination are rooted in the country's history of colonialism and racism. Drawing on colonial, corporate, and medical archives, Matthew J. Wolf-Meyer argues that microbial medicine is closely entwined with changing cultural experiences of digestion, excrement, and disgust that are inextricably tied to the creation of whiteness. Ranging from nineteenth-century colonial encounters with Native people to John Harvey Kellogg's ideas around civilization and bowel movements to mid-twentieth-century diet and parenting advice books, Wolf-Meyer analyzes how embedded racist histories of digestion and disgust permeate contemporary debates around fecal microbial transplants and other bacteriotherapeutic treatments for gastrointestinal disease. At its core, American Disgust wrestles with how changing cultural notions of digestion—what goes into the body and what comes out of it—create and impose racial categories motivated by feelings of disgust rooted in American settler-colonial racism. It shows how disgust is a changing, yet fundamental, aspect of American subjectivity and that engaging with it—personally, politically, and theoretically—opens up possibilities for conceptualizing health at the individual, societal, and planetary levels. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764051]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Disgust: Racism, Microbial Medicine, and the Colony Within Author: Matthew J. Wolf-Meyer Narrator: Lee Goettl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American Disgust shows how perceptions of disgust and fears of contamination are rooted in the country's history of colonialism and racism. Drawing on colonial, corporate, and medical archives, Matthew J. Wolf-Meyer argues that microbial medicine is closely entwined with changing cultural experiences of digestion, excrement, and disgust that are inextricably tied to the creation of whiteness. Ranging from nineteenth-century colonial encounters with Native people to John Harvey Kellogg's ideas around civilization and bowel movements to mid-twentieth-century diet and parenting advice books, Wolf-Meyer analyzes how embedded racist histories of digestion and disgust permeate contemporary debates around fecal microbial transplants and other bacteriotherapeutic treatments for gastrointestinal disease. At its core, American Disgust wrestles with how changing cultural notions of digestion—what goes into the body and what comes out of it—create and impose racial categories motivated by feelings of disgust rooted in American settler-colonial racism. It shows how disgust is a changing, yet fundamental, aspect of American subjectivity and that engaging with it—personally, politically, and theoretically—opens up possibilities for conceptualizing health at the individual, societal, and planetary levels. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764052 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Default: The Landmark Court Battle over Argentina's $100 Billion Debt Restructuring Author: Gregory Makoff Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unlike individuals or corporations that become insolvent, nations do not have access to bankruptcy protection from their creditors. When a country defaults on its debt, the international financial system is ill equipped to manage the crisis. Decisions by key individuals determine the fate of an entire national economy. A prime example is Argentina's 2001 default on $100 billion in bonds, which stands out for its messy outcomes and outsized impact on sovereign debt markets, sovereign debt law, and IMF policy. Default is the riveting story of Argentina's sovereign debt drama, which reveals the obscure inner workings of sovereign debt restructuring. This detailed case study describes the intense fight over the role of the IMF in Argentina's 2005 debt restructuring and the ensuing bitter decade of litigation with holdout creditors, demonstrating that outcomes for sovereign debt are determined by a complex interplay between financial markets, governments, the IMF, the press, and the courts. This cautionary tale lays bare the institutional, political, and legal pressures that come into play when a country cannot repay its debts. It offers a deeper understanding of how global financial capitalism functions for those who work in or study debt markets, international finance, international relations, and international law. Gregory Makoff Tue, 14 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764052 thebookvoice.com 12:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Default: The Landmark Court Battle over Argentina's $100 Billion Debt Restructuring Author: Gregory Makoff Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unlike individuals or corporations that become insolvent, nations do not have access to bankruptcy protection from their creditors. When a country defaults on its debt, the international financial system is ill equipped to manage the crisis. Decisions by key individuals determine the fate of an entire national economy. A prime example is Argentina's 2001 default on $100 billion in bonds, which stands out for its messy outcomes and outsized impact on sovereign debt markets, sovereign debt law, and IMF policy. Default is the riveting story of Argentina's sovereign debt drama, which reveals the obscure inner workings of sovereign debt restructuring. This detailed case study describes the intense fight over the role of the IMF in Argentina's 2005 debt restructuring and the ensuing bitter decade of litigation with holdout creditors, demonstrating that outcomes for sovereign debt are determined by a complex interplay between financial markets, governments, the IMF, the press, and the courts. This cautionary tale lays bare the institutional, political, and legal pressures that come into play when a country cannot repay its debts. It offers a deeper understanding of how global financial capitalism functions for those who work in or study debt markets, international finance, international relations, and international law. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764052]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Default: The Landmark Court Battle over Argentina's $100 Billion Debt Restructuring Author: Gregory Makoff Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unlike individuals or corporations that become insolvent, nations do not have access to bankruptcy protection from their creditors. When a country defaults on its debt, the international financial system is ill equipped to manage the crisis. Decisions by key individuals determine the fate of an entire national economy. A prime example is Argentina's 2001 default on $100 billion in bonds, which stands out for its messy outcomes and outsized impact on sovereign debt markets, sovereign debt law, and IMF policy. Default is the riveting story of Argentina's sovereign debt drama, which reveals the obscure inner workings of sovereign debt restructuring. This detailed case study describes the intense fight over the role of the IMF in Argentina's 2005 debt restructuring and the ensuing bitter decade of litigation with holdout creditors, demonstrating that outcomes for sovereign debt are determined by a complex interplay between financial markets, governments, the IMF, the press, and the courts. This cautionary tale lays bare the institutional, political, and legal pressures that come into play when a country cannot repay its debts. It offers a deeper understanding of how global financial capitalism functions for those who work in or study debt markets, international finance, international relations, and international law. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764046 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Antisemitism: Solidarity and the Struggle for Justice Author: Jewish Voice For Peace Narrator: Dina Pearlman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When the State of Israel claims to represent all Jewish people, defenders of Israeli policy redefine antisemitism to include criticism of Israel. Antisemitism is harmful and real in our society. What must also be addressed is how the deployment of false charges of antisemitism or redefining antisemitism can suppress the global progressive fight for justice. There is no one definitive voice on antisemitism and its impact. Jewish Voice for Peace has curated a collection of essays that provides a diversity of perspectives and standpoints. Each contribution explores critical questions concerning uses and abuses of antisemitism in the twenty-first-century, focusing on the intersection between antisemitism, accusations of antisemitism, and Palestinian human rights activism. This anthology provides a much-needed tool for Palestinian solidarity activists, teachers, as well as Jewish communities. Featuring contributions from Omar Barghouti, Judith Butler, and Rebecca Vilkomerson, as well as activists, academics, students, and cultural workers, On Political Solidarity and Justice includes the voices of Palestinian students and activists, and Jews that are often marginalized in mainstream discussions of antisemitism, including Jews of Color and Sephardi/Mizrahi Jews. Jewish Voice For Peace Tue, 14 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764046 thebookvoice.com 10:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Antisemitism: Solidarity and the Struggle for Justice Author: Jewish Voice For Peace Narrator: Dina Pearlman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When the State of Israel claims to represent all Jewish people, defenders of Israeli policy redefine antisemitism to include criticism of Israel. Antisemitism is harmful and real in our society. What must also be addressed is how the deployment of false charges of antisemitism or redefining antisemitism can suppress the global progressive fight for justice. There is no one definitive voice on antisemitism and its impact. Jewish Voice for Peace has curated a collection of essays that provides a diversity of perspectives and standpoints. Each contribution explores critical questions concerning uses and abuses of antisemitism in the twenty-first-century, focusing on the intersection between antisemitism, accusations of antisemitism, and Palestinian human rights activism. This anthology provides a much-needed tool for Palestinian solidarity activists, teachers, as well as Jewish communities. Featuring contributions from Omar Barghouti, Judith Butler, and Rebecca Vilkomerson, as well as activists, academics, students, and cultural workers, On Political Solidarity and Justice includes the voices of Palestinian students and activists, and Jews that are often marginalized in mainstream discussions of antisemitism, including Jews of Color and Sephardi/Mizrahi Jews. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Antisemitism: Solidarity and the Struggle for Justice Author: Jewish Voice For Peace Narrator: Dina Pearlman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When the State of Israel claims to represent all Jewish people, defenders of Israeli policy redefine antisemitism to include criticism of Israel. Antisemitism is harmful and real in our society. What must also be addressed is how the deployment of false charges of antisemitism or redefining antisemitism can suppress the global progressive fight for justice. There is no one definitive voice on antisemitism and its impact. Jewish Voice for Peace has curated a collection of essays that provides a diversity of perspectives and standpoints. Each contribution explores critical questions concerning uses and abuses of antisemitism in the twenty-first-century, focusing on the intersection between antisemitism, accusations of antisemitism, and Palestinian human rights activism. This anthology provides a much-needed tool for Palestinian solidarity activists, teachers, as well as Jewish communities. Featuring contributions from Omar Barghouti, Judith Butler, and Rebecca Vilkomerson, as well as activists, academics, students, and cultural workers, On Political Solidarity and Justice includes the voices of Palestinian students and activists, and Jews that are often marginalized in mainstream discussions of antisemitism, including Jews of Color and Sephardi/Mizrahi Jews. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764018 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764018]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Polymath: The Life and Professions of Dr. Alex Comfort, Author of The Joy of Sex Author: Eric Laursen Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 31 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Alex Comfort was a British poet, novelist, biologist, cultural critic, activist, and anarchist, and the author of the international bestseller, The Joy of Sex. He played a vital role in making gerontology (the study of aging) a viable branch of modern science, energizing the direct-action movement for nuclear disarmament, revitalizing anarchism as a political philosophy in the post-WWII decades, and persuading twelve million readers of his most popular book to banish guilt and anxiety from sex in favor of pleasure and closer human understanding. Comfort liked to say that everything he did was part of 'one big project': to bring about a new consciousness, grounded in science, of the importance of personal responsibility in human relationships, including the obligation to disobey when authority was being exercised abusively. Polymath traces the intersection in Comfort's life and work between biology and literature, anarchism and humanism, sex and sociality, and how his writings, research, and activism continue to shed critical light on the moral and political choices we make today. Laursen's book relates the event-filled life of a brilliant and complex figure, including his victory over a possibly career-ending disability, his tumultuous second marriage, his struggles with the scientific establishment, and the fascinating story of the making of The Joy of Sex. Eric Laursen Tue, 04 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764018 thebookvoice.com 31:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764018]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Polymath: The Life and Professions of Dr. Alex Comfort, Author of The Joy of Sex Author: Eric Laursen Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 31 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Alex Comfort was a British poet, novelist, biologist, cultural critic, activist, and anarchist, and the author of the international bestseller, The Joy of Sex. He played a vital role in making gerontology (the study of aging) a viable branch of modern science, energizing the direct-action movement for nuclear disarmament, revitalizing anarchism as a political philosophy in the post-WWII decades, and persuading twelve million readers of his most popular book to banish guilt and anxiety from sex in favor of pleasure and closer human understanding. Comfort liked to say that everything he did was part of 'one big project': to bring about a new consciousness, grounded in science, of the importance of personal responsibility in human relationships, including the obligation to disobey when authority was being exercised abusively. Polymath traces the intersection in Comfort's life and work between biology and literature, anarchism and humanism, sex and sociality, and how his writings, research, and activism continue to shed critical light on the moral and political choices we make today. Laursen's book relates the event-filled life of a brilliant and complex figure, including his victory over a possibly career-ending disability, his tumultuous second marriage, his struggles with the scientific establishment, and the fascinating story of the making of The Joy of Sex. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764018]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Polymath: The Life and Professions of Dr. Alex Comfort, Author of The Joy of Sex Author: Eric Laursen Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 31 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Alex Comfort was a British poet, novelist, biologist, cultural critic, activist, and anarchist, and the author of the international bestseller, The Joy of Sex. He played a vital role in making gerontology (the study of aging) a viable branch of modern science, energizing the direct-action movement for nuclear disarmament, revitalizing anarchism as a political philosophy in the post-WWII decades, and persuading twelve million readers of his most popular book to banish guilt and anxiety from sex in favor of pleasure and closer human understanding. Comfort liked to say that everything he did was part of 'one big project': to bring about a new consciousness, grounded in science, of the importance of personal responsibility in human relationships, including the obligation to disobey when authority was being exercised abusively. Polymath traces the intersection in Comfort's life and work between biology and literature, anarchism and humanism, sex and sociality, and how his writings, research, and activism continue to shed critical light on the moral and political choices we make today. Laursen's book relates the event-filled life of a brilliant and complex figure, including his victory over a possibly career-ending disability, his tumultuous second marriage, his struggles with the scientific establishment, and the fascinating story of the making of The Joy of Sex. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764016 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Left Moves Right: The Decline of the Left and the Rise of the Populist Right in Postcommunist Europe Author: Maria Snegovaya Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Over the past two decades, postcommunist countries have witnessed a sudden shift in the electoral fortunes of their political parties: previously successful center-left parties suffered dramatic electoral defeats and disappeared from the political scene, while right-wing populist parties soared in popularity and came to power. This dynamic echoed similar processes in Western Europe and raises a question: Were these dynamics in any way connected? When Right Moves Left argues that they were. And that the root of the connection between them lies in the pro-market rebranding of the ex-communist left—the key explanatory variable. This book asserts that, though the left's pro-market shift initially led to electoral rewards, it had a less straightforward impact on left-wing parties' electoral fortunes in the long run. The book draws upon different levels of analysis: cross-country observational data, case studies, and individual-level experimental surveys. It argues that scholars should incorporate the economic policy dimension when explaining the demise of the left and the rise of the populist right in the region. It also examines important parallels between the dynamics of Western and postcommunist countries by arguing that the idiosyncrasy of Eastern European politics has been overstated in scholarly literature. Maria Snegovaya Tue, 21 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764016 thebookvoice.com 8:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Left Moves Right: The Decline of the Left and the Rise of the Populist Right in Postcommunist Europe Author: Maria Snegovaya Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Over the past two decades, postcommunist countries have witnessed a sudden shift in the electoral fortunes of their political parties: previously successful center-left parties suffered dramatic electoral defeats and disappeared from the political scene, while right-wing populist parties soared in popularity and came to power. This dynamic echoed similar processes in Western Europe and raises a question: Were these dynamics in any way connected? When Right Moves Left argues that they were. And that the root of the connection between them lies in the pro-market rebranding of the ex-communist left—the key explanatory variable. This book asserts that, though the left's pro-market shift initially led to electoral rewards, it had a less straightforward impact on left-wing parties' electoral fortunes in the long run. The book draws upon different levels of analysis: cross-country observational data, case studies, and individual-level experimental surveys. It argues that scholars should incorporate the economic policy dimension when explaining the demise of the left and the rise of the populist right in the region. It also examines important parallels between the dynamics of Western and postcommunist countries by arguing that the idiosyncrasy of Eastern European politics has been overstated in scholarly literature. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Left Moves Right: The Decline of the Left and the Rise of the Populist Right in Postcommunist Europe Author: Maria Snegovaya Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Over the past two decades, postcommunist countries have witnessed a sudden shift in the electoral fortunes of their political parties: previously successful center-left parties suffered dramatic electoral defeats and disappeared from the political scene, while right-wing populist parties soared in popularity and came to power. This dynamic echoed similar processes in Western Europe and raises a question: Were these dynamics in any way connected? When Right Moves Left argues that they were. And that the root of the connection between them lies in the pro-market rebranding of the ex-communist left—the key explanatory variable. This book asserts that, though the left's pro-market shift initially led to electoral rewards, it had a less straightforward impact on left-wing parties' electoral fortunes in the long run. The book draws upon different levels of analysis: cross-country observational data, case studies, and individual-level experimental surveys. It argues that scholars should incorporate the economic policy dimension when explaining the demise of the left and the rise of the populist right in the region. It also examines important parallels between the dynamics of Western and postcommunist countries by arguing that the idiosyncrasy of Eastern European politics has been overstated in scholarly literature. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763988 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Escaping the Housing Trap: The Strong Towns Response to the Housing Crisis Author: Charles L. Marohn Jr. Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Escaping the Housing Trap: The Strong Towns Solution to the Housing Crisis, renowned urbanists Charles (Chuck) Marohn and Daniel Herriges introduce a first-of-its-kind discussion of the tension between housing as a financial product and housing as shelter. This is the key insight that's been missing from the Housing Crisis Conversation; and the insight that can help cities fight back against the crisis from the bottom-up. This book offers a serious, yet accessible, history of housing policy in the United States and explains how it led us to this point in time: where we face a market that is rigged against people who, only a few decades ago, could have been homeowners or stable, long-term rentals. Escaping the Housing Trap is the must-have resource for everyone with a stake in the future of housing in America—and that means everyone. Listeners will find discussions of housing as an investment and how the country's neighborhoods are being transformed by the introduction of large amounts of investment; explorations of housing as shelter, including discussions of zoning policy and NIMBYism; and a comprehensive overview of the Strong Towns approach to solving the American housing crisis. Charles L. Marohn Jr. Tue, 21 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763988 thebookvoice.com 10:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Escaping the Housing Trap: The Strong Towns Response to the Housing Crisis Author: Charles L. Marohn Jr. Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Escaping the Housing Trap: The Strong Towns Solution to the Housing Crisis, renowned urbanists Charles (Chuck) Marohn and Daniel Herriges introduce a first-of-its-kind discussion of the tension between housing as a financial product and housing as shelter. This is the key insight that's been missing from the Housing Crisis Conversation; and the insight that can help cities fight back against the crisis from the bottom-up. This book offers a serious, yet accessible, history of housing policy in the United States and explains how it led us to this point in time: where we face a market that is rigged against people who, only a few decades ago, could have been homeowners or stable, long-term rentals. Escaping the Housing Trap is the must-have resource for everyone with a stake in the future of housing in America—and that means everyone. Listeners will find discussions of housing as an investment and how the country's neighborhoods are being transformed by the introduction of large amounts of investment; explorations of housing as shelter, including discussions of zoning policy and NIMBYism; and a comprehensive overview of the Strong Towns approach to solving the American housing crisis. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Escaping the Housing Trap: The Strong Towns Response to the Housing Crisis Author: Charles L. Marohn Jr. Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Escaping the Housing Trap: The Strong Towns Solution to the Housing Crisis, renowned urbanists Charles (Chuck) Marohn and Daniel Herriges introduce a first-of-its-kind discussion of the tension between housing as a financial product and housing as shelter. This is the key insight that's been missing from the Housing Crisis Conversation; and the insight that can help cities fight back against the crisis from the bottom-up. This book offers a serious, yet accessible, history of housing policy in the United States and explains how it led us to this point in time: where we face a market that is rigged against people who, only a few decades ago, could have been homeowners or stable, long-term rentals. Escaping the Housing Trap is the must-have resource for everyone with a stake in the future of housing in America—and that means everyone. Listeners will find discussions of housing as an investment and how the country's neighborhoods are being transformed by the introduction of large amounts of investment; explorations of housing as shelter, including discussions of zoning policy and NIMBYism; and a comprehensive overview of the Strong Towns approach to solving the American housing crisis. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763918 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Vonne Straße innen Wald: Mein krasser Weg vom Gangster zum Naturschützer Author: Max Cameo Narrator: Tom Schönfelder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Ex-Zuhälter und krimineller Biker als Waldbesitzer und -schützer? Max Cameo, bekannt durch seinen explosiven YouTube-Kanal und seine Videos über die Welt der Gangs von Mülheim bis Compton, Los Angeles, ist definitiv ein ungewöhnlicher Naturaktivist. Aufgewachsen in einem alten Forsthaus mitten in der Natur, verliert das »Kind des Waldes« früh den Halt und wird kriminell: Von der ersten Hure bis zur Mitgliedschaft in einem Rockerclub erzählt er nun von seiner Zeit im Rotlichtmilieu – und was viel wichtiger ist: Er schildert, wie die Kunst – in Form seiner Leidenschaft fürs Tätowieren – und die Rückbesinnung auf den Wald ihn gerettet haben. In seinem sehr persönlichen Hörbuch lässt er uns an der heilenden Kraft des Waldes teilhaben. Und zeigt zudem Wege auf, wie wir ihn schützen können. Max Cameo Fri, 26 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763918 thebookvoice.com 6:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Vonne Straße innen Wald: Mein krasser Weg vom Gangster zum Naturschützer Author: Max Cameo Narrator: Tom Schönfelder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Ex-Zuhälter und krimineller Biker als Waldbesitzer und -schützer? Max Cameo, bekannt durch seinen explosiven YouTube-Kanal und seine Videos über die Welt der Gangs von Mülheim bis Compton, Los Angeles, ist definitiv ein ungewöhnlicher Naturaktivist. Aufgewachsen in einem alten Forsthaus mitten in der Natur, verliert das »Kind des Waldes« früh den Halt und wird kriminell: Von der ersten Hure bis zur Mitgliedschaft in einem Rockerclub erzählt er nun von seiner Zeit im Rotlichtmilieu – und was viel wichtiger ist: Er schildert, wie die Kunst – in Form seiner Leidenschaft fürs Tätowieren – und die Rückbesinnung auf den Wald ihn gerettet haben. In seinem sehr persönlichen Hörbuch lässt er uns an der heilenden Kraft des Waldes teilhaben. Und zeigt zudem Wege auf, wie wir ihn schützen können. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763918]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Vonne Straße innen Wald: Mein krasser Weg vom Gangster zum Naturschützer Author: Max Cameo Narrator: Tom Schönfelder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Ex-Zuhälter und krimineller Biker als Waldbesitzer und -schützer? Max Cameo, bekannt durch seinen explosiven YouTube-Kanal und seine Videos über die Welt der Gangs von Mülheim bis Compton, Los Angeles, ist definitiv ein ungewöhnlicher Naturaktivist. Aufgewachsen in einem alten Forsthaus mitten in der Natur, verliert das »Kind des Waldes« früh den Halt und wird kriminell: Von der ersten Hure bis zur Mitgliedschaft in einem Rockerclub erzählt er nun von seiner Zeit im Rotlichtmilieu – und was viel wichtiger ist: Er schildert, wie die Kunst – in Form seiner Leidenschaft fürs Tätowieren – und die Rückbesinnung auf den Wald ihn gerettet haben. In seinem sehr persönlichen Hörbuch lässt er uns an der heilenden Kraft des Waldes teilhaben. Und zeigt zudem Wege auf, wie wir ihn schützen können. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763865 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Punishing Putin: Inside the Global Economic War to Bring Down Russia Author: Stephanie Baker Narrator: Jennifer Jill Araya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The essential, must-read insider account of the West’s cat and mouse economic warfare against Russia and how it is changing the face of global trade. Magisterial and gripping’ Catherine Belton ‘A brilliant, engagingly written and timely book’ Owen Matthews Undeterred by eight years of timid US sanctions, Vladimir Putin ordered his full-scale assault on Ukraine on 24 February 2022. In the hours that followed, Western leaders weaponized economic tools in a world-changing financial experiment. The goal was to sap the strength of Putin’s war machine by damaging its economy, without risking a global recession in the process. In Punishing Putin, veteran journalist Stephanie Baker uncovers how this furious financial war has unfolded, from seizing superyachts to manipulating the global price of oil to blocking the sale of military technology. Baker reveals how the West mobilized an army of white-collar-crime investigators to crack down on illicit Russian money, targeting oligarchs and their enablers for sanctions evasion. Filled with propulsive, fly-on-the-wall details, Punishing Putin takes us into the frantic backroom deliberations that led to a whole new era of economic statecraft and radically rearranged global alliances, influencing world order for generations to come. Stephanie Baker Thu, 12 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763865 thebookvoice.com 12:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Punishing Putin: Inside the Global Economic War to Bring Down Russia Author: Stephanie Baker Narrator: Jennifer Jill Araya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The essential, must-read insider account of the West’s cat and mouse economic warfare against Russia and how it is changing the face of global trade. Magisterial and gripping’ Catherine Belton ‘A brilliant, engagingly written and timely book’ Owen Matthews Undeterred by eight years of timid US sanctions, Vladimir Putin ordered his full-scale assault on Ukraine on 24 February 2022. In the hours that followed, Western leaders weaponized economic tools in a world-changing financial experiment. The goal was to sap the strength of Putin’s war machine by damaging its economy, without risking a global recession in the process. In Punishing Putin, veteran journalist Stephanie Baker uncovers how this furious financial war has unfolded, from seizing superyachts to manipulating the global price of oil to blocking the sale of military technology. Baker reveals how the West mobilized an army of white-collar-crime investigators to crack down on illicit Russian money, targeting oligarchs and their enablers for sanctions evasion. Filled with propulsive, fly-on-the-wall details, Punishing Putin takes us into the frantic backroom deliberations that led to a whole new era of economic statecraft and radically rearranged global alliances, influencing world order for generations to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Punishing Putin: Inside the Global Economic War to Bring Down Russia Author: Stephanie Baker Narrator: Jennifer Jill Araya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: September 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'The essential, must-read insider account of the West’s cat and mouse economic warfare against Russia and how it is changing the face of global trade. Magisterial and gripping’ Catherine Belton ‘A brilliant, engagingly written and timely book’ Owen Matthews Undeterred by eight years of timid US sanctions, Vladimir Putin ordered his full-scale assault on Ukraine on 24 February 2022. In the hours that followed, Western leaders weaponized economic tools in a world-changing financial experiment. The goal was to sap the strength of Putin’s war machine by damaging its economy, without risking a global recession in the process. In Punishing Putin, veteran journalist Stephanie Baker uncovers how this furious financial war has unfolded, from seizing superyachts to manipulating the global price of oil to blocking the sale of military technology. Baker reveals how the West mobilized an army of white-collar-crime investigators to crack down on illicit Russian money, targeting oligarchs and their enablers for sanctions evasion. Filled with propulsive, fly-on-the-wall details, Punishing Putin takes us into the frantic backroom deliberations that led to a whole new era of economic statecraft and radically rearranged global alliances, influencing world order for generations to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763858 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything War: Amazon’s Ruthless Quest to Own the World and Remake Corporate Power Author: Dana Mattioli Narrator: Dana Mattioli, Caroline Hewitt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From veteran Amazon reporter for The Wall Street Journal, The Everything War is the first untold, devastating exposé of Amazon's endless strategic greed, its pursuit of total domination, by any means necessary, and the growing efforts to stop it. For over twenty years, Amazon was the quintessential American success story, whilst its “customer obsession” approach made it indelibly attractive to consumers across the globe. But the company was not benevolent; it operated in ways that ensured it stayed on top, coming to dominate over a dozen industries beyond retail, growing voraciously by abusing data, exploiting partners, copying competitors, and avoiding taxes—leveraging its power to extract whatever it could, at any cost and without much scrutiny. Until now. With unparalleled access, and having interviewed hundreds of people – from Amazon executives to competitors to small businesses who rely on its marketplace to survive – Dana Mattioli exposes how Amazon was driven by a competitive edge to dominate every industry it entered, bulldozed all who stood in its way, reshaped the retail landscape, transformed how Wall Street evaluates companies, and altered the very nature of the global economy. In 2023, the Federal Trade Commission filed a monopoly lawsuit against Amazon in what may become one of the largest antitrust cases in the 21st century. As Amazon’s supremacy is finally challenged, The Everything War is the definitive, inside story of how it grew into one of the most powerful and feared companies in the world – and why this is the most consequential business story of our times. ‘Riveting and explosive. This is the business story of our time.’ Christopher Leonard, New York Times Bestselling Author of Kochland and The Lords of Easy Money © Dana Mattioli 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Dana Mattioli Thu, 25 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763858 thebookvoice.com 14:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything War: Amazon’s Ruthless Quest to Own the World and Remake Corporate Power Author: Dana Mattioli Narrator: Dana Mattioli, Caroline Hewitt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From veteran Amazon reporter for The Wall Street Journal, The Everything War is the first untold, devastating exposé of Amazon's endless strategic greed, its pursuit of total domination, by any means necessary, and the growing efforts to stop it. For over twenty years, Amazon was the quintessential American success story, whilst its “customer obsession” approach made it indelibly attractive to consumers across the globe. But the company was not benevolent; it operated in ways that ensured it stayed on top, coming to dominate over a dozen industries beyond retail, growing voraciously by abusing data, exploiting partners, copying competitors, and avoiding taxes—leveraging its power to extract whatever it could, at any cost and without much scrutiny. Until now. With unparalleled access, and having interviewed hundreds of people – from Amazon executives to competitors to small businesses who rely on its marketplace to survive – Dana Mattioli exposes how Amazon was driven by a competitive edge to dominate every industry it entered, bulldozed all who stood in its way, reshaped the retail landscape, transformed how Wall Street evaluates companies, and altered the very nature of the global economy. In 2023, the Federal Trade Commission filed a monopoly lawsuit against Amazon in what may become one of the largest antitrust cases in the 21st century. As Amazon’s supremacy is finally challenged, The Everything War is the definitive, inside story of how it grew into one of the most powerful and feared companies in the world – and why this is the most consequential business story of our times. ‘Riveting and explosive. This is the business story of our time.’ Christopher Leonard, New York Times Bestselling Author of Kochland and The Lords of Easy Money © Dana Mattioli 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Everything War: Amazon’s Ruthless Quest to Own the World and Remake Corporate Power Author: Dana Mattioli Narrator: Dana Mattioli, Caroline Hewitt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. From veteran Amazon reporter for The Wall Street Journal, The Everything War is the first untold, devastating exposé of Amazon's endless strategic greed, its pursuit of total domination, by any means necessary, and the growing efforts to stop it. For over twenty years, Amazon was the quintessential American success story, whilst its “customer obsession” approach made it indelibly attractive to consumers across the globe. But the company was not benevolent; it operated in ways that ensured it stayed on top, coming to dominate over a dozen industries beyond retail, growing voraciously by abusing data, exploiting partners, copying competitors, and avoiding taxes—leveraging its power to extract whatever it could, at any cost and without much scrutiny. Until now. With unparalleled access, and having interviewed hundreds of people – from Amazon executives to competitors to small businesses who rely on its marketplace to survive – Dana Mattioli exposes how Amazon was driven by a competitive edge to dominate every industry it entered, bulldozed all who stood in its way, reshaped the retail landscape, transformed how Wall Street evaluates companies, and altered the very nature of the global economy. In 2023, the Federal Trade Commission filed a monopoly lawsuit against Amazon in what may become one of the largest antitrust cases in the 21st century. As Amazon’s supremacy is finally challenged, The Everything War is the definitive, inside story of how it grew into one of the most powerful and feared companies in the world – and why this is the most consequential business story of our times. ‘Riveting and explosive. This is the business story of our time.’ Christopher Leonard, New York Times Bestselling Author of Kochland and The Lords of Easy Money © Dana Mattioli 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763199 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763199]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O Príncipe (resumo) Author: Nicolau Maquiavel Narrator: Sidney Ferreira Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Tendo o príncipe necessidade de saber usar bem a natureza do animal, deve escolher a raposa e o leão, pois o leão não sabe se defender dos laços (das armadilhas) e a raposa não sabe se defender da força bruta dos lobos. Portanto, é preciso ser raposa, para conhecer as armadilhas, e leão, para aterrorizar os lobos.''Um príncipe não deve ter nenhum outro objetivo ou pensamento, nem estudar nada além da guerra e das suas regras e disciplina, pois essa é a única arte que compete a quem governa, e ela é tão forte que não apenas mantém aqueles que nascem príncipes, mas muitas vezes permite a homens de condição comum subir àquele posto. E, ao contrário, vê-se que, quando os príncipes pensaram mais em descansar do que nas armas, perderam o seu estado. E a primeira causa que faz você perder o governo é negligenciar essa arte, e o que lhe permite conquistar o estado é o ser mestre dessa arte.' - MaquiavelEscrito em 1513 por Nicolau Maquiavel, a primeira edição desse livro foi publicada postumamente em 1532. É, na verdade, um dos tratados políticos mais fundamentais já elaborados pelo pensamento humano. 'O príncipe' tem papel crucial na construção do conceito de Estado Moderno e mapeia como conquistar, conduzir e manter o poder. Nicolau Maquiavel Tue, 05 Sep 2023 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763199 thebookvoice.com 0:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763199]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O Príncipe (resumo) Author: Nicolau Maquiavel Narrator: Sidney Ferreira Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Tendo o príncipe necessidade de saber usar bem a natureza do animal, deve escolher a raposa e o leão, pois o leão não sabe se defender dos laços (das armadilhas) e a raposa não sabe se defender da força bruta dos lobos. Portanto, é preciso ser raposa, para conhecer as armadilhas, e leão, para aterrorizar os lobos.''Um príncipe não deve ter nenhum outro objetivo ou pensamento, nem estudar nada além da guerra e das suas regras e disciplina, pois essa é a única arte que compete a quem governa, e ela é tão forte que não apenas mantém aqueles que nascem príncipes, mas muitas vezes permite a homens de condição comum subir àquele posto. E, ao contrário, vê-se que, quando os príncipes pensaram mais em descansar do que nas armas, perderam o seu estado. E a primeira causa que faz você perder o governo é negligenciar essa arte, e o que lhe permite conquistar o estado é o ser mestre dessa arte.' - MaquiavelEscrito em 1513 por Nicolau Maquiavel, a primeira edição desse livro foi publicada postumamente em 1532. É, na verdade, um dos tratados políticos mais fundamentais já elaborados pelo pensamento humano. 'O príncipe' tem papel crucial na construção do conceito de Estado Moderno e mapeia como conquistar, conduzir e manter o poder. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763199]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - O Príncipe (resumo) Author: Nicolau Maquiavel Narrator: Sidney Ferreira Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Tendo o príncipe necessidade de saber usar bem a natureza do animal, deve escolher a raposa e o leão, pois o leão não sabe se defender dos laços (das armadilhas) e a raposa não sabe se defender da força bruta dos lobos. Portanto, é preciso ser raposa, para conhecer as armadilhas, e leão, para aterrorizar os lobos.''Um príncipe não deve ter nenhum outro objetivo ou pensamento, nem estudar nada além da guerra e das suas regras e disciplina, pois essa é a única arte que compete a quem governa, e ela é tão forte que não apenas mantém aqueles que nascem príncipes, mas muitas vezes permite a homens de condição comum subir àquele posto. E, ao contrário, vê-se que, quando os príncipes pensaram mais em descansar do que nas armas, perderam o seu estado. E a primeira causa que faz você perder o governo é negligenciar essa arte, e o que lhe permite conquistar o estado é o ser mestre dessa arte.' - MaquiavelEscrito em 1513 por Nicolau Maquiavel, a primeira edição desse livro foi publicada postumamente em 1532. É, na verdade, um dos tratados políticos mais fundamentais já elaborados pelo pensamento humano. 'O príncipe' tem papel crucial na construção do conceito de Estado Moderno e mapeia como conquistar, conduzir e manter o poder. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761483 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761483]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ich bin ostdeutsch und gegen die AfD: Eine Intervention Author: Susan Arndt Narrator: Janna Ambrosy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: EINE KRITISCHE INTERVENTION Die AfD ist in Ostdeutschland auf dem Vormarsch. In Umfragen ist sie oftmals die stärkste Partei, und liegt in einigen Bundesländern gar bei 35 Prozent. Doch das heißt: zwei Drittel der Ostdeutschen wählen nicht AfD. Susan Arndt gibt dieser oft übersehenen Mehrheit in ihrem sehr persönlichen Buch eine Stimme und zeigt, dass es auch ein anderes Ostdeutschland gibt und die AfD ein gesamtdeutsches Problem ist. Bei manchen Presseberichten und alarmistischen Tweets kann der Eindruck entstehen, als wäre Ostdeutschland fest in der Hand der AfD. Und tatsächlich ist es erschreckend, auf welch fruchtbaren Boden die AfD dort mit ihrer Propaganda trifft. Doch es führt kein zwangsläufiger Weg von ostdeutschen Frustrationen in die Arme einer rechtsradikalen Partei, die für Rassismus, Sexismus und Autokratie steht. Susan Arndt erzählt ihre eigene Geschichte und zeigt, wie ein ostdeutscher Weg auch eine ganz andere Richtung nehmen konnte. Sie erzählt von ihren Gesprächen im Freundes- und Bekanntenkreis, in dem sich AfD-Sprech breit gemacht hat, berichtet aber auch von ihren eigenen Erfahrungen als Ostdeutsche seit 1989/1990 und als Person, die gegen Rassismus und Sexismus kämpft. Sie macht die Frustrationen verständlich, die durch westliche Überheblichkeit begünstigt wurden. Zugleich erzählt sie davon, dass und wie die „Mitte der Gesellschaft“ gegen Anti-Diskriminierungsarbeit vorgeht und was gewonnen werden kann, wenn sich alle weniger aufregen. Vor allem aber fragt sie, wie ein Miteinander gegen Diskriminierungen und Ausgrenzungen gestaltet werden kann. Ein Buch, das die Mitte gegen die AfD mobilisieren will – in Ostdeutschland und deutschlandweit. Susan Arndt Thu, 28 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761483 thebookvoice.com 6:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761483]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ich bin ostdeutsch und gegen die AfD: Eine Intervention Author: Susan Arndt Narrator: Janna Ambrosy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: EINE KRITISCHE INTERVENTION Die AfD ist in Ostdeutschland auf dem Vormarsch. In Umfragen ist sie oftmals die stärkste Partei, und liegt in einigen Bundesländern gar bei 35 Prozent. Doch das heißt: zwei Drittel der Ostdeutschen wählen nicht AfD. Susan Arndt gibt dieser oft übersehenen Mehrheit in ihrem sehr persönlichen Buch eine Stimme und zeigt, dass es auch ein anderes Ostdeutschland gibt und die AfD ein gesamtdeutsches Problem ist. Bei manchen Presseberichten und alarmistischen Tweets kann der Eindruck entstehen, als wäre Ostdeutschland fest in der Hand der AfD. Und tatsächlich ist es erschreckend, auf welch fruchtbaren Boden die AfD dort mit ihrer Propaganda trifft. Doch es führt kein zwangsläufiger Weg von ostdeutschen Frustrationen in die Arme einer rechtsradikalen Partei, die für Rassismus, Sexismus und Autokratie steht. Susan Arndt erzählt ihre eigene Geschichte und zeigt, wie ein ostdeutscher Weg auch eine ganz andere Richtung nehmen konnte. Sie erzählt von ihren Gesprächen im Freundes- und Bekanntenkreis, in dem sich AfD-Sprech breit gemacht hat, berichtet aber auch von ihren eigenen Erfahrungen als Ostdeutsche seit 1989/1990 und als Person, die gegen Rassismus und Sexismus kämpft. Sie macht die Frustrationen verständlich, die durch westliche Überheblichkeit begünstigt wurden. Zugleich erzählt sie davon, dass und wie die „Mitte der Gesellschaft“ gegen Anti-Diskriminierungsarbeit vorgeht und was gewonnen werden kann, wenn sich alle weniger aufregen. Vor allem aber fragt sie, wie ein Miteinander gegen Diskriminierungen und Ausgrenzungen gestaltet werden kann. Ein Buch, das die Mitte gegen die AfD mobilisieren will – in Ostdeutschland und deutschlandweit. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761483]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ich bin ostdeutsch und gegen die AfD: Eine Intervention Author: Susan Arndt Narrator: Janna Ambrosy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: EINE KRITISCHE INTERVENTION Die AfD ist in Ostdeutschland auf dem Vormarsch. In Umfragen ist sie oftmals die stärkste Partei, und liegt in einigen Bundesländern gar bei 35 Prozent. Doch das heißt: zwei Drittel der Ostdeutschen wählen nicht AfD. Susan Arndt gibt dieser oft übersehenen Mehrheit in ihrem sehr persönlichen Buch eine Stimme und zeigt, dass es auch ein anderes Ostdeutschland gibt und die AfD ein gesamtdeutsches Problem ist. Bei manchen Presseberichten und alarmistischen Tweets kann der Eindruck entstehen, als wäre Ostdeutschland fest in der Hand der AfD. Und tatsächlich ist es erschreckend, auf welch fruchtbaren Boden die AfD dort mit ihrer Propaganda trifft. Doch es führt kein zwangsläufiger Weg von ostdeutschen Frustrationen in die Arme einer rechtsradikalen Partei, die für Rassismus, Sexismus und Autokratie steht. Susan Arndt erzählt ihre eigene Geschichte und zeigt, wie ein ostdeutscher Weg auch eine ganz andere Richtung nehmen konnte. Sie erzählt von ihren Gesprächen im Freundes- und Bekanntenkreis, in dem sich AfD-Sprech breit gemacht hat, berichtet aber auch von ihren eigenen Erfahrungen als Ostdeutsche seit 1989/1990 und als Person, die gegen Rassismus und Sexismus kämpft. Sie macht die Frustrationen verständlich, die durch westliche Überheblichkeit begünstigt wurden. Zugleich erzählt sie davon, dass und wie die „Mitte der Gesellschaft“ gegen Anti-Diskriminierungsarbeit vorgeht und was gewonnen werden kann, wenn sich alle weniger aufregen. Vor allem aber fragt sie, wie ein Miteinander gegen Diskriminierungen und Ausgrenzungen gestaltet werden kann. Ein Buch, das die Mitte gegen die AfD mobilisieren will – in Ostdeutschland und deutschlandweit. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761485 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Hamas: Herrschaft über Gaza, Krieg gegen Israel Author: Joseph Croitoru Narrator: Lucas Sanchez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: HERRSCHAFT ÜBER GAZA, KRIEG GEGEN ISRAEL Der Angriff der Hamas vom 7. Oktober 2023 markiert einen tiefen Einschnitt in der Geschichte Israels. Joseph Croitoru erklärt konzise, wie die Hamas seit 2007 ihre islamistische Herrschaft im Gazastreifen etabliert hat und welche Organisationen und Staaten ihren Terror gegen Israel unterstützen. Sein Augen öffnendes Buch, das auf langjähriger Beobachtung der Hamas basiert, lässt den neuen, schrecklichen Krieg in Israel und Palästina besser verstehen. Die Leichtigkeit, mit der Kämpfer der Hamas und des Islamischen Dschihad im Oktober 2023 die Grenze zu Israel überwunden haben, und die Unzahl ihrer Raketen haben die Welt verblüfft. Wie konnten so viele schwere Waffen in das vermeintlich lückenlos, bis tief in den Boden, gesicherte Gebiet gelangen? Welche Ideologie und welche Unterstützer stecken hinter der Hamas? Joseph Croitoru beschreibt die Geschichte der „Islamischen Widerstandsbewegung“ (Hamas), die 1987 aus der Muslimbruderschaft hervorgegangen ist und 2007 gewaltsam die Macht in Gaza übernommen hat. Er erläutert ihre unterschiedlichen Gesichter als Wohltätigkeitsorganisation, Regierungspartei und Terror- gruppe und zeigt, wie die palästinensische Bevölkerung von der rücksichtslosen Politik der rechtsgerichteten Netanjahu- Regierung in ihre Arme getrieben wird. Israel kann mit seinem massiven Gegenschlag die Herrschaft der Hamas über Gaza beenden, doch ob das auch das Ende der Hamas sein wird, bleibt fraglich. Joseph Croitoru ist ein ausgewiesener Nahost-Experte, der die Hamas und Gaza seit vielen Jahren beobachtet Ein aktueller Blick hinter die Kulissen der Hamas Joseph Croitoru Thu, 25 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761485 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Hamas: Herrschaft über Gaza, Krieg gegen Israel Author: Joseph Croitoru Narrator: Lucas Sanchez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: HERRSCHAFT ÜBER GAZA, KRIEG GEGEN ISRAEL Der Angriff der Hamas vom 7. Oktober 2023 markiert einen tiefen Einschnitt in der Geschichte Israels. Joseph Croitoru erklärt konzise, wie die Hamas seit 2007 ihre islamistische Herrschaft im Gazastreifen etabliert hat und welche Organisationen und Staaten ihren Terror gegen Israel unterstützen. Sein Augen öffnendes Buch, das auf langjähriger Beobachtung der Hamas basiert, lässt den neuen, schrecklichen Krieg in Israel und Palästina besser verstehen. Die Leichtigkeit, mit der Kämpfer der Hamas und des Islamischen Dschihad im Oktober 2023 die Grenze zu Israel überwunden haben, und die Unzahl ihrer Raketen haben die Welt verblüfft. Wie konnten so viele schwere Waffen in das vermeintlich lückenlos, bis tief in den Boden, gesicherte Gebiet gelangen? Welche Ideologie und welche Unterstützer stecken hinter der Hamas? Joseph Croitoru beschreibt die Geschichte der „Islamischen Widerstandsbewegung“ (Hamas), die 1987 aus der Muslimbruderschaft hervorgegangen ist und 2007 gewaltsam die Macht in Gaza übernommen hat. Er erläutert ihre unterschiedlichen Gesichter als Wohltätigkeitsorganisation, Regierungspartei und Terror- gruppe und zeigt, wie die palästinensische Bevölkerung von der rücksichtslosen Politik der rechtsgerichteten Netanjahu- Regierung in ihre Arme getrieben wird. Israel kann mit seinem massiven Gegenschlag die Herrschaft der Hamas über Gaza beenden, doch ob das auch das Ende der Hamas sein wird, bleibt fraglich. Joseph Croitoru ist ein ausgewiesener Nahost-Experte, der die Hamas und Gaza seit vielen Jahren beobachtet Ein aktueller Blick hinter die Kulissen der Hamas Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Hamas: Herrschaft über Gaza, Krieg gegen Israel Author: Joseph Croitoru Narrator: Lucas Sanchez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: HERRSCHAFT ÜBER GAZA, KRIEG GEGEN ISRAEL Der Angriff der Hamas vom 7. Oktober 2023 markiert einen tiefen Einschnitt in der Geschichte Israels. Joseph Croitoru erklärt konzise, wie die Hamas seit 2007 ihre islamistische Herrschaft im Gazastreifen etabliert hat und welche Organisationen und Staaten ihren Terror gegen Israel unterstützen. Sein Augen öffnendes Buch, das auf langjähriger Beobachtung der Hamas basiert, lässt den neuen, schrecklichen Krieg in Israel und Palästina besser verstehen. Die Leichtigkeit, mit der Kämpfer der Hamas und des Islamischen Dschihad im Oktober 2023 die Grenze zu Israel überwunden haben, und die Unzahl ihrer Raketen haben die Welt verblüfft. Wie konnten so viele schwere Waffen in das vermeintlich lückenlos, bis tief in den Boden, gesicherte Gebiet gelangen? Welche Ideologie und welche Unterstützer stecken hinter der Hamas? Joseph Croitoru beschreibt die Geschichte der „Islamischen Widerstandsbewegung“ (Hamas), die 1987 aus der Muslimbruderschaft hervorgegangen ist und 2007 gewaltsam die Macht in Gaza übernommen hat. Er erläutert ihre unterschiedlichen Gesichter als Wohltätigkeitsorganisation, Regierungspartei und Terror- gruppe und zeigt, wie die palästinensische Bevölkerung von der rücksichtslosen Politik der rechtsgerichteten Netanjahu- Regierung in ihre Arme getrieben wird. Israel kann mit seinem massiven Gegenschlag die Herrschaft der Hamas über Gaza beenden, doch ob das auch das Ende der Hamas sein wird, bleibt fraglich. Joseph Croitoru ist ein ausgewiesener Nahost-Experte, der die Hamas und Gaza seit vielen Jahren beobachtet Ein aktueller Blick hinter die Kulissen der Hamas https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761486 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die deutsche Russland-Illusion: Die Irrtümer unserer Russland-Politik und was draus folgen sollte Author: Jörg Himmelreich Narrator: Uwe Thoma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Putins Krieg hat alle bislang als unumstößlich geltenden Grundannahmen unserer Beziehungen zu Russland zunichte gemacht. Wie ist mit einer geopolitischen Macht auf dem europäischen Kontinent umzugehen, deren DNA darauf ausgerichtet ist, mit kriegsverbrecherischer Gewalt bestehende Staatsgrenzen zu verändern? Zu dieser fundamentalen Herausforderung für die Zukunft Europas und möglichen Lösungen schweigen die deutschen Parteien auffallend laut. Jörg Himmelreich geht in seinem Buch den tieferen historischen, kulturellen und wirtschaftlichen Ursachen des deutschen Verhältnisses zu Russland nach und entwickelt auf diesem Fundament Strategien für eine tatsächlich neue Russlandpolitik. Jörg Himmelreich Thu, 28 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761486 thebookvoice.com 8:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die deutsche Russland-Illusion: Die Irrtümer unserer Russland-Politik und was draus folgen sollte Author: Jörg Himmelreich Narrator: Uwe Thoma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Putins Krieg hat alle bislang als unumstößlich geltenden Grundannahmen unserer Beziehungen zu Russland zunichte gemacht. Wie ist mit einer geopolitischen Macht auf dem europäischen Kontinent umzugehen, deren DNA darauf ausgerichtet ist, mit kriegsverbrecherischer Gewalt bestehende Staatsgrenzen zu verändern? Zu dieser fundamentalen Herausforderung für die Zukunft Europas und möglichen Lösungen schweigen die deutschen Parteien auffallend laut. Jörg Himmelreich geht in seinem Buch den tieferen historischen, kulturellen und wirtschaftlichen Ursachen des deutschen Verhältnisses zu Russland nach und entwickelt auf diesem Fundament Strategien für eine tatsächlich neue Russlandpolitik. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die deutsche Russland-Illusion: Die Irrtümer unserer Russland-Politik und was draus folgen sollte Author: Jörg Himmelreich Narrator: Uwe Thoma Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Putins Krieg hat alle bislang als unumstößlich geltenden Grundannahmen unserer Beziehungen zu Russland zunichte gemacht. Wie ist mit einer geopolitischen Macht auf dem europäischen Kontinent umzugehen, deren DNA darauf ausgerichtet ist, mit kriegsverbrecherischer Gewalt bestehende Staatsgrenzen zu verändern? Zu dieser fundamentalen Herausforderung für die Zukunft Europas und möglichen Lösungen schweigen die deutschen Parteien auffallend laut. Jörg Himmelreich geht in seinem Buch den tieferen historischen, kulturellen und wirtschaftlichen Ursachen des deutschen Verhältnisses zu Russland nach und entwickelt auf diesem Fundament Strategien für eine tatsächlich neue Russlandpolitik. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761473 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761473]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Klimapolitik mit kühlem Kopf (Ungekürzt) Author: Lothar Thürmer Narrator: Samy Andersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Es ist Zeit für eine neue Sicht auf die Klimapolitik. Für eine ehrliche Bilanz. Für Ziele, die erreichbar sind und uns nicht überfordern. Für eine stärkere globale Klima-Kooperation, die China voll einbezieht. Und für mehr Tempo bei der Anpassung an die Folgen der Erderwärmung. Lothar Thürmer Mon, 25 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761473 thebookvoice.com 0:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761473]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Klimapolitik mit kühlem Kopf (Ungekürzt) Author: Lothar Thürmer Narrator: Samy Andersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Es ist Zeit für eine neue Sicht auf die Klimapolitik. Für eine ehrliche Bilanz. Für Ziele, die erreichbar sind und uns nicht überfordern. Für eine stärkere globale Klima-Kooperation, die China voll einbezieht. Und für mehr Tempo bei der Anpassung an die Folgen der Erderwärmung. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761473]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Klimapolitik mit kühlem Kopf (Ungekürzt) Author: Lothar Thürmer Narrator: Samy Andersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 25, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Es ist Zeit für eine neue Sicht auf die Klimapolitik. Für eine ehrliche Bilanz. Für Ziele, die erreichbar sind und uns nicht überfordern. Für eine stärkere globale Klima-Kooperation, die China voll einbezieht. Und für mehr Tempo bei der Anpassung an die Folgen der Erderwärmung. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761368 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shifting Twenty-First Century Presidency: Assessing the Implications for America and the World Author: Tevi Troy Narrator: Jonathan Sleep Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The role and range of the American presidency has undergone significant changes in the twenty-first century, with George W. Bush, Barack Obama, Donald Trump, and Joe Biden transforming the office in distinct ways. Many but not all of these changes stem from the numerous crises of this young century: 9/11 and the resulting war on terror, Hurricane Katrina, the Great Recession, the COVID-19 pandemic, and the social unrest of 2020. While crisis brings rapid change, there are other factors at work as well. Increased polarization has led presidents of both parties to press existing rules and norms to their limits in an attempt to accomplish more during their brief tenures. The result is a lot of policy and structural change in a short period, including new cabinet departments, new election rules, and significantly increased spending and debt, among other things. For the most part, these changes have occurred with little thought to what it all means for the functionality and stability of our democratic institutions and, consequently, our nation's capacity to address the needs as well as the aspirations of the American people. The Bipartisan Policy Center's Tevi Troy has brought together a group of presidential scholars and political experts to address these important issues and to reflect on how the presidency has changed and what it might mean for the future. Tevi Troy Tue, 30 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761368 thebookvoice.com 5:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shifting Twenty-First Century Presidency: Assessing the Implications for America and the World Author: Tevi Troy Narrator: Jonathan Sleep Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The role and range of the American presidency has undergone significant changes in the twenty-first century, with George W. Bush, Barack Obama, Donald Trump, and Joe Biden transforming the office in distinct ways. Many but not all of these changes stem from the numerous crises of this young century: 9/11 and the resulting war on terror, Hurricane Katrina, the Great Recession, the COVID-19 pandemic, and the social unrest of 2020. While crisis brings rapid change, there are other factors at work as well. Increased polarization has led presidents of both parties to press existing rules and norms to their limits in an attempt to accomplish more during their brief tenures. The result is a lot of policy and structural change in a short period, including new cabinet departments, new election rules, and significantly increased spending and debt, among other things. For the most part, these changes have occurred with little thought to what it all means for the functionality and stability of our democratic institutions and, consequently, our nation's capacity to address the needs as well as the aspirations of the American people. The Bipartisan Policy Center's Tevi Troy has brought together a group of presidential scholars and political experts to address these important issues and to reflect on how the presidency has changed and what it might mean for the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Shifting Twenty-First Century Presidency: Assessing the Implications for America and the World Author: Tevi Troy Narrator: Jonathan Sleep Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The role and range of the American presidency has undergone significant changes in the twenty-first century, with George W. Bush, Barack Obama, Donald Trump, and Joe Biden transforming the office in distinct ways. Many but not all of these changes stem from the numerous crises of this young century: 9/11 and the resulting war on terror, Hurricane Katrina, the Great Recession, the COVID-19 pandemic, and the social unrest of 2020. While crisis brings rapid change, there are other factors at work as well. Increased polarization has led presidents of both parties to press existing rules and norms to their limits in an attempt to accomplish more during their brief tenures. The result is a lot of policy and structural change in a short period, including new cabinet departments, new election rules, and significantly increased spending and debt, among other things. For the most part, these changes have occurred with little thought to what it all means for the functionality and stability of our democratic institutions and, consequently, our nation's capacity to address the needs as well as the aspirations of the American people. The Bipartisan Policy Center's Tevi Troy has brought together a group of presidential scholars and political experts to address these important issues and to reflect on how the presidency has changed and what it might mean for the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761361 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invented State: Policy Misperceptions in the American Public Author: Emily Thorson Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Invented State, Emily Thorson argues that a problematic and understudied aspect of political misinformation reflects widespread public misperception about what the government does. Because much of public policy is invisible to the public, there is fertile ground for false beliefs to flourish, leading to what Thorson terms the 'invented state': systematic misperceptions about public policy. However, people get the facts wrong not because they are stupid or blinded by partisan loyalty. Misperceptions are created when three conditions are met: when citizens have incomplete information about an issue, when their own biases color their understanding of it, and when they feel that the issue is important. The invented state is created by exposure to misinformation and by individuals' cognitive errors. Correcting these policy misperceptions is highly effective at reducing false beliefs. Providing people with corrective information has downstream effects on attitudes. When they learn how policies really work, their approval increases and they also shift their policy priorities. Contrary to pundits' assumptions of a public who is largely indifferent to policy, there is a deep public desire to learn basic facts about how the government works. Thorson meets that desire with analysis on how the media can identify and correct substantive policy misperceptions. Emily Thorson Tue, 23 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761361 thebookvoice.com 6:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invented State: Policy Misperceptions in the American Public Author: Emily Thorson Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Invented State, Emily Thorson argues that a problematic and understudied aspect of political misinformation reflects widespread public misperception about what the government does. Because much of public policy is invisible to the public, there is fertile ground for false beliefs to flourish, leading to what Thorson terms the 'invented state': systematic misperceptions about public policy. However, people get the facts wrong not because they are stupid or blinded by partisan loyalty. Misperceptions are created when three conditions are met: when citizens have incomplete information about an issue, when their own biases color their understanding of it, and when they feel that the issue is important. The invented state is created by exposure to misinformation and by individuals' cognitive errors. Correcting these policy misperceptions is highly effective at reducing false beliefs. Providing people with corrective information has downstream effects on attitudes. When they learn how policies really work, their approval increases and they also shift their policy priorities. Contrary to pundits' assumptions of a public who is largely indifferent to policy, there is a deep public desire to learn basic facts about how the government works. Thorson meets that desire with analysis on how the media can identify and correct substantive policy misperceptions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invented State: Policy Misperceptions in the American Public Author: Emily Thorson Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In The Invented State, Emily Thorson argues that a problematic and understudied aspect of political misinformation reflects widespread public misperception about what the government does. Because much of public policy is invisible to the public, there is fertile ground for false beliefs to flourish, leading to what Thorson terms the 'invented state': systematic misperceptions about public policy. However, people get the facts wrong not because they are stupid or blinded by partisan loyalty. Misperceptions are created when three conditions are met: when citizens have incomplete information about an issue, when their own biases color their understanding of it, and when they feel that the issue is important. The invented state is created by exposure to misinformation and by individuals' cognitive errors. Correcting these policy misperceptions is highly effective at reducing false beliefs. Providing people with corrective information has downstream effects on attitudes. When they learn how policies really work, their approval increases and they also shift their policy priorities. Contrary to pundits' assumptions of a public who is largely indifferent to policy, there is a deep public desire to learn basic facts about how the government works. Thorson meets that desire with analysis on how the media can identify and correct substantive policy misperceptions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761353 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saving Ourselves: From Climate Shocks to Climate Action Author: Dana R. Fisher Narrator: Ann Sprinkle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We've known for decades that climate change is an existential crisis. For just as long, we've seen the complete failure of our institutions to rise to the challenge. Fossil fuel interests maintain a stranglehold on political and economic power. Even though we have seen growing concern from everyday people, civil society has succeeded only in pressuring decision makers to adopt watered-down policies. Is there any hope of achieving the systemic change we need? Dana R. Fisher argues that there is a realistic path forward for climate action—but only through mass mobilization that responds to the growing severity and frequency of disastrous events. She assesses the current state of affairs and shows why public policy and private-sector efforts have been ineffective. Spurred by this lack of progress, climate activism has become increasingly confrontational. Fisher examines the radical flank of the climate movement: its emergence and growth, its use of direct action, and how it might evolve as the climate crisis worsens. She considers when and how activism is most successful, identifying the importance of creating community, capitalizing on shocking moments, and cultivating resilience. Clear-eyed yet optimistic, Saving Ourselves offers timely insights on how social movements can take power back and open windows of opportunity for transformative climate action. Dana R. Fisher Tue, 16 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761353 thebookvoice.com 4:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saving Ourselves: From Climate Shocks to Climate Action Author: Dana R. Fisher Narrator: Ann Sprinkle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We've known for decades that climate change is an existential crisis. For just as long, we've seen the complete failure of our institutions to rise to the challenge. Fossil fuel interests maintain a stranglehold on political and economic power. Even though we have seen growing concern from everyday people, civil society has succeeded only in pressuring decision makers to adopt watered-down policies. Is there any hope of achieving the systemic change we need? Dana R. Fisher argues that there is a realistic path forward for climate action—but only through mass mobilization that responds to the growing severity and frequency of disastrous events. She assesses the current state of affairs and shows why public policy and private-sector efforts have been ineffective. Spurred by this lack of progress, climate activism has become increasingly confrontational. Fisher examines the radical flank of the climate movement: its emergence and growth, its use of direct action, and how it might evolve as the climate crisis worsens. She considers when and how activism is most successful, identifying the importance of creating community, capitalizing on shocking moments, and cultivating resilience. Clear-eyed yet optimistic, Saving Ourselves offers timely insights on how social movements can take power back and open windows of opportunity for transformative climate action. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saving Ourselves: From Climate Shocks to Climate Action Author: Dana R. Fisher Narrator: Ann Sprinkle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We've known for decades that climate change is an existential crisis. For just as long, we've seen the complete failure of our institutions to rise to the challenge. Fossil fuel interests maintain a stranglehold on political and economic power. Even though we have seen growing concern from everyday people, civil society has succeeded only in pressuring decision makers to adopt watered-down policies. Is there any hope of achieving the systemic change we need? Dana R. Fisher argues that there is a realistic path forward for climate action—but only through mass mobilization that responds to the growing severity and frequency of disastrous events. She assesses the current state of affairs and shows why public policy and private-sector efforts have been ineffective. Spurred by this lack of progress, climate activism has become increasingly confrontational. Fisher examines the radical flank of the climate movement: its emergence and growth, its use of direct action, and how it might evolve as the climate crisis worsens. She considers when and how activism is most successful, identifying the importance of creating community, capitalizing on shocking moments, and cultivating resilience. Clear-eyed yet optimistic, Saving Ourselves offers timely insights on how social movements can take power back and open windows of opportunity for transformative climate action. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761346 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grand Old Unraveling: The Republican Party, Donald Trump, and the Rise of Authoritarianism Author: John Kenneth White Narrator: Bob Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It didn't begin with Donald Trump. Since the time of FDR, the Republican Party has been home to conspiracy thinking, including a belief that lost elections were rigged. And when Republicans later won the White House, the party elevated their presidents to heroic status—a predisposition that eventually posed a threat to democracy. John Kenneth White proposes to explain why this happened—not just the election of Trump but the authoritarian shift in the party as a whole that led to the insurrection of January 6, 2021, and its aftermath. White presents a clear and concise analysis of how the modern Republican Party came to be by tracing historical patterns that reach back to the 1930s. He argues that the rise of Republican authoritarianism has been decades in the making, going back to the desperation that took hold among party elites in the wake of twenty years of Democratic dominance between 1932 and 1952. The fear of losing that overtook the party during the Roosevelt period eventually led to an escalation of intrigue that included the rise of the John Birch Society in the 1950s and QAnon today. White traces the development of this culture of conspiracy theories within the GOP and explains how the emphasis on winning at any cost created a cult of personality and a willingness to seize power by any means necessary. John Kenneth White Tue, 21 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761346 thebookvoice.com 8:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grand Old Unraveling: The Republican Party, Donald Trump, and the Rise of Authoritarianism Author: John Kenneth White Narrator: Bob Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It didn't begin with Donald Trump. Since the time of FDR, the Republican Party has been home to conspiracy thinking, including a belief that lost elections were rigged. And when Republicans later won the White House, the party elevated their presidents to heroic status—a predisposition that eventually posed a threat to democracy. John Kenneth White proposes to explain why this happened—not just the election of Trump but the authoritarian shift in the party as a whole that led to the insurrection of January 6, 2021, and its aftermath. White presents a clear and concise analysis of how the modern Republican Party came to be by tracing historical patterns that reach back to the 1930s. He argues that the rise of Republican authoritarianism has been decades in the making, going back to the desperation that took hold among party elites in the wake of twenty years of Democratic dominance between 1932 and 1952. The fear of losing that overtook the party during the Roosevelt period eventually led to an escalation of intrigue that included the rise of the John Birch Society in the 1950s and QAnon today. White traces the development of this culture of conspiracy theories within the GOP and explains how the emphasis on winning at any cost created a cult of personality and a willingness to seize power by any means necessary. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grand Old Unraveling: The Republican Party, Donald Trump, and the Rise of Authoritarianism Author: John Kenneth White Narrator: Bob Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It didn't begin with Donald Trump. Since the time of FDR, the Republican Party has been home to conspiracy thinking, including a belief that lost elections were rigged. And when Republicans later won the White House, the party elevated their presidents to heroic status—a predisposition that eventually posed a threat to democracy. John Kenneth White proposes to explain why this happened—not just the election of Trump but the authoritarian shift in the party as a whole that led to the insurrection of January 6, 2021, and its aftermath. White presents a clear and concise analysis of how the modern Republican Party came to be by tracing historical patterns that reach back to the 1930s. He argues that the rise of Republican authoritarianism has been decades in the making, going back to the desperation that took hold among party elites in the wake of twenty years of Democratic dominance between 1932 and 1952. The fear of losing that overtook the party during the Roosevelt period eventually led to an escalation of intrigue that included the rise of the John Birch Society in the 1950s and QAnon today. White traces the development of this culture of conspiracy theories within the GOP and explains how the emphasis on winning at any cost created a cult of personality and a willingness to seize power by any means necessary. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761347 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761347]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whistling Dixie: Ronald Reagan, the White South, and the Transformation of the Republican Party Author: Jonathan Bartho Narrator: Frank Block Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jonathan Bartho's Whistling Dixie explores the interdependent political relationship between Ronald Reagan and the white conservative South—a relationship that had a profound impact on Reagan's own career, on the political landscape of the South and the entire United States, and on the identity of the modern Republican Party. Millions of southerners were attracted to the GOP by Reagan's anti-statist ideology and their affection for the man himself—an affection that had been built over decades of appearances in the region. The support of these white southern conservatives was crucial to Reagan's political success, ultimately propelling him to the White House in 1980. Conversely, by supporting Reagan's presidential campaigns, southern conservatives were able to influence the direction of the Republican Party and begin restoring their region to a position of power in Washington. Bartho deftly provides a new perspective on Reagan's political career and the Republican Party of the Reagan era while detailing the often-rancorous philosophical differences between Reaganism and southern conservatism and the resulting political conflicts. Whistling Dixie highlights a divide in the Republican Party and in American conservatism that has often been overlooked—a divide that laid the foundations for the GOP's southernization and ultimately led to the rise of Donald Trump. Jonathan Bartho Tue, 30 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761347 thebookvoice.com 10:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761347]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whistling Dixie: Ronald Reagan, the White South, and the Transformation of the Republican Party Author: Jonathan Bartho Narrator: Frank Block Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jonathan Bartho's Whistling Dixie explores the interdependent political relationship between Ronald Reagan and the white conservative South—a relationship that had a profound impact on Reagan's own career, on the political landscape of the South and the entire United States, and on the identity of the modern Republican Party. Millions of southerners were attracted to the GOP by Reagan's anti-statist ideology and their affection for the man himself—an affection that had been built over decades of appearances in the region. The support of these white southern conservatives was crucial to Reagan's political success, ultimately propelling him to the White House in 1980. Conversely, by supporting Reagan's presidential campaigns, southern conservatives were able to influence the direction of the Republican Party and begin restoring their region to a position of power in Washington. Bartho deftly provides a new perspective on Reagan's political career and the Republican Party of the Reagan era while detailing the often-rancorous philosophical differences between Reaganism and southern conservatism and the resulting political conflicts. Whistling Dixie highlights a divide in the Republican Party and in American conservatism that has often been overlooked—a divide that laid the foundations for the GOP's southernization and ultimately led to the rise of Donald Trump. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761347]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Whistling Dixie: Ronald Reagan, the White South, and the Transformation of the Republican Party Author: Jonathan Bartho Narrator: Frank Block Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jonathan Bartho's Whistling Dixie explores the interdependent political relationship between Ronald Reagan and the white conservative South—a relationship that had a profound impact on Reagan's own career, on the political landscape of the South and the entire United States, and on the identity of the modern Republican Party. Millions of southerners were attracted to the GOP by Reagan's anti-statist ideology and their affection for the man himself—an affection that had been built over decades of appearances in the region. The support of these white southern conservatives was crucial to Reagan's political success, ultimately propelling him to the White House in 1980. Conversely, by supporting Reagan's presidential campaigns, southern conservatives were able to influence the direction of the Republican Party and begin restoring their region to a position of power in Washington. Bartho deftly provides a new perspective on Reagan's political career and the Republican Party of the Reagan era while detailing the often-rancorous philosophical differences between Reaganism and southern conservatism and the resulting political conflicts. Whistling Dixie highlights a divide in the Republican Party and in American conservatism that has often been overlooked—a divide that laid the foundations for the GOP's southernization and ultimately led to the rise of Donald Trump. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761345 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Roadblocked: Joe Biden's Rocky Transition to the Presidency Author: Heath Brown Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Joe Biden and Kamala Harris began their transition to the White House in the most unusual of circumstances: a global pandemic, a sitting president violently refusing to accept the results of the election, and a historic racial reckoning all posed profound questions about how they would staff large parts of the government and articulate policy remedies to pressing problems in just eleven weeks. Heath Brown's Roadblocked is a revelatory look at the seventy days between the election and the inauguration with a focus on the ways the Biden-Harris transition team sought help and advice to overcome these obstacles. More than that, Roadblocked is also a gripping history of US presidential transitions over the past half-century that compares the transition teams of the last four administrations. Biden-Harris transition leaders had a massive team with a stated aim to promote coordination, encourage teamwork, and avoid siloing staff. In the end, however, these aims were foiled by the conditions of the pandemic and steep hierarchies, which both reduced collaboration and information sharing. In the end, despite substantial changes in the Democratic coalition, newly influential groups armed with novel tactics, and great shifts in their political agenda, the Biden-Harris transition did not lead to transformation. Roadblocked explains why. Heath Brown Mon, 24 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761345 thebookvoice.com 7:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Roadblocked: Joe Biden's Rocky Transition to the Presidency Author: Heath Brown Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Joe Biden and Kamala Harris began their transition to the White House in the most unusual of circumstances: a global pandemic, a sitting president violently refusing to accept the results of the election, and a historic racial reckoning all posed profound questions about how they would staff large parts of the government and articulate policy remedies to pressing problems in just eleven weeks. Heath Brown's Roadblocked is a revelatory look at the seventy days between the election and the inauguration with a focus on the ways the Biden-Harris transition team sought help and advice to overcome these obstacles. More than that, Roadblocked is also a gripping history of US presidential transitions over the past half-century that compares the transition teams of the last four administrations. Biden-Harris transition leaders had a massive team with a stated aim to promote coordination, encourage teamwork, and avoid siloing staff. In the end, however, these aims were foiled by the conditions of the pandemic and steep hierarchies, which both reduced collaboration and information sharing. In the end, despite substantial changes in the Democratic coalition, newly influential groups armed with novel tactics, and great shifts in their political agenda, the Biden-Harris transition did not lead to transformation. Roadblocked explains why. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761345]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Roadblocked: Joe Biden's Rocky Transition to the Presidency Author: Heath Brown Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Joe Biden and Kamala Harris began their transition to the White House in the most unusual of circumstances: a global pandemic, a sitting president violently refusing to accept the results of the election, and a historic racial reckoning all posed profound questions about how they would staff large parts of the government and articulate policy remedies to pressing problems in just eleven weeks. Heath Brown's Roadblocked is a revelatory look at the seventy days between the election and the inauguration with a focus on the ways the Biden-Harris transition team sought help and advice to overcome these obstacles. More than that, Roadblocked is also a gripping history of US presidential transitions over the past half-century that compares the transition teams of the last four administrations. Biden-Harris transition leaders had a massive team with a stated aim to promote coordination, encourage teamwork, and avoid siloing staff. In the end, however, these aims were foiled by the conditions of the pandemic and steep hierarchies, which both reduced collaboration and information sharing. In the end, despite substantial changes in the Democratic coalition, newly influential groups armed with novel tactics, and great shifts in their political agenda, the Biden-Harris transition did not lead to transformation. Roadblocked explains why. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761323 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We're Here to Help: When Guardianship Goes Wrong Author: Diane Dimond Narrator: Diane Dimond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The state-run guardianship system, called conservatorship in some states, is largely unregulated, ill-understood, and increasingly populated by financially motivated predators. Just how the secretive world of guardianship works and its real-life effects remained a mystery to most until the very public case of pop star Britney Spears. Currently, there are an estimated 1.5 to 2 million Americans under court control, but precise figures are not known as no government entity keeps track of citizens who have lost the right to determine their own fate. Established in the late 1800s, the guardianship system was designed to assist the most vulnerable citizens: the elderly and the physically or intellectually disabled. While guardianship has been beneficial to many 'wards of the court,' this little-understood process can be a judicial rollercoaster from which there is seldom an escape, and which often leads to financial devastation for the ward and their families. Each year, fifty billion dollars belonging to wards are placed under the control of court appointees, an obvious temptation to bad actors who control these funds. As investigative journalist Diane Dimond discovers, the number of exploitive and abusive guardianship cases nationwide demands our urgent attention. This book also provides concrete steps that families can take to protect themselves. Diane Dimond Tue, 30 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761323 thebookvoice.com 13:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We're Here to Help: When Guardianship Goes Wrong Author: Diane Dimond Narrator: Diane Dimond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The state-run guardianship system, called conservatorship in some states, is largely unregulated, ill-understood, and increasingly populated by financially motivated predators. Just how the secretive world of guardianship works and its real-life effects remained a mystery to most until the very public case of pop star Britney Spears. Currently, there are an estimated 1.5 to 2 million Americans under court control, but precise figures are not known as no government entity keeps track of citizens who have lost the right to determine their own fate. Established in the late 1800s, the guardianship system was designed to assist the most vulnerable citizens: the elderly and the physically or intellectually disabled. While guardianship has been beneficial to many 'wards of the court,' this little-understood process can be a judicial rollercoaster from which there is seldom an escape, and which often leads to financial devastation for the ward and their families. Each year, fifty billion dollars belonging to wards are placed under the control of court appointees, an obvious temptation to bad actors who control these funds. As investigative journalist Diane Dimond discovers, the number of exploitive and abusive guardianship cases nationwide demands our urgent attention. This book also provides concrete steps that families can take to protect themselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761323]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We're Here to Help: When Guardianship Goes Wrong Author: Diane Dimond Narrator: Diane Dimond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The state-run guardianship system, called conservatorship in some states, is largely unregulated, ill-understood, and increasingly populated by financially motivated predators. Just how the secretive world of guardianship works and its real-life effects remained a mystery to most until the very public case of pop star Britney Spears. Currently, there are an estimated 1.5 to 2 million Americans under court control, but precise figures are not known as no government entity keeps track of citizens who have lost the right to determine their own fate. Established in the late 1800s, the guardianship system was designed to assist the most vulnerable citizens: the elderly and the physically or intellectually disabled. While guardianship has been beneficial to many 'wards of the court,' this little-understood process can be a judicial rollercoaster from which there is seldom an escape, and which often leads to financial devastation for the ward and their families. Each year, fifty billion dollars belonging to wards are placed under the control of court appointees, an obvious temptation to bad actors who control these funds. As investigative journalist Diane Dimond discovers, the number of exploitive and abusive guardianship cases nationwide demands our urgent attention. This book also provides concrete steps that families can take to protect themselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761319 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Plantation: Racism and Resistance in the Halls of Congress Author: James R. Jones Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Racism continues to infuse Congress's daily practice of lawmaking and shape who obtains congressional employment. In this timely and provocative book, James Jones reveals how and why many who work in Congress call it the 'Last Plantation.' He shows that even as the civil rights movement gained momentum and antidiscrimination laws were implemented, Congress remained exempt from federal workplace protections. These exemptions institutionalized inequality in the congressional workplace well into the twenty-first century. Jones uncovers the hidden dynamics of power, privilege, and resistance in Congress. He reveals how failures of racial representation among congressional staffers reverberate throughout the American political system and demonstrates how the absence of diverse perspectives hampers the creation of just legislation. Centering the experiences of Black workers within this complex landscape, he provides insights into the problems they face, the barriers that hinder their progress, and the ways they contest entrenched inequality. A must-listen for anyone concerned about social justice and the future of our democracy, The Last Plantation exposes the mechanisms that perpetuate racial inequality in the halls of Congress and challenges us to confront and transform this unequal workplace that shapes our politics and society. James R. Jones Tue, 21 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761319 thebookvoice.com 6:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Plantation: Racism and Resistance in the Halls of Congress Author: James R. Jones Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Racism continues to infuse Congress's daily practice of lawmaking and shape who obtains congressional employment. In this timely and provocative book, James Jones reveals how and why many who work in Congress call it the 'Last Plantation.' He shows that even as the civil rights movement gained momentum and antidiscrimination laws were implemented, Congress remained exempt from federal workplace protections. These exemptions institutionalized inequality in the congressional workplace well into the twenty-first century. Jones uncovers the hidden dynamics of power, privilege, and resistance in Congress. He reveals how failures of racial representation among congressional staffers reverberate throughout the American political system and demonstrates how the absence of diverse perspectives hampers the creation of just legislation. Centering the experiences of Black workers within this complex landscape, he provides insights into the problems they face, the barriers that hinder their progress, and the ways they contest entrenched inequality. A must-listen for anyone concerned about social justice and the future of our democracy, The Last Plantation exposes the mechanisms that perpetuate racial inequality in the halls of Congress and challenges us to confront and transform this unequal workplace that shapes our politics and society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Plantation: Racism and Resistance in the Halls of Congress Author: James R. Jones Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Racism continues to infuse Congress's daily practice of lawmaking and shape who obtains congressional employment. In this timely and provocative book, James Jones reveals how and why many who work in Congress call it the 'Last Plantation.' He shows that even as the civil rights movement gained momentum and antidiscrimination laws were implemented, Congress remained exempt from federal workplace protections. These exemptions institutionalized inequality in the congressional workplace well into the twenty-first century. Jones uncovers the hidden dynamics of power, privilege, and resistance in Congress. He reveals how failures of racial representation among congressional staffers reverberate throughout the American political system and demonstrates how the absence of diverse perspectives hampers the creation of just legislation. Centering the experiences of Black workers within this complex landscape, he provides insights into the problems they face, the barriers that hinder their progress, and the ways they contest entrenched inequality. A must-listen for anyone concerned about social justice and the future of our democracy, The Last Plantation exposes the mechanisms that perpetuate racial inequality in the halls of Congress and challenges us to confront and transform this unequal workplace that shapes our politics and society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761220 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twilight's Last Gleaming: Can America Be Saved? Author: Todd Starnes Narrator: Frank Block Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Todd Starnes is a fierce defender of freedom and a great patriot. He has seen, and understands, what is happening to our country like few others—his book is absolutely terrific, a must read!' —President Trump President Biden ushered in a dark winter of malaise across our great nation. He snuffed out Lady Liberty's bright beacon of hope and brought despair to the land. And now we stand at a time of great choosing. Do we choose the path that leads to freedom or the path that leads to tyranny? We face difficult days, but not hopeless days. Together, we can restore the Republic and reclaim our standing in the world. But first, we must remember our roots and return to the values that made our nation great. A deep and abiding desire for freedom and liberty, girded by faith in God, is the essence of who we are. Those are the precepts that must be reaffirmed if America is to be saved. Todd Starnes Tue, 30 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761220 thebookvoice.com 6:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twilight's Last Gleaming: Can America Be Saved? Author: Todd Starnes Narrator: Frank Block Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Todd Starnes is a fierce defender of freedom and a great patriot. He has seen, and understands, what is happening to our country like few others—his book is absolutely terrific, a must read!' —President Trump President Biden ushered in a dark winter of malaise across our great nation. He snuffed out Lady Liberty's bright beacon of hope and brought despair to the land. And now we stand at a time of great choosing. Do we choose the path that leads to freedom or the path that leads to tyranny? We face difficult days, but not hopeless days. Together, we can restore the Republic and reclaim our standing in the world. But first, we must remember our roots and return to the values that made our nation great. A deep and abiding desire for freedom and liberty, girded by faith in God, is the essence of who we are. Those are the precepts that must be reaffirmed if America is to be saved. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twilight's Last Gleaming: Can America Be Saved? Author: Todd Starnes Narrator: Frank Block Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Todd Starnes is a fierce defender of freedom and a great patriot. He has seen, and understands, what is happening to our country like few others—his book is absolutely terrific, a must read!' —President Trump President Biden ushered in a dark winter of malaise across our great nation. He snuffed out Lady Liberty's bright beacon of hope and brought despair to the land. And now we stand at a time of great choosing. Do we choose the path that leads to freedom or the path that leads to tyranny? We face difficult days, but not hopeless days. Together, we can restore the Republic and reclaim our standing in the world. But first, we must remember our roots and return to the values that made our nation great. A deep and abiding desire for freedom and liberty, girded by faith in God, is the essence of who we are. Those are the precepts that must be reaffirmed if America is to be saved. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761219 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parliamentary America: The Least Radical Means of Radically Repairing Our Broken Democracy Author: Maxwell L. Stearns Narrator: Maxwell L. Stearns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans face increasingly stark choices each presidential election and a growing sense that our government can't solve the nation's most urgent challenges. Our eighteenth-century system is ill-suited to our twenty-first-century world. Information-age technology has undermined our capacity to face common problems together and turned our democracy upside down, with gerrymanders letting representatives choose voters rather than voters choosing them. In Parliamentary America, Maxwell L. Stearns argues that the solution to these complex problems is a parliamentary democracy. Stearns considers such leading alternatives as ranked choice voting, the national popular vote, and congressional term limits, showing why these can't solve our constitutional crisis. Instead, three amendments—expanding the House of Representatives, having House party coalitions choose the president, and letting the House end a failing presidency based on no confidence—will produce a robust multiparty democracy. Stearns takes listeners on a world tour—England, France, Germany, Israel, Taiwan, Brazil, and Venezuela—showing what works in government, what doesn't, and how to make the best features our own. Genuine party competition and governing coalitions, commonplace across the globe, may seem like a fantasy in the United States. But we can make them a reality. Maxwell L. Stearns Tue, 04 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761219 thebookvoice.com 11:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parliamentary America: The Least Radical Means of Radically Repairing Our Broken Democracy Author: Maxwell L. Stearns Narrator: Maxwell L. Stearns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans face increasingly stark choices each presidential election and a growing sense that our government can't solve the nation's most urgent challenges. Our eighteenth-century system is ill-suited to our twenty-first-century world. Information-age technology has undermined our capacity to face common problems together and turned our democracy upside down, with gerrymanders letting representatives choose voters rather than voters choosing them. In Parliamentary America, Maxwell L. Stearns argues that the solution to these complex problems is a parliamentary democracy. Stearns considers such leading alternatives as ranked choice voting, the national popular vote, and congressional term limits, showing why these can't solve our constitutional crisis. Instead, three amendments—expanding the House of Representatives, having House party coalitions choose the president, and letting the House end a failing presidency based on no confidence—will produce a robust multiparty democracy. Stearns takes listeners on a world tour—England, France, Germany, Israel, Taiwan, Brazil, and Venezuela—showing what works in government, what doesn't, and how to make the best features our own. Genuine party competition and governing coalitions, commonplace across the globe, may seem like a fantasy in the United States. But we can make them a reality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parliamentary America: The Least Radical Means of Radically Repairing Our Broken Democracy Author: Maxwell L. Stearns Narrator: Maxwell L. Stearns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Americans face increasingly stark choices each presidential election and a growing sense that our government can't solve the nation's most urgent challenges. Our eighteenth-century system is ill-suited to our twenty-first-century world. Information-age technology has undermined our capacity to face common problems together and turned our democracy upside down, with gerrymanders letting representatives choose voters rather than voters choosing them. In Parliamentary America, Maxwell L. Stearns argues that the solution to these complex problems is a parliamentary democracy. Stearns considers such leading alternatives as ranked choice voting, the national popular vote, and congressional term limits, showing why these can't solve our constitutional crisis. Instead, three amendments—expanding the House of Representatives, having House party coalitions choose the president, and letting the House end a failing presidency based on no confidence—will produce a robust multiparty democracy. Stearns takes listeners on a world tour—England, France, Germany, Israel, Taiwan, Brazil, and Venezuela—showing what works in government, what doesn't, and how to make the best features our own. Genuine party competition and governing coalitions, commonplace across the globe, may seem like a fantasy in the United States. But we can make them a reality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761200 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761200]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust Shattered: Cases of Government Betrayal Author: Peter Serefine Narrator: Peter Serefine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Trust Shattered: Cases of Government Betrayal' is a meticulously researched, compelling narrative that unravels the complex tapestry of government actions and their profound impact on individual rights and societal trust. Spanning three distinct parts - Betrayed Bodies, Betrayed Liberty, and Betrayed Estates - this book delves into historical and contemporary instances where government intervention has overstepped, leading to significant ramifications on life, liberty, and property. Part 1, 'Betrayed Bodies,' exposes medical and scientific missteps and overreaches by the government. From the Tuskegee Syphilis Study to the FDA's drug revocations, it reveals how health policies and decisions have sometimes led to distrust and harm, rather than protection and healing. Part 2, 'Betrayed Liberty,' focuses on cases where the government’s actions have infringed upon civil liberties. It revisits moments like the McCarthy era, the Patriot Act, and the COVID-19 pandemic, highlighting how fear and crisis have been catalysts for the erosion of freedoms historically championed by democratic societies. Part 3, 'Betrayed Estates,' shifts the focus to property rights. It examines eminent domain, zoning laws, intellectual property, and taxation policies, demonstrating how these can sometimes betray the very essence of ownership and economic freedom. Peter Serefine masterfully intertwines historical contexts with contemporary relevance, offering a critical perspective on government actions. Each chapter is not only a recount of events but also an analysis of their ethical, legal, and societal implications. The book questions the delicate balance between public good and individual rights, scrutinizing the justifications and consequences of government policies. 'Trust Shattered' challenges readers to ponder the role of government in their lives. It brings to light the precarious balance between safeguarding citizens and respecting their autonomy. The book’s in-depth examination Peter Serefine Tue, 16 Jan 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761200 thebookvoice.com 3:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761200]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust Shattered: Cases of Government Betrayal Author: Peter Serefine Narrator: Peter Serefine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Trust Shattered: Cases of Government Betrayal' is a meticulously researched, compelling narrative that unravels the complex tapestry of government actions and their profound impact on individual rights and societal trust. Spanning three distinct parts - Betrayed Bodies, Betrayed Liberty, and Betrayed Estates - this book delves into historical and contemporary instances where government intervention has overstepped, leading to significant ramifications on life, liberty, and property. Part 1, 'Betrayed Bodies,' exposes medical and scientific missteps and overreaches by the government. From the Tuskegee Syphilis Study to the FDA's drug revocations, it reveals how health policies and decisions have sometimes led to distrust and harm, rather than protection and healing. Part 2, 'Betrayed Liberty,' focuses on cases where the government’s actions have infringed upon civil liberties. It revisits moments like the McCarthy era, the Patriot Act, and the COVID-19 pandemic, highlighting how fear and crisis have been catalysts for the erosion of freedoms historically championed by democratic societies. Part 3, 'Betrayed Estates,' shifts the focus to property rights. It examines eminent domain, zoning laws, intellectual property, and taxation policies, demonstrating how these can sometimes betray the very essence of ownership and economic freedom. Peter Serefine masterfully intertwines historical contexts with contemporary relevance, offering a critical perspective on government actions. Each chapter is not only a recount of events but also an analysis of their ethical, legal, and societal implications. The book questions the delicate balance between public good and individual rights, scrutinizing the justifications and consequences of government policies. 'Trust Shattered' challenges readers to ponder the role of government in their lives. It brings to light the precarious balance between safeguarding citizens and respecting their autonomy. The book’s in-depth examination Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761200]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust Shattered: Cases of Government Betrayal Author: Peter Serefine Narrator: Peter Serefine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Trust Shattered: Cases of Government Betrayal' is a meticulously researched, compelling narrative that unravels the complex tapestry of government actions and their profound impact on individual rights and societal trust. Spanning three distinct parts - Betrayed Bodies, Betrayed Liberty, and Betrayed Estates - this book delves into historical and contemporary instances where government intervention has overstepped, leading to significant ramifications on life, liberty, and property. Part 1, 'Betrayed Bodies,' exposes medical and scientific missteps and overreaches by the government. From the Tuskegee Syphilis Study to the FDA's drug revocations, it reveals how health policies and decisions have sometimes led to distrust and harm, rather than protection and healing. Part 2, 'Betrayed Liberty,' focuses on cases where the government’s actions have infringed upon civil liberties. It revisits moments like the McCarthy era, the Patriot Act, and the COVID-19 pandemic, highlighting how fear and crisis have been catalysts for the erosion of freedoms historically championed by democratic societies. Part 3, 'Betrayed Estates,' shifts the focus to property rights. It examines eminent domain, zoning laws, intellectual property, and taxation policies, demonstrating how these can sometimes betray the very essence of ownership and economic freedom. Peter Serefine masterfully intertwines historical contexts with contemporary relevance, offering a critical perspective on government actions. Each chapter is not only a recount of events but also an analysis of their ethical, legal, and societal implications. The book questions the delicate balance between public good and individual rights, scrutinizing the justifications and consequences of government policies. 'Trust Shattered' challenges readers to ponder the role of government in their lives. It brings to light the precarious balance between safeguarding citizens and respecting their autonomy. The book’s in-depth examination https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761099 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Countdown 1960: The Behind-the-Scenes Story of the 312 Days that Changed America's Politics Forever Author: Chris Wallace Narrator: Chris Wallace, Dylan Baker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting new work and fresh take on the lead-up to the presidential election of 1960, drawing timely parallels to the choice Americans face in 2024 It’s January 2, 1960: the day that Massachusetts Senator John F. Kennedy declared his candidacy; and with this opening scene, Chris Wallace offers readers a front-row seat to history. From the challenge of primary battles in a nation that had never elected a Catholic president, to the intense machinations of the national conventions—where JFK chose Lyndon B. Johnson as his running mate over the impassioned objections of his brother Bobby—this is a nonfiction political thriller filled with intrigue, cinematic action, and fresh reporting. Like with many popular histories, readers will be familiar with the story, but few will know the behind-the-scenes details, told here with gripping effect.    Featuring some of history’s most remarkable characters, page-turning action, and vivid details, Countdown 1960 follows a group of extraordinary politicians, civil rights leaders, Hollywood stars, labor bosses, and mobsters during a pivotal year in American history. The election of 1960 ushered in the modern era of presidential politics, with televised debates, private planes, and slick advertising. In fact, television played a massive role. It allowed voters to see the candidates’ appearances. More than 70 million Americans watched one or all four debates. The public turned to television to watch campaign rallies. And on the night of the election, the contest between Kennedy and Nixon was so close that Americans were glued to their televisions long after dawn to see who won. The year 1960 was a deeply contentious, perilous time for America. It also was a moment our nation survived due to courage, leadership, and patriotism. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains selected photos from the book. Chris Wallace Tue, 08 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761099 thebookvoice.com 14:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Countdown 1960: The Behind-the-Scenes Story of the 312 Days that Changed America's Politics Forever Author: Chris Wallace Narrator: Chris Wallace, Dylan Baker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting new work and fresh take on the lead-up to the presidential election of 1960, drawing timely parallels to the choice Americans face in 2024 It’s January 2, 1960: the day that Massachusetts Senator John F. Kennedy declared his candidacy; and with this opening scene, Chris Wallace offers readers a front-row seat to history. From the challenge of primary battles in a nation that had never elected a Catholic president, to the intense machinations of the national conventions—where JFK chose Lyndon B. Johnson as his running mate over the impassioned objections of his brother Bobby—this is a nonfiction political thriller filled with intrigue, cinematic action, and fresh reporting. Like with many popular histories, readers will be familiar with the story, but few will know the behind-the-scenes details, told here with gripping effect.    Featuring some of history’s most remarkable characters, page-turning action, and vivid details, Countdown 1960 follows a group of extraordinary politicians, civil rights leaders, Hollywood stars, labor bosses, and mobsters during a pivotal year in American history. The election of 1960 ushered in the modern era of presidential politics, with televised debates, private planes, and slick advertising. In fact, television played a massive role. It allowed voters to see the candidates’ appearances. More than 70 million Americans watched one or all four debates. The public turned to television to watch campaign rallies. And on the night of the election, the contest between Kennedy and Nixon was so close that Americans were glued to their televisions long after dawn to see who won. The year 1960 was a deeply contentious, perilous time for America. It also was a moment our nation survived due to courage, leadership, and patriotism. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains selected photos from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Countdown 1960: The Behind-the-Scenes Story of the 312 Days that Changed America's Politics Forever Author: Chris Wallace Narrator: Chris Wallace, Dylan Baker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A riveting new work and fresh take on the lead-up to the presidential election of 1960, drawing timely parallels to the choice Americans face in 2024 It’s January 2, 1960: the day that Massachusetts Senator John F. Kennedy declared his candidacy; and with this opening scene, Chris Wallace offers readers a front-row seat to history. From the challenge of primary battles in a nation that had never elected a Catholic president, to the intense machinations of the national conventions—where JFK chose Lyndon B. Johnson as his running mate over the impassioned objections of his brother Bobby—this is a nonfiction political thriller filled with intrigue, cinematic action, and fresh reporting. Like with many popular histories, readers will be familiar with the story, but few will know the behind-the-scenes details, told here with gripping effect.    Featuring some of history’s most remarkable characters, page-turning action, and vivid details, Countdown 1960 follows a group of extraordinary politicians, civil rights leaders, Hollywood stars, labor bosses, and mobsters during a pivotal year in American history. The election of 1960 ushered in the modern era of presidential politics, with televised debates, private planes, and slick advertising. In fact, television played a massive role. It allowed voters to see the candidates’ appearances. More than 70 million Americans watched one or all four debates. The public turned to television to watch campaign rallies. And on the night of the election, the contest between Kennedy and Nixon was so close that Americans were glued to their televisions long after dawn to see who won. The year 1960 was a deeply contentious, perilous time for America. It also was a moment our nation survived due to courage, leadership, and patriotism. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains selected photos from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761090 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Lo que nos está pasando: 121 ideas para escudriñar el siglo 21 Author: Moisés Naím Narrator: Carlos Vicente Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Un retrato del mundo que no renuncia a un futuro más optimista desde la mirada de uno de los analistas más influyentes de la actualidad. «A pocas personas les cabe el mundo en la cabeza. Cuando algo raro ocurre, en Venezuela, Ucrania, en Corea, en Alemania o en Brasil, me digo siempre lomismo: ¿qué pensará sobre esto Moisés Naím? Siempre da una respuesta inteligente y original». Héctor Abad Faciolince Incluso en estos tiempos convulsos de polarización política y crispación social, el analista Moisés Naím es capaz de observar el mundo con su habitual perspicacia. Lo que nos está pasando reúne muchas de las columnas que ha publicado en prensa (en España, de la mano del diario El País) desde 2016 con el objetivo de ofrecer una mirada serena y analítica sobre los problemas del mundo. El alcance es realmente global: desde el auge de Trump o Bolsonaro hasta la pandemia de la COVID-19, pasando por la invasión rusa de Ucrania y el conflicto entre Israel y Palestina. Además, texto a texto, va desplegando una batería de claves necesarias para construir un futuro con mayor prosperidad, libertad y justicia. La crítica ha dicho: «Otro libro original de un pensador original, que ofrece una perspectiva global única sobre el populismo y el poder». Anne Applebaum (sobre La revancha de los poderosos) «Moisés Naím es un agudo observador de la realidad sociopolítica contemporánea: a nadie puede extrañar que haya escrito un libro brillante sobre los riesgos a los que se enfrenta la democracia liberal». Manuel Arias Maldonado, El Español «El fin del poder cambiará tu manera de leer las noticias, tu manera de pensar en política y tu manera de mirar al mundo.» Bill Clinton «En La revancha de los poderosos, Moisés Naím, uno de los observadores más agudos de la política mundial, cataloga exhaustivamente las amenazas a la democracia por parte de dictadores, populistas y empresas durante estos últimos años, y establece paralelos perspicaces a través de ámbitos muy dispares. Una obra importante y oportuna». Frank Fukuyama «Muchos se conforman con la versión simple y estereotipada de un suceso: buenos y malos; decentes e inmorales; ricos y pobres. Quienes quieren saber más, leen a Moisés Naím.» Yoani Sánchez (sobre Repensar el mundo. 101 sorpresas del siglo XXI) Moisés Naím Thu, 14 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761090 thebookvoice.com 15:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Lo que nos está pasando: 121 ideas para escudriñar el siglo 21 Author: Moisés Naím Narrator: Carlos Vicente Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Un retrato del mundo que no renuncia a un futuro más optimista desde la mirada de uno de los analistas más influyentes de la actualidad. «A pocas personas les cabe el mundo en la cabeza. Cuando algo raro ocurre, en Venezuela, Ucrania, en Corea, en Alemania o en Brasil, me digo siempre lomismo: ¿qué pensará sobre esto Moisés Naím? Siempre da una respuesta inteligente y original». Héctor Abad Faciolince Incluso en estos tiempos convulsos de polarización política y crispación social, el analista Moisés Naím es capaz de observar el mundo con su habitual perspicacia. Lo que nos está pasando reúne muchas de las columnas que ha publicado en prensa (en España, de la mano del diario El País) desde 2016 con el objetivo de ofrecer una mirada serena y analítica sobre los problemas del mundo. El alcance es realmente global: desde el auge de Trump o Bolsonaro hasta la pandemia de la COVID-19, pasando por la invasión rusa de Ucrania y el conflicto entre Israel y Palestina. Además, texto a texto, va desplegando una batería de claves necesarias para construir un futuro con mayor prosperidad, libertad y justicia. La crítica ha dicho: «Otro libro original de un pensador original, que ofrece una perspectiva global única sobre el populismo y el poder». Anne Applebaum (sobre La revancha de los poderosos) «Moisés Naím es un agudo observador de la realidad sociopolítica contemporánea: a nadie puede extrañar que haya escrito un libro brillante sobre los riesgos a los que se enfrenta la democracia liberal». Manuel Arias Maldonado, El Español «El fin del poder cambiará tu manera de leer las noticias, tu manera de pensar en política y tu manera de mirar al mundo.» Bill Clinton «En La revancha de los poderosos, Moisés Naím, uno de los observadores más agudos de la política mundial, cataloga exhaustivamente las amenazas a la democracia por parte de dictadores, populistas y empresas durante estos últimos años, y establece paralelos perspicaces a través de ámbitos muy dispares. Una obra importante y oportuna». Frank Fukuyama «Muchos se conforman con la versión simple y estereotipada de un suceso: buenos y malos; decentes e inmorales; ricos y pobres. Quienes quieren saber más, leen a Moisés Naím.» Yoani Sánchez (sobre Repensar el mundo. 101 sorpresas del siglo XXI) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Lo que nos está pasando: 121 ideas para escudriñar el siglo 21 Author: Moisés Naím Narrator: Carlos Vicente Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Un retrato del mundo que no renuncia a un futuro más optimista desde la mirada de uno de los analistas más influyentes de la actualidad. «A pocas personas les cabe el mundo en la cabeza. Cuando algo raro ocurre, en Venezuela, Ucrania, en Corea, en Alemania o en Brasil, me digo siempre lomismo: ¿qué pensará sobre esto Moisés Naím? Siempre da una respuesta inteligente y original». Héctor Abad Faciolince Incluso en estos tiempos convulsos de polarización política y crispación social, el analista Moisés Naím es capaz de observar el mundo con su habitual perspicacia. Lo que nos está pasando reúne muchas de las columnas que ha publicado en prensa (en España, de la mano del diario El País) desde 2016 con el objetivo de ofrecer una mirada serena y analítica sobre los problemas del mundo. El alcance es realmente global: desde el auge de Trump o Bolsonaro hasta la pandemia de la COVID-19, pasando por la invasión rusa de Ucrania y el conflicto entre Israel y Palestina. Además, texto a texto, va desplegando una batería de claves necesarias para construir un futuro con mayor prosperidad, libertad y justicia. La crítica ha dicho: «Otro libro original de un pensador original, que ofrece una perspectiva global única sobre el populismo y el poder». Anne Applebaum (sobre La revancha de los poderosos) «Moisés Naím es un agudo observador de la realidad sociopolítica contemporánea: a nadie puede extrañar que haya escrito un libro brillante sobre los riesgos a los que se enfrenta la democracia liberal». Manuel Arias Maldonado, El Español «El fin del poder cambiará tu manera de leer las noticias, tu manera de pensar en política y tu manera de mirar al mundo.» Bill Clinton «En La revancha de los poderosos, Moisés Naím, uno de los observadores más agudos de la política mundial, cataloga exhaustivamente las amenazas a la democracia por parte de dictadores, populistas y empresas durante estos últimos años, y establece paralelos perspicaces a través de ámbitos muy dispares. Una obra importante y oportuna». Frank Fukuyama «Muchos se conforman con la versión simple y estereotipada de un suceso: buenos y malos; decentes e inmorales; ricos y pobres. Quienes quieren saber más, leen a Moisés Naím.» Yoani Sánchez (sobre Repensar el mundo. 101 sorpresas del siglo XXI) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760839 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Four Chancellors and a Funeral: How to Lose a Country in Ten Days Author: Russell Jones Narrator: Chris Devon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The sequel nobody wants. After a decade of the Tories, could it get any worse? Spoiler – it does. Towards the end of 2021, Britain had been frogmarched into an escalating series of surreal calamities. Brexit was a disaster, the NHS was in crisis, the government was bathed head-to-toe in impropriety, senior Tories were still acting as though the public purse was their personal feed-trough, and the air crackled with anger about PartyGate. All of which led to an inglorious start to 2022: the year the UK saw two monarchs, three prime ministers and four chancellors. From Boris Johnson, who crashed our international reputation and handed billions to his mates so they could ineptly fight a pandemic while he stayed at home, shagging and acting as a super-spreader; to Liz Truss, a drive-by prime minister who managed to kill off the queen and crash the economy in a single week. And now we're led by Rishi Sunak, who doesn't know how to use a credit card, drives a pretend car, and grinningly promises even more poverty. Four Chancellors and a Funeral delivers more of Russell Jones's signature scathing wit, combining a detailed historical record of 2021 and 2022, with acerbic commentary, all of it leavened by jokes at the seemingly endless maelstrom of failures, nincompoops and hypocrisies. Russell Jones Thu, 04 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760839 thebookvoice.com 11:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Four Chancellors and a Funeral: How to Lose a Country in Ten Days Author: Russell Jones Narrator: Chris Devon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The sequel nobody wants. After a decade of the Tories, could it get any worse? Spoiler – it does. Towards the end of 2021, Britain had been frogmarched into an escalating series of surreal calamities. Brexit was a disaster, the NHS was in crisis, the government was bathed head-to-toe in impropriety, senior Tories were still acting as though the public purse was their personal feed-trough, and the air crackled with anger about PartyGate. All of which led to an inglorious start to 2022: the year the UK saw two monarchs, three prime ministers and four chancellors. From Boris Johnson, who crashed our international reputation and handed billions to his mates so they could ineptly fight a pandemic while he stayed at home, shagging and acting as a super-spreader; to Liz Truss, a drive-by prime minister who managed to kill off the queen and crash the economy in a single week. And now we're led by Rishi Sunak, who doesn't know how to use a credit card, drives a pretend car, and grinningly promises even more poverty. Four Chancellors and a Funeral delivers more of Russell Jones's signature scathing wit, combining a detailed historical record of 2021 and 2022, with acerbic commentary, all of it leavened by jokes at the seemingly endless maelstrom of failures, nincompoops and hypocrisies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Four Chancellors and a Funeral: How to Lose a Country in Ten Days Author: Russell Jones Narrator: Chris Devon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The sequel nobody wants. After a decade of the Tories, could it get any worse? Spoiler – it does. Towards the end of 2021, Britain had been frogmarched into an escalating series of surreal calamities. Brexit was a disaster, the NHS was in crisis, the government was bathed head-to-toe in impropriety, senior Tories were still acting as though the public purse was their personal feed-trough, and the air crackled with anger about PartyGate. All of which led to an inglorious start to 2022: the year the UK saw two monarchs, three prime ministers and four chancellors. From Boris Johnson, who crashed our international reputation and handed billions to his mates so they could ineptly fight a pandemic while he stayed at home, shagging and acting as a super-spreader; to Liz Truss, a drive-by prime minister who managed to kill off the queen and crash the economy in a single week. And now we're led by Rishi Sunak, who doesn't know how to use a credit card, drives a pretend car, and grinningly promises even more poverty. Four Chancellors and a Funeral delivers more of Russell Jones's signature scathing wit, combining a detailed historical record of 2021 and 2022, with acerbic commentary, all of it leavened by jokes at the seemingly endless maelstrom of failures, nincompoops and hypocrisies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760688 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking Privacy Seriously: How to Create the Rights We Need While We Still Have Something to Protect Author: James B. Rule Narrator: Gregory Abbey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A STEP-BY-STEP PROGRAM TO CREATE A MORE PRIVATE AND EGALITARIAN DIGITAL WORLDTaking Privacy Seriously offers both a hard-hitting assessment of the origins of today’s privacy-eroding practices and a robust road map for creating individual authority over our personal data. James B. Rule proposes eleven key reforms in the control and use of personal information—including far-reaching new rights for individuals and meaningful responsibilities for data-keeping organizations—all aimed at redressing the balance of power between ordinary citizens and data hungry corporate and government institutions.What a privacy-deprived America needs most is not less technology, Rule argues, but profound political realignment. His proposed reforms include the creation of websites that publicly document what organizations are holding what forms of personal data; the establishment of a right for citizens to withdraw from personal data systems not required by law; and the institution of a universal property right over commercial exploitation of data on oneself—so that no organization could profit from the use or sale of such data without permission. Succinct and compelling, Taking Privacy Seriously explains how we can refashion information technologies so that they serve human needs, not the other way around.“This book is direct, impatient (in the best way possible), and urgent. It doesn’t waste time summarizing all the things we already know about privacy in theUnited States, but instead asks, What is to be done? We need a book like this.”—David Murakami Wood, Professor, Department of Criminology, University of Ottawa James B. Rule Tue, 23 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760688 thebookvoice.com 9:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking Privacy Seriously: How to Create the Rights We Need While We Still Have Something to Protect Author: James B. Rule Narrator: Gregory Abbey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A STEP-BY-STEP PROGRAM TO CREATE A MORE PRIVATE AND EGALITARIAN DIGITAL WORLDTaking Privacy Seriously offers both a hard-hitting assessment of the origins of today’s privacy-eroding practices and a robust road map for creating individual authority over our personal data. James B. Rule proposes eleven key reforms in the control and use of personal information—including far-reaching new rights for individuals and meaningful responsibilities for data-keeping organizations—all aimed at redressing the balance of power between ordinary citizens and data hungry corporate and government institutions.What a privacy-deprived America needs most is not less technology, Rule argues, but profound political realignment. His proposed reforms include the creation of websites that publicly document what organizations are holding what forms of personal data; the establishment of a right for citizens to withdraw from personal data systems not required by law; and the institution of a universal property right over commercial exploitation of data on oneself—so that no organization could profit from the use or sale of such data without permission. Succinct and compelling, Taking Privacy Seriously explains how we can refashion information technologies so that they serve human needs, not the other way around.“This book is direct, impatient (in the best way possible), and urgent. It doesn’t waste time summarizing all the things we already know about privacy in theUnited States, but instead asks, What is to be done? We need a book like this.”—David Murakami Wood, Professor, Department of Criminology, University of Ottawa Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking Privacy Seriously: How to Create the Rights We Need While We Still Have Something to Protect Author: James B. Rule Narrator: Gregory Abbey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A STEP-BY-STEP PROGRAM TO CREATE A MORE PRIVATE AND EGALITARIAN DIGITAL WORLDTaking Privacy Seriously offers both a hard-hitting assessment of the origins of today’s privacy-eroding practices and a robust road map for creating individual authority over our personal data. James B. Rule proposes eleven key reforms in the control and use of personal information—including far-reaching new rights for individuals and meaningful responsibilities for data-keeping organizations—all aimed at redressing the balance of power between ordinary citizens and data hungry corporate and government institutions.What a privacy-deprived America needs most is not less technology, Rule argues, but profound political realignment. His proposed reforms include the creation of websites that publicly document what organizations are holding what forms of personal data; the establishment of a right for citizens to withdraw from personal data systems not required by law; and the institution of a universal property right over commercial exploitation of data on oneself—so that no organization could profit from the use or sale of such data without permission. Succinct and compelling, Taking Privacy Seriously explains how we can refashion information technologies so that they serve human needs, not the other way around.“This book is direct, impatient (in the best way possible), and urgent. It doesn’t waste time summarizing all the things we already know about privacy in theUnited States, but instead asks, What is to be done? We need a book like this.”—David Murakami Wood, Professor, Department of Criminology, University of Ottawa https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760669 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Klansman's Son: My Journey from White Nationalism to Antiracism Author: R. Derek Black Narrator: R. Derek Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the former heir apparent to White nationalism, an astonishing memoir of a childhood built on fear, and of breaking from a community of hateDerek Black was raised to take over the White nationalist movement in the United States. Derek’s father, Don Black, was a former Grand Wizard in the Ku Klux Klan and started Stormfront, the internet’s first White supremacist website—Derek built the kids’ page—and David Duke was a mentor. Racist hatred, though often wrapped up in respectability and American history, was all Derek knew. It was their inheritance, their community, their identity. Then, while in college in 2013, Derek publicly renounced White nationalism and apologized for their actions and the suffering that they had caused. The majority of their family stopped speaking to Derek, and they disappeared into academia, convinced that they had done so much harm that there was no place for them in public life. But in 2016, as Derek watched the rise of Donald Trump, they recognized language and arguments they had once helped cultivate—and they knew that they couldn’t stay silent. The Klansman’s Son is a thoughtful, insightful, and moving account of a singular life, with important lessons for our contentious times. The place where Derek’s world turned upside down—New College of Florida—has become a prominent battleground in the fight over race, gender, and education, and few understand the ideology, motivations, or tactics of the White nationalist movement likeDerek. As coded language and creeping authoritarianism spread the ideas of White nationalists, this is an essential book from a powerful voice.“Your family or your soul? That is what the choice finally came down to for Derek Black, whose searching memoir has much to teach us all. Surprises and insights abound in this page-turner composed with candor and grace. For instance, why do White power recruiters focus on those who say, ‘I’m not a racist, but … ’? The Klansman’s Son is a must-read for all who hunger for hope in these cruel times.”—Nancy MacLean, author of Democracy in Chains: The Deep History of the Radical Right’s Stealth Plan for America and Behind the Mask of Chivalry: The Making of the Second Ku Klux Klan R. Derek Black Tue, 14 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760669 thebookvoice.com 13:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Klansman's Son: My Journey from White Nationalism to Antiracism Author: R. Derek Black Narrator: R. Derek Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the former heir apparent to White nationalism, an astonishing memoir of a childhood built on fear, and of breaking from a community of hateDerek Black was raised to take over the White nationalist movement in the United States. Derek’s father, Don Black, was a former Grand Wizard in the Ku Klux Klan and started Stormfront, the internet’s first White supremacist website—Derek built the kids’ page—and David Duke was a mentor. Racist hatred, though often wrapped up in respectability and American history, was all Derek knew. It was their inheritance, their community, their identity. Then, while in college in 2013, Derek publicly renounced White nationalism and apologized for their actions and the suffering that they had caused. The majority of their family stopped speaking to Derek, and they disappeared into academia, convinced that they had done so much harm that there was no place for them in public life. But in 2016, as Derek watched the rise of Donald Trump, they recognized language and arguments they had once helped cultivate—and they knew that they couldn’t stay silent. The Klansman’s Son is a thoughtful, insightful, and moving account of a singular life, with important lessons for our contentious times. The place where Derek’s world turned upside down—New College of Florida—has become a prominent battleground in the fight over race, gender, and education, and few understand the ideology, motivations, or tactics of the White nationalist movement likeDerek. As coded language and creeping authoritarianism spread the ideas of White nationalists, this is an essential book from a powerful voice.“Your family or your soul? That is what the choice finally came down to for Derek Black, whose searching memoir has much to teach us all. Surprises and insights abound in this page-turner composed with candor and grace. For instance, why do White power recruiters focus on those who say, ‘I’m not a racist, but … ’? The Klansman’s Son is a must-read for all who hunger for hope in these cruel times.”—Nancy MacLean, author of Democracy in Chains: The Deep History of the Radical Right’s Stealth Plan for America and Behind the Mask of Chivalry: The Making of the Second Ku Klux Klan Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Klansman's Son: My Journey from White Nationalism to Antiracism Author: R. Derek Black Narrator: R. Derek Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the former heir apparent to White nationalism, an astonishing memoir of a childhood built on fear, and of breaking from a community of hateDerek Black was raised to take over the White nationalist movement in the United States. Derek’s father, Don Black, was a former Grand Wizard in the Ku Klux Klan and started Stormfront, the internet’s first White supremacist website—Derek built the kids’ page—and David Duke was a mentor. Racist hatred, though often wrapped up in respectability and American history, was all Derek knew. It was their inheritance, their community, their identity. Then, while in college in 2013, Derek publicly renounced White nationalism and apologized for their actions and the suffering that they had caused. The majority of their family stopped speaking to Derek, and they disappeared into academia, convinced that they had done so much harm that there was no place for them in public life. But in 2016, as Derek watched the rise of Donald Trump, they recognized language and arguments they had once helped cultivate—and they knew that they couldn’t stay silent. The Klansman’s Son is a thoughtful, insightful, and moving account of a singular life, with important lessons for our contentious times. The place where Derek’s world turned upside down—New College of Florida—has become a prominent battleground in the fight over race, gender, and education, and few understand the ideology, motivations, or tactics of the White nationalist movement likeDerek. As coded language and creeping authoritarianism spread the ideas of White nationalists, this is an essential book from a powerful voice.“Your family or your soul? That is what the choice finally came down to for Derek Black, whose searching memoir has much to teach us all. Surprises and insights abound in this page-turner composed with candor and grace. For instance, why do White power recruiters focus on those who say, ‘I’m not a racist, but … ’? The Klansman’s Son is a must-read for all who hunger for hope in these cruel times.”—Nancy MacLean, author of Democracy in Chains: The Deep History of the Radical Right’s Stealth Plan for America and Behind the Mask of Chivalry: The Making of the Second Ku Klux Klan https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760501 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Owns This Sentence?: A History of Copyrights and Wrongs Author: Alexandre Montagu, David Bellos Narrator: David Bellos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Copyright is everywhere. Your smartphone incorporates thousands of items of intellectual property. Someone owns the reproduction rights to photographs of your dining table. At this very moment, battles are raging over copyright in the output of artificial intelligence programs. Not only books but wallpaper, computer programs, pop songs, cartoon characters, snapshots, and cuddly toys are now deemed to be intellectual properties—making copyright a labyrinthine construction of laws with colorful and often baffling rationales covering almost all products of human creativity. It wasn't always so. Copyright has its roots in eighteenth-century London, where it was first established to limit printers' control of books. But a handful of little-noticed changes in the late twentieth century brought about a new enclosure of the cultural commons, concentrating ownership of immaterial goods in very few hands. Copyright's metastasis can't be understood without knowing its backstory, a long tangle of high ideals, low greed, opportunism, and word-mangling that allowed poems and novels (and now, even ringtones and databases) to be treated as if they were no different from farms and houses. Principled arguments against copyright arose from the start and nearly abolished it in the nineteenth century. Nonetheless, countless revisions have made copyright ever stronger. Alexandre Montagu, David Bellos Tue, 21 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760501 thebookvoice.com 11:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Owns This Sentence?: A History of Copyrights and Wrongs Author: Alexandre Montagu, David Bellos Narrator: David Bellos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Copyright is everywhere. Your smartphone incorporates thousands of items of intellectual property. Someone owns the reproduction rights to photographs of your dining table. At this very moment, battles are raging over copyright in the output of artificial intelligence programs. Not only books but wallpaper, computer programs, pop songs, cartoon characters, snapshots, and cuddly toys are now deemed to be intellectual properties—making copyright a labyrinthine construction of laws with colorful and often baffling rationales covering almost all products of human creativity. It wasn't always so. Copyright has its roots in eighteenth-century London, where it was first established to limit printers' control of books. But a handful of little-noticed changes in the late twentieth century brought about a new enclosure of the cultural commons, concentrating ownership of immaterial goods in very few hands. Copyright's metastasis can't be understood without knowing its backstory, a long tangle of high ideals, low greed, opportunism, and word-mangling that allowed poems and novels (and now, even ringtones and databases) to be treated as if they were no different from farms and houses. Principled arguments against copyright arose from the start and nearly abolished it in the nineteenth century. Nonetheless, countless revisions have made copyright ever stronger. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Owns This Sentence?: A History of Copyrights and Wrongs Author: Alexandre Montagu, David Bellos Narrator: David Bellos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Copyright is everywhere. Your smartphone incorporates thousands of items of intellectual property. Someone owns the reproduction rights to photographs of your dining table. At this very moment, battles are raging over copyright in the output of artificial intelligence programs. Not only books but wallpaper, computer programs, pop songs, cartoon characters, snapshots, and cuddly toys are now deemed to be intellectual properties—making copyright a labyrinthine construction of laws with colorful and often baffling rationales covering almost all products of human creativity. It wasn't always so. Copyright has its roots in eighteenth-century London, where it was first established to limit printers' control of books. But a handful of little-noticed changes in the late twentieth century brought about a new enclosure of the cultural commons, concentrating ownership of immaterial goods in very few hands. Copyright's metastasis can't be understood without knowing its backstory, a long tangle of high ideals, low greed, opportunism, and word-mangling that allowed poems and novels (and now, even ringtones and databases) to be treated as if they were no different from farms and houses. Principled arguments against copyright arose from the start and nearly abolished it in the nineteenth century. Nonetheless, countless revisions have made copyright ever stronger. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760493 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760493]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wannabe Fascists: A Guide to Understanding the Greatest Threat to Democracy Author: Federico Finchelstein Narrator: Tom Beyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Meet today's almost fascists and learn the warning signs to intercept them on the road from populism to dictatorship. With The Wannabe Fascists, historian Federico Finchelstein offers a precise explanation of why Trumpism and similar movements across the world belong to a new political breed, the last outcome of the combined histories of fascism and populism: the wannabe fascists. This new type of populist politician is typically a legally elected leader who, unlike previous populists who were eager to distance themselves from fascism, turns to totalitarian lies, racism, and illegal means to destroy democracy from within. Drawing on almost three decades of research on the histories of fascism and populism around the world, this book lays out in clear language what the author calls the 'four pillars of fascism'—xenophobia, propaganda, political violence, and ultimately dictatorship. Finchelstein carefully explains how and why wannabe fascists like Trump, Bolsonaro, and Modi embrace the first three pillars but don't quite succeed in dictatorship and total suppression of the popular vote. The Wannabe Fascists stresses the importance of preventing despots from reaching this tipping point and offers a clear warning for what's at stake. Federico Finchelstein Tue, 14 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760493 thebookvoice.com 7:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760493]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wannabe Fascists: A Guide to Understanding the Greatest Threat to Democracy Author: Federico Finchelstein Narrator: Tom Beyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Meet today's almost fascists and learn the warning signs to intercept them on the road from populism to dictatorship. With The Wannabe Fascists, historian Federico Finchelstein offers a precise explanation of why Trumpism and similar movements across the world belong to a new political breed, the last outcome of the combined histories of fascism and populism: the wannabe fascists. This new type of populist politician is typically a legally elected leader who, unlike previous populists who were eager to distance themselves from fascism, turns to totalitarian lies, racism, and illegal means to destroy democracy from within. Drawing on almost three decades of research on the histories of fascism and populism around the world, this book lays out in clear language what the author calls the 'four pillars of fascism'—xenophobia, propaganda, political violence, and ultimately dictatorship. Finchelstein carefully explains how and why wannabe fascists like Trump, Bolsonaro, and Modi embrace the first three pillars but don't quite succeed in dictatorship and total suppression of the popular vote. The Wannabe Fascists stresses the importance of preventing despots from reaching this tipping point and offers a clear warning for what's at stake. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760493]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wannabe Fascists: A Guide to Understanding the Greatest Threat to Democracy Author: Federico Finchelstein Narrator: Tom Beyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Meet today's almost fascists and learn the warning signs to intercept them on the road from populism to dictatorship. With The Wannabe Fascists, historian Federico Finchelstein offers a precise explanation of why Trumpism and similar movements across the world belong to a new political breed, the last outcome of the combined histories of fascism and populism: the wannabe fascists. This new type of populist politician is typically a legally elected leader who, unlike previous populists who were eager to distance themselves from fascism, turns to totalitarian lies, racism, and illegal means to destroy democracy from within. Drawing on almost three decades of research on the histories of fascism and populism around the world, this book lays out in clear language what the author calls the 'four pillars of fascism'—xenophobia, propaganda, political violence, and ultimately dictatorship. Finchelstein carefully explains how and why wannabe fascists like Trump, Bolsonaro, and Modi embrace the first three pillars but don't quite succeed in dictatorship and total suppression of the popular vote. The Wannabe Fascists stresses the importance of preventing despots from reaching this tipping point and offers a clear warning for what's at stake. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760491 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760491]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Religion of Whiteness: How Racism Distorts Christian Faith Author: Glenn E. Bracey Ii, Michael O. Emerson Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Recent years have seen a growing recognition of the role that White Christian Nationalism plays in American society. As White Christian Nationalism has become a major force, and as racial and religious attitudes become increasingly aligned among whites—for example, the more likely you are to say that the decline of white people as a share of the population is 'bad for society,' the more likely you are to believe the government should support religious values—it has become reasonable to wonder which of the adjectives in the phrase 'White Christian Nationalism' takes precedence. In this book, Michael O. Emerson and Glenn E. Bracey II respond definitively: the answer is 'white.' The majority of white Christians in America, they argue, are believers in a 'Religion of Whiteness' that shapes their faith, their politics, and more. The Religion of Whiteness, they argue, raises the perpetuation of racial inequality to a level of spiritual commitment that rivals followers' commitment to Christianity itself. Using national survey data, in-depth interviews, and focus group results gathered over several years, Emerson and Bracey show how the Religion of Whiteness shapes the practice of Christianity for millions of Americans—and what can be done to confront it. Glenn E. Bracey Ii, Michael O. Emerson Tue, 30 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760491 thebookvoice.com 5:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760491]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Religion of Whiteness: How Racism Distorts Christian Faith Author: Glenn E. Bracey Ii, Michael O. Emerson Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Recent years have seen a growing recognition of the role that White Christian Nationalism plays in American society. As White Christian Nationalism has become a major force, and as racial and religious attitudes become increasingly aligned among whites—for example, the more likely you are to say that the decline of white people as a share of the population is 'bad for society,' the more likely you are to believe the government should support religious values—it has become reasonable to wonder which of the adjectives in the phrase 'White Christian Nationalism' takes precedence. In this book, Michael O. Emerson and Glenn E. Bracey II respond definitively: the answer is 'white.' The majority of white Christians in America, they argue, are believers in a 'Religion of Whiteness' that shapes their faith, their politics, and more. The Religion of Whiteness, they argue, raises the perpetuation of racial inequality to a level of spiritual commitment that rivals followers' commitment to Christianity itself. Using national survey data, in-depth interviews, and focus group results gathered over several years, Emerson and Bracey show how the Religion of Whiteness shapes the practice of Christianity for millions of Americans—and what can be done to confront it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760491]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Religion of Whiteness: How Racism Distorts Christian Faith Author: Glenn E. Bracey Ii, Michael O. Emerson Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Recent years have seen a growing recognition of the role that White Christian Nationalism plays in American society. As White Christian Nationalism has become a major force, and as racial and religious attitudes become increasingly aligned among whites—for example, the more likely you are to say that the decline of white people as a share of the population is 'bad for society,' the more likely you are to believe the government should support religious values—it has become reasonable to wonder which of the adjectives in the phrase 'White Christian Nationalism' takes precedence. In this book, Michael O. Emerson and Glenn E. Bracey II respond definitively: the answer is 'white.' The majority of white Christians in America, they argue, are believers in a 'Religion of Whiteness' that shapes their faith, their politics, and more. The Religion of Whiteness, they argue, raises the perpetuation of racial inequality to a level of spiritual commitment that rivals followers' commitment to Christianity itself. Using national survey data, in-depth interviews, and focus group results gathered over several years, Emerson and Bracey show how the Religion of Whiteness shapes the practice of Christianity for millions of Americans—and what can be done to confront it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760492 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fighting Mad: Resisting the End of Roe v. Wade Author: Krystale E. Littlejohn, Rickie Solinger Narrator: Deanna Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A fierce and galvanizing reminder that resistance is everywhere in the fight for abortion and reproductive justice in the United States. Fighting Mad is a book about what 'reproductive justice' means and what it looks like to fight for it. Editors Krystale E. Littlejohn and Rickie Solinger bring together many of the strongest, most resistant voices in the country to describe the impacts of the Supreme Court's Dobbs decision on abortion access and care. The essayists and change agents gathered in Fighting Mad represent a remarkable breadth of expertise: activists and artists, academics and abortion storytellers, health care professionals and legislators, clinic directors and lawyers, and so many more. They discuss abortion restrictions and strategies to provide care, the impacts of criminalization, efforts to protect the targeted, shortcomings of the past, and visions for the next generation. Fighting Mad captures for the social and historical record the vigorous resistance happening in the early post-Roe moment to show that there are millions on the ground fighting to secure a better future. Krystale E. Littlejohn, Rickie Solinger Tue, 28 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760492 thebookvoice.com 10:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fighting Mad: Resisting the End of Roe v. Wade Author: Krystale E. Littlejohn, Rickie Solinger Narrator: Deanna Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A fierce and galvanizing reminder that resistance is everywhere in the fight for abortion and reproductive justice in the United States. Fighting Mad is a book about what 'reproductive justice' means and what it looks like to fight for it. Editors Krystale E. Littlejohn and Rickie Solinger bring together many of the strongest, most resistant voices in the country to describe the impacts of the Supreme Court's Dobbs decision on abortion access and care. The essayists and change agents gathered in Fighting Mad represent a remarkable breadth of expertise: activists and artists, academics and abortion storytellers, health care professionals and legislators, clinic directors and lawyers, and so many more. They discuss abortion restrictions and strategies to provide care, the impacts of criminalization, efforts to protect the targeted, shortcomings of the past, and visions for the next generation. Fighting Mad captures for the social and historical record the vigorous resistance happening in the early post-Roe moment to show that there are millions on the ground fighting to secure a better future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fighting Mad: Resisting the End of Roe v. Wade Author: Krystale E. Littlejohn, Rickie Solinger Narrator: Deanna Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A fierce and galvanizing reminder that resistance is everywhere in the fight for abortion and reproductive justice in the United States. Fighting Mad is a book about what 'reproductive justice' means and what it looks like to fight for it. Editors Krystale E. Littlejohn and Rickie Solinger bring together many of the strongest, most resistant voices in the country to describe the impacts of the Supreme Court's Dobbs decision on abortion access and care. The essayists and change agents gathered in Fighting Mad represent a remarkable breadth of expertise: activists and artists, academics and abortion storytellers, health care professionals and legislators, clinic directors and lawyers, and so many more. They discuss abortion restrictions and strategies to provide care, the impacts of criminalization, efforts to protect the targeted, shortcomings of the past, and visions for the next generation. Fighting Mad captures for the social and historical record the vigorous resistance happening in the early post-Roe moment to show that there are millions on the ground fighting to secure a better future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760486 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolution and Terror Author: Graeme Gill Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book is a study of the relationship between revolution and terror. Historically many have claimed that revolution inevitably devolves into terror, best reflected in the way in which after coming to power the revolutionary elite turns on itself, and one section of it uses terrorist means to eliminate another section. Graeme Gill argues that in order to understand the relationship between revolution and terror, it is necessary to distinguish between different types of terror. There are three such types: revolutionary terror, in which the aim is to destroy enemies and thereby consolidate the regime; transformational terror, designed to drive the politico-socio-economic transformation of society that is the purpose of the 'great' revolutions; and inverted terror, which is when terror is turned against part of the elite and regime more broadly. The analysis explains how these different types of terror are related to the revolutionary seizure of power, showing that revolutionary and transformational terror are organically connected to revolution while for inverted terror the connection is mediated through the leader. The argument is prosecuted through detailed analysis of the French, Russian, and Chinese revolutions. The study ends by assessing the contemporary salience of the lessons of the great revolutions in the light of the low level of violence in the negotiated revolutions of 1989. Graeme Gill Tue, 30 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760486 thebookvoice.com 10:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolution and Terror Author: Graeme Gill Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book is a study of the relationship between revolution and terror. Historically many have claimed that revolution inevitably devolves into terror, best reflected in the way in which after coming to power the revolutionary elite turns on itself, and one section of it uses terrorist means to eliminate another section. Graeme Gill argues that in order to understand the relationship between revolution and terror, it is necessary to distinguish between different types of terror. There are three such types: revolutionary terror, in which the aim is to destroy enemies and thereby consolidate the regime; transformational terror, designed to drive the politico-socio-economic transformation of society that is the purpose of the 'great' revolutions; and inverted terror, which is when terror is turned against part of the elite and regime more broadly. The analysis explains how these different types of terror are related to the revolutionary seizure of power, showing that revolutionary and transformational terror are organically connected to revolution while for inverted terror the connection is mediated through the leader. The argument is prosecuted through detailed analysis of the French, Russian, and Chinese revolutions. The study ends by assessing the contemporary salience of the lessons of the great revolutions in the light of the low level of violence in the negotiated revolutions of 1989. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolution and Terror Author: Graeme Gill Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book is a study of the relationship between revolution and terror. Historically many have claimed that revolution inevitably devolves into terror, best reflected in the way in which after coming to power the revolutionary elite turns on itself, and one section of it uses terrorist means to eliminate another section. Graeme Gill argues that in order to understand the relationship between revolution and terror, it is necessary to distinguish between different types of terror. There are three such types: revolutionary terror, in which the aim is to destroy enemies and thereby consolidate the regime; transformational terror, designed to drive the politico-socio-economic transformation of society that is the purpose of the 'great' revolutions; and inverted terror, which is when terror is turned against part of the elite and regime more broadly. The analysis explains how these different types of terror are related to the revolutionary seizure of power, showing that revolutionary and transformational terror are organically connected to revolution while for inverted terror the connection is mediated through the leader. The argument is prosecuted through detailed analysis of the French, Russian, and Chinese revolutions. The study ends by assessing the contemporary salience of the lessons of the great revolutions in the light of the low level of violence in the negotiated revolutions of 1989. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760151 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bullshit Jobs Author: David Graeber Narrator: Michael Jürgen Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Bullshit-Job ist eine Beschäftigungsform, die so völlig sinnlos, unnötig oder schädlich ist, dass selbst der Arbeitnehmer ihre Existenz nicht rechtfertigen kann. Es geht also gerade nicht um Jobs, die niemand machen will, sondern um solche, die eigentlich niemand braucht. Im Jahr 1930 sagte der britische Ökonom John Maynard Keynes voraus, dass durch den technischen Fortschritt heute niemand mehr als 15 Stunden pro Woche arbeiten müsse. Fast ein Jahrhundert danach stellt David Graeber fest, dass die Gegenwart anders aussieht: Die durchschnittliche Arbeitszeit ist gestiegen und immer mehr Menschen üben Tätigkeiten aus, die unproduktiv und daher eigentlich überflüssig sind – als Immobilienmakler, Investmentbanker oder Unternehmensberater. Es sind Jobs, die keinen sinnvollen gesellschaftlichen Beitrag leisten. Es sind Bullshit-Jobs. Warum bezahlt eine Ökonomie solche Tätigkeiten, die sie nicht braucht? Wie ist es zu dieser Entwicklung gekommen? Und was können wir dagegen tun? David Graeber, einer der radikalsten politischen Denker unserer Zeit, geht diesem Phänomen auf den Grund. Ein packendes Plädoyer gegen die Ausweitung sinnloser Arbeit, die die moralischen Grundfesten unserer Gesellschaft ins Wanken bringt. »Eine Einladung zum Umdenken.« Business Bestseller     »Drastische Ideen, spannend zu lesen!« P. M. David Graeber Fri, 01 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760151 thebookvoice.com 14:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bullshit Jobs Author: David Graeber Narrator: Michael Jürgen Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Bullshit-Job ist eine Beschäftigungsform, die so völlig sinnlos, unnötig oder schädlich ist, dass selbst der Arbeitnehmer ihre Existenz nicht rechtfertigen kann. Es geht also gerade nicht um Jobs, die niemand machen will, sondern um solche, die eigentlich niemand braucht. Im Jahr 1930 sagte der britische Ökonom John Maynard Keynes voraus, dass durch den technischen Fortschritt heute niemand mehr als 15 Stunden pro Woche arbeiten müsse. Fast ein Jahrhundert danach stellt David Graeber fest, dass die Gegenwart anders aussieht: Die durchschnittliche Arbeitszeit ist gestiegen und immer mehr Menschen üben Tätigkeiten aus, die unproduktiv und daher eigentlich überflüssig sind – als Immobilienmakler, Investmentbanker oder Unternehmensberater. Es sind Jobs, die keinen sinnvollen gesellschaftlichen Beitrag leisten. Es sind Bullshit-Jobs. Warum bezahlt eine Ökonomie solche Tätigkeiten, die sie nicht braucht? Wie ist es zu dieser Entwicklung gekommen? Und was können wir dagegen tun? David Graeber, einer der radikalsten politischen Denker unserer Zeit, geht diesem Phänomen auf den Grund. Ein packendes Plädoyer gegen die Ausweitung sinnloser Arbeit, die die moralischen Grundfesten unserer Gesellschaft ins Wanken bringt. »Eine Einladung zum Umdenken.« Business Bestseller     »Drastische Ideen, spannend zu lesen!« P. M. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bullshit Jobs Author: David Graeber Narrator: Michael Jürgen Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Bullshit-Job ist eine Beschäftigungsform, die so völlig sinnlos, unnötig oder schädlich ist, dass selbst der Arbeitnehmer ihre Existenz nicht rechtfertigen kann. Es geht also gerade nicht um Jobs, die niemand machen will, sondern um solche, die eigentlich niemand braucht. Im Jahr 1930 sagte der britische Ökonom John Maynard Keynes voraus, dass durch den technischen Fortschritt heute niemand mehr als 15 Stunden pro Woche arbeiten müsse. Fast ein Jahrhundert danach stellt David Graeber fest, dass die Gegenwart anders aussieht: Die durchschnittliche Arbeitszeit ist gestiegen und immer mehr Menschen üben Tätigkeiten aus, die unproduktiv und daher eigentlich überflüssig sind – als Immobilienmakler, Investmentbanker oder Unternehmensberater. Es sind Jobs, die keinen sinnvollen gesellschaftlichen Beitrag leisten. Es sind Bullshit-Jobs. Warum bezahlt eine Ökonomie solche Tätigkeiten, die sie nicht braucht? Wie ist es zu dieser Entwicklung gekommen? Und was können wir dagegen tun? David Graeber, einer der radikalsten politischen Denker unserer Zeit, geht diesem Phänomen auf den Grund. Ein packendes Plädoyer gegen die Ausweitung sinnloser Arbeit, die die moralischen Grundfesten unserer Gesellschaft ins Wanken bringt. »Eine Einladung zum Umdenken.« Business Bestseller     »Drastische Ideen, spannend zu lesen!« P. M. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760098 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Verkaufte Zukunft: Warum der Kampf gegen den Klimawandel zu scheitern droht Author: Jens Beckert Narrator: Mathias Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Seit Jahrzehnten wissen wir um die Erderwärmung und ihre Gefährlichkeit. Dennoch nehmen die globalen Treibhausgasemissionen weiter zu. Offenbar gelingt es uns nicht, den Klimawandel zu stoppen. Wie lässt sich dieses Versagen erklären? Warum reagieren Gesellschaften so zögerlich auf diese Bedrohung? In seinem neuen Buch gibt Jens Beckert eine Antwort. Dass die erforderlichen Maßnahmen nicht ergriffen werden, liegt an der Beschaffenheit der Macht- und Anreizstrukturen für Unternehmen, Politiker, Wähler und Konsumenten. Die bittere Wahrheit ist: Wir verkaufen unsere Zukunft für die nächsten Quartalszahlen, das kommende Wahlergebnis und das heutige Vergnügen. Anhand von zahlreichen Beispielen und mit sozialwissenschaftlichem Besteck zeigt Beckert, warum es sich beim Klimawandel um ein »tückisches« Problem handelt, an dem die sich seit 500 Jahren entwickelnde kapitalistische Moderne aufgrund ihrer institutionellen und kulturellen Strukturen fast zwangsläufig scheitern muss. Die Temperaturen werden also weiter steigen, die sozialen und politischen Auseinandersetzungen werden sich verschärfen. Anpassungsfähigkeit, Resilienz und vor allem solidarisches Handeln sind gefragt. Daraus ergeben sich Aufgaben für eine realistische Klimapolitik. Jens Beckert Thu, 28 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760098 thebookvoice.com 7:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Verkaufte Zukunft: Warum der Kampf gegen den Klimawandel zu scheitern droht Author: Jens Beckert Narrator: Mathias Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Seit Jahrzehnten wissen wir um die Erderwärmung und ihre Gefährlichkeit. Dennoch nehmen die globalen Treibhausgasemissionen weiter zu. Offenbar gelingt es uns nicht, den Klimawandel zu stoppen. Wie lässt sich dieses Versagen erklären? Warum reagieren Gesellschaften so zögerlich auf diese Bedrohung? In seinem neuen Buch gibt Jens Beckert eine Antwort. Dass die erforderlichen Maßnahmen nicht ergriffen werden, liegt an der Beschaffenheit der Macht- und Anreizstrukturen für Unternehmen, Politiker, Wähler und Konsumenten. Die bittere Wahrheit ist: Wir verkaufen unsere Zukunft für die nächsten Quartalszahlen, das kommende Wahlergebnis und das heutige Vergnügen. Anhand von zahlreichen Beispielen und mit sozialwissenschaftlichem Besteck zeigt Beckert, warum es sich beim Klimawandel um ein »tückisches« Problem handelt, an dem die sich seit 500 Jahren entwickelnde kapitalistische Moderne aufgrund ihrer institutionellen und kulturellen Strukturen fast zwangsläufig scheitern muss. Die Temperaturen werden also weiter steigen, die sozialen und politischen Auseinandersetzungen werden sich verschärfen. Anpassungsfähigkeit, Resilienz und vor allem solidarisches Handeln sind gefragt. Daraus ergeben sich Aufgaben für eine realistische Klimapolitik. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760098]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Verkaufte Zukunft: Warum der Kampf gegen den Klimawandel zu scheitern droht Author: Jens Beckert Narrator: Mathias Grimm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Seit Jahrzehnten wissen wir um die Erderwärmung und ihre Gefährlichkeit. Dennoch nehmen die globalen Treibhausgasemissionen weiter zu. Offenbar gelingt es uns nicht, den Klimawandel zu stoppen. Wie lässt sich dieses Versagen erklären? Warum reagieren Gesellschaften so zögerlich auf diese Bedrohung? In seinem neuen Buch gibt Jens Beckert eine Antwort. Dass die erforderlichen Maßnahmen nicht ergriffen werden, liegt an der Beschaffenheit der Macht- und Anreizstrukturen für Unternehmen, Politiker, Wähler und Konsumenten. Die bittere Wahrheit ist: Wir verkaufen unsere Zukunft für die nächsten Quartalszahlen, das kommende Wahlergebnis und das heutige Vergnügen. Anhand von zahlreichen Beispielen und mit sozialwissenschaftlichem Besteck zeigt Beckert, warum es sich beim Klimawandel um ein »tückisches« Problem handelt, an dem die sich seit 500 Jahren entwickelnde kapitalistische Moderne aufgrund ihrer institutionellen und kulturellen Strukturen fast zwangsläufig scheitern muss. Die Temperaturen werden also weiter steigen, die sozialen und politischen Auseinandersetzungen werden sich verschärfen. Anpassungsfähigkeit, Resilienz und vor allem solidarisches Handeln sind gefragt. Daraus ergeben sich Aufgaben für eine realistische Klimapolitik. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760099 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das kleine Buch der großen Risiken: Von Atombombe bis Zombieapokalypse Author: Jakob Thomä Narrator: Sebastian Waldemer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Warum es wahrscheinlicher ist, dass wir einem Zombie begegnen, als von einem Hai gefressen zu werden. Wir haben wenig Ahnung davon, welchen Risiken wir tagtäglich ausgesetzt sind. Der Think-Tank-Begründer Jakob Thomä nimmt uns mit auf eine spannende Reise zu den größten Gefahren unserer Zeit und erklärt, was uns nachts wirklich wachhalten sollte. Haben Sie sich auch schon einmal gefragt, wie hoch die Wahrscheinlichkeit ist, dass Außerirdische die Erde angreifen? Wie groß das Risiko für einen Asteroideneinschlag oder Supervulkanausbruch ist? Oder ob die Matrix wirklich existiert? Täglich hören wir von diesen möglichen Ereignissen und ihren Folgen. In seinem neuen Werk untersucht Jakob Thomä von A wie Atombombe bis hin zu Z wie Zombieapokalypse die 26 kleineren und größeren Risiken für unsere Zivilisation. Mithilfe wissenschaftlicher Fakten und unterhaltsamer Anekdoten führt er uns vor Augen, wie gewiss es ist, dass uns ein Schwarzes Loch verschluckt oder »The Walking Dead« Realität wird – und was wir im Zweifel dagegen tun können. Jakob Thomä Thu, 28 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760099 thebookvoice.com 5:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das kleine Buch der großen Risiken: Von Atombombe bis Zombieapokalypse Author: Jakob Thomä Narrator: Sebastian Waldemer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Warum es wahrscheinlicher ist, dass wir einem Zombie begegnen, als von einem Hai gefressen zu werden. Wir haben wenig Ahnung davon, welchen Risiken wir tagtäglich ausgesetzt sind. Der Think-Tank-Begründer Jakob Thomä nimmt uns mit auf eine spannende Reise zu den größten Gefahren unserer Zeit und erklärt, was uns nachts wirklich wachhalten sollte. Haben Sie sich auch schon einmal gefragt, wie hoch die Wahrscheinlichkeit ist, dass Außerirdische die Erde angreifen? Wie groß das Risiko für einen Asteroideneinschlag oder Supervulkanausbruch ist? Oder ob die Matrix wirklich existiert? Täglich hören wir von diesen möglichen Ereignissen und ihren Folgen. In seinem neuen Werk untersucht Jakob Thomä von A wie Atombombe bis hin zu Z wie Zombieapokalypse die 26 kleineren und größeren Risiken für unsere Zivilisation. Mithilfe wissenschaftlicher Fakten und unterhaltsamer Anekdoten führt er uns vor Augen, wie gewiss es ist, dass uns ein Schwarzes Loch verschluckt oder »The Walking Dead« Realität wird – und was wir im Zweifel dagegen tun können. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760099]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das kleine Buch der großen Risiken: Von Atombombe bis Zombieapokalypse Author: Jakob Thomä Narrator: Sebastian Waldemer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Warum es wahrscheinlicher ist, dass wir einem Zombie begegnen, als von einem Hai gefressen zu werden. Wir haben wenig Ahnung davon, welchen Risiken wir tagtäglich ausgesetzt sind. Der Think-Tank-Begründer Jakob Thomä nimmt uns mit auf eine spannende Reise zu den größten Gefahren unserer Zeit und erklärt, was uns nachts wirklich wachhalten sollte. Haben Sie sich auch schon einmal gefragt, wie hoch die Wahrscheinlichkeit ist, dass Außerirdische die Erde angreifen? Wie groß das Risiko für einen Asteroideneinschlag oder Supervulkanausbruch ist? Oder ob die Matrix wirklich existiert? Täglich hören wir von diesen möglichen Ereignissen und ihren Folgen. In seinem neuen Werk untersucht Jakob Thomä von A wie Atombombe bis hin zu Z wie Zombieapokalypse die 26 kleineren und größeren Risiken für unsere Zivilisation. Mithilfe wissenschaftlicher Fakten und unterhaltsamer Anekdoten führt er uns vor Augen, wie gewiss es ist, dass uns ein Schwarzes Loch verschluckt oder »The Walking Dead« Realität wird – und was wir im Zweifel dagegen tun können. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760092 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Cheap Land Colorado: Überleben am Rand der USA Author: Ted Conover Narrator: Sebastian Waldemer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der Pulitzer-Preis-Finalist und National Book Critics Circle Award-Preisträger von Newjack führt durch ein wildes Amerika abseits des Zivilisation, wo es neben Unabhängigkeit und atemberaubenden Aussichten auch heftige Winde, Nachbarn mit krimineller Vergangenheit und minimale staatliche und medizinische Versorgung gibt. 'In diesen Depeschen lädt [Conover] die Leser ein, an den sich auflösenden Rändern des amerikanischen Westens mitzufahren, wo sepiafarbene Mythen über einen Neuanfang mit modernen Formen der Entfremdung, der Unbeständigkeit und des Exils kollidieren.... In einer Nation, deren Ränder ihr Zentrum definieren, ist dies eine unverzichtbare Lektüre' - Jessica Bruder, Autorin von Nomadland: Überleben in Amerika im einundzwanzigsten Jahrhundert Im Mai 2017 reiste Ted Conover nach Colorado, um aus erster Hand eine ländliche Lebensweise zu erkunden, bei der es darum geht, billig und auf eigenem Land zu leben - und sich vom Mainstream fernzuhalten. Die gescheiterten Subdivisionen des riesigen San Luis Valley machen dies möglich. Fünf-Morgen-Grundstücke in der hohen Prärie sind für fünftausend Dollar zu haben, manchmal sogar für weniger. Conover arbeitete freiwillig für eine örtliche Gruppe, die versucht, Obdachlosigkeit während der bitteren Winter zu verhindern. Er traf auf eine unerwartete Vielfalt: Veteranen mit PTBS, Familien, die zu Hause Unterricht haben, junge und alte Süchtige, Homosexuelle, Farbige, Waffen- und Marihuanaliebhaber, Menschen mit sozialen Ängsten - die meisten von ihnen verschmähen Wohltätigkeit und versuchen, sich selbst zu versorgen, was ihnen manchmal nicht gelingt. Und nicht wenige sagen voraus, dass sie die letzten sein werden, die noch stehen, wenn die Gesellschaft zusammenbricht. Ted Conover Thu, 14 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760092 thebookvoice.com 12:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Cheap Land Colorado: Überleben am Rand der USA Author: Ted Conover Narrator: Sebastian Waldemer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der Pulitzer-Preis-Finalist und National Book Critics Circle Award-Preisträger von Newjack führt durch ein wildes Amerika abseits des Zivilisation, wo es neben Unabhängigkeit und atemberaubenden Aussichten auch heftige Winde, Nachbarn mit krimineller Vergangenheit und minimale staatliche und medizinische Versorgung gibt. 'In diesen Depeschen lädt [Conover] die Leser ein, an den sich auflösenden Rändern des amerikanischen Westens mitzufahren, wo sepiafarbene Mythen über einen Neuanfang mit modernen Formen der Entfremdung, der Unbeständigkeit und des Exils kollidieren.... In einer Nation, deren Ränder ihr Zentrum definieren, ist dies eine unverzichtbare Lektüre' - Jessica Bruder, Autorin von Nomadland: Überleben in Amerika im einundzwanzigsten Jahrhundert Im Mai 2017 reiste Ted Conover nach Colorado, um aus erster Hand eine ländliche Lebensweise zu erkunden, bei der es darum geht, billig und auf eigenem Land zu leben - und sich vom Mainstream fernzuhalten. Die gescheiterten Subdivisionen des riesigen San Luis Valley machen dies möglich. Fünf-Morgen-Grundstücke in der hohen Prärie sind für fünftausend Dollar zu haben, manchmal sogar für weniger. Conover arbeitete freiwillig für eine örtliche Gruppe, die versucht, Obdachlosigkeit während der bitteren Winter zu verhindern. Er traf auf eine unerwartete Vielfalt: Veteranen mit PTBS, Familien, die zu Hause Unterricht haben, junge und alte Süchtige, Homosexuelle, Farbige, Waffen- und Marihuanaliebhaber, Menschen mit sozialen Ängsten - die meisten von ihnen verschmähen Wohltätigkeit und versuchen, sich selbst zu versorgen, was ihnen manchmal nicht gelingt. Und nicht wenige sagen voraus, dass sie die letzten sein werden, die noch stehen, wenn die Gesellschaft zusammenbricht. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Cheap Land Colorado: Überleben am Rand der USA Author: Ted Conover Narrator: Sebastian Waldemer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der Pulitzer-Preis-Finalist und National Book Critics Circle Award-Preisträger von Newjack führt durch ein wildes Amerika abseits des Zivilisation, wo es neben Unabhängigkeit und atemberaubenden Aussichten auch heftige Winde, Nachbarn mit krimineller Vergangenheit und minimale staatliche und medizinische Versorgung gibt. 'In diesen Depeschen lädt [Conover] die Leser ein, an den sich auflösenden Rändern des amerikanischen Westens mitzufahren, wo sepiafarbene Mythen über einen Neuanfang mit modernen Formen der Entfremdung, der Unbeständigkeit und des Exils kollidieren.... In einer Nation, deren Ränder ihr Zentrum definieren, ist dies eine unverzichtbare Lektüre' - Jessica Bruder, Autorin von Nomadland: Überleben in Amerika im einundzwanzigsten Jahrhundert Im Mai 2017 reiste Ted Conover nach Colorado, um aus erster Hand eine ländliche Lebensweise zu erkunden, bei der es darum geht, billig und auf eigenem Land zu leben - und sich vom Mainstream fernzuhalten. Die gescheiterten Subdivisionen des riesigen San Luis Valley machen dies möglich. Fünf-Morgen-Grundstücke in der hohen Prärie sind für fünftausend Dollar zu haben, manchmal sogar für weniger. Conover arbeitete freiwillig für eine örtliche Gruppe, die versucht, Obdachlosigkeit während der bitteren Winter zu verhindern. Er traf auf eine unerwartete Vielfalt: Veteranen mit PTBS, Familien, die zu Hause Unterricht haben, junge und alte Süchtige, Homosexuelle, Farbige, Waffen- und Marihuanaliebhaber, Menschen mit sozialen Ängsten - die meisten von ihnen verschmähen Wohltätigkeit und versuchen, sich selbst zu versorgen, was ihnen manchmal nicht gelingt. Und nicht wenige sagen voraus, dass sie die letzten sein werden, die noch stehen, wenn die Gesellschaft zusammenbricht. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/759800 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/759800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Im Moralgefängnis: Spaltung verstehen und überwinden Author: Michael Andrick Narrator: Matthias Ernst Holzmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wieso enden unsere Meinungsverschiedenheiten in bitteren Fehden, die uns entzweien? Warum können wir nicht mehr gesittet streiten? Woher rührt das peinliche Schweigen in Familien, unter Freunden und Kollegen, sobald es um Politik geht? Ob Coronakrise, Zuwanderung oder Ukrainekrieg: Dass die Gesellschaft wahlweise 'polarisiert' oder 'gespalten' sei und das Diskussionsklima 'vergiftet', hören wir seit Jahren. Doch bisher fehlte eine überzeugende Erklärung dieser verbreiteten Überzeugungen, die nicht einfach solche Floskeln wiederholt. Der Philosoph Michael Andrick zeigt, dass unser Diskurs-Elend aus einer Verhaltensweise entsteht, die wir alle beherrschen: Spaltung ist eine Infektion der Kommunikationswege mit dem Virus der Moralisierung. Dieses Buch klärt auf, wie wir uns derart voneinander entfremden konnten, wohin dies die Gesellschaft führt - und wie neue Verständigung gelingen kann. Michael Andrick Tue, 27 Feb 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/759800 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/759800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Im Moralgefängnis: Spaltung verstehen und überwinden Author: Michael Andrick Narrator: Matthias Ernst Holzmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wieso enden unsere Meinungsverschiedenheiten in bitteren Fehden, die uns entzweien? Warum können wir nicht mehr gesittet streiten? Woher rührt das peinliche Schweigen in Familien, unter Freunden und Kollegen, sobald es um Politik geht? Ob Coronakrise, Zuwanderung oder Ukrainekrieg: Dass die Gesellschaft wahlweise 'polarisiert' oder 'gespalten' sei und das Diskussionsklima 'vergiftet', hören wir seit Jahren. Doch bisher fehlte eine überzeugende Erklärung dieser verbreiteten Überzeugungen, die nicht einfach solche Floskeln wiederholt. Der Philosoph Michael Andrick zeigt, dass unser Diskurs-Elend aus einer Verhaltensweise entsteht, die wir alle beherrschen: Spaltung ist eine Infektion der Kommunikationswege mit dem Virus der Moralisierung. Dieses Buch klärt auf, wie wir uns derart voneinander entfremden konnten, wohin dies die Gesellschaft führt - und wie neue Verständigung gelingen kann. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/759800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Im Moralgefängnis: Spaltung verstehen und überwinden Author: Michael Andrick Narrator: Matthias Ernst Holzmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wieso enden unsere Meinungsverschiedenheiten in bitteren Fehden, die uns entzweien? Warum können wir nicht mehr gesittet streiten? Woher rührt das peinliche Schweigen in Familien, unter Freunden und Kollegen, sobald es um Politik geht? Ob Coronakrise, Zuwanderung oder Ukrainekrieg: Dass die Gesellschaft wahlweise 'polarisiert' oder 'gespalten' sei und das Diskussionsklima 'vergiftet', hören wir seit Jahren. Doch bisher fehlte eine überzeugende Erklärung dieser verbreiteten Überzeugungen, die nicht einfach solche Floskeln wiederholt. Der Philosoph Michael Andrick zeigt, dass unser Diskurs-Elend aus einer Verhaltensweise entsteht, die wir alle beherrschen: Spaltung ist eine Infektion der Kommunikationswege mit dem Virus der Moralisierung. Dieses Buch klärt auf, wie wir uns derart voneinander entfremden konnten, wohin dies die Gesellschaft führt - und wie neue Verständigung gelingen kann. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/759616 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/759616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La llamada: La mentira del 11M: Aznar quería que fuera ETA Author: Jesús Ceberio Narrator: Jesús Ceberio, Eugenio Gómez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: La crónica imprescindible de Jesús Ceberio sobre un momento decisivo en la historia reciente de España: los atentados del 11-M. Un testimonio estremecedor en torno a la famosa llamada de Aznar a los periódicos. «El 11 de marzo de 2004 fue un jueves aciago en Madrid. Acababa de amanecer cuando retumbaron varias explosiones en un tren de cercanías que entraba en el andén de la estación de Atocha. Eran las 7.37 de una mañana casi primaveral. En menos de cinco minutos diez bombas reventaron cuatro trenes procedentes de Alcalá de Henares, con un efecto devastador que se traduciría en 191 muertos y más de 2.000 heridos. 'Tengo la certeza de que ha sido ETA', fue el veredicto inapelable que el presidente Aznar me transmitió por teléfono a las 13.06». Se cumplen veinte años del 11-M. Lo que sucedió aquel día, tanto la serie de ataques en los trenes de la red madrileña de Cercanías como la actuación del gobierno en vísperas de las elecciones generales, afectó a la sociedad española de manera brutal. En el eje de esa gestión estaba el intento por parte del Gobierno del Partido Popular de responsabilizar a ETA de los atentados, aun cuando desde muy pronto empezaron a aparecer indicios que apuntaban al terrorismo islamista como autor del ataque. El momento paradigmático de esa voluntad fue la llamada del presidente Aznar a los medios de comunicación para asegurarles que había sido ETA. El periodista de máximo prestigio Jesús Ceberio, entonces director de El País, habló con él por teléfono. En esta crónica rigurosa y trepidante Ceberio, como testigo directo, narra cómo fueron desarrollándose las investigaciones, discrepando cada vez más de la versión oficial y generando un nivel de tensión social y política que marcó la pauta para los años posteriores y la actualidad. En definitiva, un relato estremecedor que gira en torno a la famosa mentira del presidente Aznar a los medios de comunicación. Jesús Ceberio Thu, 07 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/759616 thebookvoice.com 5:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/759616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La llamada: La mentira del 11M: Aznar quería que fuera ETA Author: Jesús Ceberio Narrator: Jesús Ceberio, Eugenio Gómez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: La crónica imprescindible de Jesús Ceberio sobre un momento decisivo en la historia reciente de España: los atentados del 11-M. Un testimonio estremecedor en torno a la famosa llamada de Aznar a los periódicos. «El 11 de marzo de 2004 fue un jueves aciago en Madrid. Acababa de amanecer cuando retumbaron varias explosiones en un tren de cercanías que entraba en el andén de la estación de Atocha. Eran las 7.37 de una mañana casi primaveral. En menos de cinco minutos diez bombas reventaron cuatro trenes procedentes de Alcalá de Henares, con un efecto devastador que se traduciría en 191 muertos y más de 2.000 heridos. 'Tengo la certeza de que ha sido ETA', fue el veredicto inapelable que el presidente Aznar me transmitió por teléfono a las 13.06». Se cumplen veinte años del 11-M. Lo que sucedió aquel día, tanto la serie de ataques en los trenes de la red madrileña de Cercanías como la actuación del gobierno en vísperas de las elecciones generales, afectó a la sociedad española de manera brutal. En el eje de esa gestión estaba el intento por parte del Gobierno del Partido Popular de responsabilizar a ETA de los atentados, aun cuando desde muy pronto empezaron a aparecer indicios que apuntaban al terrorismo islamista como autor del ataque. El momento paradigmático de esa voluntad fue la llamada del presidente Aznar a los medios de comunicación para asegurarles que había sido ETA. El periodista de máximo prestigio Jesús Ceberio, entonces director de El País, habló con él por teléfono. En esta crónica rigurosa y trepidante Ceberio, como testigo directo, narra cómo fueron desarrollándose las investigaciones, discrepando cada vez más de la versión oficial y generando un nivel de tensión social y política que marcó la pauta para los años posteriores y la actualidad. En definitiva, un relato estremecedor que gira en torno a la famosa mentira del presidente Aznar a los medios de comunicación. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/759616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La llamada: La mentira del 11M: Aznar quería que fuera ETA Author: Jesús Ceberio Narrator: Jesús Ceberio, Eugenio Gómez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: La crónica imprescindible de Jesús Ceberio sobre un momento decisivo en la historia reciente de España: los atentados del 11-M. Un testimonio estremecedor en torno a la famosa llamada de Aznar a los periódicos. «El 11 de marzo de 2004 fue un jueves aciago en Madrid. Acababa de amanecer cuando retumbaron varias explosiones en un tren de cercanías que entraba en el andén de la estación de Atocha. Eran las 7.37 de una mañana casi primaveral. En menos de cinco minutos diez bombas reventaron cuatro trenes procedentes de Alcalá de Henares, con un efecto devastador que se traduciría en 191 muertos y más de 2.000 heridos. 'Tengo la certeza de que ha sido ETA', fue el veredicto inapelable que el presidente Aznar me transmitió por teléfono a las 13.06». Se cumplen veinte años del 11-M. Lo que sucedió aquel día, tanto la serie de ataques en los trenes de la red madrileña de Cercanías como la actuación del gobierno en vísperas de las elecciones generales, afectó a la sociedad española de manera brutal. En el eje de esa gestión estaba el intento por parte del Gobierno del Partido Popular de responsabilizar a ETA de los atentados, aun cuando desde muy pronto empezaron a aparecer indicios que apuntaban al terrorismo islamista como autor del ataque. El momento paradigmático de esa voluntad fue la llamada del presidente Aznar a los medios de comunicación para asegurarles que había sido ETA. El periodista de máximo prestigio Jesús Ceberio, entonces director de El País, habló con él por teléfono. En esta crónica rigurosa y trepidante Ceberio, como testigo directo, narra cómo fueron desarrollándose las investigaciones, discrepando cada vez más de la versión oficial y generando un nivel de tensión social y política que marcó la pauta para los años posteriores y la actualidad. En definitiva, un relato estremecedor que gira en torno a la famosa mentira del presidente Aznar a los medios de comunicación. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758928 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Deadliest Election: The Cautionary Tale of the Most Violent Election in American History Author: Dana Bash Narrator: Dana Bash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Let chaos come.” The violent election of 1872 that serves as a warning for today's divided politics. From CNN’s Chief Political Correspondent Dana Bash, the fast-paced story of the extraordinary election that led to hundreds of murders, warfare in the streets of New Orleans, two governors of Louisiana—and changed the course of politics in our country. The Election of 1872 was the most contentious in American history. After both parties complained of corruption, neither candidate would concede, two governors claimed office and chaos erupted. Rival newspapers engaged in a bitter war of words, politicians plotted to overthrow the government, and their supporters fought in the streets and attempted assassinations. The entire country watched in grim fascination as the wounds of the Civil War were ripped open and the promise of President Grant’s Reconstruction faltered in the face of violent resistance and the birth of the Ku Klux Klan. In this riveting book, Dana Bash and David Fisher tell the incredible, little-known story of the election that pushed democracy to the breaking point, and sparked historic events including: - The Colfax Massacre, in which at least 150 Black men were killed by white supremacists - The extraordinary train race from New York to New Orleans for control of the state government - The election of the first black Congressman from Louisiana in the face of violent resistance - The Supreme Court ruling that ended Reconstruction and became the foundation of Southern segregation, changing the American legal system for the next century Readers will find eerie parallels to today's divided political landscape and leaders willing to seize power no matter the cost. An eye-opening warning of what's at stake and what it takes to protect our democracy, this is a must-read tale of America's deadliest election. Dana Bash Tue, 03 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758928 thebookvoice.com 10:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Deadliest Election: The Cautionary Tale of the Most Violent Election in American History Author: Dana Bash Narrator: Dana Bash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Let chaos come.” The violent election of 1872 that serves as a warning for today's divided politics. From CNN’s Chief Political Correspondent Dana Bash, the fast-paced story of the extraordinary election that led to hundreds of murders, warfare in the streets of New Orleans, two governors of Louisiana—and changed the course of politics in our country. The Election of 1872 was the most contentious in American history. After both parties complained of corruption, neither candidate would concede, two governors claimed office and chaos erupted. Rival newspapers engaged in a bitter war of words, politicians plotted to overthrow the government, and their supporters fought in the streets and attempted assassinations. The entire country watched in grim fascination as the wounds of the Civil War were ripped open and the promise of President Grant’s Reconstruction faltered in the face of violent resistance and the birth of the Ku Klux Klan. In this riveting book, Dana Bash and David Fisher tell the incredible, little-known story of the election that pushed democracy to the breaking point, and sparked historic events including: - The Colfax Massacre, in which at least 150 Black men were killed by white supremacists - The extraordinary train race from New York to New Orleans for control of the state government - The election of the first black Congressman from Louisiana in the face of violent resistance - The Supreme Court ruling that ended Reconstruction and became the foundation of Southern segregation, changing the American legal system for the next century Readers will find eerie parallels to today's divided political landscape and leaders willing to seize power no matter the cost. An eye-opening warning of what's at stake and what it takes to protect our democracy, this is a must-read tale of America's deadliest election. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Deadliest Election: The Cautionary Tale of the Most Violent Election in American History Author: Dana Bash Narrator: Dana Bash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Let chaos come.” The violent election of 1872 that serves as a warning for today's divided politics. From CNN’s Chief Political Correspondent Dana Bash, the fast-paced story of the extraordinary election that led to hundreds of murders, warfare in the streets of New Orleans, two governors of Louisiana—and changed the course of politics in our country. The Election of 1872 was the most contentious in American history. After both parties complained of corruption, neither candidate would concede, two governors claimed office and chaos erupted. Rival newspapers engaged in a bitter war of words, politicians plotted to overthrow the government, and their supporters fought in the streets and attempted assassinations. The entire country watched in grim fascination as the wounds of the Civil War were ripped open and the promise of President Grant’s Reconstruction faltered in the face of violent resistance and the birth of the Ku Klux Klan. In this riveting book, Dana Bash and David Fisher tell the incredible, little-known story of the election that pushed democracy to the breaking point, and sparked historic events including: - The Colfax Massacre, in which at least 150 Black men were killed by white supremacists - The extraordinary train race from New York to New Orleans for control of the state government - The election of the first black Congressman from Louisiana in the face of violent resistance - The Supreme Court ruling that ended Reconstruction and became the foundation of Southern segregation, changing the American legal system for the next century Readers will find eerie parallels to today's divided political landscape and leaders willing to seize power no matter the cost. An eye-opening warning of what's at stake and what it takes to protect our democracy, this is a must-read tale of America's deadliest election. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758605 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Public Opinion Author: Walter Lippmann Narrator: John Clickman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Walter Lippmann's Public Opinion (1922) argues humans can't fully grasp complex issues. We rely on simplified ideas (stereotypes) and media portrayals ('pseudo-environments') to form opinions. He suggests experts, not the public, should guide society due to these limitations. Though controversial, it remains a crucial text in understanding public opinion, media influence, and the challenges of democracy. Walter Lippmann Sun, 18 Feb 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758605 thebookvoice.com 10:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Public Opinion Author: Walter Lippmann Narrator: John Clickman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Walter Lippmann's Public Opinion (1922) argues humans can't fully grasp complex issues. We rely on simplified ideas (stereotypes) and media portrayals ('pseudo-environments') to form opinions. He suggests experts, not the public, should guide society due to these limitations. Though controversial, it remains a crucial text in understanding public opinion, media influence, and the challenges of democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Public Opinion Author: Walter Lippmann Narrator: John Clickman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 18, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Walter Lippmann's Public Opinion (1922) argues humans can't fully grasp complex issues. We rely on simplified ideas (stereotypes) and media portrayals ('pseudo-environments') to form opinions. He suggests experts, not the public, should guide society due to these limitations. Though controversial, it remains a crucial text in understanding public opinion, media influence, and the challenges of democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758454 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Putinland: Der imperiale Wahn, die russische Opposition und die Verblendung des Westens. Erweiterte Ausgabe Author: Leonid Wolkow Narrator: Oliver Dupont Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Was der Westen nicht wissen wollte: die brisante Analyse des 'Außenministers der russischen Opposition'. Unter Putin hat sich Russland zu einer imperialistischen Diktatur verwandelt, die die Werte und das Lebensmodell des Westens bedroht. Wie das passiert ist und warum Europa es bis zuletzt ignoriert hat - das analysiert Leonid Wolkow, ein enger Vertrauter des inhaftierten Dissidenten Alexei Nawalny. Anhand persönlicher Erfahrungen im Kampf gegen Korruption und Willkürherrschaft legt er die brutale imperialistische Dynamik in Putins Reich offen und zeigt, was man in Deutschland und Europa nicht wahrhaben wollte. Wer Russland, Putin und den Angriffskrieg gegen die Ukraine verstehen will, kommt an seiner brisanten Analyse nicht vorbei. Noch zu Beginn der ersten Amtszeit von Wladimir Putin war Russland ein Land bis dahin ungeahnter Möglichkeiten und Entwicklungschancen. Junge Menschen, unter ihnen auch Leonid Wolkow, begannen, sich politisch zu engagieren, forderten Teilhabe und waren bereit, die Zukunft mitzugestalten. Doch Putins Ziel war nie die offene Gesellschaft. Spätestens, als er 2012 seine Rückkehr ins Präsidentenamt verkündete, brach sich der Autoritarismus vom Kreml ausgehend Bahn. Nach der Annexion der Krim, der Zerschlagung der Opposition und dem Giftanschlag auf Alexei Nawalny eskalierte diese Entwicklung 2022 mit dem völkerrechtswidrigen Überfall auf die Ukraine. Als Wahlkampfmanager, enger Mitarbeiter und Freund Nawalnys hat Wolkow die Entstehung der russischen Diktatur hautnah miterlebt und war selbst mehrfach inhaftiert. Aus dem Exil heraus analysiert er nun, was in Deutschland und Europa aufgrund wirtschaftlicher Interessen und geopolitischer Naivität geflissentlich ignoriert wurde. Doch trotz aller Gefahr, die von Moskau für die freie Welt ausgeht, so Wolkow: Putins Zeit läuft ab. Und Russlands Zukunft liegt in Europa. Leonid Wolkow (Jg. 1980) leitete 2013 die Kampagne Alexei Nawalnys bei der Moskauer Bürgermeisterwahl, 2018 als Stabschef dessen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf. Seit 2019 lebt er in Litauen, von wo aus er für Alexei Nawalnys Antikorruptionsstiftung arbeitet. Für sein Engagement verlieh ihm die Theodor Heuss Stiftung 2023 den 58. Theodor Heuss Preis. Inhalt u.a.: Russlands 'wilde Neunziger' - Die Errichtung der Machtvertikale - Widerstandsgeist und Protestbewegung - Bürgermeisterwahl in Moskau - Nach der Annexion der Krim - Nawalnys Präsidentschaftswahlkampf - Die Schlagkraft vernetzter Opposition - Der Giftanschlag - Russland überfällt die Ukraine - Medienmacht und Meinungsbildung - Angriffsziel Internet - Andersdenken verboten - Putins Oligarchen - Wir gehören zu Europa - Nach Putin: Szenarien und Hoffnungen. Neue Kapitel: Wie hat sich die russische Gesellschaft verändert? Nawalny Der Kult des Sieges Protestbewegung Nach Prigoschin Leonid Wolkow Sat, 17 Feb 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758454 thebookvoice.com 9:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Putinland: Der imperiale Wahn, die russische Opposition und die Verblendung des Westens. Erweiterte Ausgabe Author: Leonid Wolkow Narrator: Oliver Dupont Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Was der Westen nicht wissen wollte: die brisante Analyse des 'Außenministers der russischen Opposition'. Unter Putin hat sich Russland zu einer imperialistischen Diktatur verwandelt, die die Werte und das Lebensmodell des Westens bedroht. Wie das passiert ist und warum Europa es bis zuletzt ignoriert hat - das analysiert Leonid Wolkow, ein enger Vertrauter des inhaftierten Dissidenten Alexei Nawalny. Anhand persönlicher Erfahrungen im Kampf gegen Korruption und Willkürherrschaft legt er die brutale imperialistische Dynamik in Putins Reich offen und zeigt, was man in Deutschland und Europa nicht wahrhaben wollte. Wer Russland, Putin und den Angriffskrieg gegen die Ukraine verstehen will, kommt an seiner brisanten Analyse nicht vorbei. Noch zu Beginn der ersten Amtszeit von Wladimir Putin war Russland ein Land bis dahin ungeahnter Möglichkeiten und Entwicklungschancen. Junge Menschen, unter ihnen auch Leonid Wolkow, begannen, sich politisch zu engagieren, forderten Teilhabe und waren bereit, die Zukunft mitzugestalten. Doch Putins Ziel war nie die offene Gesellschaft. Spätestens, als er 2012 seine Rückkehr ins Präsidentenamt verkündete, brach sich der Autoritarismus vom Kreml ausgehend Bahn. Nach der Annexion der Krim, der Zerschlagung der Opposition und dem Giftanschlag auf Alexei Nawalny eskalierte diese Entwicklung 2022 mit dem völkerrechtswidrigen Überfall auf die Ukraine. Als Wahlkampfmanager, enger Mitarbeiter und Freund Nawalnys hat Wolkow die Entstehung der russischen Diktatur hautnah miterlebt und war selbst mehrfach inhaftiert. Aus dem Exil heraus analysiert er nun, was in Deutschland und Europa aufgrund wirtschaftlicher Interessen und geopolitischer Naivität geflissentlich ignoriert wurde. Doch trotz aller Gefahr, die von Moskau für die freie Welt ausgeht, so Wolkow: Putins Zeit läuft ab. Und Russlands Zukunft liegt in Europa. Leonid Wolkow (Jg. 1980) leitete 2013 die Kampagne Alexei Nawalnys bei der Moskauer Bürgermeisterwahl, 2018 als Stabschef dessen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf. Seit 2019 lebt er in Litauen, von wo aus er für Alexei Nawalnys Antikorruptionsstiftung arbeitet. Für sein Engagement verlieh ihm die Theodor Heuss Stiftung 2023 den 58. Theodor Heuss Preis. Inhalt u.a.: Russlands 'wilde Neunziger' - Die Errichtung der Machtvertikale - Widerstandsgeist und Protestbewegung - Bürgermeisterwahl in Moskau - Nach der Annexion der Krim - Nawalnys Präsidentschaftswahlkampf - Die Schlagkraft vernetzter Opposition - Der Giftanschlag - Russland überfällt die Ukraine - Medienmacht und Meinungsbildung - Angriffsziel Internet - Andersdenken verboten - Putins Oligarchen - Wir gehören zu Europa - Nach Putin: Szenarien und Hoffnungen. Neue Kapitel: Wie hat sich die russische Gesellschaft verändert? Nawalny Der Kult des Sieges Protestbewegung Nach Prigoschin Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/758454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Putinland: Der imperiale Wahn, die russische Opposition und die Verblendung des Westens. Erweiterte Ausgabe Author: Leonid Wolkow Narrator: Oliver Dupont Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Was der Westen nicht wissen wollte: die brisante Analyse des 'Außenministers der russischen Opposition'. Unter Putin hat sich Russland zu einer imperialistischen Diktatur verwandelt, die die Werte und das Lebensmodell des Westens bedroht. Wie das passiert ist und warum Europa es bis zuletzt ignoriert hat - das analysiert Leonid Wolkow, ein enger Vertrauter des inhaftierten Dissidenten Alexei Nawalny. Anhand persönlicher Erfahrungen im Kampf gegen Korruption und Willkürherrschaft legt er die brutale imperialistische Dynamik in Putins Reich offen und zeigt, was man in Deutschland und Europa nicht wahrhaben wollte. Wer Russland, Putin und den Angriffskrieg gegen die Ukraine verstehen will, kommt an seiner brisanten Analyse nicht vorbei. Noch zu Beginn der ersten Amtszeit von Wladimir Putin war Russland ein Land bis dahin ungeahnter Möglichkeiten und Entwicklungschancen. Junge Menschen, unter ihnen auch Leonid Wolkow, begannen, sich politisch zu engagieren, forderten Teilhabe und waren bereit, die Zukunft mitzugestalten. Doch Putins Ziel war nie die offene Gesellschaft. Spätestens, als er 2012 seine Rückkehr ins Präsidentenamt verkündete, brach sich der Autoritarismus vom Kreml ausgehend Bahn. Nach der Annexion der Krim, der Zerschlagung der Opposition und dem Giftanschlag auf Alexei Nawalny eskalierte diese Entwicklung 2022 mit dem völkerrechtswidrigen Überfall auf die Ukraine. Als Wahlkampfmanager, enger Mitarbeiter und Freund Nawalnys hat Wolkow die Entstehung der russischen Diktatur hautnah miterlebt und war selbst mehrfach inhaftiert. Aus dem Exil heraus analysiert er nun, was in Deutschland und Europa aufgrund wirtschaftlicher Interessen und geopolitischer Naivität geflissentlich ignoriert wurde. Doch trotz aller Gefahr, die von Moskau für die freie Welt ausgeht, so Wolkow: Putins Zeit läuft ab. Und Russlands Zukunft liegt in Europa. Leonid Wolkow (Jg. 1980) leitete 2013 die Kampagne Alexei Nawalnys bei der Moskauer Bürgermeisterwahl, 2018 als Stabschef dessen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf. Seit 2019 lebt er in Litauen, von wo aus er für Alexei Nawalnys Antikorruptionsstiftung arbeitet. Für sein Engagement verlieh ihm die Theodor Heuss Stiftung 2023 den 58. Theodor Heuss Preis. Inhalt u.a.: Russlands 'wilde Neunziger' - Die Errichtung der Machtvertikale - Widerstandsgeist und Protestbewegung - Bürgermeisterwahl in Moskau - Nach der Annexion der Krim - Nawalnys Präsidentschaftswahlkampf - Die Schlagkraft vernetzter Opposition - Der Giftanschlag - Russland überfällt die Ukraine - Medienmacht und Meinungsbildung - Angriffsziel Internet - Andersdenken verboten - Putins Oligarchen - Wir gehören zu Europa - Nach Putin: Szenarien und Hoffnungen. Neue Kapitel: Wie hat sich die russische Gesellschaft verändert? Nawalny Der Kult des Sieges Protestbewegung Nach Prigoschin https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757799 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commander in Chief: Partisanship, Nationalism, and the Reconstruction of Congressional War Powers Author: Casey B. K. Dominguez Narrator: Nancy Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The constitutional balance of war powers has shifted from Congress to the president over time. Today, presidents broadly define their constitutional authority as commander in chief. In the nineteenth century, however, Congress was the institution that claimed and defended expansive war powers authority. This discrepancy raises important questions: How, specifically, did Congress define the boundaries between presidential and congressional war powers in the early republic? Did that definition change? Casey Dominguez's Commander in Chief systematically analyzes the authority that members of Congress ascribe to the president as commander in chief and the boundaries they put around that authority. Dominguez shows that for more than a century members of Congress defined the commander in chief's authority narrowly. But in a wave of nationalism during the Spanish-American War, members of Congress began to argue that Congress owed deference to the commander in chief. They also tended to argue that a president of their own party should have broad war powers, while the powers of a president in the other party should be defined narrowly. Together, these two dynamics suggest that the conditions for presidentially dominated modern constitutional war powers were set at the turn of the twentieth century, far earlier than is often acknowledged. Casey B. K. Dominguez Fri, 24 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757799 thebookvoice.com 8:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commander in Chief: Partisanship, Nationalism, and the Reconstruction of Congressional War Powers Author: Casey B. K. Dominguez Narrator: Nancy Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The constitutional balance of war powers has shifted from Congress to the president over time. Today, presidents broadly define their constitutional authority as commander in chief. In the nineteenth century, however, Congress was the institution that claimed and defended expansive war powers authority. This discrepancy raises important questions: How, specifically, did Congress define the boundaries between presidential and congressional war powers in the early republic? Did that definition change? Casey Dominguez's Commander in Chief systematically analyzes the authority that members of Congress ascribe to the president as commander in chief and the boundaries they put around that authority. Dominguez shows that for more than a century members of Congress defined the commander in chief's authority narrowly. But in a wave of nationalism during the Spanish-American War, members of Congress began to argue that Congress owed deference to the commander in chief. They also tended to argue that a president of their own party should have broad war powers, while the powers of a president in the other party should be defined narrowly. Together, these two dynamics suggest that the conditions for presidentially dominated modern constitutional war powers were set at the turn of the twentieth century, far earlier than is often acknowledged. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commander in Chief: Partisanship, Nationalism, and the Reconstruction of Congressional War Powers Author: Casey B. K. Dominguez Narrator: Nancy Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The constitutional balance of war powers has shifted from Congress to the president over time. Today, presidents broadly define their constitutional authority as commander in chief. In the nineteenth century, however, Congress was the institution that claimed and defended expansive war powers authority. This discrepancy raises important questions: How, specifically, did Congress define the boundaries between presidential and congressional war powers in the early republic? Did that definition change? Casey Dominguez's Commander in Chief systematically analyzes the authority that members of Congress ascribe to the president as commander in chief and the boundaries they put around that authority. Dominguez shows that for more than a century members of Congress defined the commander in chief's authority narrowly. But in a wave of nationalism during the Spanish-American War, members of Congress began to argue that Congress owed deference to the commander in chief. They also tended to argue that a president of their own party should have broad war powers, while the powers of a president in the other party should be defined narrowly. Together, these two dynamics suggest that the conditions for presidentially dominated modern constitutional war powers were set at the turn of the twentieth century, far earlier than is often acknowledged. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757794 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States and the Armenian Genocide: History, Memory, Politics Author: Julien Zarifian Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During the first World War, over a million Armenians were killed as Ottoman Turks embarked on a bloody campaign of ethnic cleansing. Scholars have long described these massacres as genocide, one of Hitler's prime inspirations for the Holocaust, yet the United States did not officially recognize the Armenian Genocide until 2021. This is the first book to examine how and why the United States refused to acknowledge the Armenian Genocide until the early 2020s. Although the American government expressed sympathy towards the plight of the Armenians in the 1910s and 1920s, historian Julien Zarifian explores how, from the 1960s, a set of geopolitical and institutional factors soon led the United States to adopt a policy of genocide nonrecognition which it would cling to for over fifty years, through Republican and Democratic administrations alike. He describes the forces on each side of this issue: activists from the US Armenian diaspora and their allies, challenging Cold War statesmen worried about alienating NATO ally Turkey and dealing with a widespread American reluctance to directly confront the horrors of the past. Drawing from congressional records, rare newspapers, and interviews with lobbyists and decision-makers, he reveals how genocide recognition became such a complex, politically sensitive issue. Julien Zarifian Fri, 17 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757794 thebookvoice.com 11:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States and the Armenian Genocide: History, Memory, Politics Author: Julien Zarifian Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During the first World War, over a million Armenians were killed as Ottoman Turks embarked on a bloody campaign of ethnic cleansing. Scholars have long described these massacres as genocide, one of Hitler's prime inspirations for the Holocaust, yet the United States did not officially recognize the Armenian Genocide until 2021. This is the first book to examine how and why the United States refused to acknowledge the Armenian Genocide until the early 2020s. Although the American government expressed sympathy towards the plight of the Armenians in the 1910s and 1920s, historian Julien Zarifian explores how, from the 1960s, a set of geopolitical and institutional factors soon led the United States to adopt a policy of genocide nonrecognition which it would cling to for over fifty years, through Republican and Democratic administrations alike. He describes the forces on each side of this issue: activists from the US Armenian diaspora and their allies, challenging Cold War statesmen worried about alienating NATO ally Turkey and dealing with a widespread American reluctance to directly confront the horrors of the past. Drawing from congressional records, rare newspapers, and interviews with lobbyists and decision-makers, he reveals how genocide recognition became such a complex, politically sensitive issue. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States and the Armenian Genocide: History, Memory, Politics Author: Julien Zarifian Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During the first World War, over a million Armenians were killed as Ottoman Turks embarked on a bloody campaign of ethnic cleansing. Scholars have long described these massacres as genocide, one of Hitler's prime inspirations for the Holocaust, yet the United States did not officially recognize the Armenian Genocide until 2021. This is the first book to examine how and why the United States refused to acknowledge the Armenian Genocide until the early 2020s. Although the American government expressed sympathy towards the plight of the Armenians in the 1910s and 1920s, historian Julien Zarifian explores how, from the 1960s, a set of geopolitical and institutional factors soon led the United States to adopt a policy of genocide nonrecognition which it would cling to for over fifty years, through Republican and Democratic administrations alike. He describes the forces on each side of this issue: activists from the US Armenian diaspora and their allies, challenging Cold War statesmen worried about alienating NATO ally Turkey and dealing with a widespread American reluctance to directly confront the horrors of the past. Drawing from congressional records, rare newspapers, and interviews with lobbyists and decision-makers, he reveals how genocide recognition became such a complex, politically sensitive issue. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757791 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elegant Legal Writing Author: Ryan Mccarl Narrator: Shawn Compton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Elegant Legal Writing helps attorneys elevate their writing from passable to polished. Drawing on ideas from cognitive science, stylistics, and litigation strategy, the book teaches practical techniques by example using fast-paced chapters. Listeners will learn the essentials of effective legal composition: ● Writing clear, efficient prose ● Crafting strong arguments ● Telling a client's story through a compelling narrative ● Overcoming procrastination and drafting more productively Readability, aesthetics, and argumentation are intertwined. Ryan McCarl shows how litigation documents that are easier and more pleasant to read are more likely to persuade judges and other busy readers. The book also discusses parts of legal writing that many guides overlook, including sentence mechanics, writing technology, and typography. Ryan Mccarl Tue, 16 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757791 thebookvoice.com 6:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elegant Legal Writing Author: Ryan Mccarl Narrator: Shawn Compton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Elegant Legal Writing helps attorneys elevate their writing from passable to polished. Drawing on ideas from cognitive science, stylistics, and litigation strategy, the book teaches practical techniques by example using fast-paced chapters. Listeners will learn the essentials of effective legal composition: ● Writing clear, efficient prose ● Crafting strong arguments ● Telling a client's story through a compelling narrative ● Overcoming procrastination and drafting more productively Readability, aesthetics, and argumentation are intertwined. Ryan McCarl shows how litigation documents that are easier and more pleasant to read are more likely to persuade judges and other busy readers. The book also discusses parts of legal writing that many guides overlook, including sentence mechanics, writing technology, and typography. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Elegant Legal Writing Author: Ryan Mccarl Narrator: Shawn Compton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Elegant Legal Writing helps attorneys elevate their writing from passable to polished. Drawing on ideas from cognitive science, stylistics, and litigation strategy, the book teaches practical techniques by example using fast-paced chapters. Listeners will learn the essentials of effective legal composition: ● Writing clear, efficient prose ● Crafting strong arguments ● Telling a client's story through a compelling narrative ● Overcoming procrastination and drafting more productively Readability, aesthetics, and argumentation are intertwined. Ryan McCarl shows how litigation documents that are easier and more pleasant to read are more likely to persuade judges and other busy readers. The book also discusses parts of legal writing that many guides overlook, including sentence mechanics, writing technology, and typography. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757793 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Postmodern Predicament: Existential Challenges of the Twenty-First Century Author: Bruce Ackerman Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Human beings have taken one thing for granted since our earliest days: we are bodily creatures dealing with one another on a face-to-face basis. The internet has shattered this fundamental feature of human existence. We are suddenly living our lives in two worlds at once—shifting endlessly from virtual to physical reality as we reach out to others. Worse yet, we are developing different personal identities in our two worlds. We say and do things in virtual reality that flatly contradict our face-to-face commitments to family, friends, and fellow-workers—and vice versa. The Postmodern Predicament explores these dilemmas at each phase of the life cycle, beginning at the moment a young child picks up a cell phone. The existentialist tradition of the twentieth century provides a precious perspective on our postmodern dilemmas. Thinkers and doers like Simone de Beauvoir and Jean-Paul Sartre considered the fragmentation of modern life as a central source of contemporary anxieties. Like them, Ackerman views the challenges of the internet age as a political, no less than personal, problem—and proposes concrete reforms that that could mobilize broad-based support for democracy against demagogic assaults on its very foundations. Bruce Ackerman Tue, 16 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757793 thebookvoice.com 9:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Postmodern Predicament: Existential Challenges of the Twenty-First Century Author: Bruce Ackerman Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Human beings have taken one thing for granted since our earliest days: we are bodily creatures dealing with one another on a face-to-face basis. The internet has shattered this fundamental feature of human existence. We are suddenly living our lives in two worlds at once—shifting endlessly from virtual to physical reality as we reach out to others. Worse yet, we are developing different personal identities in our two worlds. We say and do things in virtual reality that flatly contradict our face-to-face commitments to family, friends, and fellow-workers—and vice versa. The Postmodern Predicament explores these dilemmas at each phase of the life cycle, beginning at the moment a young child picks up a cell phone. The existentialist tradition of the twentieth century provides a precious perspective on our postmodern dilemmas. Thinkers and doers like Simone de Beauvoir and Jean-Paul Sartre considered the fragmentation of modern life as a central source of contemporary anxieties. Like them, Ackerman views the challenges of the internet age as a political, no less than personal, problem—and proposes concrete reforms that that could mobilize broad-based support for democracy against demagogic assaults on its very foundations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Postmodern Predicament: Existential Challenges of the Twenty-First Century Author: Bruce Ackerman Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Human beings have taken one thing for granted since our earliest days: we are bodily creatures dealing with one another on a face-to-face basis. The internet has shattered this fundamental feature of human existence. We are suddenly living our lives in two worlds at once—shifting endlessly from virtual to physical reality as we reach out to others. Worse yet, we are developing different personal identities in our two worlds. We say and do things in virtual reality that flatly contradict our face-to-face commitments to family, friends, and fellow-workers—and vice versa. The Postmodern Predicament explores these dilemmas at each phase of the life cycle, beginning at the moment a young child picks up a cell phone. The existentialist tradition of the twentieth century provides a precious perspective on our postmodern dilemmas. Thinkers and doers like Simone de Beauvoir and Jean-Paul Sartre considered the fragmentation of modern life as a central source of contemporary anxieties. Like them, Ackerman views the challenges of the internet age as a political, no less than personal, problem—and proposes concrete reforms that that could mobilize broad-based support for democracy against demagogic assaults on its very foundations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757703 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757703]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blue-Coated Terror: Jim Crow New Orleans and the Roots of Modern Police Brutality Author: Jeffrey S. Adler Narrator: Arnell Powell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A searing chronicle of how racist violence became an ingrained facet of policing in the United StatesContrary to competing popular beliefs, police violence against African Americans has neither remained unchanged since the era of slavery nor is it a recent phenomenon disconnected from the past. In Bluecoated Terror, Jeffrey S. Adler draws on rich archival accounts to show how racialized police brutality is part of a larger system of state oppression with roots in the early twentieth-century South, particularly New Orleans.Wide racial differentials in the use of lethal force and beatings during arrest and interrogation emerged in the 1930s and 1940s. Adler explains how race control and crime control blended and blurred during this era, when police officers and criminal justice officials began to justify systemic violence against Black people as a crucial—and legal—tool for maintaining law and order. Bluecoated Terrorexplores both the rise of these trends and their chilling persistence, providing critical context for recent horrific police abuses as the ghost of Jim Crow continues to haunt the nation.“Jeffrey S. Adler’s analysis of New Orleans applies to the entire country and provides key insights as to how we arrived at our present crisis.”—Ibram X. Kendi, author of Stamped from the Beginning: The Definitive History of Racist Ideas in America Jeffrey S. Adler Tue, 23 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757703 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757703]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blue-Coated Terror: Jim Crow New Orleans and the Roots of Modern Police Brutality Author: Jeffrey S. Adler Narrator: Arnell Powell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A searing chronicle of how racist violence became an ingrained facet of policing in the United StatesContrary to competing popular beliefs, police violence against African Americans has neither remained unchanged since the era of slavery nor is it a recent phenomenon disconnected from the past. In Bluecoated Terror, Jeffrey S. Adler draws on rich archival accounts to show how racialized police brutality is part of a larger system of state oppression with roots in the early twentieth-century South, particularly New Orleans.Wide racial differentials in the use of lethal force and beatings during arrest and interrogation emerged in the 1930s and 1940s. Adler explains how race control and crime control blended and blurred during this era, when police officers and criminal justice officials began to justify systemic violence against Black people as a crucial—and legal—tool for maintaining law and order. Bluecoated Terrorexplores both the rise of these trends and their chilling persistence, providing critical context for recent horrific police abuses as the ghost of Jim Crow continues to haunt the nation.“Jeffrey S. Adler’s analysis of New Orleans applies to the entire country and provides key insights as to how we arrived at our present crisis.”—Ibram X. Kendi, author of Stamped from the Beginning: The Definitive History of Racist Ideas in America Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757703]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blue-Coated Terror: Jim Crow New Orleans and the Roots of Modern Police Brutality Author: Jeffrey S. Adler Narrator: Arnell Powell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A searing chronicle of how racist violence became an ingrained facet of policing in the United StatesContrary to competing popular beliefs, police violence against African Americans has neither remained unchanged since the era of slavery nor is it a recent phenomenon disconnected from the past. In Bluecoated Terror, Jeffrey S. Adler draws on rich archival accounts to show how racialized police brutality is part of a larger system of state oppression with roots in the early twentieth-century South, particularly New Orleans.Wide racial differentials in the use of lethal force and beatings during arrest and interrogation emerged in the 1930s and 1940s. Adler explains how race control and crime control blended and blurred during this era, when police officers and criminal justice officials began to justify systemic violence against Black people as a crucial—and legal—tool for maintaining law and order. Bluecoated Terrorexplores both the rise of these trends and their chilling persistence, providing critical context for recent horrific police abuses as the ghost of Jim Crow continues to haunt the nation.“Jeffrey S. Adler’s analysis of New Orleans applies to the entire country and provides key insights as to how we arrived at our present crisis.”—Ibram X. Kendi, author of Stamped from the Beginning: The Definitive History of Racist Ideas in America https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757617 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hitler's People: The Faces of the Third Reich Author: Richard J. Evans Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Why did so many Germans take part in the crimes of Nazi Germany? How did they come to support Hitler and follow him almost to the very end? For too long, the Nazis have been presented as little more than psychopaths or criminals. In his major new work, renowned historian Richard J. Evans makes use of a mass of recently unearthed new evidence to strip away the veneer of myth and legend from the faces of the Third Reich and present a more realistic view of Nazi perpetrators as human beings who were disturbingly like us. Evans offers rounded, fresh and often startling new portraits of the men and women who created and served Nazi Germany, beginning with Hitler himself and going on to encompass leading figures like Göring, Goebbels and Himmler, enforcers of Hitler’s orders such as Eichmann and Heydrich, propagandists like Leni Riefenstahl, low-level perpetrators such as the notorious Irma Grese and unknown sympathizers and fellow-travellers who helped the regime in myriad ways. Hitler’s People is a chilling, brilliantly written work which allows the reader to understand the texture and values of the Third Reich and just how far individuals will go when so many normal moral constraints have disappeared. ©2024 Richard J. Evans (P)2024 Penguin Audio Richard J. Evans Tue, 13 Aug 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757617 thebookvoice.com 21:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hitler's People: The Faces of the Third Reich Author: Richard J. Evans Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Why did so many Germans take part in the crimes of Nazi Germany? How did they come to support Hitler and follow him almost to the very end? For too long, the Nazis have been presented as little more than psychopaths or criminals. In his major new work, renowned historian Richard J. Evans makes use of a mass of recently unearthed new evidence to strip away the veneer of myth and legend from the faces of the Third Reich and present a more realistic view of Nazi perpetrators as human beings who were disturbingly like us. Evans offers rounded, fresh and often startling new portraits of the men and women who created and served Nazi Germany, beginning with Hitler himself and going on to encompass leading figures like Göring, Goebbels and Himmler, enforcers of Hitler’s orders such as Eichmann and Heydrich, propagandists like Leni Riefenstahl, low-level perpetrators such as the notorious Irma Grese and unknown sympathizers and fellow-travellers who helped the regime in myriad ways. Hitler’s People is a chilling, brilliantly written work which allows the reader to understand the texture and values of the Third Reich and just how far individuals will go when so many normal moral constraints have disappeared. ©2024 Richard J. Evans (P)2024 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hitler's People: The Faces of the Third Reich Author: Richard J. Evans Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Why did so many Germans take part in the crimes of Nazi Germany? How did they come to support Hitler and follow him almost to the very end? For too long, the Nazis have been presented as little more than psychopaths or criminals. In his major new work, renowned historian Richard J. Evans makes use of a mass of recently unearthed new evidence to strip away the veneer of myth and legend from the faces of the Third Reich and present a more realistic view of Nazi perpetrators as human beings who were disturbingly like us. Evans offers rounded, fresh and often startling new portraits of the men and women who created and served Nazi Germany, beginning with Hitler himself and going on to encompass leading figures like Göring, Goebbels and Himmler, enforcers of Hitler’s orders such as Eichmann and Heydrich, propagandists like Leni Riefenstahl, low-level perpetrators such as the notorious Irma Grese and unknown sympathizers and fellow-travellers who helped the regime in myriad ways. Hitler’s People is a chilling, brilliantly written work which allows the reader to understand the texture and values of the Third Reich and just how far individuals will go when so many normal moral constraints have disappeared. ©2024 Richard J. Evans (P)2024 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757618 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Went Wrong With Capitalism Author: Ruchir Sharma Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A radical examination by a leading financial analyst, commentator and investor of the ills of capitalism and how they can be fixed What went wrong with capitalism? Ruchir Sharma’s explanation is unlike any you have heard before. Progressives are partly right when they mock modern capitalism as “socialism for the rich,” but what really happened in recent decades is that government in developed nations expanded in just about every measurable dimension, from spending and regulation to the sheer scale of its rescues each time the economy wobbled. The result, Sharma says, is “socialized risk,” expensive government guarantees, for everyone—welfare for the poor, entitlements for the middle class, and bailouts for the rich. Voters say they are disillusioned with capitalism, but a system so distorted by government interventions is a dysfunctional version of free market ideals. As a result, productivity and economic growth have slowed sharply, shrinking the pie for everyone and stoking popular anger. Since these flaws developed as the government expanded, building an even bigger state will only double down on what’s gone wrong. The answer Sharma offers is a series of seven fixes to restore the balance between state support and free markets and lay the path to a more prosperous and happier future. © Ruchir Sharma 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Ruchir Sharma Thu, 04 Jul 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757618 thebookvoice.com 9:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Went Wrong With Capitalism Author: Ruchir Sharma Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A radical examination by a leading financial analyst, commentator and investor of the ills of capitalism and how they can be fixed What went wrong with capitalism? Ruchir Sharma’s explanation is unlike any you have heard before. Progressives are partly right when they mock modern capitalism as “socialism for the rich,” but what really happened in recent decades is that government in developed nations expanded in just about every measurable dimension, from spending and regulation to the sheer scale of its rescues each time the economy wobbled. The result, Sharma says, is “socialized risk,” expensive government guarantees, for everyone—welfare for the poor, entitlements for the middle class, and bailouts for the rich. Voters say they are disillusioned with capitalism, but a system so distorted by government interventions is a dysfunctional version of free market ideals. As a result, productivity and economic growth have slowed sharply, shrinking the pie for everyone and stoking popular anger. Since these flaws developed as the government expanded, building an even bigger state will only double down on what’s gone wrong. The answer Sharma offers is a series of seven fixes to restore the balance between state support and free markets and lay the path to a more prosperous and happier future. © Ruchir Sharma 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Went Wrong With Capitalism Author: Ruchir Sharma Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A radical examination by a leading financial analyst, commentator and investor of the ills of capitalism and how they can be fixed What went wrong with capitalism? Ruchir Sharma’s explanation is unlike any you have heard before. Progressives are partly right when they mock modern capitalism as “socialism for the rich,” but what really happened in recent decades is that government in developed nations expanded in just about every measurable dimension, from spending and regulation to the sheer scale of its rescues each time the economy wobbled. The result, Sharma says, is “socialized risk,” expensive government guarantees, for everyone—welfare for the poor, entitlements for the middle class, and bailouts for the rich. Voters say they are disillusioned with capitalism, but a system so distorted by government interventions is a dysfunctional version of free market ideals. As a result, productivity and economic growth have slowed sharply, shrinking the pie for everyone and stoking popular anger. Since these flaws developed as the government expanded, building an even bigger state will only double down on what’s gone wrong. The answer Sharma offers is a series of seven fixes to restore the balance between state support and free markets and lay the path to a more prosperous and happier future. © Ruchir Sharma 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757616 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Autocracy, Inc: The Dictators Who Want to Run the World Author: Anne Applebaum Narrator: Anne Applebaum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. One of the world's most celebrated historians and journalists uncovers the networks trying to destroy the democratic world All of us have in our minds a cartoon image of what an autocratic state looks like, with a bad man at the top. But in the 21st century, that cartoon bears little resemblance to reality. Nowadays, autocracies are run not by one bad guy, but by sophisticated networks composed of kleptocratic financial structures, security services and professional propagandists. The members of these networks are connected not only within a given country, but among many countries. The corrupt, state-controlled companies in one dictatorship do business with corrupt, state-controlled companies in another. The police in one country can arm, equip, and train the police in another. The propagandists share resources—the troll farms that promote one dictator’s propaganda can also be used to promote the propaganda of another—and themes, pounding home the same messages about the weakness of democracy and the evil of America. Unlike military or political alliances from other times and places, this group doesn’t operate like a bloc, but rather like an agglomeration of companies: Autocracy, Inc. Their relations are not based on values, but are rather transactional, which is why they operate so easily across ideological, geographical, and cultural lines. In truth, they are in full agreement about only one thing: Their dislike of us, the inhabitants of the democratic world, and their desire to see both our political systems and our values undermine. That shared understanding of the world—where it comes from, why it lasts, how it works, how the democratic world has unwittingly helped to consolidate it, and how we can help bring it down—is the subject of this book. © Anne Applebaum 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Anne Applebaum Tue, 23 Jul 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757616 thebookvoice.com 4:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Autocracy, Inc: The Dictators Who Want to Run the World Author: Anne Applebaum Narrator: Anne Applebaum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. One of the world's most celebrated historians and journalists uncovers the networks trying to destroy the democratic world All of us have in our minds a cartoon image of what an autocratic state looks like, with a bad man at the top. But in the 21st century, that cartoon bears little resemblance to reality. Nowadays, autocracies are run not by one bad guy, but by sophisticated networks composed of kleptocratic financial structures, security services and professional propagandists. The members of these networks are connected not only within a given country, but among many countries. The corrupt, state-controlled companies in one dictatorship do business with corrupt, state-controlled companies in another. The police in one country can arm, equip, and train the police in another. The propagandists share resources—the troll farms that promote one dictator’s propaganda can also be used to promote the propaganda of another—and themes, pounding home the same messages about the weakness of democracy and the evil of America. Unlike military or political alliances from other times and places, this group doesn’t operate like a bloc, but rather like an agglomeration of companies: Autocracy, Inc. Their relations are not based on values, but are rather transactional, which is why they operate so easily across ideological, geographical, and cultural lines. In truth, they are in full agreement about only one thing: Their dislike of us, the inhabitants of the democratic world, and their desire to see both our political systems and our values undermine. That shared understanding of the world—where it comes from, why it lasts, how it works, how the democratic world has unwittingly helped to consolidate it, and how we can help bring it down—is the subject of this book. © Anne Applebaum 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Autocracy, Inc: The Dictators Who Want to Run the World Author: Anne Applebaum Narrator: Anne Applebaum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. One of the world's most celebrated historians and journalists uncovers the networks trying to destroy the democratic world All of us have in our minds a cartoon image of what an autocratic state looks like, with a bad man at the top. But in the 21st century, that cartoon bears little resemblance to reality. Nowadays, autocracies are run not by one bad guy, but by sophisticated networks composed of kleptocratic financial structures, security services and professional propagandists. The members of these networks are connected not only within a given country, but among many countries. The corrupt, state-controlled companies in one dictatorship do business with corrupt, state-controlled companies in another. The police in one country can arm, equip, and train the police in another. The propagandists share resources—the troll farms that promote one dictator’s propaganda can also be used to promote the propaganda of another—and themes, pounding home the same messages about the weakness of democracy and the evil of America. Unlike military or political alliances from other times and places, this group doesn’t operate like a bloc, but rather like an agglomeration of companies: Autocracy, Inc. Their relations are not based on values, but are rather transactional, which is why they operate so easily across ideological, geographical, and cultural lines. In truth, they are in full agreement about only one thing: Their dislike of us, the inhabitants of the democratic world, and their desire to see both our political systems and our values undermine. That shared understanding of the world—where it comes from, why it lasts, how it works, how the democratic world has unwittingly helped to consolidate it, and how we can help bring it down—is the subject of this book. © Anne Applebaum 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757612 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Some People Need Killing: A Memoir of Murder in My Country Author: Patricia Evangelista Narrator: Patricia Evangelista Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: TIME’S #1 NONFICTION BOOK OF THE YEAR • A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW TOP 10 BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR “Patricia Evangelista’s searing account is not only the definitive chronicle of a reign of terror in the Philippines, but a warning to the rest of the world about the true dangers of despotism—its nightmarish consequences and its terrible human cost.”—Patrick Radden Keefe, New York Times bestselling author of Empire of Pain “Tragic, elegant, vital . . . Evangelista risked her life to tell this story.”—Tara Westover, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Educated   “A journalistic masterpiece”—David Remnick, The New Yorker   For six years, journalist Patricia Evangelista documented killings carried out by police and vigilantes in the name of then president Rodrigo Duterte’s war on drugs—a crusade that led to the slaughter of thousands—immersing herself in the world of killers and survivors and capturing the atmosphere of terror created when an elected president decides that some lives are worth less than others.   The book takes its title from the words of a vigilante, which demonstrated the psychological accommodation many across the country had made: “I’m really not a bad guy,” he said. “I’m not all bad. Some people need killing.”   A profound act of witness and a tour de force of literary journalism, Some People Need Killing is a brilliant dissection of the grammar of violence and an investigation into the human impulses to dominate and resist.   WINNER OF THE NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY’S HELEN BERNSTEIN BOOK AWARD • FINALIST FOR THE CHAUTAUQUA PRIZE AND THE MOORE PRIZE FOR HUMAN RIGHTS WRITING • LONGLISTED FOR THE WOMEN’S PRIZE A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: The New York Times, The New Yorker, The Economist, Chicago Public Library, CrimeReads, The Mary Sue Patricia Evangelista Tue, 26 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757612 thebookvoice.com 11:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Some People Need Killing: A Memoir of Murder in My Country Author: Patricia Evangelista Narrator: Patricia Evangelista Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: TIME’S #1 NONFICTION BOOK OF THE YEAR • A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW TOP 10 BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR “Patricia Evangelista’s searing account is not only the definitive chronicle of a reign of terror in the Philippines, but a warning to the rest of the world about the true dangers of despotism—its nightmarish consequences and its terrible human cost.”—Patrick Radden Keefe, New York Times bestselling author of Empire of Pain “Tragic, elegant, vital . . . Evangelista risked her life to tell this story.”—Tara Westover, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Educated   “A journalistic masterpiece”—David Remnick, The New Yorker   For six years, journalist Patricia Evangelista documented killings carried out by police and vigilantes in the name of then president Rodrigo Duterte’s war on drugs—a crusade that led to the slaughter of thousands—immersing herself in the world of killers and survivors and capturing the atmosphere of terror created when an elected president decides that some lives are worth less than others.   The book takes its title from the words of a vigilante, which demonstrated the psychological accommodation many across the country had made: “I’m really not a bad guy,” he said. “I’m not all bad. Some people need killing.”   A profound act of witness and a tour de force of literary journalism, Some People Need Killing is a brilliant dissection of the grammar of violence and an investigation into the human impulses to dominate and resist.   WINNER OF THE NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY’S HELEN BERNSTEIN BOOK AWARD • FINALIST FOR THE CHAUTAUQUA PRIZE AND THE MOORE PRIZE FOR HUMAN RIGHTS WRITING • LONGLISTED FOR THE WOMEN’S PRIZE A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: The New York Times, The New Yorker, The Economist, Chicago Public Library, CrimeReads, The Mary Sue Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757612]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Some People Need Killing: A Memoir of Murder in My Country Author: Patricia Evangelista Narrator: Patricia Evangelista Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 16 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: TIME’S #1 NONFICTION BOOK OF THE YEAR • A NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW TOP 10 BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR “Patricia Evangelista’s searing account is not only the definitive chronicle of a reign of terror in the Philippines, but a warning to the rest of the world about the true dangers of despotism—its nightmarish consequences and its terrible human cost.”—Patrick Radden Keefe, New York Times bestselling author of Empire of Pain “Tragic, elegant, vital . . . Evangelista risked her life to tell this story.”—Tara Westover, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Educated   “A journalistic masterpiece”—David Remnick, The New Yorker   For six years, journalist Patricia Evangelista documented killings carried out by police and vigilantes in the name of then president Rodrigo Duterte’s war on drugs—a crusade that led to the slaughter of thousands—immersing herself in the world of killers and survivors and capturing the atmosphere of terror created when an elected president decides that some lives are worth less than others.   The book takes its title from the words of a vigilante, which demonstrated the psychological accommodation many across the country had made: “I’m really not a bad guy,” he said. “I’m not all bad. Some people need killing.”   A profound act of witness and a tour de force of literary journalism, Some People Need Killing is a brilliant dissection of the grammar of violence and an investigation into the human impulses to dominate and resist.   WINNER OF THE NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY’S HELEN BERNSTEIN BOOK AWARD • FINALIST FOR THE CHAUTAUQUA PRIZE AND THE MOORE PRIZE FOR HUMAN RIGHTS WRITING • LONGLISTED FOR THE WOMEN’S PRIZE A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR: The New York Times, The New Yorker, The Economist, Chicago Public Library, CrimeReads, The Mary Sue https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757611 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: India's Struggle for Independence Author: Bipan Chandra Narrator: Derek Denzil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: India's Struggle For Independence presents a detailed outlook on the struggle for Indian Independence in a new analytical framework. Designed for ardent history enthusiasts, India's Struggle For Independence is one of the most exhaustive and precise account of the struggle of Indian Independence ever written in the literary world. Written and edited by five expert authors, it presents a detailed outlook on one of the most important periods in Indian history. The facts and details provided in this book have been gathered from oral and written sources, and various other primary sources have been used along with years of intense research. Written with a very concise approach, it is a one of a kind book that details the intricacies of the Indian Independence struggle. The struggle for Indian Independence took a long time and was something that affected the whole country. Every state in the country boasted of some kind of revolt – minor or major during this period. Numerous revolutionaries throughout the country came together in their efforts to fight against the British rule and set their country free. Few of the chapters in the book are The Fight to Secure Press Freedom, Foundation of the Congress: The Myth, World War I and Indian Nationalism: The Ghadar, An Economic Critique of Colonialism, Peasant Movements and Uprisings after 1857, The Non-Cooperation Movement—1920-1922, The Gathering Storm-1927-1929, Civil Rebellions and Tribal Uprisings, and many more. India's Struggle For Independence takes the reader on a journey across India as she was craving for her Independence. This book starts at the very first revolt of 1857 under the guidance of Mangal Pandey, from Rani Lakshmi Bai’s innate passion to free her country, Subhash Chandra Bose’s unmatched charisma and aggressive tactics, to Mahatma Gandhi’s famous civil disobedience and non-cooperation movement, to the final victory in 1947 when the British Raj finally came to an end. The book reflects a coherent narrative as it incorporates the existing historiographical advances and yet provides an utterly new and clear view of this period in Indian history. Bipan Chandra Tue, 12 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757611 thebookvoice.com 19:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: India's Struggle for Independence Author: Bipan Chandra Narrator: Derek Denzil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: India's Struggle For Independence presents a detailed outlook on the struggle for Indian Independence in a new analytical framework. Designed for ardent history enthusiasts, India's Struggle For Independence is one of the most exhaustive and precise account of the struggle of Indian Independence ever written in the literary world. Written and edited by five expert authors, it presents a detailed outlook on one of the most important periods in Indian history. The facts and details provided in this book have been gathered from oral and written sources, and various other primary sources have been used along with years of intense research. Written with a very concise approach, it is a one of a kind book that details the intricacies of the Indian Independence struggle. The struggle for Indian Independence took a long time and was something that affected the whole country. Every state in the country boasted of some kind of revolt – minor or major during this period. Numerous revolutionaries throughout the country came together in their efforts to fight against the British rule and set their country free. Few of the chapters in the book are The Fight to Secure Press Freedom, Foundation of the Congress: The Myth, World War I and Indian Nationalism: The Ghadar, An Economic Critique of Colonialism, Peasant Movements and Uprisings after 1857, The Non-Cooperation Movement—1920-1922, The Gathering Storm-1927-1929, Civil Rebellions and Tribal Uprisings, and many more. India's Struggle For Independence takes the reader on a journey across India as she was craving for her Independence. This book starts at the very first revolt of 1857 under the guidance of Mangal Pandey, from Rani Lakshmi Bai’s innate passion to free her country, Subhash Chandra Bose’s unmatched charisma and aggressive tactics, to Mahatma Gandhi’s famous civil disobedience and non-cooperation movement, to the final victory in 1947 when the British Raj finally came to an end. The book reflects a coherent narrative as it incorporates the existing historiographical advances and yet provides an utterly new and clear view of this period in Indian history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: India's Struggle for Independence Author: Bipan Chandra Narrator: Derek Denzil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: India's Struggle For Independence presents a detailed outlook on the struggle for Indian Independence in a new analytical framework. Designed for ardent history enthusiasts, India's Struggle For Independence is one of the most exhaustive and precise account of the struggle of Indian Independence ever written in the literary world. Written and edited by five expert authors, it presents a detailed outlook on one of the most important periods in Indian history. The facts and details provided in this book have been gathered from oral and written sources, and various other primary sources have been used along with years of intense research. Written with a very concise approach, it is a one of a kind book that details the intricacies of the Indian Independence struggle. The struggle for Indian Independence took a long time and was something that affected the whole country. Every state in the country boasted of some kind of revolt – minor or major during this period. Numerous revolutionaries throughout the country came together in their efforts to fight against the British rule and set their country free. Few of the chapters in the book are The Fight to Secure Press Freedom, Foundation of the Congress: The Myth, World War I and Indian Nationalism: The Ghadar, An Economic Critique of Colonialism, Peasant Movements and Uprisings after 1857, The Non-Cooperation Movement—1920-1922, The Gathering Storm-1927-1929, Civil Rebellions and Tribal Uprisings, and many more. India's Struggle For Independence takes the reader on a journey across India as she was craving for her Independence. This book starts at the very first revolt of 1857 under the guidance of Mangal Pandey, from Rani Lakshmi Bai’s innate passion to free her country, Subhash Chandra Bose’s unmatched charisma and aggressive tactics, to Mahatma Gandhi’s famous civil disobedience and non-cooperation movement, to the final victory in 1947 when the British Raj finally came to an end. The book reflects a coherent narrative as it incorporates the existing historiographical advances and yet provides an utterly new and clear view of this period in Indian history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757586 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757586]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States Constitution Simplified Author: Timothy Harper Narrator: Robert G. Slade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of the most revered, imitated, and controversial governmental documents in the world, the US Constitution serves as the foundation for the American government and shapes the lives of Americans every day. But how many of us know its history and the impact it has on guiding our ever-evolving nation? This audiobook provides you with a clear look at the one single document that defines America, including the birth of the Constitution and the history and details of its amendments. It also includes recent court rulings related to the Constitution and how those decisions have ramifications for everyday Americans. If you've never fully read the Constitution before, this guide will give you an opportunity to learn about the greatest document in US history. Timothy Harper Thu, 16 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757586 thebookvoice.com 12:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757586]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States Constitution Simplified Author: Timothy Harper Narrator: Robert G. Slade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of the most revered, imitated, and controversial governmental documents in the world, the US Constitution serves as the foundation for the American government and shapes the lives of Americans every day. But how many of us know its history and the impact it has on guiding our ever-evolving nation? This audiobook provides you with a clear look at the one single document that defines America, including the birth of the Constitution and the history and details of its amendments. It also includes recent court rulings related to the Constitution and how those decisions have ramifications for everyday Americans. If you've never fully read the Constitution before, this guide will give you an opportunity to learn about the greatest document in US history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757586]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The United States Constitution Simplified Author: Timothy Harper Narrator: Robert G. Slade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of the most revered, imitated, and controversial governmental documents in the world, the US Constitution serves as the foundation for the American government and shapes the lives of Americans every day. But how many of us know its history and the impact it has on guiding our ever-evolving nation? This audiobook provides you with a clear look at the one single document that defines America, including the birth of the Constitution and the history and details of its amendments. It also includes recent court rulings related to the Constitution and how those decisions have ramifications for everyday Americans. If you've never fully read the Constitution before, this guide will give you an opportunity to learn about the greatest document in US history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757551 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Dutch; Flemish] - Hoe migratie echt werkt: Het ware verhaal over migratie aan de hand van 22 mythen Author: Hein De Haas Narrator: Ad Knippels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Migratie-expert Hein de Haas vertelt het ware verhaal over migratie – winnaar PrinsjesBoekenprijs voor beste politieke boek BEKROOND MET DE PRINSJESBOEKENPRIJS VOOR BESTE POLITIEKE BOEK GENOMINEERD VOOR DE SOCIOLOGISCHE BRIL Al jaren zorgt het debat over migratie voor verdeeldheid binnen de wereldpolitiek en inmiddels lijkt de kloof groter dan ooit. De media tonen bijna wekelijks beelden van gevaarlijke overtochten op de Middellandse Zee en politici beloven de toestroom van migranten en asielzoekers in te perken. Anderen beweren dat we immigranten juist hard nodig hebben om groei en innovatie te stimuleren. Maar wat zijn de feiten achter de krantenkoppen, de beweringen van politici en de beslissingen die zij nemen? Op basis van 30 jaar onderzoek maakt hoogleraar Sociologie Hein de Haas korte metten met 22 hardnekkige linkse én rechtse migratiemythen, voorziet hij de lezer van essentiële kennis en confronteert ons met ontnuchterende lessen over migratie. Hoe migratie echt werkt is een inspirerend, onthullend en onmisbaar boek dat onze kijk op de wereld compleet zal veranderen. Hein de Haas is socioloog, geograaf en een internationaal toonaangevend migratieonderzoeker. Tussen 2006 en 2015 was hij onderzoeker aan en mededirecteur van het International Migration Institute (IMI) aan de Universiteit van Oxford. Momenteel is hij hoogleraar Sociologie aan de Universiteit van Amsterdam, van waaruit hij leiding blijft geven aan het IMI. Daarnaast is hij buitengewoon hoogleraar Migratie en Ontwikkeling aan de Universiteit Maastricht. Over Hoe migratie echt werkt: 'Wat als de universele aannames in het migratiedebat al die tijd onjuist waren? Hein de Haas haalt in zijn boek algemene migratiemythes onderuit, weerlegt conventionele opvattingen aan beide kanten van het debat en biedt feitelijke en doordachte analyses van een polariserende kwestie. Hoe migratie echt werkt is onmisbaar voor iedereen die geïnteresseerd is in migratie.' Yascha Mounk, auteur van De identiteitsval en Het grote experiment 'Een zorgvuldige, gebalanceerde en overtuigende kijk op een van de meest polariserende kwesties van deze tijd. Gewapend met enorm veel data bestrijdt Hein de Haas zaken omtrent migratie die wij als vanzelfsprekend zien. Hij maakt de mythen systematisch met de grond gelijk en brengt propaganda vanuit elke politieke hoek aan het licht.' Ian Morris, auteur van De val van het Westen en Het lot van een eilandenrijk  'We hebben veel meer rigoureuze wetenschap en nuchtere analyses van wereldwijde migratieontwikkelingen nodig – en dit grondige, nieuwe boek van Hein de Haas is een uitstekend uitgangspunt. [De Haas] toont op bijzonder heldere en informatieve wijze hoe we de sociale en economische uitdagingen die ons te wachten staan beter tegemoet kunnen treden.' Parag Khanna, auteur van Azië is de toekomst Hein De Haas Thu, 22 Feb 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757551 thebookvoice.com 18:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Dutch; Flemish] - Hoe migratie echt werkt: Het ware verhaal over migratie aan de hand van 22 mythen Author: Hein De Haas Narrator: Ad Knippels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Migratie-expert Hein de Haas vertelt het ware verhaal over migratie – winnaar PrinsjesBoekenprijs voor beste politieke boek BEKROOND MET DE PRINSJESBOEKENPRIJS VOOR BESTE POLITIEKE BOEK GENOMINEERD VOOR DE SOCIOLOGISCHE BRIL Al jaren zorgt het debat over migratie voor verdeeldheid binnen de wereldpolitiek en inmiddels lijkt de kloof groter dan ooit. De media tonen bijna wekelijks beelden van gevaarlijke overtochten op de Middellandse Zee en politici beloven de toestroom van migranten en asielzoekers in te perken. Anderen beweren dat we immigranten juist hard nodig hebben om groei en innovatie te stimuleren. Maar wat zijn de feiten achter de krantenkoppen, de beweringen van politici en de beslissingen die zij nemen? Op basis van 30 jaar onderzoek maakt hoogleraar Sociologie Hein de Haas korte metten met 22 hardnekkige linkse én rechtse migratiemythen, voorziet hij de lezer van essentiële kennis en confronteert ons met ontnuchterende lessen over migratie. Hoe migratie echt werkt is een inspirerend, onthullend en onmisbaar boek dat onze kijk op de wereld compleet zal veranderen. Hein de Haas is socioloog, geograaf en een internationaal toonaangevend migratieonderzoeker. Tussen 2006 en 2015 was hij onderzoeker aan en mededirecteur van het International Migration Institute (IMI) aan de Universiteit van Oxford. Momenteel is hij hoogleraar Sociologie aan de Universiteit van Amsterdam, van waaruit hij leiding blijft geven aan het IMI. Daarnaast is hij buitengewoon hoogleraar Migratie en Ontwikkeling aan de Universiteit Maastricht. Over Hoe migratie echt werkt: 'Wat als de universele aannames in het migratiedebat al die tijd onjuist waren? Hein de Haas haalt in zijn boek algemene migratiemythes onderuit, weerlegt conventionele opvattingen aan beide kanten van het debat en biedt feitelijke en doordachte analyses van een polariserende kwestie. Hoe migratie echt werkt is onmisbaar voor iedereen die geïnteresseerd is in migratie.' Yascha Mounk, auteur van De identiteitsval en Het grote experiment 'Een zorgvuldige, gebalanceerde en overtuigende kijk op een van de meest polariserende kwesties van deze tijd. Gewapend met enorm veel data bestrijdt Hein de Haas zaken omtrent migratie die wij als vanzelfsprekend zien. Hij maakt de mythen systematisch met de grond gelijk en brengt propaganda vanuit elke politieke hoek aan het licht.' Ian Morris, auteur van De val van het Westen en Het lot van een eilandenrijk  'We hebben veel meer rigoureuze wetenschap en nuchtere analyses van wereldwijde migratieontwikkelingen nodig – en dit grondige, nieuwe boek van Hein de Haas is een uitstekend uitgangspunt. [De Haas] toont op bijzonder heldere en informatieve wijze hoe we de sociale en economische uitdagingen die ons te wachten staan beter tegemoet kunnen treden.' Parag Khanna, auteur van Azië is de toekomst Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Dutch; Flemish] - Hoe migratie echt werkt: Het ware verhaal over migratie aan de hand van 22 mythen Author: Hein De Haas Narrator: Ad Knippels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 16 minutes Release date: February 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Migratie-expert Hein de Haas vertelt het ware verhaal over migratie – winnaar PrinsjesBoekenprijs voor beste politieke boek BEKROOND MET DE PRINSJESBOEKENPRIJS VOOR BESTE POLITIEKE BOEK GENOMINEERD VOOR DE SOCIOLOGISCHE BRIL Al jaren zorgt het debat over migratie voor verdeeldheid binnen de wereldpolitiek en inmiddels lijkt de kloof groter dan ooit. De media tonen bijna wekelijks beelden van gevaarlijke overtochten op de Middellandse Zee en politici beloven de toestroom van migranten en asielzoekers in te perken. Anderen beweren dat we immigranten juist hard nodig hebben om groei en innovatie te stimuleren. Maar wat zijn de feiten achter de krantenkoppen, de beweringen van politici en de beslissingen die zij nemen? Op basis van 30 jaar onderzoek maakt hoogleraar Sociologie Hein de Haas korte metten met 22 hardnekkige linkse én rechtse migratiemythen, voorziet hij de lezer van essentiële kennis en confronteert ons met ontnuchterende lessen over migratie. Hoe migratie echt werkt is een inspirerend, onthullend en onmisbaar boek dat onze kijk op de wereld compleet zal veranderen. Hein de Haas is socioloog, geograaf en een internationaal toonaangevend migratieonderzoeker. Tussen 2006 en 2015 was hij onderzoeker aan en mededirecteur van het International Migration Institute (IMI) aan de Universiteit van Oxford. Momenteel is hij hoogleraar Sociologie aan de Universiteit van Amsterdam, van waaruit hij leiding blijft geven aan het IMI. Daarnaast is hij buitengewoon hoogleraar Migratie en Ontwikkeling aan de Universiteit Maastricht. Over Hoe migratie echt werkt: 'Wat als de universele aannames in het migratiedebat al die tijd onjuist waren? Hein de Haas haalt in zijn boek algemene migratiemythes onderuit, weerlegt conventionele opvattingen aan beide kanten van het debat en biedt feitelijke en doordachte analyses van een polariserende kwestie. Hoe migratie echt werkt is onmisbaar voor iedereen die geïnteresseerd is in migratie.' Yascha Mounk, auteur van De identiteitsval en Het grote experiment 'Een zorgvuldige, gebalanceerde en overtuigende kijk op een van de meest polariserende kwesties van deze tijd. Gewapend met enorm veel data bestrijdt Hein de Haas zaken omtrent migratie die wij als vanzelfsprekend zien. Hij maakt de mythen systematisch met de grond gelijk en brengt propaganda vanuit elke politieke hoek aan het licht.' Ian Morris, auteur van De val van het Westen en Het lot van een eilandenrijk  'We hebben veel meer rigoureuze wetenschap en nuchtere analyses van wereldwijde migratieontwikkelingen nodig – en dit grondige, nieuwe boek van Hein de Haas is een uitstekend uitgangspunt. [De Haas] toont op bijzonder heldere en informatieve wijze hoe we de sociale en economische uitdagingen die ons te wachten staan beter tegemoet kunnen treden.' Parag Khanna, auteur van Azië is de toekomst https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757527 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Klimaungerechtigkeit: Was die Klimakatastrophe mit Kapitalismus, Rassismus und Sexismus zu tun hat Author: Friederike Otto Narrator: Katja Amberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wie gerecht kann eine Welt in der Klimakrise sein? Der Klimawandel trifft uns nicht alle gleich. Friederike Otto liefert anhand von acht extremen Wetterereignissen konkrete Beispiele, was die wirklichen Ursachen sind, wer besonders betroffen ist und vor allem: Was Klimagerechtigkeit tatsächlich bedeutet und was dafür noch getan werden muss. So lernen wir anhand der Ahrtal-Flut und Überschwemmungen in Pakistan, wie unterschiedlich die Auswirkungen dieser Katastrophen ausfallen können, sehen aber auch bei Beispielen wie den Buschbränden in Australien, dass Reichtum nicht vor Rauchvergiftungen schützt und hier Medien und Politik durch gezielte Missinformation einen Wandel verhindern. Friederike Otto Wed, 06 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757527 thebookvoice.com 8:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Klimaungerechtigkeit: Was die Klimakatastrophe mit Kapitalismus, Rassismus und Sexismus zu tun hat Author: Friederike Otto Narrator: Katja Amberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wie gerecht kann eine Welt in der Klimakrise sein? Der Klimawandel trifft uns nicht alle gleich. Friederike Otto liefert anhand von acht extremen Wetterereignissen konkrete Beispiele, was die wirklichen Ursachen sind, wer besonders betroffen ist und vor allem: Was Klimagerechtigkeit tatsächlich bedeutet und was dafür noch getan werden muss. So lernen wir anhand der Ahrtal-Flut und Überschwemmungen in Pakistan, wie unterschiedlich die Auswirkungen dieser Katastrophen ausfallen können, sehen aber auch bei Beispielen wie den Buschbränden in Australien, dass Reichtum nicht vor Rauchvergiftungen schützt und hier Medien und Politik durch gezielte Missinformation einen Wandel verhindern. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Klimaungerechtigkeit: Was die Klimakatastrophe mit Kapitalismus, Rassismus und Sexismus zu tun hat Author: Friederike Otto Narrator: Katja Amberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wie gerecht kann eine Welt in der Klimakrise sein? Der Klimawandel trifft uns nicht alle gleich. Friederike Otto liefert anhand von acht extremen Wetterereignissen konkrete Beispiele, was die wirklichen Ursachen sind, wer besonders betroffen ist und vor allem: Was Klimagerechtigkeit tatsächlich bedeutet und was dafür noch getan werden muss. So lernen wir anhand der Ahrtal-Flut und Überschwemmungen in Pakistan, wie unterschiedlich die Auswirkungen dieser Katastrophen ausfallen können, sehen aber auch bei Beispielen wie den Buschbränden in Australien, dass Reichtum nicht vor Rauchvergiftungen schützt und hier Medien und Politik durch gezielte Missinformation einen Wandel verhindern. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757529 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das ewige Ungenügend: Eine Bestandsaufnahme des weiblichen Körpers Author: Saralisa Volm Narrator: Inka Löwendorf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wie viel Hyaluron passt in das Gesicht einer intelligenten Frau? Wie viel Botox kann ich meiner politischen Haltung zumuten? Wie viel Hängebrust ertragen? Saralisa Volm steckt mittendrin im Schönheitswahn. Es ist Zeit für körperliche Selbstermächtigung, besseren Sex, echte Wut, entspanntes Altwerden und dafür, endlich nein zu sagen. Überall ist Körper. Überall ist Bewertung. Kein Entkommen. Was macht das mit uns? Saralisa Volm, Schauspielerin, Filmproduzentin und Kuratorin, ist hin- und hergerissen zwischen der Generalsanierung ihres Körpers und einem großen »Fuck you«. Kann man sich nicht einfach unförmig finden und trotzdem das Leben genießen? Die 38-Jährige hat sich beruflich und privat intensiv mit dem Thema Körper beschäftigt. Hier erzählt sie die Geschichte ihres ambivalenten Verhältnisses zum eigenen Körper. Sie ist der Ausgangspunkt für die feministische Auseinandersetzung mit dem Thema. Wer ist schuld an unserem Schönheitsdilemma? Und vor allem: Was können wir Frauen ihm entgegensetzen. Saralisa Volm Wed, 06 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757529 thebookvoice.com 6:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das ewige Ungenügend: Eine Bestandsaufnahme des weiblichen Körpers Author: Saralisa Volm Narrator: Inka Löwendorf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wie viel Hyaluron passt in das Gesicht einer intelligenten Frau? Wie viel Botox kann ich meiner politischen Haltung zumuten? Wie viel Hängebrust ertragen? Saralisa Volm steckt mittendrin im Schönheitswahn. Es ist Zeit für körperliche Selbstermächtigung, besseren Sex, echte Wut, entspanntes Altwerden und dafür, endlich nein zu sagen. Überall ist Körper. Überall ist Bewertung. Kein Entkommen. Was macht das mit uns? Saralisa Volm, Schauspielerin, Filmproduzentin und Kuratorin, ist hin- und hergerissen zwischen der Generalsanierung ihres Körpers und einem großen »Fuck you«. Kann man sich nicht einfach unförmig finden und trotzdem das Leben genießen? Die 38-Jährige hat sich beruflich und privat intensiv mit dem Thema Körper beschäftigt. Hier erzählt sie die Geschichte ihres ambivalenten Verhältnisses zum eigenen Körper. Sie ist der Ausgangspunkt für die feministische Auseinandersetzung mit dem Thema. Wer ist schuld an unserem Schönheitsdilemma? Und vor allem: Was können wir Frauen ihm entgegensetzen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das ewige Ungenügend: Eine Bestandsaufnahme des weiblichen Körpers Author: Saralisa Volm Narrator: Inka Löwendorf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wie viel Hyaluron passt in das Gesicht einer intelligenten Frau? Wie viel Botox kann ich meiner politischen Haltung zumuten? Wie viel Hängebrust ertragen? Saralisa Volm steckt mittendrin im Schönheitswahn. Es ist Zeit für körperliche Selbstermächtigung, besseren Sex, echte Wut, entspanntes Altwerden und dafür, endlich nein zu sagen. Überall ist Körper. Überall ist Bewertung. Kein Entkommen. Was macht das mit uns? Saralisa Volm, Schauspielerin, Filmproduzentin und Kuratorin, ist hin- und hergerissen zwischen der Generalsanierung ihres Körpers und einem großen »Fuck you«. Kann man sich nicht einfach unförmig finden und trotzdem das Leben genießen? Die 38-Jährige hat sich beruflich und privat intensiv mit dem Thema Körper beschäftigt. Hier erzählt sie die Geschichte ihres ambivalenten Verhältnisses zum eigenen Körper. Sie ist der Ausgangspunkt für die feministische Auseinandersetzung mit dem Thema. Wer ist schuld an unserem Schönheitsdilemma? Und vor allem: Was können wir Frauen ihm entgegensetzen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757503 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Angezählt: Warum ein schwaches Deutschland Europa schadet Author: Markus Preiß Narrator: Patrick Twinem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: February 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deutschland - fremd unter Freunden »Ganz Europa rätselt, was Deutschland eigentlich will. Weiß es Deutschland selbst?« Markus Preiß Stabil, selbstsicher, wohlhabend. Langweilig, aber meist Klassenbester. Lange blickten unsere europäischen Nachbarn neidisch, aber voll Respekt auf Deutschland. Doch die Dominanz in der EU ist erschüttert. Putins Ukraine-Krieg hat Deutschlands Schwächen offengelegt: Wirtschaftlich anfällig, strategisch naiv und längst nicht so modern, wie wir denken. Brüssel-Experte Markus Preiß analysiert angesichts der Zeitenwende Deutschlands Stellung in Europa. Das Land muss sich neu positionieren. Wie wird es sich dabei verändern? Und wie die Machtbalance in der EU? Was Preiß abseits offizieller Termine von führenden Politikern und Insidern erfährt, fügt er zu einem klärenden Blick auf ein Land zusammen, das für Europas Zusammenhalt unverzichtbar ist. Markus Preiß Thu, 15 Feb 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757503 thebookvoice.com 9:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Angezählt: Warum ein schwaches Deutschland Europa schadet Author: Markus Preiß Narrator: Patrick Twinem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: February 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deutschland - fremd unter Freunden »Ganz Europa rätselt, was Deutschland eigentlich will. Weiß es Deutschland selbst?« Markus Preiß Stabil, selbstsicher, wohlhabend. Langweilig, aber meist Klassenbester. Lange blickten unsere europäischen Nachbarn neidisch, aber voll Respekt auf Deutschland. Doch die Dominanz in der EU ist erschüttert. Putins Ukraine-Krieg hat Deutschlands Schwächen offengelegt: Wirtschaftlich anfällig, strategisch naiv und längst nicht so modern, wie wir denken. Brüssel-Experte Markus Preiß analysiert angesichts der Zeitenwende Deutschlands Stellung in Europa. Das Land muss sich neu positionieren. Wie wird es sich dabei verändern? Und wie die Machtbalance in der EU? Was Preiß abseits offizieller Termine von führenden Politikern und Insidern erfährt, fügt er zu einem klärenden Blick auf ein Land zusammen, das für Europas Zusammenhalt unverzichtbar ist. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Angezählt: Warum ein schwaches Deutschland Europa schadet Author: Markus Preiß Narrator: Patrick Twinem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: February 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deutschland - fremd unter Freunden »Ganz Europa rätselt, was Deutschland eigentlich will. Weiß es Deutschland selbst?« Markus Preiß Stabil, selbstsicher, wohlhabend. Langweilig, aber meist Klassenbester. Lange blickten unsere europäischen Nachbarn neidisch, aber voll Respekt auf Deutschland. Doch die Dominanz in der EU ist erschüttert. Putins Ukraine-Krieg hat Deutschlands Schwächen offengelegt: Wirtschaftlich anfällig, strategisch naiv und längst nicht so modern, wie wir denken. Brüssel-Experte Markus Preiß analysiert angesichts der Zeitenwende Deutschlands Stellung in Europa. Das Land muss sich neu positionieren. Wie wird es sich dabei verändern? Und wie die Machtbalance in der EU? Was Preiß abseits offizieller Termine von führenden Politikern und Insidern erfährt, fügt er zu einem klärenden Blick auf ein Land zusammen, das für Europas Zusammenhalt unverzichtbar ist. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757383 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Here to Stay: Poetry and Prose from the Undocumented Diaspora Author: Esther Lin, Janine Joseph, Marcelo Hernandez Castillo Narrator: Emana Rachelle, Victoria Villareal, Taylor Harvey, Sura Siu, Gilli Messer, Rasha Zamamiri, Keong Sim, Youssif Kamal, Timothy Andrés Pabon, Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A lush tapestry of poetry and prose, Here to Stay is an invitation to engage with a new field of contemporary American poetry. “I cannot separate my work from my undocumented identity.” —Aline Mello From the indomitable writers and activists Janine Joseph, Esther Lin, and Marcelo Hernandez Castillo comes an anthology gathering some of the best work from currently and formerly undocumented poets, as well as poets from mixed status families from across the undocumented diaspora in America. Here to Stay is a collection of honest, searing, and evocative poems interspersed with short personal narratives. Deeply intimate, these works explore how to exist in the space between the familiar and the unknown, between the safety of silence and the desire to share. Highlighting the significant insights of undocumented poets, this brilliant compendium challenges misconceptions of what it means to live and write as an undocumented person in modern America. Beautiful, poignant, and timely, this must-read collection is a rich and essential new chapter in the ongoing story of the eclectic immigrant experience and the United States itself. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Esther Lin, Janine Joseph, Marcelo Hernandez Castillo Tue, 03 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757383 thebookvoice.com 5:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Here to Stay: Poetry and Prose from the Undocumented Diaspora Author: Esther Lin, Janine Joseph, Marcelo Hernandez Castillo Narrator: Emana Rachelle, Victoria Villareal, Taylor Harvey, Sura Siu, Gilli Messer, Rasha Zamamiri, Keong Sim, Youssif Kamal, Timothy Andrés Pabon, Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A lush tapestry of poetry and prose, Here to Stay is an invitation to engage with a new field of contemporary American poetry. “I cannot separate my work from my undocumented identity.” —Aline Mello From the indomitable writers and activists Janine Joseph, Esther Lin, and Marcelo Hernandez Castillo comes an anthology gathering some of the best work from currently and formerly undocumented poets, as well as poets from mixed status families from across the undocumented diaspora in America. Here to Stay is a collection of honest, searing, and evocative poems interspersed with short personal narratives. Deeply intimate, these works explore how to exist in the space between the familiar and the unknown, between the safety of silence and the desire to share. Highlighting the significant insights of undocumented poets, this brilliant compendium challenges misconceptions of what it means to live and write as an undocumented person in modern America. Beautiful, poignant, and timely, this must-read collection is a rich and essential new chapter in the ongoing story of the eclectic immigrant experience and the United States itself. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757383]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Here to Stay: Poetry and Prose from the Undocumented Diaspora Author: Esther Lin, Janine Joseph, Marcelo Hernandez Castillo Narrator: Emana Rachelle, Victoria Villareal, Taylor Harvey, Sura Siu, Gilli Messer, Rasha Zamamiri, Keong Sim, Youssif Kamal, Timothy Andrés Pabon, Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 3, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A lush tapestry of poetry and prose, Here to Stay is an invitation to engage with a new field of contemporary American poetry. “I cannot separate my work from my undocumented identity.” —Aline Mello From the indomitable writers and activists Janine Joseph, Esther Lin, and Marcelo Hernandez Castillo comes an anthology gathering some of the best work from currently and formerly undocumented poets, as well as poets from mixed status families from across the undocumented diaspora in America. Here to Stay is a collection of honest, searing, and evocative poems interspersed with short personal narratives. Deeply intimate, these works explore how to exist in the space between the familiar and the unknown, between the safety of silence and the desire to share. Highlighting the significant insights of undocumented poets, this brilliant compendium challenges misconceptions of what it means to live and write as an undocumented person in modern America. Beautiful, poignant, and timely, this must-read collection is a rich and essential new chapter in the ongoing story of the eclectic immigrant experience and the United States itself. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757308 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: John Lewis: A Life Author: David Greenberg Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive, authoritative biography of Civil Rights icon John Lewis, “the conscience of the Congress,” drawing on interviews with Lewis and approximately 275 others who knew him at various stages of his life, as well as never-before-used FBI files and documents. Born into poverty in rural Alabama, Lewis would become second only to Martin Luther King, Jr. in his contributions to the Civil Rights Movement. He was a Freedom Rider who helped to integrate bus stations in the South, a leader of the Nashville sit-in movement, the youngest speaker at the 1963 March on Washington, and the chairman of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC), which he made into one of the major civil rights organizations. He may be best remembered as the victim of a vicious beating by Alabama state troopers at the foot of the Edmund Pettus Bridge in Selma, Alabama, where he nearly died. Greenberg’s biography traces Lewis’s life through the post-Civil Rights years, when he headed the Voter Education Project, which enrolled millions of African American voters across the South. The book reveals the little-known story of his political ascent first locally in Atlanta, and then as a member of Congress. Tapped to be a part of the Democratic leadership in Congress, he earned respect on both sides of the aisle for the sacrifices he had made on behalf of nonviolent integration in the South and came to be known as the “conscience of the Congress.” Thoroughly researched and dramatically told, Greenberg’s biography captures John Lewis’s influential career through documents from dozens of archives, interviews with hundreds of people who knew Lewis, and long-lost footage of Lewis himself speaking to reporters from his hospital bed following his severe beating on “Bloody Sunday” in Selma. With new details about his personal and professional relationships, John Lewis: A Life is the definitive biography of a man whose heroism during the Civil Rights movement helped to bring America a new birth of freedom. David Greenberg Tue, 08 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757308 thebookvoice.com 24:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: John Lewis: A Life Author: David Greenberg Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive, authoritative biography of Civil Rights icon John Lewis, “the conscience of the Congress,” drawing on interviews with Lewis and approximately 275 others who knew him at various stages of his life, as well as never-before-used FBI files and documents. Born into poverty in rural Alabama, Lewis would become second only to Martin Luther King, Jr. in his contributions to the Civil Rights Movement. He was a Freedom Rider who helped to integrate bus stations in the South, a leader of the Nashville sit-in movement, the youngest speaker at the 1963 March on Washington, and the chairman of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC), which he made into one of the major civil rights organizations. He may be best remembered as the victim of a vicious beating by Alabama state troopers at the foot of the Edmund Pettus Bridge in Selma, Alabama, where he nearly died. Greenberg’s biography traces Lewis’s life through the post-Civil Rights years, when he headed the Voter Education Project, which enrolled millions of African American voters across the South. The book reveals the little-known story of his political ascent first locally in Atlanta, and then as a member of Congress. Tapped to be a part of the Democratic leadership in Congress, he earned respect on both sides of the aisle for the sacrifices he had made on behalf of nonviolent integration in the South and came to be known as the “conscience of the Congress.” Thoroughly researched and dramatically told, Greenberg’s biography captures John Lewis’s influential career through documents from dozens of archives, interviews with hundreds of people who knew Lewis, and long-lost footage of Lewis himself speaking to reporters from his hospital bed following his severe beating on “Bloody Sunday” in Selma. With new details about his personal and professional relationships, John Lewis: A Life is the definitive biography of a man whose heroism during the Civil Rights movement helped to bring America a new birth of freedom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757308]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: John Lewis: A Life Author: David Greenberg Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive, authoritative biography of Civil Rights icon John Lewis, “the conscience of the Congress,” drawing on interviews with Lewis and approximately 275 others who knew him at various stages of his life, as well as never-before-used FBI files and documents. Born into poverty in rural Alabama, Lewis would become second only to Martin Luther King, Jr. in his contributions to the Civil Rights Movement. He was a Freedom Rider who helped to integrate bus stations in the South, a leader of the Nashville sit-in movement, the youngest speaker at the 1963 March on Washington, and the chairman of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC), which he made into one of the major civil rights organizations. He may be best remembered as the victim of a vicious beating by Alabama state troopers at the foot of the Edmund Pettus Bridge in Selma, Alabama, where he nearly died. Greenberg’s biography traces Lewis’s life through the post-Civil Rights years, when he headed the Voter Education Project, which enrolled millions of African American voters across the South. The book reveals the little-known story of his political ascent first locally in Atlanta, and then as a member of Congress. Tapped to be a part of the Democratic leadership in Congress, he earned respect on both sides of the aisle for the sacrifices he had made on behalf of nonviolent integration in the South and came to be known as the “conscience of the Congress.” Thoroughly researched and dramatically told, Greenberg’s biography captures John Lewis’s influential career through documents from dozens of archives, interviews with hundreds of people who knew Lewis, and long-lost footage of Lewis himself speaking to reporters from his hospital bed following his severe beating on “Bloody Sunday” in Selma. With new details about his personal and professional relationships, John Lewis: A Life is the definitive biography of a man whose heroism during the Civil Rights movement helped to bring America a new birth of freedom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757282 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bloodbath Nation: Ein politischer Essay über Waffengewalt in den USA Author: Paul Auster Narrator: Oliver Dupont Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Dies ist Paul Austers sehr persönliche Abrechnung mit der Vergottung des Waffentragens in der amerikanischen Kultur und Gesellschaft. Er erzählt davon zunächst in biografischen Vignetten, beginnend bei den Spielzeugcolts der Kindheit und den Western im Fernsehen. Es folgen die ersten Einschläge im näheren Umfeld, der von der Großmutter erschossene Großvater - lange Zeit ein Familiengeheimnis, von dem Auster nur durch Zufall erfuhr. Von da aus geht er zurück in die amerikanische Geschichte und erklärt, warum die Waffe in der Hand des freien Bürgers in direkter Linie aus der Gewalt der Sklavenhaltergesellschaft hervorgegangen ist. Der Streit ums Waffentragen führt ins Zentrum der aktuellen Auseinandersetzungen um die Gestaltung des amerikanischen Gesellschaftssystems. Auster zeigt sich hier als ebenso polemischer wie klarsichtiger politischer Beobachter und Kommentator. Paul Auster Tue, 13 Feb 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757282 thebookvoice.com 2:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bloodbath Nation: Ein politischer Essay über Waffengewalt in den USA Author: Paul Auster Narrator: Oliver Dupont Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Dies ist Paul Austers sehr persönliche Abrechnung mit der Vergottung des Waffentragens in der amerikanischen Kultur und Gesellschaft. Er erzählt davon zunächst in biografischen Vignetten, beginnend bei den Spielzeugcolts der Kindheit und den Western im Fernsehen. Es folgen die ersten Einschläge im näheren Umfeld, der von der Großmutter erschossene Großvater - lange Zeit ein Familiengeheimnis, von dem Auster nur durch Zufall erfuhr. Von da aus geht er zurück in die amerikanische Geschichte und erklärt, warum die Waffe in der Hand des freien Bürgers in direkter Linie aus der Gewalt der Sklavenhaltergesellschaft hervorgegangen ist. Der Streit ums Waffentragen führt ins Zentrum der aktuellen Auseinandersetzungen um die Gestaltung des amerikanischen Gesellschaftssystems. Auster zeigt sich hier als ebenso polemischer wie klarsichtiger politischer Beobachter und Kommentator. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bloodbath Nation: Ein politischer Essay über Waffengewalt in den USA Author: Paul Auster Narrator: Oliver Dupont Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Dies ist Paul Austers sehr persönliche Abrechnung mit der Vergottung des Waffentragens in der amerikanischen Kultur und Gesellschaft. Er erzählt davon zunächst in biografischen Vignetten, beginnend bei den Spielzeugcolts der Kindheit und den Western im Fernsehen. Es folgen die ersten Einschläge im näheren Umfeld, der von der Großmutter erschossene Großvater - lange Zeit ein Familiengeheimnis, von dem Auster nur durch Zufall erfuhr. Von da aus geht er zurück in die amerikanische Geschichte und erklärt, warum die Waffe in der Hand des freien Bürgers in direkter Linie aus der Gewalt der Sklavenhaltergesellschaft hervorgegangen ist. Der Streit ums Waffentragen führt ins Zentrum der aktuellen Auseinandersetzungen um die Gestaltung des amerikanischen Gesellschaftssystems. Auster zeigt sich hier als ebenso polemischer wie klarsichtiger politischer Beobachter und Kommentator. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757200 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757200]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zur Bekämpfung des Antisemitismus heute: Ein Vortrag. Mit einem Nachwort von Jan Philipp Reemtsma Author: Theodor W. Adorno Narrator: Heiko Grauel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 36 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Im Herbst 1962 nahm Theodor W. Adorno an einer Tagung des Deutschen Koordinierungsrats der Gesellschaften für christlich-jüdische Zusammenarbeit teil, auf der er über die Bekämpfung des Antisemitismus sprach. Dieser Vortrag hat in seiner dichten und äußerst vielschichtigen Analyse nichts an Aktualität eingebüßt. Vor dem Hintergrund der Schuldabwehr und des »sekundären Antisemitismus« der deutschen Nachkriegsgesellschaft begreift Adorno den Antisemitismus als zentrales Bindemittel rechtsradikaler Bewegungen, das die diversen Strömungen eines militanten und exzessiven Nationalismus vereint. Er ist das »Gerücht über die Juden«, das halböffentliche Getuschel, mit dem sich die autoritäre Persönlichkeit zum Opfer stilisiert. Antiintellektualismus und Konformismus sind seine Triebfedern, und mit dem Rassismus teilt er eine identische Struktur. Zugleich warnt Adorno vor einer Idealisierung und Verkitschung der Juden und des Judentums im Kampf gegen den Antisemitismus und plädiert für unverbrüchliche Treue zur Wahrheit im Umgang mit den historischen sowie politischen Realitäten. Ein antiautoritäres Erziehungsprogramm zur Prävention antisemitischer Charakterbildung und hartes Durchgreifen bei antisemitischen Ausbrüchen sind die einander ergänzenden Elemente der Bekämpfung des Antisemitismus damals wie heute. Ein Nachwort von Jan Philipp Reemtsma zeigt die Bedeutung dieser brillanten Analyse für unsere Gegenwart. Theodor W. Adorno Thu, 28 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757200 thebookvoice.com 1:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757200]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zur Bekämpfung des Antisemitismus heute: Ein Vortrag. Mit einem Nachwort von Jan Philipp Reemtsma Author: Theodor W. Adorno Narrator: Heiko Grauel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 36 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Im Herbst 1962 nahm Theodor W. Adorno an einer Tagung des Deutschen Koordinierungsrats der Gesellschaften für christlich-jüdische Zusammenarbeit teil, auf der er über die Bekämpfung des Antisemitismus sprach. Dieser Vortrag hat in seiner dichten und äußerst vielschichtigen Analyse nichts an Aktualität eingebüßt. Vor dem Hintergrund der Schuldabwehr und des »sekundären Antisemitismus« der deutschen Nachkriegsgesellschaft begreift Adorno den Antisemitismus als zentrales Bindemittel rechtsradikaler Bewegungen, das die diversen Strömungen eines militanten und exzessiven Nationalismus vereint. Er ist das »Gerücht über die Juden«, das halböffentliche Getuschel, mit dem sich die autoritäre Persönlichkeit zum Opfer stilisiert. Antiintellektualismus und Konformismus sind seine Triebfedern, und mit dem Rassismus teilt er eine identische Struktur. Zugleich warnt Adorno vor einer Idealisierung und Verkitschung der Juden und des Judentums im Kampf gegen den Antisemitismus und plädiert für unverbrüchliche Treue zur Wahrheit im Umgang mit den historischen sowie politischen Realitäten. Ein antiautoritäres Erziehungsprogramm zur Prävention antisemitischer Charakterbildung und hartes Durchgreifen bei antisemitischen Ausbrüchen sind die einander ergänzenden Elemente der Bekämpfung des Antisemitismus damals wie heute. Ein Nachwort von Jan Philipp Reemtsma zeigt die Bedeutung dieser brillanten Analyse für unsere Gegenwart. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757200]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Zur Bekämpfung des Antisemitismus heute: Ein Vortrag. Mit einem Nachwort von Jan Philipp Reemtsma Author: Theodor W. Adorno Narrator: Heiko Grauel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 36 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Im Herbst 1962 nahm Theodor W. Adorno an einer Tagung des Deutschen Koordinierungsrats der Gesellschaften für christlich-jüdische Zusammenarbeit teil, auf der er über die Bekämpfung des Antisemitismus sprach. Dieser Vortrag hat in seiner dichten und äußerst vielschichtigen Analyse nichts an Aktualität eingebüßt. Vor dem Hintergrund der Schuldabwehr und des »sekundären Antisemitismus« der deutschen Nachkriegsgesellschaft begreift Adorno den Antisemitismus als zentrales Bindemittel rechtsradikaler Bewegungen, das die diversen Strömungen eines militanten und exzessiven Nationalismus vereint. Er ist das »Gerücht über die Juden«, das halböffentliche Getuschel, mit dem sich die autoritäre Persönlichkeit zum Opfer stilisiert. Antiintellektualismus und Konformismus sind seine Triebfedern, und mit dem Rassismus teilt er eine identische Struktur. Zugleich warnt Adorno vor einer Idealisierung und Verkitschung der Juden und des Judentums im Kampf gegen den Antisemitismus und plädiert für unverbrüchliche Treue zur Wahrheit im Umgang mit den historischen sowie politischen Realitäten. Ein antiautoritäres Erziehungsprogramm zur Prävention antisemitischer Charakterbildung und hartes Durchgreifen bei antisemitischen Ausbrüchen sind die einander ergänzenden Elemente der Bekämpfung des Antisemitismus damals wie heute. Ein Nachwort von Jan Philipp Reemtsma zeigt die Bedeutung dieser brillanten Analyse für unsere Gegenwart. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757162 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El cártel judicial: Radiografía de un poder fallido Author: J. Jesús Lemus Narrator: Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El Cártel Judicial puede ser tan letal como el más violento de los grupos delictivos; una sentencia a modo -infundada, a la ligera, sin elementos de prueba, con pruebas viciadas o para satisfacer intereses personales- puede llegar a ser peor que la muerte. Al más puro estilo de las organizaciones criminales, como si se tratara de un cártel, así opera el Poder Judicial en México. No es fortuito. Pareciera que este órgano ha sido secuestrado y convertido en una cofradía de letrados, hombres y mujeres, que se olvidaron de la más alta encomienda de impartición de justicia. J. Jesús Lemus usa el argot criminal como analogía para entender este nivel de gobierno como un poder fallido, pues en términos generales, nos dice el autor, hoy opera como si se tratara de una organización criminal más, como una de las tantas que perviven en México. Solo que esta 'organización' no opera desde la clandestinidad. En lo que Lemus denomina el Cártel Judicial se cambiaron las casas de seguridad por juzgados, los centros clandestinos de mando por lujosas oficinas, los uniformes de faena, armas y carrilleras por togas, jurisprudencias y amparos, y todos los juzgadores caminan empoderados, intocables, sin ser molestados o cuestionados por la opinión pública. El Cártel Judicial es una investigación periodística de largo alcance que pretende exponer de cuerpo completo los vicios enquistados dentro del Poder Judicial. Aquí hay nombres y datos precisos, casos detallados, eventos judiciales particulares que pretenden contribuir a la exposición de las causas que hacen evidente y urgente la necesidad de una reforma constitucional que modifique la estructura actual de este poder y garantice la supresión de los jueces-dioses que hoy tenemos: poderosos, inalcanzables, antidemocráticos y oscuros. J. Jesús Lemus Thu, 22 Feb 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757162 thebookvoice.com 11:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El cártel judicial: Radiografía de un poder fallido Author: J. Jesús Lemus Narrator: Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El Cártel Judicial puede ser tan letal como el más violento de los grupos delictivos; una sentencia a modo -infundada, a la ligera, sin elementos de prueba, con pruebas viciadas o para satisfacer intereses personales- puede llegar a ser peor que la muerte. Al más puro estilo de las organizaciones criminales, como si se tratara de un cártel, así opera el Poder Judicial en México. No es fortuito. Pareciera que este órgano ha sido secuestrado y convertido en una cofradía de letrados, hombres y mujeres, que se olvidaron de la más alta encomienda de impartición de justicia. J. Jesús Lemus usa el argot criminal como analogía para entender este nivel de gobierno como un poder fallido, pues en términos generales, nos dice el autor, hoy opera como si se tratara de una organización criminal más, como una de las tantas que perviven en México. Solo que esta 'organización' no opera desde la clandestinidad. En lo que Lemus denomina el Cártel Judicial se cambiaron las casas de seguridad por juzgados, los centros clandestinos de mando por lujosas oficinas, los uniformes de faena, armas y carrilleras por togas, jurisprudencias y amparos, y todos los juzgadores caminan empoderados, intocables, sin ser molestados o cuestionados por la opinión pública. El Cártel Judicial es una investigación periodística de largo alcance que pretende exponer de cuerpo completo los vicios enquistados dentro del Poder Judicial. Aquí hay nombres y datos precisos, casos detallados, eventos judiciales particulares que pretenden contribuir a la exposición de las causas que hacen evidente y urgente la necesidad de una reforma constitucional que modifique la estructura actual de este poder y garantice la supresión de los jueces-dioses que hoy tenemos: poderosos, inalcanzables, antidemocráticos y oscuros. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757162]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El cártel judicial: Radiografía de un poder fallido Author: J. Jesús Lemus Narrator: Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El Cártel Judicial puede ser tan letal como el más violento de los grupos delictivos; una sentencia a modo -infundada, a la ligera, sin elementos de prueba, con pruebas viciadas o para satisfacer intereses personales- puede llegar a ser peor que la muerte. Al más puro estilo de las organizaciones criminales, como si se tratara de un cártel, así opera el Poder Judicial en México. No es fortuito. Pareciera que este órgano ha sido secuestrado y convertido en una cofradía de letrados, hombres y mujeres, que se olvidaron de la más alta encomienda de impartición de justicia. J. Jesús Lemus usa el argot criminal como analogía para entender este nivel de gobierno como un poder fallido, pues en términos generales, nos dice el autor, hoy opera como si se tratara de una organización criminal más, como una de las tantas que perviven en México. Solo que esta 'organización' no opera desde la clandestinidad. En lo que Lemus denomina el Cártel Judicial se cambiaron las casas de seguridad por juzgados, los centros clandestinos de mando por lujosas oficinas, los uniformes de faena, armas y carrilleras por togas, jurisprudencias y amparos, y todos los juzgadores caminan empoderados, intocables, sin ser molestados o cuestionados por la opinión pública. El Cártel Judicial es una investigación periodística de largo alcance que pretende exponer de cuerpo completo los vicios enquistados dentro del Poder Judicial. Aquí hay nombres y datos precisos, casos detallados, eventos judiciales particulares que pretenden contribuir a la exposición de las causas que hacen evidente y urgente la necesidad de una reforma constitucional que modifique la estructura actual de este poder y garantice la supresión de los jueces-dioses que hoy tenemos: poderosos, inalcanzables, antidemocráticos y oscuros. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757160 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757160]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las dos izquierdas: Lo que nunca se contó sobre la izquierda mexicana Author: Jorge G. Castañeda, Joel Ortega Juárez Narrator: Ricardo Estrada Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: La historia de la izquierda en México es la historiade dos corrientes: la que proviene de la Revolución mexicana y la que ha buscado deslindarse de ella y de los gobiernos que de ella emanaron. En una de las naciones más desiguales del planeta, la lucha por abatir la injusticia ha moldeado su historia, sus instituciones, su carácter y, por ello, su esencia misma. Este libro relata la historia de aquellos que han entregado su vida para construir un México menos injusto. Pero también cuenta la historia de sus contradicciones y errores, de sus carencias y pugnas fratricidas, e incluso la de aquellos que la han traicionado, aprovechado, y que han fracturado al país en su empeño. Sin maniqueísmos, Jorge Castañeda y Joel Ortega nos cuentan una perspectiva nueva desde la que leer y entender el combate de tantos mexicanos por una vida menos vieja, menos injusta, más luminosa… «Por izquierda entendemos aquellas posiciones políticas e ideológicas —de personas, agrupaciones, partidos, sindicatos, universidades, publicaciones, gobiernos extranjeros— que se han empeñado a lo largo del último siglo y medio en México por cambiar el estado de cosas vigente hacia otro, menos desigual, más próspero, más nacionalista, más solidario, más democrático…»–De la Introducción Jorge G. Castañeda, Joel Ortega Juárez Thu, 22 Feb 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757160 thebookvoice.com 3:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757160]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las dos izquierdas: Lo que nunca se contó sobre la izquierda mexicana Author: Jorge G. Castañeda, Joel Ortega Juárez Narrator: Ricardo Estrada Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: La historia de la izquierda en México es la historiade dos corrientes: la que proviene de la Revolución mexicana y la que ha buscado deslindarse de ella y de los gobiernos que de ella emanaron. En una de las naciones más desiguales del planeta, la lucha por abatir la injusticia ha moldeado su historia, sus instituciones, su carácter y, por ello, su esencia misma. Este libro relata la historia de aquellos que han entregado su vida para construir un México menos injusto. Pero también cuenta la historia de sus contradicciones y errores, de sus carencias y pugnas fratricidas, e incluso la de aquellos que la han traicionado, aprovechado, y que han fracturado al país en su empeño. Sin maniqueísmos, Jorge Castañeda y Joel Ortega nos cuentan una perspectiva nueva desde la que leer y entender el combate de tantos mexicanos por una vida menos vieja, menos injusta, más luminosa… «Por izquierda entendemos aquellas posiciones políticas e ideológicas —de personas, agrupaciones, partidos, sindicatos, universidades, publicaciones, gobiernos extranjeros— que se han empeñado a lo largo del último siglo y medio en México por cambiar el estado de cosas vigente hacia otro, menos desigual, más próspero, más nacionalista, más solidario, más democrático…»–De la Introducción Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757160]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las dos izquierdas: Lo que nunca se contó sobre la izquierda mexicana Author: Jorge G. Castañeda, Joel Ortega Juárez Narrator: Ricardo Estrada Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 22, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: La historia de la izquierda en México es la historiade dos corrientes: la que proviene de la Revolución mexicana y la que ha buscado deslindarse de ella y de los gobiernos que de ella emanaron. En una de las naciones más desiguales del planeta, la lucha por abatir la injusticia ha moldeado su historia, sus instituciones, su carácter y, por ello, su esencia misma. Este libro relata la historia de aquellos que han entregado su vida para construir un México menos injusto. Pero también cuenta la historia de sus contradicciones y errores, de sus carencias y pugnas fratricidas, e incluso la de aquellos que la han traicionado, aprovechado, y que han fracturado al país en su empeño. Sin maniqueísmos, Jorge Castañeda y Joel Ortega nos cuentan una perspectiva nueva desde la que leer y entender el combate de tantos mexicanos por una vida menos vieja, menos injusta, más luminosa… «Por izquierda entendemos aquellas posiciones políticas e ideológicas —de personas, agrupaciones, partidos, sindicatos, universidades, publicaciones, gobiernos extranjeros— que se han empeñado a lo largo del último siglo y medio en México por cambiar el estado de cosas vigente hacia otro, menos desigual, más próspero, más nacionalista, más solidario, más democrático…»–De la Introducción https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757070 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757070]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Britannia: Reshaping the UK Foreign Policy Author: Simon Mcdonald Narrator: Simon Mcdonald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The former head of the UK's Diplomatic Service considers what the future of Britain's foreign policy should look like. What should the future of Britain foreign policy look like? For too long successive governments have shied away from acknowledging uncomfortable truths about the decline of Britain's military capabilities. As we approach the middle years of the twenty-first century a new set of urgent and daunting challenges – including climate change, technological developments and the rise of AI, and a growing threat from China – lie ahead, making the need for us to reconcile ourselves with our position in the world more acute. In this persuasively argued book, Simon McDonald shows how the UK's significant soft-power strengths can be harnessed to expand our international influence. Such a shift will only be possible, he says, if we first acknowledge the challenges of Brexit and the need to reduce our unrealistic hard-power ambitions. Excellence in areas that other countries take care about will keep the UK internationally relevant in the second half of the century in a way that nostalgia for a lost pre-eminence will not. Simon Mcdonald Fri, 03 Nov 2023 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757070 thebookvoice.com 10:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757070]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Britannia: Reshaping the UK Foreign Policy Author: Simon Mcdonald Narrator: Simon Mcdonald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The former head of the UK's Diplomatic Service considers what the future of Britain's foreign policy should look like. What should the future of Britain foreign policy look like? For too long successive governments have shied away from acknowledging uncomfortable truths about the decline of Britain's military capabilities. As we approach the middle years of the twenty-first century a new set of urgent and daunting challenges – including climate change, technological developments and the rise of AI, and a growing threat from China – lie ahead, making the need for us to reconcile ourselves with our position in the world more acute. In this persuasively argued book, Simon McDonald shows how the UK's significant soft-power strengths can be harnessed to expand our international influence. Such a shift will only be possible, he says, if we first acknowledge the challenges of Brexit and the need to reduce our unrealistic hard-power ambitions. Excellence in areas that other countries take care about will keep the UK internationally relevant in the second half of the century in a way that nostalgia for a lost pre-eminence will not. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757070]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Britannia: Reshaping the UK Foreign Policy Author: Simon Mcdonald Narrator: Simon Mcdonald Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The former head of the UK's Diplomatic Service considers what the future of Britain's foreign policy should look like. What should the future of Britain foreign policy look like? For too long successive governments have shied away from acknowledging uncomfortable truths about the decline of Britain's military capabilities. As we approach the middle years of the twenty-first century a new set of urgent and daunting challenges – including climate change, technological developments and the rise of AI, and a growing threat from China – lie ahead, making the need for us to reconcile ourselves with our position in the world more acute. In this persuasively argued book, Simon McDonald shows how the UK's significant soft-power strengths can be harnessed to expand our international influence. Such a shift will only be possible, he says, if we first acknowledge the challenges of Brexit and the need to reduce our unrealistic hard-power ambitions. Excellence in areas that other countries take care about will keep the UK internationally relevant in the second half of the century in a way that nostalgia for a lost pre-eminence will not. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757060 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Brandstifter - Wie Extremisten die republikanische Partei übernahmen (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Annika Brockschmidt Narrator: Tim Gössler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 5, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Die Brandstifter zeichnet die Geschichte der Republikanischen Partei nach und stellt ihre wichtigsten Akteure vor. Dabei wird deutlich, wie porös die Brandmauer zwischen Rechtsextremismus und Konservatismus in den USA schon immer war, nicht erst seit Trump. Brockschmidt erzählt packend, wie historische Entwicklungen und Machtkämpfe die Partei geprägt und radikalisiert haben - und warum das Ergebnis der Präsidentschaftswahl 2024 nicht nur für die USA von entscheidender Bedeutung sein wird. Annika Brockschmidt Tue, 05 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757060 thebookvoice.com 11:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Brandstifter - Wie Extremisten die republikanische Partei übernahmen (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Annika Brockschmidt Narrator: Tim Gössler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 5, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Die Brandstifter zeichnet die Geschichte der Republikanischen Partei nach und stellt ihre wichtigsten Akteure vor. Dabei wird deutlich, wie porös die Brandmauer zwischen Rechtsextremismus und Konservatismus in den USA schon immer war, nicht erst seit Trump. Brockschmidt erzählt packend, wie historische Entwicklungen und Machtkämpfe die Partei geprägt und radikalisiert haben - und warum das Ergebnis der Präsidentschaftswahl 2024 nicht nur für die USA von entscheidender Bedeutung sein wird. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/757060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Brandstifter - Wie Extremisten die republikanische Partei übernahmen (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Annika Brockschmidt Narrator: Tim Gössler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 5, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Die Brandstifter zeichnet die Geschichte der Republikanischen Partei nach und stellt ihre wichtigsten Akteure vor. Dabei wird deutlich, wie porös die Brandmauer zwischen Rechtsextremismus und Konservatismus in den USA schon immer war, nicht erst seit Trump. Brockschmidt erzählt packend, wie historische Entwicklungen und Machtkämpfe die Partei geprägt und radikalisiert haben - und warum das Ergebnis der Präsidentschaftswahl 2024 nicht nur für die USA von entscheidender Bedeutung sein wird. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756997 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 'They Just Need to Get a Job': 15 Myths on Homelessness Author: Mary Brosnahan Narrator: Kristen Kallen-Keck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Readers will come away infuriated, with a greater understanding of the systemic causes of homelessness, and with more compassion for their homeless neighbors. Essential reading for any community affected by homelessness (which is all of them).” —Booklist, Starred Review For readers of Andrea Elliott and Matthew Desmond, the former CEO of the Coalition for the Homeless breaks through the highly destructive misinformation surrounding our homeless neighbors Conservative think tanks like the Manhattan Institute disseminate anti-homeless myths in the media, legislatures, and the larger culture, claiming that our homeless neighbors cause their own predicament and that the best we can do is manage the problem. Drawing on her deep legal knowledge, policy expertise, and decades of frontline service, Mary Brosnahan cuts through the misinformation to deliver two important messages: that homelessness ultimately stems from a lack of investment in affordable housing; and that the greatest myth of all is that we should have no hope. In fact, the proven solutions are well documented, and the ability to enact them depends on us all. Brosnahan takes a nationwide look from New York to Detroit, Philly to L.A., and from rural areas such as Cumberland County, Pennsylvania to debunk 15 widespread misconceptions, including: - that the problem is inevitable (in fact, Housing First approaches have shown great success) - that “handouts” cause homelessness (in fact, the primary causes are flat wages and high rent) - that homeless people need to prove that they’re “ready” to receive aid (in fact, enforcing hurdles is far more expensive and less effective than Housing First). With brilliant insight, Brosnahan showcases how by dispelling these pervasive myths rooted in fear, we can embrace the affordable, housing-based solutions that will bring our impoverished neighbors home. Mary Brosnahan Tue, 12 Nov 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756997 thebookvoice.com 7:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 'They Just Need to Get a Job': 15 Myths on Homelessness Author: Mary Brosnahan Narrator: Kristen Kallen-Keck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Readers will come away infuriated, with a greater understanding of the systemic causes of homelessness, and with more compassion for their homeless neighbors. Essential reading for any community affected by homelessness (which is all of them).” —Booklist, Starred Review For readers of Andrea Elliott and Matthew Desmond, the former CEO of the Coalition for the Homeless breaks through the highly destructive misinformation surrounding our homeless neighbors Conservative think tanks like the Manhattan Institute disseminate anti-homeless myths in the media, legislatures, and the larger culture, claiming that our homeless neighbors cause their own predicament and that the best we can do is manage the problem. Drawing on her deep legal knowledge, policy expertise, and decades of frontline service, Mary Brosnahan cuts through the misinformation to deliver two important messages: that homelessness ultimately stems from a lack of investment in affordable housing; and that the greatest myth of all is that we should have no hope. In fact, the proven solutions are well documented, and the ability to enact them depends on us all. Brosnahan takes a nationwide look from New York to Detroit, Philly to L.A., and from rural areas such as Cumberland County, Pennsylvania to debunk 15 widespread misconceptions, including: - that the problem is inevitable (in fact, Housing First approaches have shown great success) - that “handouts” cause homelessness (in fact, the primary causes are flat wages and high rent) - that homeless people need to prove that they’re “ready” to receive aid (in fact, enforcing hurdles is far more expensive and less effective than Housing First). With brilliant insight, Brosnahan showcases how by dispelling these pervasive myths rooted in fear, we can embrace the affordable, housing-based solutions that will bring our impoverished neighbors home. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 'They Just Need to Get a Job': 15 Myths on Homelessness Author: Mary Brosnahan Narrator: Kristen Kallen-Keck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 12, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Readers will come away infuriated, with a greater understanding of the systemic causes of homelessness, and with more compassion for their homeless neighbors. Essential reading for any community affected by homelessness (which is all of them).” —Booklist, Starred Review For readers of Andrea Elliott and Matthew Desmond, the former CEO of the Coalition for the Homeless breaks through the highly destructive misinformation surrounding our homeless neighbors Conservative think tanks like the Manhattan Institute disseminate anti-homeless myths in the media, legislatures, and the larger culture, claiming that our homeless neighbors cause their own predicament and that the best we can do is manage the problem. Drawing on her deep legal knowledge, policy expertise, and decades of frontline service, Mary Brosnahan cuts through the misinformation to deliver two important messages: that homelessness ultimately stems from a lack of investment in affordable housing; and that the greatest myth of all is that we should have no hope. In fact, the proven solutions are well documented, and the ability to enact them depends on us all. Brosnahan takes a nationwide look from New York to Detroit, Philly to L.A., and from rural areas such as Cumberland County, Pennsylvania to debunk 15 widespread misconceptions, including: - that the problem is inevitable (in fact, Housing First approaches have shown great success) - that “handouts” cause homelessness (in fact, the primary causes are flat wages and high rent) - that homeless people need to prove that they’re “ready” to receive aid (in fact, enforcing hurdles is far more expensive and less effective than Housing First). With brilliant insight, Brosnahan showcases how by dispelling these pervasive myths rooted in fear, we can embrace the affordable, housing-based solutions that will bring our impoverished neighbors home. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756989 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bullsh*t Comparisons: A field guide to thinking critically in a world of difference Author: Andrew Brooks Narrator: Andrew Brooks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Life is complicated, comparisons are easy. We consume enormous quantities of information every day from sources that are reliable, and those less trustworthy, including journalists, politicians, friends and social media. One of the most commons tools we use to communicate is comparison. Are we suffering a 'hurricane' of migrants? Do dogs look like their owners? Is Oxford better than Harvard? Metaphors, models and metrics are used to compare anything from schools, to wars, to iconic people. But how helpful are they? What truths do they hide and what bullsh*t do comparisons propagate? Looking across a fascinating range of situations both familiar and unfamiliar, serious and light-hearted, Bullsh*t Comparisons is a ground-breaking guide to the role of could-be-true but misleading comparisons. It is illuminated by examples spanning the globe from university league tables, to childhood rivalries, politicians' tawdry analogies, the FIFA World Footballer of the year award and Chinese neo-colonialism in Africa. Ideal for anyone interested in critical thinking or who simply wants to be able to spot bullsh*t at twenty paces, this thought-provoking, intelligent and often amusing book will challenge you to think critically about the use of comparison. Andrew Brooks Thu, 28 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756989 thebookvoice.com 8:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bullsh*t Comparisons: A field guide to thinking critically in a world of difference Author: Andrew Brooks Narrator: Andrew Brooks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Life is complicated, comparisons are easy. We consume enormous quantities of information every day from sources that are reliable, and those less trustworthy, including journalists, politicians, friends and social media. One of the most commons tools we use to communicate is comparison. Are we suffering a 'hurricane' of migrants? Do dogs look like their owners? Is Oxford better than Harvard? Metaphors, models and metrics are used to compare anything from schools, to wars, to iconic people. But how helpful are they? What truths do they hide and what bullsh*t do comparisons propagate? Looking across a fascinating range of situations both familiar and unfamiliar, serious and light-hearted, Bullsh*t Comparisons is a ground-breaking guide to the role of could-be-true but misleading comparisons. It is illuminated by examples spanning the globe from university league tables, to childhood rivalries, politicians' tawdry analogies, the FIFA World Footballer of the year award and Chinese neo-colonialism in Africa. Ideal for anyone interested in critical thinking or who simply wants to be able to spot bullsh*t at twenty paces, this thought-provoking, intelligent and often amusing book will challenge you to think critically about the use of comparison. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bullsh*t Comparisons: A field guide to thinking critically in a world of difference Author: Andrew Brooks Narrator: Andrew Brooks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Life is complicated, comparisons are easy. We consume enormous quantities of information every day from sources that are reliable, and those less trustworthy, including journalists, politicians, friends and social media. One of the most commons tools we use to communicate is comparison. Are we suffering a 'hurricane' of migrants? Do dogs look like their owners? Is Oxford better than Harvard? Metaphors, models and metrics are used to compare anything from schools, to wars, to iconic people. But how helpful are they? What truths do they hide and what bullsh*t do comparisons propagate? Looking across a fascinating range of situations both familiar and unfamiliar, serious and light-hearted, Bullsh*t Comparisons is a ground-breaking guide to the role of could-be-true but misleading comparisons. It is illuminated by examples spanning the globe from university league tables, to childhood rivalries, politicians' tawdry analogies, the FIFA World Footballer of the year award and Chinese neo-colonialism in Africa. Ideal for anyone interested in critical thinking or who simply wants to be able to spot bullsh*t at twenty paces, this thought-provoking, intelligent and often amusing book will challenge you to think critically about the use of comparison. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756979 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Palestine Laboratory: How Israel Exports the Technology of Occupation Around the World Author: Antony Loewenstein Narrator: Finlay Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 11, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ** Winner of the 2023 Walkley Book Award for Non-fiction Journalism ** ** Shortlisted for the 2023 Moore Prize for Human Rights Writing ** Israel's military industrial complex uses the occupied, Palestinian territories as a testing ground for weaponry and surveillance technology that they then export around the world to despots and democracies. For more than 50 years, occupation of the West Bank and Gaza has given the Israeli state invaluable experience in controlling an “enemy” population, the Palestinians. It's here that they have perfected the architecture of control. Best-selling journalist Antony Loewenstein, author of Disaster Capitalism, uncovers this largely hidden world in a global investigation with secret documents, revealing interviews and on-the-ground reporting. This book shows in-depth, for the first time, how Palestine has become the perfect laboratory for the Israeli military-techno complex: surveillance, home demolitions, indefinite incarceration and brutality to the hi-tech tools that drive the 'Start-up Nation'. From the Pegasus software that hacked Jeff Bezos' and Jamal Khashoggi's phones, the weapons sold to the Myanmar army that has murdered thousands of Rohingyas and drones used by the European Union to monitor refugees in the Mediterranean who are left to drown. Israel has become a global leader in spying technology and defence hardware that fuels the globe's most brutal conflicts. As ethno-nationalism grows in the 21st century, Israel has built the ultimate model. “A sad and sordid record of how 'the light unto the nations' became the purveyor of the means of violence and brutal repression from Guatemala to Myanmar and wherever else the opportunity arose.” - Noam Chomsky “A sharp exposé of how Israel's suppression of Palestine has translated into lucrative anti-terrorist systems that the Israeli government exports globally...[An] eye-opening delineation of the alarming ramifications of Israel's status as an 'ethnonationalist state.” - Kirkus Reviews Antony Loewenstein Thu, 11 Jul 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756979 thebookvoice.com 9:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Palestine Laboratory: How Israel Exports the Technology of Occupation Around the World Author: Antony Loewenstein Narrator: Finlay Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 11, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ** Winner of the 2023 Walkley Book Award for Non-fiction Journalism ** ** Shortlisted for the 2023 Moore Prize for Human Rights Writing ** Israel's military industrial complex uses the occupied, Palestinian territories as a testing ground for weaponry and surveillance technology that they then export around the world to despots and democracies. For more than 50 years, occupation of the West Bank and Gaza has given the Israeli state invaluable experience in controlling an “enemy” population, the Palestinians. It's here that they have perfected the architecture of control. Best-selling journalist Antony Loewenstein, author of Disaster Capitalism, uncovers this largely hidden world in a global investigation with secret documents, revealing interviews and on-the-ground reporting. This book shows in-depth, for the first time, how Palestine has become the perfect laboratory for the Israeli military-techno complex: surveillance, home demolitions, indefinite incarceration and brutality to the hi-tech tools that drive the 'Start-up Nation'. From the Pegasus software that hacked Jeff Bezos' and Jamal Khashoggi's phones, the weapons sold to the Myanmar army that has murdered thousands of Rohingyas and drones used by the European Union to monitor refugees in the Mediterranean who are left to drown. Israel has become a global leader in spying technology and defence hardware that fuels the globe's most brutal conflicts. As ethno-nationalism grows in the 21st century, Israel has built the ultimate model. “A sad and sordid record of how 'the light unto the nations' became the purveyor of the means of violence and brutal repression from Guatemala to Myanmar and wherever else the opportunity arose.” - Noam Chomsky “A sharp exposé of how Israel's suppression of Palestine has translated into lucrative anti-terrorist systems that the Israeli government exports globally...[An] eye-opening delineation of the alarming ramifications of Israel's status as an 'ethnonationalist state.” - Kirkus Reviews Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Palestine Laboratory: How Israel Exports the Technology of Occupation Around the World Author: Antony Loewenstein Narrator: Finlay Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 11, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ** Winner of the 2023 Walkley Book Award for Non-fiction Journalism ** ** Shortlisted for the 2023 Moore Prize for Human Rights Writing ** Israel's military industrial complex uses the occupied, Palestinian territories as a testing ground for weaponry and surveillance technology that they then export around the world to despots and democracies. For more than 50 years, occupation of the West Bank and Gaza has given the Israeli state invaluable experience in controlling an “enemy” population, the Palestinians. It's here that they have perfected the architecture of control. Best-selling journalist Antony Loewenstein, author of Disaster Capitalism, uncovers this largely hidden world in a global investigation with secret documents, revealing interviews and on-the-ground reporting. This book shows in-depth, for the first time, how Palestine has become the perfect laboratory for the Israeli military-techno complex: surveillance, home demolitions, indefinite incarceration and brutality to the hi-tech tools that drive the 'Start-up Nation'. From the Pegasus software that hacked Jeff Bezos' and Jamal Khashoggi's phones, the weapons sold to the Myanmar army that has murdered thousands of Rohingyas and drones used by the European Union to monitor refugees in the Mediterranean who are left to drown. Israel has become a global leader in spying technology and defence hardware that fuels the globe's most brutal conflicts. As ethno-nationalism grows in the 21st century, Israel has built the ultimate model. “A sad and sordid record of how 'the light unto the nations' became the purveyor of the means of violence and brutal repression from Guatemala to Myanmar and wherever else the opportunity arose.” - Noam Chomsky “A sharp exposé of how Israel's suppression of Palestine has translated into lucrative anti-terrorist systems that the Israeli government exports globally...[An] eye-opening delineation of the alarming ramifications of Israel's status as an 'ethnonationalist state.” - Kirkus Reviews https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756394 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756394]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nationaler Block: Das System der Nationalen Zusammenarbeit Author: Márton Békés Narrator: Beat Zirpel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: February 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Márton Békés, Kulturfunktionär und rechter Theoretiker, erläutert den spezifischen historisch-sozialen Hintergrund, der die Ära Orbán möglich machte, und wie es gelang, diese von einer bloßen Amtszeit zu einer regelrechten Epoche auszubauen. Geschult am italienischen Philosophen Antonio Gramsci denkt Békés die gewohnte »neurechte« Vision der kulturellen Hegemonie einmal in entgegengesetzter Richtung: Denn in Ungarn gab es keine dissidente Langzeitstrategie, die die öffentliche Meinung formte und dem Fidesz-Sieg den Boden bereitete. Es war ein rechtskonservatives Parteienbündnis, das eine völlig unglaubwürdige und abgewirtschaftete Sozialdemokratie aus dem Amt jagte und im Anschluss daran ging, mit kluger Kulturpolitik und Prinzipientreue das von liberalen Winden zerstreute Volk wieder zu einem festen nationalen Block zusammenzufügen. Márton Békés Tue, 20 Feb 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756394 thebookvoice.com 3:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756394]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nationaler Block: Das System der Nationalen Zusammenarbeit Author: Márton Békés Narrator: Beat Zirpel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: February 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Márton Békés, Kulturfunktionär und rechter Theoretiker, erläutert den spezifischen historisch-sozialen Hintergrund, der die Ära Orbán möglich machte, und wie es gelang, diese von einer bloßen Amtszeit zu einer regelrechten Epoche auszubauen. Geschult am italienischen Philosophen Antonio Gramsci denkt Békés die gewohnte »neurechte« Vision der kulturellen Hegemonie einmal in entgegengesetzter Richtung: Denn in Ungarn gab es keine dissidente Langzeitstrategie, die die öffentliche Meinung formte und dem Fidesz-Sieg den Boden bereitete. Es war ein rechtskonservatives Parteienbündnis, das eine völlig unglaubwürdige und abgewirtschaftete Sozialdemokratie aus dem Amt jagte und im Anschluss daran ging, mit kluger Kulturpolitik und Prinzipientreue das von liberalen Winden zerstreute Volk wieder zu einem festen nationalen Block zusammenzufügen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756394]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nationaler Block: Das System der Nationalen Zusammenarbeit Author: Márton Békés Narrator: Beat Zirpel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: February 20, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Márton Békés, Kulturfunktionär und rechter Theoretiker, erläutert den spezifischen historisch-sozialen Hintergrund, der die Ära Orbán möglich machte, und wie es gelang, diese von einer bloßen Amtszeit zu einer regelrechten Epoche auszubauen. Geschult am italienischen Philosophen Antonio Gramsci denkt Békés die gewohnte »neurechte« Vision der kulturellen Hegemonie einmal in entgegengesetzter Richtung: Denn in Ungarn gab es keine dissidente Langzeitstrategie, die die öffentliche Meinung formte und dem Fidesz-Sieg den Boden bereitete. Es war ein rechtskonservatives Parteienbündnis, das eine völlig unglaubwürdige und abgewirtschaftete Sozialdemokratie aus dem Amt jagte und im Anschluss daran ging, mit kluger Kulturpolitik und Prinzipientreue das von liberalen Winden zerstreute Volk wieder zu einem festen nationalen Block zusammenzufügen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756275 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756275]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Yemen Model: Why U.S. Policy Has Failed in the Middle East Author: Alexandra Stark Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A close look at failed US policies in the Middle East, offering a fresh perspective on how best to reorient goals in the region In this book Alexandra Stark argues that the US approach to Yemen offers insights into the failures of American foreign policy throughout the Middle East. Stark makes the case that despite often being drawn into conflicts within Yemen, the United States has not achieved its policy goals because it has narrowly focused on counterterrorism and regional geopolitical competition rather than on the well-being of Yemenis themselves. She offers recommendations designed to reorient US policy in the Middle East in pursuit of US national security interests and to support the people of these countries in their efforts to make their own communities safe, secure, and prosperous. Alexandra Stark Tue, 23 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756275 thebookvoice.com 8:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756275]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Yemen Model: Why U.S. Policy Has Failed in the Middle East Author: Alexandra Stark Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A close look at failed US policies in the Middle East, offering a fresh perspective on how best to reorient goals in the region In this book Alexandra Stark argues that the US approach to Yemen offers insights into the failures of American foreign policy throughout the Middle East. Stark makes the case that despite often being drawn into conflicts within Yemen, the United States has not achieved its policy goals because it has narrowly focused on counterterrorism and regional geopolitical competition rather than on the well-being of Yemenis themselves. She offers recommendations designed to reorient US policy in the Middle East in pursuit of US national security interests and to support the people of these countries in their efforts to make their own communities safe, secure, and prosperous. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756275]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Yemen Model: Why U.S. Policy Has Failed in the Middle East Author: Alexandra Stark Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A close look at failed US policies in the Middle East, offering a fresh perspective on how best to reorient goals in the region In this book Alexandra Stark argues that the US approach to Yemen offers insights into the failures of American foreign policy throughout the Middle East. Stark makes the case that despite often being drawn into conflicts within Yemen, the United States has not achieved its policy goals because it has narrowly focused on counterterrorism and regional geopolitical competition rather than on the well-being of Yemenis themselves. She offers recommendations designed to reorient US policy in the Middle East in pursuit of US national security interests and to support the people of these countries in their efforts to make their own communities safe, secure, and prosperous. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756256 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756256]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under Jackie's Shadow: Voices of Black Minor Leaguers Baseball Left Behind Author: Mitchell Nathanson Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The stories of thirteen Black Minor League baseball players during the post–Jackie Robinson era, from the 1960s to the mid-1970s, who were figuratively and literally left behind even as both baseball and the country claimed a newfound racial progressiveness. Mitchell Nathanson Tue, 07 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756256 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756256]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under Jackie's Shadow: Voices of Black Minor Leaguers Baseball Left Behind Author: Mitchell Nathanson Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The stories of thirteen Black Minor League baseball players during the post–Jackie Robinson era, from the 1960s to the mid-1970s, who were figuratively and literally left behind even as both baseball and the country claimed a newfound racial progressiveness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/756256]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Under Jackie's Shadow: Voices of Black Minor Leaguers Baseball Left Behind Author: Mitchell Nathanson Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The stories of thirteen Black Minor League baseball players during the post–Jackie Robinson era, from the 1960s to the mid-1970s, who were figuratively and literally left behind even as both baseball and the country claimed a newfound racial progressiveness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755870 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gates of Gaza: A Story of Betrayal, Survival, and Hope in Israel's Borderlands Author: Amir Tibon Narrator: Amir Tibon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The gripping true story of how leading Israeli journalist Amir Tibon, along with his wife and their two young children, were rescued from Kibbutz Nahal Oz on October 7, 2023 by Tibon’s own father—an incredible tale of survival that also reveals the deep tensions and systemic failures that led to Hamas’s attacks that day.   On the morning of October 7, Amir Tibon and his wife were awakened by mortar rounds exploding near their home in Kibbutz Nahal Oz, a progressive Israeli community less than a mile from Gaza City. Soon, they were holding their two young daughters in the family’s reinforced safe room, urging them not to cry as gunfire echoed just outside the door. With his cell phone battery running low, Amir texted his father: “The girls are behaving really well, but I’m worried they’ll lose patience soon and Hamas will hear us.”   Some 45 miles north, Amir’s parents had just cut short an early morning swim along the shores of Tel Aviv. Now, they jumped in their Jeep and sped toward Nahal Oz, armed only with a pistol but intent on saving their family at all costs.   In The Gates of Gaza, Amir Tibon tells this harrowing story in full for the first time. He describes his family's ordeal—and the bravery that ultimately led to their rescue—alongside the histories of the place they call home and the systems of power that have kept them and their neighbors in Gaza in harm’s way for decades.    Woven throughout is Tibon's own expertise as a longtime international correspondent, as well as more than thirty original interviews: with residents of his kibbutz, with the Israeli soldiers who helped to wrest it from the hands of Hamas, and with experts on Gaza, the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, and the failed peace process. More than one family's odyssey, The Gates of Gaza is the intimate story of a tight-knit community and the broader saga of war, occupation, and hostility between two national movements—a conflict that has not yet extinguished the enduring hope for peace. Amir Tibon Tue, 24 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755870 thebookvoice.com 12:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gates of Gaza: A Story of Betrayal, Survival, and Hope in Israel's Borderlands Author: Amir Tibon Narrator: Amir Tibon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The gripping true story of how leading Israeli journalist Amir Tibon, along with his wife and their two young children, were rescued from Kibbutz Nahal Oz on October 7, 2023 by Tibon’s own father—an incredible tale of survival that also reveals the deep tensions and systemic failures that led to Hamas’s attacks that day.   On the morning of October 7, Amir Tibon and his wife were awakened by mortar rounds exploding near their home in Kibbutz Nahal Oz, a progressive Israeli community less than a mile from Gaza City. Soon, they were holding their two young daughters in the family’s reinforced safe room, urging them not to cry as gunfire echoed just outside the door. With his cell phone battery running low, Amir texted his father: “The girls are behaving really well, but I’m worried they’ll lose patience soon and Hamas will hear us.”   Some 45 miles north, Amir’s parents had just cut short an early morning swim along the shores of Tel Aviv. Now, they jumped in their Jeep and sped toward Nahal Oz, armed only with a pistol but intent on saving their family at all costs.   In The Gates of Gaza, Amir Tibon tells this harrowing story in full for the first time. He describes his family's ordeal—and the bravery that ultimately led to their rescue—alongside the histories of the place they call home and the systems of power that have kept them and their neighbors in Gaza in harm’s way for decades.    Woven throughout is Tibon's own expertise as a longtime international correspondent, as well as more than thirty original interviews: with residents of his kibbutz, with the Israeli soldiers who helped to wrest it from the hands of Hamas, and with experts on Gaza, the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, and the failed peace process. More than one family's odyssey, The Gates of Gaza is the intimate story of a tight-knit community and the broader saga of war, occupation, and hostility between two national movements—a conflict that has not yet extinguished the enduring hope for peace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gates of Gaza: A Story of Betrayal, Survival, and Hope in Israel's Borderlands Author: Amir Tibon Narrator: Amir Tibon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The gripping true story of how leading Israeli journalist Amir Tibon, along with his wife and their two young children, were rescued from Kibbutz Nahal Oz on October 7, 2023 by Tibon’s own father—an incredible tale of survival that also reveals the deep tensions and systemic failures that led to Hamas’s attacks that day.   On the morning of October 7, Amir Tibon and his wife were awakened by mortar rounds exploding near their home in Kibbutz Nahal Oz, a progressive Israeli community less than a mile from Gaza City. Soon, they were holding their two young daughters in the family’s reinforced safe room, urging them not to cry as gunfire echoed just outside the door. With his cell phone battery running low, Amir texted his father: “The girls are behaving really well, but I’m worried they’ll lose patience soon and Hamas will hear us.”   Some 45 miles north, Amir’s parents had just cut short an early morning swim along the shores of Tel Aviv. Now, they jumped in their Jeep and sped toward Nahal Oz, armed only with a pistol but intent on saving their family at all costs.   In The Gates of Gaza, Amir Tibon tells this harrowing story in full for the first time. He describes his family's ordeal—and the bravery that ultimately led to their rescue—alongside the histories of the place they call home and the systems of power that have kept them and their neighbors in Gaza in harm’s way for decades.    Woven throughout is Tibon's own expertise as a longtime international correspondent, as well as more than thirty original interviews: with residents of his kibbutz, with the Israeli soldiers who helped to wrest it from the hands of Hamas, and with experts on Gaza, the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, and the failed peace process. More than one family's odyssey, The Gates of Gaza is the intimate story of a tight-knit community and the broader saga of war, occupation, and hostility between two national movements—a conflict that has not yet extinguished the enduring hope for peace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755796 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755796]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Feed the World: A Factful Guide Author: Vaclav Smil Narrator: Joe Jameson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In this ambitious, myth-busting book, leading scientist and internationally bestselling author Vaclav Smil investigates many of the burning questions facing the world today: Why are some of the world’s biggest food producers also the countries with the most undernourished populations? Why is food waste a colossal 1,000kcal per person daily, and how can we solve that? Could we all go vegan and be healthy? Should we? How will we feed the ballooning population without killing the planet? How To Feed The World shows how we misunderstand the essentials of where our food really comes from, how our dietary requirements shape us, and why this impacts our planet in drastic ways. Ultimately, this data-based, rigorously researched guide explains how we will survive and thrive long into the future. ‘There is no author whose books I look forward to more’ BILL GATES ‘There is perhaps no other academic who paints pictures with numbers like Smil’ GUARDIAN © Vaclav Smil 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Vaclav Smil Thu, 07 Nov 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755796 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755796]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Feed the World: A Factful Guide Author: Vaclav Smil Narrator: Joe Jameson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In this ambitious, myth-busting book, leading scientist and internationally bestselling author Vaclav Smil investigates many of the burning questions facing the world today: Why are some of the world’s biggest food producers also the countries with the most undernourished populations? Why is food waste a colossal 1,000kcal per person daily, and how can we solve that? Could we all go vegan and be healthy? Should we? How will we feed the ballooning population without killing the planet? How To Feed The World shows how we misunderstand the essentials of where our food really comes from, how our dietary requirements shape us, and why this impacts our planet in drastic ways. Ultimately, this data-based, rigorously researched guide explains how we will survive and thrive long into the future. ‘There is no author whose books I look forward to more’ BILL GATES ‘There is perhaps no other academic who paints pictures with numbers like Smil’ GUARDIAN © Vaclav Smil 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755796]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Feed the World: A Factful Guide Author: Vaclav Smil Narrator: Joe Jameson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 7, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In this ambitious, myth-busting book, leading scientist and internationally bestselling author Vaclav Smil investigates many of the burning questions facing the world today: Why are some of the world’s biggest food producers also the countries with the most undernourished populations? Why is food waste a colossal 1,000kcal per person daily, and how can we solve that? Could we all go vegan and be healthy? Should we? How will we feed the ballooning population without killing the planet? How To Feed The World shows how we misunderstand the essentials of where our food really comes from, how our dietary requirements shape us, and why this impacts our planet in drastic ways. Ultimately, this data-based, rigorously researched guide explains how we will survive and thrive long into the future. ‘There is no author whose books I look forward to more’ BILL GATES ‘There is perhaps no other academic who paints pictures with numbers like Smil’ GUARDIAN © Vaclav Smil 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755392 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Targeted: Beirut: The 1983 Marine Barracks Bombing and the Untold Origin Story of the War on Terror Author: James M. Scott, Jack Carr Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first in a new in-depth nonfiction series examining the devastating terrorist attacks that changed the course of history from #1 New York Times bestselling author Jack Carr and Pulitzer Prize finalist James M. Scott, beginning with the 1983 Marine barracks bombing in Beirut. 1983: the United States Marine Corps experiences its greatest single-day loss of life since the Battle of Iwo Jima when a truck packed with explosives crashes into their headquarters and barracks in Beirut, Lebanon. This horrifying terrorist attack, which killed 241 servicemen, continues to influence US foreign policy and haunts the Marine Corps to this day. Now, the full story is revealed as never before by Jack Carr and historian and Pulitzer Prize finalist James M. Scott. Based on comprehensive interviews with survivors, extensive military records, as well as personal letters, diaries, and photographs, this is the authoritative account of the deadly attack. James M. Scott, Jack Carr Tue, 24 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755392 thebookvoice.com 14:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Targeted: Beirut: The 1983 Marine Barracks Bombing and the Untold Origin Story of the War on Terror Author: James M. Scott, Jack Carr Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first in a new in-depth nonfiction series examining the devastating terrorist attacks that changed the course of history from #1 New York Times bestselling author Jack Carr and Pulitzer Prize finalist James M. Scott, beginning with the 1983 Marine barracks bombing in Beirut. 1983: the United States Marine Corps experiences its greatest single-day loss of life since the Battle of Iwo Jima when a truck packed with explosives crashes into their headquarters and barracks in Beirut, Lebanon. This horrifying terrorist attack, which killed 241 servicemen, continues to influence US foreign policy and haunts the Marine Corps to this day. Now, the full story is revealed as never before by Jack Carr and historian and Pulitzer Prize finalist James M. Scott. Based on comprehensive interviews with survivors, extensive military records, as well as personal letters, diaries, and photographs, this is the authoritative account of the deadly attack. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755392]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Targeted: Beirut: The 1983 Marine Barracks Bombing and the Untold Origin Story of the War on Terror Author: James M. Scott, Jack Carr Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 24, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first in a new in-depth nonfiction series examining the devastating terrorist attacks that changed the course of history from #1 New York Times bestselling author Jack Carr and Pulitzer Prize finalist James M. Scott, beginning with the 1983 Marine barracks bombing in Beirut. 1983: the United States Marine Corps experiences its greatest single-day loss of life since the Battle of Iwo Jima when a truck packed with explosives crashes into their headquarters and barracks in Beirut, Lebanon. This horrifying terrorist attack, which killed 241 servicemen, continues to influence US foreign policy and haunts the Marine Corps to this day. Now, the full story is revealed as never before by Jack Carr and historian and Pulitzer Prize finalist James M. Scott. Based on comprehensive interviews with survivors, extensive military records, as well as personal letters, diaries, and photographs, this is the authoritative account of the deadly attack. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755346 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was wird aus Russland?: Über eine Nation zwischen Krieg und Selbstzerstörung Author: Sabine Adler Narrator: Sabine Adler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Auf Sabine Adlers politische Analysen kann man sich verlassen.' Claus Kleber, ZDF Die SPIEGEL-Bestsellerautorin Sabine Adler über Russlands wankendes Machtgefüge und die Folgen für die Welt. Seit Jahren nehmen Zensur und Repression in Russland zu. Nur wenige wissen, wie es um die russische Gesellschaft und ihre Führung wirklich bestellt ist. Informationen darüber werden systematisch unterbunden. Wie kaum jemand sonst verfügt die Osteuropa-Expertin des Deutschlandfunks über langjährige Einblicke in den von Putin diktatorisch geführten Staat. Schwindet die Macht des Kremlchefs? Wer sind die neuen politischen, militärischen und ökonomischen Akteure? Was halten Russinnen und Russen von ihrem Land? Gibt es Grund zur Hoffnung, oder treibt die Nation in den Abgrund? Nach ihrem Bestseller »Die Ukraine und wir« nimmt Sabine Adler mit Russland einen der einflussreichsten, aber auch skrupellosesten globalen Player in den Blick, dessen Zukunft auch unsere bestimmt. Selten bietet eine Analyse so tiefen Einblick in das Innere Russlands wie die von Sabine Adler. Sie zeigt, auf welche Weise die russische Gesellschaft zu dem wurde, was sie heute ist: eine Nation, die kontinuierlich und gewaltvoll in ihrer Meinungsfreiheit, ihrem Vertrauen in die Justiz und die wirtschaftliche Stabilität erschüttert wurde. Deren Führung über Jahrzehnte ein System errichtete, in dem politische, militärische und wirtschaftliche Eliten aufs Engste verzahnt sind – und dadurch uneingeschränkt Macht ausüben können. Nun steht Russland vor einer inneren Zerreißprobe. Putins Machtgefüge wankt. Nach ihrem Bestseller »Die Ukraine und wir« steht auch in diesem Buch der Osteuropa-Expertin des Deutschlandfunks eines im Zentrum: Aufklärung. Sabine Adler Wed, 14 Feb 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755346 thebookvoice.com 10:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was wird aus Russland?: Über eine Nation zwischen Krieg und Selbstzerstörung Author: Sabine Adler Narrator: Sabine Adler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Auf Sabine Adlers politische Analysen kann man sich verlassen.' Claus Kleber, ZDF Die SPIEGEL-Bestsellerautorin Sabine Adler über Russlands wankendes Machtgefüge und die Folgen für die Welt. Seit Jahren nehmen Zensur und Repression in Russland zu. Nur wenige wissen, wie es um die russische Gesellschaft und ihre Führung wirklich bestellt ist. Informationen darüber werden systematisch unterbunden. Wie kaum jemand sonst verfügt die Osteuropa-Expertin des Deutschlandfunks über langjährige Einblicke in den von Putin diktatorisch geführten Staat. Schwindet die Macht des Kremlchefs? Wer sind die neuen politischen, militärischen und ökonomischen Akteure? Was halten Russinnen und Russen von ihrem Land? Gibt es Grund zur Hoffnung, oder treibt die Nation in den Abgrund? Nach ihrem Bestseller »Die Ukraine und wir« nimmt Sabine Adler mit Russland einen der einflussreichsten, aber auch skrupellosesten globalen Player in den Blick, dessen Zukunft auch unsere bestimmt. Selten bietet eine Analyse so tiefen Einblick in das Innere Russlands wie die von Sabine Adler. Sie zeigt, auf welche Weise die russische Gesellschaft zu dem wurde, was sie heute ist: eine Nation, die kontinuierlich und gewaltvoll in ihrer Meinungsfreiheit, ihrem Vertrauen in die Justiz und die wirtschaftliche Stabilität erschüttert wurde. Deren Führung über Jahrzehnte ein System errichtete, in dem politische, militärische und wirtschaftliche Eliten aufs Engste verzahnt sind – und dadurch uneingeschränkt Macht ausüben können. Nun steht Russland vor einer inneren Zerreißprobe. Putins Machtgefüge wankt. Nach ihrem Bestseller »Die Ukraine und wir« steht auch in diesem Buch der Osteuropa-Expertin des Deutschlandfunks eines im Zentrum: Aufklärung. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was wird aus Russland?: Über eine Nation zwischen Krieg und Selbstzerstörung Author: Sabine Adler Narrator: Sabine Adler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Auf Sabine Adlers politische Analysen kann man sich verlassen.' Claus Kleber, ZDF Die SPIEGEL-Bestsellerautorin Sabine Adler über Russlands wankendes Machtgefüge und die Folgen für die Welt. Seit Jahren nehmen Zensur und Repression in Russland zu. Nur wenige wissen, wie es um die russische Gesellschaft und ihre Führung wirklich bestellt ist. Informationen darüber werden systematisch unterbunden. Wie kaum jemand sonst verfügt die Osteuropa-Expertin des Deutschlandfunks über langjährige Einblicke in den von Putin diktatorisch geführten Staat. Schwindet die Macht des Kremlchefs? Wer sind die neuen politischen, militärischen und ökonomischen Akteure? Was halten Russinnen und Russen von ihrem Land? Gibt es Grund zur Hoffnung, oder treibt die Nation in den Abgrund? Nach ihrem Bestseller »Die Ukraine und wir« nimmt Sabine Adler mit Russland einen der einflussreichsten, aber auch skrupellosesten globalen Player in den Blick, dessen Zukunft auch unsere bestimmt. Selten bietet eine Analyse so tiefen Einblick in das Innere Russlands wie die von Sabine Adler. Sie zeigt, auf welche Weise die russische Gesellschaft zu dem wurde, was sie heute ist: eine Nation, die kontinuierlich und gewaltvoll in ihrer Meinungsfreiheit, ihrem Vertrauen in die Justiz und die wirtschaftliche Stabilität erschüttert wurde. Deren Führung über Jahrzehnte ein System errichtete, in dem politische, militärische und wirtschaftliche Eliten aufs Engste verzahnt sind – und dadurch uneingeschränkt Macht ausüben können. Nun steht Russland vor einer inneren Zerreißprobe. Putins Machtgefüge wankt. Nach ihrem Bestseller »Die Ukraine und wir« steht auch in diesem Buch der Osteuropa-Expertin des Deutschlandfunks eines im Zentrum: Aufklärung. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755281 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Autocracy, Inc.: The Dictators Who Want to Run the World Author: Anne Applebaum Narrator: Anne Applebaum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the Pulitzer-prize winning author, an alarming account of how autocracies work together to undermine the democratic world, and how we should organize to defeat them 'A masterful guide to the new age of authoritarianism... clear-sighted and fearless… a masterclass in the marriage of dodgy government to international criminality… (both) deeply disturbing.”—John Simpson, The Guardian • 'Especially timely.'—The Washington Post We think we know what an autocratic state looks like: There is an all-powerful leader at the top. He controls the police. The police threaten the people with violence. There are evil collaborators, and maybe some brave dissidents. But in the 21st century, that bears little resemblance to reality. Nowadays, autocracies are underpinned not by one dictator, but by sophisticated networks composed of kleptocratic financial structures, surveillance technologies, and professional propagandists, all of which operate across multiple regimes, from China to Russia to Iran. Corrupt companies in one country do business with corrupt companies in another. The police in one country can arm and train the police in another, and propagandists share resources and themes, pounding home the same messages about the weakness of democracy and the evil of America. International condemnation and economic sanctions cannot move the autocrats. Even popular opposition movements, from Venezuela to Hong Kong to Moscow, don't stand a chance. The members of Autocracy, Inc, aren't linked by a unifying ideology, like communism, but rather a common desire for power, wealth, and impunity. In this urgent treatise, which evokes George Kennan's essay calling for 'containment' of the Soviet Union, Anne Applebaum calls for the democracies to fundamentally reorient their policies to fight a new kind of threat. Anne Applebaum Tue, 23 Jul 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755281 thebookvoice.com 4:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Autocracy, Inc.: The Dictators Who Want to Run the World Author: Anne Applebaum Narrator: Anne Applebaum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the Pulitzer-prize winning author, an alarming account of how autocracies work together to undermine the democratic world, and how we should organize to defeat them 'A masterful guide to the new age of authoritarianism... clear-sighted and fearless… a masterclass in the marriage of dodgy government to international criminality… (both) deeply disturbing.”—John Simpson, The Guardian • 'Especially timely.'—The Washington Post We think we know what an autocratic state looks like: There is an all-powerful leader at the top. He controls the police. The police threaten the people with violence. There are evil collaborators, and maybe some brave dissidents. But in the 21st century, that bears little resemblance to reality. Nowadays, autocracies are underpinned not by one dictator, but by sophisticated networks composed of kleptocratic financial structures, surveillance technologies, and professional propagandists, all of which operate across multiple regimes, from China to Russia to Iran. Corrupt companies in one country do business with corrupt companies in another. The police in one country can arm and train the police in another, and propagandists share resources and themes, pounding home the same messages about the weakness of democracy and the evil of America. International condemnation and economic sanctions cannot move the autocrats. Even popular opposition movements, from Venezuela to Hong Kong to Moscow, don't stand a chance. The members of Autocracy, Inc, aren't linked by a unifying ideology, like communism, but rather a common desire for power, wealth, and impunity. In this urgent treatise, which evokes George Kennan's essay calling for 'containment' of the Soviet Union, Anne Applebaum calls for the democracies to fundamentally reorient their policies to fight a new kind of threat. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Autocracy, Inc.: The Dictators Who Want to Run the World Author: Anne Applebaum Narrator: Anne Applebaum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the Pulitzer-prize winning author, an alarming account of how autocracies work together to undermine the democratic world, and how we should organize to defeat them 'A masterful guide to the new age of authoritarianism... clear-sighted and fearless… a masterclass in the marriage of dodgy government to international criminality… (both) deeply disturbing.”—John Simpson, The Guardian • 'Especially timely.'—The Washington Post We think we know what an autocratic state looks like: There is an all-powerful leader at the top. He controls the police. The police threaten the people with violence. There are evil collaborators, and maybe some brave dissidents. But in the 21st century, that bears little resemblance to reality. Nowadays, autocracies are underpinned not by one dictator, but by sophisticated networks composed of kleptocratic financial structures, surveillance technologies, and professional propagandists, all of which operate across multiple regimes, from China to Russia to Iran. Corrupt companies in one country do business with corrupt companies in another. The police in one country can arm and train the police in another, and propagandists share resources and themes, pounding home the same messages about the weakness of democracy and the evil of America. International condemnation and economic sanctions cannot move the autocrats. Even popular opposition movements, from Venezuela to Hong Kong to Moscow, don't stand a chance. The members of Autocracy, Inc, aren't linked by a unifying ideology, like communism, but rather a common desire for power, wealth, and impunity. In this urgent treatise, which evokes George Kennan's essay calling for 'containment' of the Soviet Union, Anne Applebaum calls for the democracies to fundamentally reorient their policies to fight a new kind of threat. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755138 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755138]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Struggle for Taiwan: A History of America, China, and the Island Caught Between Author: Sulmaan Wasif Khan Narrator: Austin Yang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A concise, definitive history of the precarious relationship among the US, China, and Taiwan As tensions over Taiwan escalate, the United States and China stand on the brink of a catastrophic war. Resolving the impasse demands we understand how it began. In 1943, the Allies declared that Japanese-held Taiwan would return to China at the conclusion of World War II. The Chinese civil war led to a change of plans. The Communist Party came to power in China and the defeated Nationalist leader, Chiang Kai-shek, fled to Taiwan, where he was afforded US protection. The specter of conflict has loomed ever since.  In The Struggle for Taiwan, Sulmaan Wasif Khan offers the first comprehensive history of the triangular relationship between the United States, China, and Taiwan, exploring America’s ambivalent commitment to Taiwan’s defense, China’s bitterness about the separation, and Taiwan’s impressive transformation into a flourishing democracy. War is not inevitable, Khan shows, but to avoid it, decision-makers must heed the lessons of the past.  From the White Terror to the Taiwan Straits Crises, from the normalization of Sino-American relations to Trump-era rising tensions, The Struggle for Taiwan charts the paths to our present predicament to show what futures might be possible. Sulmaan Wasif Khan Tue, 14 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755138 thebookvoice.com 8:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755138]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Struggle for Taiwan: A History of America, China, and the Island Caught Between Author: Sulmaan Wasif Khan Narrator: Austin Yang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A concise, definitive history of the precarious relationship among the US, China, and Taiwan As tensions over Taiwan escalate, the United States and China stand on the brink of a catastrophic war. Resolving the impasse demands we understand how it began. In 1943, the Allies declared that Japanese-held Taiwan would return to China at the conclusion of World War II. The Chinese civil war led to a change of plans. The Communist Party came to power in China and the defeated Nationalist leader, Chiang Kai-shek, fled to Taiwan, where he was afforded US protection. The specter of conflict has loomed ever since.  In The Struggle for Taiwan, Sulmaan Wasif Khan offers the first comprehensive history of the triangular relationship between the United States, China, and Taiwan, exploring America’s ambivalent commitment to Taiwan’s defense, China’s bitterness about the separation, and Taiwan’s impressive transformation into a flourishing democracy. War is not inevitable, Khan shows, but to avoid it, decision-makers must heed the lessons of the past.  From the White Terror to the Taiwan Straits Crises, from the normalization of Sino-American relations to Trump-era rising tensions, The Struggle for Taiwan charts the paths to our present predicament to show what futures might be possible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755138]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Struggle for Taiwan: A History of America, China, and the Island Caught Between Author: Sulmaan Wasif Khan Narrator: Austin Yang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A concise, definitive history of the precarious relationship among the US, China, and Taiwan As tensions over Taiwan escalate, the United States and China stand on the brink of a catastrophic war. Resolving the impasse demands we understand how it began. In 1943, the Allies declared that Japanese-held Taiwan would return to China at the conclusion of World War II. The Chinese civil war led to a change of plans. The Communist Party came to power in China and the defeated Nationalist leader, Chiang Kai-shek, fled to Taiwan, where he was afforded US protection. The specter of conflict has loomed ever since.  In The Struggle for Taiwan, Sulmaan Wasif Khan offers the first comprehensive history of the triangular relationship between the United States, China, and Taiwan, exploring America’s ambivalent commitment to Taiwan’s defense, China’s bitterness about the separation, and Taiwan’s impressive transformation into a flourishing democracy. War is not inevitable, Khan shows, but to avoid it, decision-makers must heed the lessons of the past.  From the White Terror to the Taiwan Straits Crises, from the normalization of Sino-American relations to Trump-era rising tensions, The Struggle for Taiwan charts the paths to our present predicament to show what futures might be possible. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755119 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fearless Speech: Breaking Free from the First Amendment Author: Mary Anne Franks Narrator: Mary Anne Franks, Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A powerful debunking of First Amendment orthodoxy that critiques "reckless speech," which endangers vulnerable groups, and elevates "fearless speech," which seeks to advance equality and democracy. Freedom of speech has never been more important—or more controversial. From debates about what's permissible on social media, to the politics of campus speakers and corporate advertisements, the First Amendment is incessantly in the news and constantly being held up as the fundamental principle of American democracy. Yet, in reality, it has contributed more to eroding our democracy than supporting it. In Fearless Speech, Dr. Mary Anne Franks emphasizes the distinction between what speech a democratic society should protect and what speech a democratic society should promote.  While the First Amendment in theory is politically neutral, in practice it has been legally deployed most visibly and effectively to promote powerful antidemocratic interests: misogyny, racism, religious zealotry, and corporate self-interest, in other words, reckless speech. Instead, Franks argues, we need to focus on fearless speech—speakers who have risked their safety, their reputations, and in some cases their lives, to call out injustice and hold the powerful accountable. Whether it be civil rights leaders, the women of the #MeToo movement, or pro-choice advocates, Franks shows us how their cases and their voices can allow us to promote a more democratic version of free speech.  Told through an accessible narrative and ending with a call for change that urges us to reevaluate the legal precedents and uses of the First Amendment, Fearless Speech  is a revelatory new argument that urges us to reimagine what our society could look like. Mary Anne Franks Tue, 15 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755119 thebookvoice.com 8:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fearless Speech: Breaking Free from the First Amendment Author: Mary Anne Franks Narrator: Mary Anne Franks, Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A powerful debunking of First Amendment orthodoxy that critiques "reckless speech," which endangers vulnerable groups, and elevates "fearless speech," which seeks to advance equality and democracy. Freedom of speech has never been more important—or more controversial. From debates about what's permissible on social media, to the politics of campus speakers and corporate advertisements, the First Amendment is incessantly in the news and constantly being held up as the fundamental principle of American democracy. Yet, in reality, it has contributed more to eroding our democracy than supporting it. In Fearless Speech, Dr. Mary Anne Franks emphasizes the distinction between what speech a democratic society should protect and what speech a democratic society should promote.  While the First Amendment in theory is politically neutral, in practice it has been legally deployed most visibly and effectively to promote powerful antidemocratic interests: misogyny, racism, religious zealotry, and corporate self-interest, in other words, reckless speech. Instead, Franks argues, we need to focus on fearless speech—speakers who have risked their safety, their reputations, and in some cases their lives, to call out injustice and hold the powerful accountable. Whether it be civil rights leaders, the women of the #MeToo movement, or pro-choice advocates, Franks shows us how their cases and their voices can allow us to promote a more democratic version of free speech.  Told through an accessible narrative and ending with a call for change that urges us to reevaluate the legal precedents and uses of the First Amendment, Fearless Speech  is a revelatory new argument that urges us to reimagine what our society could look like. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fearless Speech: Breaking Free from the First Amendment Author: Mary Anne Franks Narrator: Mary Anne Franks, Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A powerful debunking of First Amendment orthodoxy that critiques "reckless speech," which endangers vulnerable groups, and elevates "fearless speech," which seeks to advance equality and democracy. Freedom of speech has never been more important—or more controversial. From debates about what's permissible on social media, to the politics of campus speakers and corporate advertisements, the First Amendment is incessantly in the news and constantly being held up as the fundamental principle of American democracy. Yet, in reality, it has contributed more to eroding our democracy than supporting it. In Fearless Speech, Dr. Mary Anne Franks emphasizes the distinction between what speech a democratic society should protect and what speech a democratic society should promote.  While the First Amendment in theory is politically neutral, in practice it has been legally deployed most visibly and effectively to promote powerful antidemocratic interests: misogyny, racism, religious zealotry, and corporate self-interest, in other words, reckless speech. Instead, Franks argues, we need to focus on fearless speech—speakers who have risked their safety, their reputations, and in some cases their lives, to call out injustice and hold the powerful accountable. Whether it be civil rights leaders, the women of the #MeToo movement, or pro-choice advocates, Franks shows us how their cases and their voices can allow us to promote a more democratic version of free speech.  Told through an accessible narrative and ending with a call for change that urges us to reevaluate the legal precedents and uses of the First Amendment, Fearless Speech  is a revelatory new argument that urges us to reimagine what our society could look like. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755094 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Star-Spangled Jesus: Leaving Christian Nationalism and Finding A True Faith Author: April Ajoy Narrator: April Ajoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this hilarious memoir, a social media star and podcast host shares about her time deeply entrenched in Christian Nationalism and how she left it behind to better follow Jesus. Social media influencer and podcast host April Ajoy wouldn’t have called herself a Christian Nationalist when she performed her original song “America Say Jesus” on the Jim Bakker show, or when she participated in Jesus Marches across America, or when she posted cringe-worthy videos on YouTube to campaign for Mitt Romney. April just considered herself a good Christian: faithful, Republican, and determined to make America a Christian nation once again.    But as her view of the world widened, Ajoy began to see cracks in her steadfast beliefs and recognized the ways her conservative politics and religion were intertwined in her mind. Did God really bless America? Is it actually by His red, white, and blue stripes that we are healed?    Part memoir, part guidebook, part call to action, Star-Spangled Jesus explores how the fight to make America a “Christian nation” has damaged us all and shows how one woman left Christian Nationalism and why America should too. April Ajoy Tue, 01 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755094 thebookvoice.com 8:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Star-Spangled Jesus: Leaving Christian Nationalism and Finding A True Faith Author: April Ajoy Narrator: April Ajoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this hilarious memoir, a social media star and podcast host shares about her time deeply entrenched in Christian Nationalism and how she left it behind to better follow Jesus. Social media influencer and podcast host April Ajoy wouldn’t have called herself a Christian Nationalist when she performed her original song “America Say Jesus” on the Jim Bakker show, or when she participated in Jesus Marches across America, or when she posted cringe-worthy videos on YouTube to campaign for Mitt Romney. April just considered herself a good Christian: faithful, Republican, and determined to make America a Christian nation once again.    But as her view of the world widened, Ajoy began to see cracks in her steadfast beliefs and recognized the ways her conservative politics and religion were intertwined in her mind. Did God really bless America? Is it actually by His red, white, and blue stripes that we are healed?    Part memoir, part guidebook, part call to action, Star-Spangled Jesus explores how the fight to make America a “Christian nation” has damaged us all and shows how one woman left Christian Nationalism and why America should too. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Star-Spangled Jesus: Leaving Christian Nationalism and Finding A True Faith Author: April Ajoy Narrator: April Ajoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: October 1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this hilarious memoir, a social media star and podcast host shares about her time deeply entrenched in Christian Nationalism and how she left it behind to better follow Jesus. Social media influencer and podcast host April Ajoy wouldn’t have called herself a Christian Nationalist when she performed her original song “America Say Jesus” on the Jim Bakker show, or when she participated in Jesus Marches across America, or when she posted cringe-worthy videos on YouTube to campaign for Mitt Romney. April just considered herself a good Christian: faithful, Republican, and determined to make America a Christian nation once again.    But as her view of the world widened, Ajoy began to see cracks in her steadfast beliefs and recognized the ways her conservative politics and religion were intertwined in her mind. Did God really bless America? Is it actually by His red, white, and blue stripes that we are healed?    Part memoir, part guidebook, part call to action, Star-Spangled Jesus explores how the fight to make America a “Christian nation” has damaged us all and shows how one woman left Christian Nationalism and why America should too. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755090 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild Faith: How the Christian Right Is Taking Over America Author: Talia Lavin Narrator: Talia Lavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The acclaimed author of Culture Warlords investigates the rise of the Christian Right over the last half-century that lays out the grim vision evangelicals are enforcing on our democracy. All across America, a storm is gathering: from book bans in school libraries to anti-trans laws in state legislatures; firebombings of abortion clinics and protests against gay rights. The Christian Right, a cunning political force in America for more than half a century, has never been more powerful than it is right now—it propelled Donald Trump to power, and it won’t stop until it’s refashioned America in its own image. In Wild Faith, critically acclaimed author Talia Lavin goes deep into what motivates the Christian Right, from its segregationist past to a future riddled with apocalyptic ideology. Using primary sources and firsthand accounts, Lavin introduces you to “deliverance ministers” who carry out exorcisms by the hundreds; modern-day, self-proclaimed prophets and apostles; Christian militias, cults, zealots, and showmen; and the people in power who are aiding them to achieve their goals. Along the way, she explores anti-abortion terrorists, the Christian Patriarchy movement, with its desire to place all women under absolute male control; the twisted theology that leads to rampant child abuse; and the ways conspiracy theorists and extremist Christians influence each other to mutual political benefit. From school boards to the Supreme Court, Christian theocracy is ascendant in America—and only through exploring its motivations and impacts can we understand the crisis we face. In Wild Faith, Lavin fearlessly confronts whether our democracy can survive an organized, fervent theocratic movement, one that seeks to impose its religious beliefs on American citizens. Talia Lavin Tue, 15 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755090 thebookvoice.com 9:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild Faith: How the Christian Right Is Taking Over America Author: Talia Lavin Narrator: Talia Lavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The acclaimed author of Culture Warlords investigates the rise of the Christian Right over the last half-century that lays out the grim vision evangelicals are enforcing on our democracy. All across America, a storm is gathering: from book bans in school libraries to anti-trans laws in state legislatures; firebombings of abortion clinics and protests against gay rights. The Christian Right, a cunning political force in America for more than half a century, has never been more powerful than it is right now—it propelled Donald Trump to power, and it won’t stop until it’s refashioned America in its own image. In Wild Faith, critically acclaimed author Talia Lavin goes deep into what motivates the Christian Right, from its segregationist past to a future riddled with apocalyptic ideology. Using primary sources and firsthand accounts, Lavin introduces you to “deliverance ministers” who carry out exorcisms by the hundreds; modern-day, self-proclaimed prophets and apostles; Christian militias, cults, zealots, and showmen; and the people in power who are aiding them to achieve their goals. Along the way, she explores anti-abortion terrorists, the Christian Patriarchy movement, with its desire to place all women under absolute male control; the twisted theology that leads to rampant child abuse; and the ways conspiracy theorists and extremist Christians influence each other to mutual political benefit. From school boards to the Supreme Court, Christian theocracy is ascendant in America—and only through exploring its motivations and impacts can we understand the crisis we face. In Wild Faith, Lavin fearlessly confronts whether our democracy can survive an organized, fervent theocratic movement, one that seeks to impose its religious beliefs on American citizens. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/755090]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild Faith: How the Christian Right Is Taking Over America Author: Talia Lavin Narrator: Talia Lavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The acclaimed author of Culture Warlords investigates the rise of the Christian Right over the last half-century that lays out the grim vision evangelicals are enforcing on our democracy. All across America, a storm is gathering: from book bans in school libraries to anti-trans laws in state legislatures; firebombings of abortion clinics and protests against gay rights. The Christian Right, a cunning political force in America for more than half a century, has never been more powerful than it is right now—it propelled Donald Trump to power, and it won’t stop until it’s refashioned America in its own image. In Wild Faith, critically acclaimed author Talia Lavin goes deep into what motivates the Christian Right, from its segregationist past to a future riddled with apocalyptic ideology. Using primary sources and firsthand accounts, Lavin introduces you to “deliverance ministers” who carry out exorcisms by the hundreds; modern-day, self-proclaimed prophets and apostles; Christian militias, cults, zealots, and showmen; and the people in power who are aiding them to achieve their goals. Along the way, she explores anti-abortion terrorists, the Christian Patriarchy movement, with its desire to place all women under absolute male control; the twisted theology that leads to rampant child abuse; and the ways conspiracy theorists and extremist Christians influence each other to mutual political benefit. From school boards to the Supreme Court, Christian theocracy is ascendant in America—and only through exploring its motivations and impacts can we understand the crisis we face. In Wild Faith, Lavin fearlessly confronts whether our democracy can survive an organized, fervent theocratic movement, one that seeks to impose its religious beliefs on American citizens. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/754934 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/754934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rights and Freedoms in Peril: An Investigative Report on the Left's Attack on America Author: Tom Fitton Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “When it comes to fighting for the American people’s ‘right to know,’ no one holds a candle to Tom Fitton and his team at Judicial Watch” (Sean Hannity) and now he returns with an exhaustive investigation into the progressive movement’s efforts to dismantle the venerable institutions of American rights and freedoms. Since the release of bestselling author Tom Fitton’s third book, A Republic Under Assault, the Left has taken extraordinary steps to eradicate American liberty, motivated by a radical ideology whose adherents occupy the nation’s highest offices. Rights and Freedoms in Peril, Fitton’s latest book, details a long chain of abuses officials and politicians have made against the American people and calls readers to battle for the soul and survival of America. Fitton and his team at Judicial Watch march readers to the front lines where the progressive movement threatens America’s most venerable institutions, undermining the core principles that make this country a beacon of hope to the world. The Left has declared war on everything from the rule of law to colorblind merit, border security, and government accountability. Their anti-American agenda must be stopped to save our country’s future. Tom Fitton Tue, 15 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/754934 thebookvoice.com 7:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/754934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rights and Freedoms in Peril: An Investigative Report on the Left's Attack on America Author: Tom Fitton Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “When it comes to fighting for the American people’s ‘right to know,’ no one holds a candle to Tom Fitton and his team at Judicial Watch” (Sean Hannity) and now he returns with an exhaustive investigation into the progressive movement’s efforts to dismantle the venerable institutions of American rights and freedoms. Since the release of bestselling author Tom Fitton’s third book, A Republic Under Assault, the Left has taken extraordinary steps to eradicate American liberty, motivated by a radical ideology whose adherents occupy the nation’s highest offices. Rights and Freedoms in Peril, Fitton’s latest book, details a long chain of abuses officials and politicians have made against the American people and calls readers to battle for the soul and survival of America. Fitton and his team at Judicial Watch march readers to the front lines where the progressive movement threatens America’s most venerable institutions, undermining the core principles that make this country a beacon of hope to the world. The Left has declared war on everything from the rule of law to colorblind merit, border security, and government accountability. Their anti-American agenda must be stopped to save our country’s future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/754934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rights and Freedoms in Peril: An Investigative Report on the Left's Attack on America Author: Tom Fitton Narrator: Kirby Heyborne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “When it comes to fighting for the American people’s ‘right to know,’ no one holds a candle to Tom Fitton and his team at Judicial Watch” (Sean Hannity) and now he returns with an exhaustive investigation into the progressive movement’s efforts to dismantle the venerable institutions of American rights and freedoms. Since the release of bestselling author Tom Fitton’s third book, A Republic Under Assault, the Left has taken extraordinary steps to eradicate American liberty, motivated by a radical ideology whose adherents occupy the nation’s highest offices. Rights and Freedoms in Peril, Fitton’s latest book, details a long chain of abuses officials and politicians have made against the American people and calls readers to battle for the soul and survival of America. Fitton and his team at Judicial Watch march readers to the front lines where the progressive movement threatens America’s most venerable institutions, undermining the core principles that make this country a beacon of hope to the world. The Left has declared war on everything from the rule of law to colorblind merit, border security, and government accountability. Their anti-American agenda must be stopped to save our country’s future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/754932 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/754932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Used to Like You Until...: (How Binary Thinking Divides Us) Author: Kat Timpf Narrator: Kat Timpf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In this whip-smart follow-up to the “ruthlessly honest exploration of comedy and cancellation” (Dr. Drew) You Can’t Joke About That, New York Times bestselling author Kat Timpf examines the dangers of binary thinking, and how it threatens to take over our institutions, relationships, and even our freedoms. For some reason, when it comes to complex issues, we’ve largely limited ourselves to just two options, resulting in a society of non-thinkers. After all, once you’ve picked a side, all the thinking has already been done for you. As an independent, libertarian voter who has spent the last ten years at Fox News, Kat has faced this issue too many times to count. She’s learned that surprising things can happen when you refuse to choose a team, especially when you work at a place some people call an existential threat to America. Binary thinking is much more than just the enemy of critical thinking, it’s also an immediate danger to our political discourse, our institutions, our way of consuming news, our relationships, our creativity, and even to our freedoms. All too often, we will let a single difference in viewpoint, an assumption, or an association be enough to write off another person entirely, even if we know nothing else about them. We miss out on opportunities to connect or even collaborate, all while the people in power over us benefit from our division. Through humorous examples from her own life and insight only someone in her bizarre position can possess, Kat reminds us that the world doesn’t have to be so black and white. In her signature witty voice, Kat inspires us to lean into thoughtful consideration, genuine conversation, vulnerability, and only hating people when they really deserve it. Kat Timpf Tue, 10 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/754932 thebookvoice.com 6:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/754932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Used to Like You Until...: (How Binary Thinking Divides Us) Author: Kat Timpf Narrator: Kat Timpf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In this whip-smart follow-up to the “ruthlessly honest exploration of comedy and cancellation” (Dr. Drew) You Can’t Joke About That, New York Times bestselling author Kat Timpf examines the dangers of binary thinking, and how it threatens to take over our institutions, relationships, and even our freedoms. For some reason, when it comes to complex issues, we’ve largely limited ourselves to just two options, resulting in a society of non-thinkers. After all, once you’ve picked a side, all the thinking has already been done for you. As an independent, libertarian voter who has spent the last ten years at Fox News, Kat has faced this issue too many times to count. She’s learned that surprising things can happen when you refuse to choose a team, especially when you work at a place some people call an existential threat to America. Binary thinking is much more than just the enemy of critical thinking, it’s also an immediate danger to our political discourse, our institutions, our way of consuming news, our relationships, our creativity, and even to our freedoms. All too often, we will let a single difference in viewpoint, an assumption, or an association be enough to write off another person entirely, even if we know nothing else about them. We miss out on opportunities to connect or even collaborate, all while the people in power over us benefit from our division. Through humorous examples from her own life and insight only someone in her bizarre position can possess, Kat reminds us that the world doesn’t have to be so black and white. In her signature witty voice, Kat inspires us to lean into thoughtful consideration, genuine conversation, vulnerability, and only hating people when they really deserve it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/754932]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Used to Like You Until...: (How Binary Thinking Divides Us) Author: Kat Timpf Narrator: Kat Timpf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In this whip-smart follow-up to the “ruthlessly honest exploration of comedy and cancellation” (Dr. Drew) You Can’t Joke About That, New York Times bestselling author Kat Timpf examines the dangers of binary thinking, and how it threatens to take over our institutions, relationships, and even our freedoms. For some reason, when it comes to complex issues, we’ve largely limited ourselves to just two options, resulting in a society of non-thinkers. After all, once you’ve picked a side, all the thinking has already been done for you. As an independent, libertarian voter who has spent the last ten years at Fox News, Kat has faced this issue too many times to count. She’s learned that surprising things can happen when you refuse to choose a team, especially when you work at a place some people call an existential threat to America. Binary thinking is much more than just the enemy of critical thinking, it’s also an immediate danger to our political discourse, our institutions, our way of consuming news, our relationships, our creativity, and even to our freedoms. All too often, we will let a single difference in viewpoint, an assumption, or an association be enough to write off another person entirely, even if we know nothing else about them. We miss out on opportunities to connect or even collaborate, all while the people in power over us benefit from our division. Through humorous examples from her own life and insight only someone in her bizarre position can possess, Kat reminds us that the world doesn’t have to be so black and white. In her signature witty voice, Kat inspires us to lean into thoughtful consideration, genuine conversation, vulnerability, and only hating people when they really deserve it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/754886 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/754886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El arte del gobierno: Confucio, Nizam y Maquiavelo Author: Ugo Pipitone Narrator: Rafa Blásquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Una mirada a tres pensadores políticos del pasado en busca de claves para renovar el presente y recuperar el futuro. Vivimos un momento en la historia peligrosamente inédito. El crecimiento económico desigual y desproporcionado ha ocasionado una catastrófica corrosión del medio ambiente y una aguda polarización social. Ampliossectores de la población mundial experimentan un desencanto creciente por la democracia y proliferan los líderes populistas, de derecha e izquierda, capaces de destruir las estructuras del Estado de derecho. Ante este complejo panorama, ¿qué soluciones podríamos encontrar en Confucio, un sabio chino de hace más de dos mil años; en Nizam al-Mulk, el visir de un antiguo sultán persa del que nos separan mil años, y, finalmente, en Maquiavelo, el diplomático y filósofo que vivió en Florencia hace quinientos años, en la cúspide del Renacimiento? Cada uno intentó responder a su manera a la pregunta: ¿cómo se gobierna la complejidad? En este ensayo, Ugo Pipitone realiza un lúcido recorrido de Oriente a Occidente, del pasado remoto al pasado reciente, analizando no sólo el pensamiento político de estas tres figuras emblemáticas, sino también su contexto histórico. Para Confucio, nos dice,laclave de un buen gobierno reside en la ética; para Nizam, el Estado debe ser la manifestación terrenal de los preceptos de unareligión; mientras que Maquiavelo representa el nacimiento de la política como una cuestión plenamente laica, donde la democracia requiere el reconocimiento del conflicto social para no anquilosarse. Cada uno tiene sus luces y sus sombras, sus áreas naturalmentecaducas, pero los tres tienen mucho que aportar a este momento que nos demanda, con urgencia, imaginación y responsabilidad colectiva. Ugo Pipitone Thu, 15 Feb 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/754886 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/754886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El arte del gobierno: Confucio, Nizam y Maquiavelo Author: Ugo Pipitone Narrator: Rafa Blásquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Una mirada a tres pensadores políticos del pasado en busca de claves para renovar el presente y recuperar el futuro. Vivimos un momento en la historia peligrosamente inédito. El crecimiento económico desigual y desproporcionado ha ocasionado una catastrófica corrosión del medio ambiente y una aguda polarización social. Ampliossectores de la población mundial experimentan un desencanto creciente por la democracia y proliferan los líderes populistas, de derecha e izquierda, capaces de destruir las estructuras del Estado de derecho. Ante este complejo panorama, ¿qué soluciones podríamos encontrar en Confucio, un sabio chino de hace más de dos mil años; en Nizam al-Mulk, el visir de un antiguo sultán persa del que nos separan mil años, y, finalmente, en Maquiavelo, el diplomático y filósofo que vivió en Florencia hace quinientos años, en la cúspide del Renacimiento? Cada uno intentó responder a su manera a la pregunta: ¿cómo se gobierna la complejidad? En este ensayo, Ugo Pipitone realiza un lúcido recorrido de Oriente a Occidente, del pasado remoto al pasado reciente, analizando no sólo el pensamiento político de estas tres figuras emblemáticas, sino también su contexto histórico. Para Confucio, nos dice,laclave de un buen gobierno reside en la ética; para Nizam, el Estado debe ser la manifestación terrenal de los preceptos de unareligión; mientras que Maquiavelo representa el nacimiento de la política como una cuestión plenamente laica, donde la democracia requiere el reconocimiento del conflicto social para no anquilosarse. Cada uno tiene sus luces y sus sombras, sus áreas naturalmentecaducas, pero los tres tienen mucho que aportar a este momento que nos demanda, con urgencia, imaginación y responsabilidad colectiva. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/754886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El arte del gobierno: Confucio, Nizam y Maquiavelo Author: Ugo Pipitone Narrator: Rafa Blásquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Una mirada a tres pensadores políticos del pasado en busca de claves para renovar el presente y recuperar el futuro. Vivimos un momento en la historia peligrosamente inédito. El crecimiento económico desigual y desproporcionado ha ocasionado una catastrófica corrosión del medio ambiente y una aguda polarización social. Ampliossectores de la población mundial experimentan un desencanto creciente por la democracia y proliferan los líderes populistas, de derecha e izquierda, capaces de destruir las estructuras del Estado de derecho. Ante este complejo panorama, ¿qué soluciones podríamos encontrar en Confucio, un sabio chino de hace más de dos mil años; en Nizam al-Mulk, el visir de un antiguo sultán persa del que nos separan mil años, y, finalmente, en Maquiavelo, el diplomático y filósofo que vivió en Florencia hace quinientos años, en la cúspide del Renacimiento? Cada uno intentó responder a su manera a la pregunta: ¿cómo se gobierna la complejidad? En este ensayo, Ugo Pipitone realiza un lúcido recorrido de Oriente a Occidente, del pasado remoto al pasado reciente, analizando no sólo el pensamiento político de estas tres figuras emblemáticas, sino también su contexto histórico. Para Confucio, nos dice,laclave de un buen gobierno reside en la ética; para Nizam, el Estado debe ser la manifestación terrenal de los preceptos de unareligión; mientras que Maquiavelo representa el nacimiento de la política como una cuestión plenamente laica, donde la democracia requiere el reconocimiento del conflicto social para no anquilosarse. Cada uno tiene sus luces y sus sombras, sus áreas naturalmentecaducas, pero los tres tienen mucho que aportar a este momento que nos demanda, con urgencia, imaginación y responsabilidad colectiva. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753901 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goodbye Globalization: The Return of a Divided World Author: Elisabeth Braw Narrator: Brigid Lohrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A bold new account of the state of globalization today—and what its collapse might mean for the world economy After the Cold War, globalization accelerated at breakneck speed. Manufacturing, transport, and consumption defied national borders, companies made more money, and consumers had access to an ever-increasing range of goods. But in recent years, a profound shift has begun to take place. Business executives and politicians alike are realizing that globalization is no longer working. Supply chains are imperiled, Russia has been expelled from the global economy after its invasion of Ukraine, and China is using these fissures to leverage a strategic advantage. Given these pressures, what will the future of our world economy look like? In this groundbreaking account, Elisabeth Braw explores the collapse of globalization and the profound challenges it will bring to the West. Drawing on interviews with prominent executives and policymakers from around the world, Braw poses the difficult questions all businesses and economies will face—and traces the intricate story of globalization from the exuberant 90s to the embattled present. Elisabeth Braw Tue, 09 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753901 thebookvoice.com 13:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goodbye Globalization: The Return of a Divided World Author: Elisabeth Braw Narrator: Brigid Lohrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A bold new account of the state of globalization today—and what its collapse might mean for the world economy After the Cold War, globalization accelerated at breakneck speed. Manufacturing, transport, and consumption defied national borders, companies made more money, and consumers had access to an ever-increasing range of goods. But in recent years, a profound shift has begun to take place. Business executives and politicians alike are realizing that globalization is no longer working. Supply chains are imperiled, Russia has been expelled from the global economy after its invasion of Ukraine, and China is using these fissures to leverage a strategic advantage. Given these pressures, what will the future of our world economy look like? In this groundbreaking account, Elisabeth Braw explores the collapse of globalization and the profound challenges it will bring to the West. Drawing on interviews with prominent executives and policymakers from around the world, Braw poses the difficult questions all businesses and economies will face—and traces the intricate story of globalization from the exuberant 90s to the embattled present. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753901]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goodbye Globalization: The Return of a Divided World Author: Elisabeth Braw Narrator: Brigid Lohrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A bold new account of the state of globalization today—and what its collapse might mean for the world economy After the Cold War, globalization accelerated at breakneck speed. Manufacturing, transport, and consumption defied national borders, companies made more money, and consumers had access to an ever-increasing range of goods. But in recent years, a profound shift has begun to take place. Business executives and politicians alike are realizing that globalization is no longer working. Supply chains are imperiled, Russia has been expelled from the global economy after its invasion of Ukraine, and China is using these fissures to leverage a strategic advantage. Given these pressures, what will the future of our world economy look like? In this groundbreaking account, Elisabeth Braw explores the collapse of globalization and the profound challenges it will bring to the West. Drawing on interviews with prominent executives and policymakers from around the world, Braw poses the difficult questions all businesses and economies will face—and traces the intricate story of globalization from the exuberant 90s to the embattled present. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753767 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climbing the Rough Side of the Mountain: The extraordinary story of love, civil rights, and labor activism Author: Norman Hill, Velma Murphy Hill Narrator: Arnell Powell, Kim Staunton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The remarkable story of a couple who came together during the Civil Rights Movement and made fighting for equality and civil and workers’ rights their purpose for more than sixty years, overcoming adversity—with the strength of their love and commitment—to bring about meaningful change.Norman Hill was the national program director of the Congress of Racial Equality (CORE), staff coordinator for the 1963 March on Washington for Jobs and Freedom, staff representative of the Industrial Union Department of the AFL-CIO, and president of the A. Philip Randolph Institute from 1980 to 2004, the longest tenure in the organization’s history. He remains its president emeritus.Velma Murphy Hill, a graduate of the Harvard Graduate School of Education, was a leader of the Chicago Wade-in to integrate Rainbow Beach, East Coast field secretary for CORE, and assistant to the president of the United Federation of Teachers, where she unionized 10,000 paraprofessionals, primarily Black and Hispanic, working in New York public schools. She was vice president of the American Federation of Teachers and International Affairs and civil rights director of the Service Employees International Union.The Hills were the only Black couple to hold leadership positions in the civil rights and labor movements.When Velma Murphy was knocked unconscious by a brick thrown by a man from an angry white mob and was carried away by Norman Hill, it was the beginning ofa six-decade-long love story and the turmoil, excitement, and struggle for civil rights and labor movements. In Climbing the Rough Side of the Mountain, the Hills reflect upon their more than half century of fighting to make America realize the best of itself. Through profound conversations between the two, Velma and Norman Hill share their earliest memories of facing racial segregation in the 1960s, working with Martin Luther King, Jr., Bayard Rustin, and A. Philip Randolph, crossing paths with Malcolm X and Stokely Carmichael. They also reveal how they kept white supremacists like David Duke from taking office, organized workers into unions, met with Presidents Bill Clinton and Barack Obama, and continued to work tirelessly, fighting the good fight and successfully challenging power with truth. Norman Hill, Velma Murphy Hill Tue, 06 Feb 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753767 thebookvoice.com 13:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climbing the Rough Side of the Mountain: The extraordinary story of love, civil rights, and labor activism Author: Norman Hill, Velma Murphy Hill Narrator: Arnell Powell, Kim Staunton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The remarkable story of a couple who came together during the Civil Rights Movement and made fighting for equality and civil and workers’ rights their purpose for more than sixty years, overcoming adversity—with the strength of their love and commitment—to bring about meaningful change.Norman Hill was the national program director of the Congress of Racial Equality (CORE), staff coordinator for the 1963 March on Washington for Jobs and Freedom, staff representative of the Industrial Union Department of the AFL-CIO, and president of the A. Philip Randolph Institute from 1980 to 2004, the longest tenure in the organization’s history. He remains its president emeritus.Velma Murphy Hill, a graduate of the Harvard Graduate School of Education, was a leader of the Chicago Wade-in to integrate Rainbow Beach, East Coast field secretary for CORE, and assistant to the president of the United Federation of Teachers, where she unionized 10,000 paraprofessionals, primarily Black and Hispanic, working in New York public schools. She was vice president of the American Federation of Teachers and International Affairs and civil rights director of the Service Employees International Union.The Hills were the only Black couple to hold leadership positions in the civil rights and labor movements.When Velma Murphy was knocked unconscious by a brick thrown by a man from an angry white mob and was carried away by Norman Hill, it was the beginning ofa six-decade-long love story and the turmoil, excitement, and struggle for civil rights and labor movements. In Climbing the Rough Side of the Mountain, the Hills reflect upon their more than half century of fighting to make America realize the best of itself. Through profound conversations between the two, Velma and Norman Hill share their earliest memories of facing racial segregation in the 1960s, working with Martin Luther King, Jr., Bayard Rustin, and A. Philip Randolph, crossing paths with Malcolm X and Stokely Carmichael. They also reveal how they kept white supremacists like David Duke from taking office, organized workers into unions, met with Presidents Bill Clinton and Barack Obama, and continued to work tirelessly, fighting the good fight and successfully challenging power with truth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Climbing the Rough Side of the Mountain: The extraordinary story of love, civil rights, and labor activism Author: Norman Hill, Velma Murphy Hill Narrator: Arnell Powell, Kim Staunton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The remarkable story of a couple who came together during the Civil Rights Movement and made fighting for equality and civil and workers’ rights their purpose for more than sixty years, overcoming adversity—with the strength of their love and commitment—to bring about meaningful change.Norman Hill was the national program director of the Congress of Racial Equality (CORE), staff coordinator for the 1963 March on Washington for Jobs and Freedom, staff representative of the Industrial Union Department of the AFL-CIO, and president of the A. Philip Randolph Institute from 1980 to 2004, the longest tenure in the organization’s history. He remains its president emeritus.Velma Murphy Hill, a graduate of the Harvard Graduate School of Education, was a leader of the Chicago Wade-in to integrate Rainbow Beach, East Coast field secretary for CORE, and assistant to the president of the United Federation of Teachers, where she unionized 10,000 paraprofessionals, primarily Black and Hispanic, working in New York public schools. She was vice president of the American Federation of Teachers and International Affairs and civil rights director of the Service Employees International Union.The Hills were the only Black couple to hold leadership positions in the civil rights and labor movements.When Velma Murphy was knocked unconscious by a brick thrown by a man from an angry white mob and was carried away by Norman Hill, it was the beginning ofa six-decade-long love story and the turmoil, excitement, and struggle for civil rights and labor movements. In Climbing the Rough Side of the Mountain, the Hills reflect upon their more than half century of fighting to make America realize the best of itself. Through profound conversations between the two, Velma and Norman Hill share their earliest memories of facing racial segregation in the 1960s, working with Martin Luther King, Jr., Bayard Rustin, and A. Philip Randolph, crossing paths with Malcolm X and Stokely Carmichael. They also reveal how they kept white supremacists like David Duke from taking office, organized workers into unions, met with Presidents Bill Clinton and Barack Obama, and continued to work tirelessly, fighting the good fight and successfully challenging power with truth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753710 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Leadership: Lessons for the 21st Century Author: Tony Blair Narrator: Tony Blair Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 5, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Tony Blair learnt the precepts of governing the hard way: by leading a country for over ten years. In that time he came to understand that there are certain key characteristics of successful government that he wished he had known about when he started. Now he has written the manual on political leadership that he would have wanted when he first took office in 1997, sharing the insights he has gained from his personal experience and from observing other world leaders at first hand, both while he was prime minister and since, through his Institute’s work with political leaders and governments globally. Written in short, pithy chapters, packed with examples drawn from all forms of political systems from around the world, the book answers the key questions: How should a leader organise the centre of government and their office? How should they prioritise and develop the right plan and hire the right personnel, cope with unforeseen events and crises, and balance short-term wins with longterm structural change? What’s the best way to deal with an obstructive or inert bureaucracy, to attract investment, to reform healthcare or education, and to ensure security for the citizen? And how should governments harness the massive opportunities of the 21st-century technological revolution? This is a masterclass on leadership in general, and political leadership in particular, from a master statesman. 'A fascinating treatise on leadership . . . I am glad Blair has written it. It will fascinate anyone interested in the art of governing, even in the abstract' Nicola Sturgeon, Guardian 'Engaging, insightful, provocative' Observer ©2024 Tony Blair (P)2024 Penguin Audio Tony Blair Thu, 05 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753710 thebookvoice.com 8:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Leadership: Lessons for the 21st Century Author: Tony Blair Narrator: Tony Blair Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 5, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Tony Blair learnt the precepts of governing the hard way: by leading a country for over ten years. In that time he came to understand that there are certain key characteristics of successful government that he wished he had known about when he started. Now he has written the manual on political leadership that he would have wanted when he first took office in 1997, sharing the insights he has gained from his personal experience and from observing other world leaders at first hand, both while he was prime minister and since, through his Institute’s work with political leaders and governments globally. Written in short, pithy chapters, packed with examples drawn from all forms of political systems from around the world, the book answers the key questions: How should a leader organise the centre of government and their office? How should they prioritise and develop the right plan and hire the right personnel, cope with unforeseen events and crises, and balance short-term wins with longterm structural change? What’s the best way to deal with an obstructive or inert bureaucracy, to attract investment, to reform healthcare or education, and to ensure security for the citizen? And how should governments harness the massive opportunities of the 21st-century technological revolution? This is a masterclass on leadership in general, and political leadership in particular, from a master statesman. 'A fascinating treatise on leadership . . . I am glad Blair has written it. It will fascinate anyone interested in the art of governing, even in the abstract' Nicola Sturgeon, Guardian 'Engaging, insightful, provocative' Observer ©2024 Tony Blair (P)2024 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Leadership: Lessons for the 21st Century Author: Tony Blair Narrator: Tony Blair Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 5, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Tony Blair learnt the precepts of governing the hard way: by leading a country for over ten years. In that time he came to understand that there are certain key characteristics of successful government that he wished he had known about when he started. Now he has written the manual on political leadership that he would have wanted when he first took office in 1997, sharing the insights he has gained from his personal experience and from observing other world leaders at first hand, both while he was prime minister and since, through his Institute’s work with political leaders and governments globally. Written in short, pithy chapters, packed with examples drawn from all forms of political systems from around the world, the book answers the key questions: How should a leader organise the centre of government and their office? How should they prioritise and develop the right plan and hire the right personnel, cope with unforeseen events and crises, and balance short-term wins with longterm structural change? What’s the best way to deal with an obstructive or inert bureaucracy, to attract investment, to reform healthcare or education, and to ensure security for the citizen? And how should governments harness the massive opportunities of the 21st-century technological revolution? This is a masterclass on leadership in general, and political leadership in particular, from a master statesman. 'A fascinating treatise on leadership . . . I am glad Blair has written it. It will fascinate anyone interested in the art of governing, even in the abstract' Nicola Sturgeon, Guardian 'Engaging, insightful, provocative' Observer ©2024 Tony Blair (P)2024 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753707 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los últimos españoles de Mauthausen: La historia de nuestros deportados, sus verdugos y sus cómplices Author: Carlos Hernández De Miguel Narrator: Eugenio Barona Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Los últimos españoles de Mauthausen, un libro sin ficción. Una recopilación de relatos vividos por los españoles y españolas supervivientes de los campos de concentración nazis. La historia de nuestros deportados, sus verdugos y sus cómplices. Un libro único cuando se cumple el setenta aniversario de la liberación de los campos nazis. «Tenía que intentar contar nueve mil historias, una por cada uno de los españoles y españolas que pasaron por los campos de concentración nazis. Sentía la necesidad de reflejar sus anhelos, viajar con ellos en esos fatídicos trenes de la muerte, acercarme a su sufrimiento en los campos, a la solidaridad en que se apoyaron para tratar de sobrevivir, a su alegría durante la liberación y a su frustración ante la imposibilidad de volver a su patria. Para ello visité a los pocos supervivientes que aún pueden hablar en primera persona. Conocerles ha sido uno de los mayores privilegios que me ha dado la vida. No es un libro fácil, nunca pretendió serlo, pero espero que resulte útil ya que la historia de nuestros deportados no tiene fecha de caducidad. La intolerancia, el racismo, el populismo, las traiciones que sufrieron, los pactos que hicieron sus verdugos, la pasividad de «los hombres buenos»... casi todo lo ocurrido se puede extrapolar hasta nuestros días. En este caso, quizás más que en ningún otro,mirar hacia el pasado es la mejor forma de comprender el presente y de prever nuestro futuro.» Carlos Hernández de Miguel En este libro se habla de víctimas y de verdugos. Los últimos españoles supervivientes de los campos de exterminio nazis nos recuerdan su sufrimiento y la forma en que perdieron a miles de compañeros a manos de los siniestros miembros de las SS. Sus palabras nos llevan a un mundo de torturas inimaginables, pero también de dignidad, solidaridad y resistencia. Esta es la historia de esos hombres y mujeres que sobrevivieron o murieron entre las alambradas de Mauthausen, Buchenwald, Ravensbrück o Dachau. Y es también la crónica periodística que denuncia a los políticos, militares, empresarios y naciones que hicieron posible que más de nueve mil españoles fueran deportados a los campos de la muerte. Carlos Hernández De Miguel Thu, 15 Feb 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753707 thebookvoice.com 17:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los últimos españoles de Mauthausen: La historia de nuestros deportados, sus verdugos y sus cómplices Author: Carlos Hernández De Miguel Narrator: Eugenio Barona Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Los últimos españoles de Mauthausen, un libro sin ficción. Una recopilación de relatos vividos por los españoles y españolas supervivientes de los campos de concentración nazis. La historia de nuestros deportados, sus verdugos y sus cómplices. Un libro único cuando se cumple el setenta aniversario de la liberación de los campos nazis. «Tenía que intentar contar nueve mil historias, una por cada uno de los españoles y españolas que pasaron por los campos de concentración nazis. Sentía la necesidad de reflejar sus anhelos, viajar con ellos en esos fatídicos trenes de la muerte, acercarme a su sufrimiento en los campos, a la solidaridad en que se apoyaron para tratar de sobrevivir, a su alegría durante la liberación y a su frustración ante la imposibilidad de volver a su patria. Para ello visité a los pocos supervivientes que aún pueden hablar en primera persona. Conocerles ha sido uno de los mayores privilegios que me ha dado la vida. No es un libro fácil, nunca pretendió serlo, pero espero que resulte útil ya que la historia de nuestros deportados no tiene fecha de caducidad. La intolerancia, el racismo, el populismo, las traiciones que sufrieron, los pactos que hicieron sus verdugos, la pasividad de «los hombres buenos»... casi todo lo ocurrido se puede extrapolar hasta nuestros días. En este caso, quizás más que en ningún otro,mirar hacia el pasado es la mejor forma de comprender el presente y de prever nuestro futuro.» Carlos Hernández de Miguel En este libro se habla de víctimas y de verdugos. Los últimos españoles supervivientes de los campos de exterminio nazis nos recuerdan su sufrimiento y la forma en que perdieron a miles de compañeros a manos de los siniestros miembros de las SS. Sus palabras nos llevan a un mundo de torturas inimaginables, pero también de dignidad, solidaridad y resistencia. Esta es la historia de esos hombres y mujeres que sobrevivieron o murieron entre las alambradas de Mauthausen, Buchenwald, Ravensbrück o Dachau. Y es también la crónica periodística que denuncia a los políticos, militares, empresarios y naciones que hicieron posible que más de nueve mil españoles fueran deportados a los campos de la muerte. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los últimos españoles de Mauthausen: La historia de nuestros deportados, sus verdugos y sus cómplices Author: Carlos Hernández De Miguel Narrator: Eugenio Barona Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 37 minutes Release date: February 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Los últimos españoles de Mauthausen, un libro sin ficción. Una recopilación de relatos vividos por los españoles y españolas supervivientes de los campos de concentración nazis. La historia de nuestros deportados, sus verdugos y sus cómplices. Un libro único cuando se cumple el setenta aniversario de la liberación de los campos nazis. «Tenía que intentar contar nueve mil historias, una por cada uno de los españoles y españolas que pasaron por los campos de concentración nazis. Sentía la necesidad de reflejar sus anhelos, viajar con ellos en esos fatídicos trenes de la muerte, acercarme a su sufrimiento en los campos, a la solidaridad en que se apoyaron para tratar de sobrevivir, a su alegría durante la liberación y a su frustración ante la imposibilidad de volver a su patria. Para ello visité a los pocos supervivientes que aún pueden hablar en primera persona. Conocerles ha sido uno de los mayores privilegios que me ha dado la vida. No es un libro fácil, nunca pretendió serlo, pero espero que resulte útil ya que la historia de nuestros deportados no tiene fecha de caducidad. La intolerancia, el racismo, el populismo, las traiciones que sufrieron, los pactos que hicieron sus verdugos, la pasividad de «los hombres buenos»... casi todo lo ocurrido se puede extrapolar hasta nuestros días. En este caso, quizás más que en ningún otro,mirar hacia el pasado es la mejor forma de comprender el presente y de prever nuestro futuro.» Carlos Hernández de Miguel En este libro se habla de víctimas y de verdugos. Los últimos españoles supervivientes de los campos de exterminio nazis nos recuerdan su sufrimiento y la forma en que perdieron a miles de compañeros a manos de los siniestros miembros de las SS. Sus palabras nos llevan a un mundo de torturas inimaginables, pero también de dignidad, solidaridad y resistencia. Esta es la historia de esos hombres y mujeres que sobrevivieron o murieron entre las alambradas de Mauthausen, Buchenwald, Ravensbrück o Dachau. Y es también la crónica periodística que denuncia a los políticos, militares, empresarios y naciones que hicieron posible que más de nueve mil españoles fueran deportados a los campos de la muerte. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753688 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cyborg: The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series) Author: Danya Glabau, Laura Forlano Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This introduction to cyborg theory provides a critical vantage point for analyzing the claims around emerging technologies like automation, robots, and AI. Cyborg analyzes and reframes popular and scholarly conversations about cyborgs from the perspective of feminist cyborg theory. Drawing on their combined decades of training, teaching, and research in the social sciences, design, and engineering education, Laura Forlano and Danya Glabau introduce an approach called critical cyborg literacy. Critical cyborg literacy foregrounds power dynamics and pays attention to the ways that social and cultural factors such as gender, race, and disability shape how technology is imagined, developed, used, and resisted. Forlano and Glabau offer critical cyborg literacy as a way of thinking through questions about the relationship between humanity and technology. Cyborg examines whether modern technologies make us all cyborgs—if we consider, for instance, the fact that we use daily technologies at work, have technologies embedded into our bodies in health care applications, or use technology to critically explore possibilities as artists, designers, activists, and creators. Lastly, Cyborg offers perspectives from critical race, feminist, and disability thinkers to help chart a path forward for cyborg theory in the twenty-first century. Danya Glabau, Laura Forlano Tue, 09 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753688 thebookvoice.com 4:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cyborg: The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series) Author: Danya Glabau, Laura Forlano Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This introduction to cyborg theory provides a critical vantage point for analyzing the claims around emerging technologies like automation, robots, and AI. Cyborg analyzes and reframes popular and scholarly conversations about cyborgs from the perspective of feminist cyborg theory. Drawing on their combined decades of training, teaching, and research in the social sciences, design, and engineering education, Laura Forlano and Danya Glabau introduce an approach called critical cyborg literacy. Critical cyborg literacy foregrounds power dynamics and pays attention to the ways that social and cultural factors such as gender, race, and disability shape how technology is imagined, developed, used, and resisted. Forlano and Glabau offer critical cyborg literacy as a way of thinking through questions about the relationship between humanity and technology. Cyborg examines whether modern technologies make us all cyborgs—if we consider, for instance, the fact that we use daily technologies at work, have technologies embedded into our bodies in health care applications, or use technology to critically explore possibilities as artists, designers, activists, and creators. Lastly, Cyborg offers perspectives from critical race, feminist, and disability thinkers to help chart a path forward for cyborg theory in the twenty-first century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cyborg: The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series) Author: Danya Glabau, Laura Forlano Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This introduction to cyborg theory provides a critical vantage point for analyzing the claims around emerging technologies like automation, robots, and AI. Cyborg analyzes and reframes popular and scholarly conversations about cyborgs from the perspective of feminist cyborg theory. Drawing on their combined decades of training, teaching, and research in the social sciences, design, and engineering education, Laura Forlano and Danya Glabau introduce an approach called critical cyborg literacy. Critical cyborg literacy foregrounds power dynamics and pays attention to the ways that social and cultural factors such as gender, race, and disability shape how technology is imagined, developed, used, and resisted. Forlano and Glabau offer critical cyborg literacy as a way of thinking through questions about the relationship between humanity and technology. Cyborg examines whether modern technologies make us all cyborgs—if we consider, for instance, the fact that we use daily technologies at work, have technologies embedded into our bodies in health care applications, or use technology to critically explore possibilities as artists, designers, activists, and creators. Lastly, Cyborg offers perspectives from critical race, feminist, and disability thinkers to help chart a path forward for cyborg theory in the twenty-first century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753680 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753680]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Search for Reagan: The Appealing Intellectual Conservatism of Ronald Reagan Author: Craig Shirley Narrator: Bob Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Never before has anyone explored the mind, soul, and heart of Ronald Reagan. The Search for Reagan explores the challenges and controversies in Reagan's life and how he successfully dealt with each, depicting a man who was never as conservative as some conservatives wanted him to be, but rather as conservative as he was comfortable being—a man who wanted to win on his own terms and integrity. Ronald Reagan was a singularly unique man and conservative who championed a wildly successful revolution—leading to more freedom and less government for the American people and to the fall of communism, while boosting American morale. He was the first president in many years who believed optimism from the Oval Office had a direct bearing on the affairs of the nation. As a consequence, he left office more popular than when he entered, with a whopping 73 percent approval. He understood that American conservatism was based upon the individual and not the group. In his presidency, he solved the mystery of high inflation that had bedeviled his predecessor, high interest rates, and high gas prices. He created over twenty million new jobs, and the number of American millionaires grew from 4,414 to 34,944. He is considered by most historians to be one of our four greatest presidents, along with George Washington, Abraham Lincoln, and Franklin Roosevelt. Craig Shirley Tue, 09 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753680 thebookvoice.com 9:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753680]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Search for Reagan: The Appealing Intellectual Conservatism of Ronald Reagan Author: Craig Shirley Narrator: Bob Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Never before has anyone explored the mind, soul, and heart of Ronald Reagan. The Search for Reagan explores the challenges and controversies in Reagan's life and how he successfully dealt with each, depicting a man who was never as conservative as some conservatives wanted him to be, but rather as conservative as he was comfortable being—a man who wanted to win on his own terms and integrity. Ronald Reagan was a singularly unique man and conservative who championed a wildly successful revolution—leading to more freedom and less government for the American people and to the fall of communism, while boosting American morale. He was the first president in many years who believed optimism from the Oval Office had a direct bearing on the affairs of the nation. As a consequence, he left office more popular than when he entered, with a whopping 73 percent approval. He understood that American conservatism was based upon the individual and not the group. In his presidency, he solved the mystery of high inflation that had bedeviled his predecessor, high interest rates, and high gas prices. He created over twenty million new jobs, and the number of American millionaires grew from 4,414 to 34,944. He is considered by most historians to be one of our four greatest presidents, along with George Washington, Abraham Lincoln, and Franklin Roosevelt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753680]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Search for Reagan: The Appealing Intellectual Conservatism of Ronald Reagan Author: Craig Shirley Narrator: Bob Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Never before has anyone explored the mind, soul, and heart of Ronald Reagan. The Search for Reagan explores the challenges and controversies in Reagan's life and how he successfully dealt with each, depicting a man who was never as conservative as some conservatives wanted him to be, but rather as conservative as he was comfortable being—a man who wanted to win on his own terms and integrity. Ronald Reagan was a singularly unique man and conservative who championed a wildly successful revolution—leading to more freedom and less government for the American people and to the fall of communism, while boosting American morale. He was the first president in many years who believed optimism from the Oval Office had a direct bearing on the affairs of the nation. As a consequence, he left office more popular than when he entered, with a whopping 73 percent approval. He understood that American conservatism was based upon the individual and not the group. In his presidency, he solved the mystery of high inflation that had bedeviled his predecessor, high interest rates, and high gas prices. He created over twenty million new jobs, and the number of American millionaires grew from 4,414 to 34,944. He is considered by most historians to be one of our four greatest presidents, along with George Washington, Abraham Lincoln, and Franklin Roosevelt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753679 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Apocalypse Television: How The Day After Helped End the Cold War Author: David Craig Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On November 20, 1983, a three-hour made-for-TV movie, The Day After, premiered on ABC. Set in the heartland of Lawrence, Kansas, the film depicted the events before, during, and after a Soviet nuclear attack with vivid scenes of the post-apocalyptic hellscape that would follow. The film was viewed by over 100 million Americans and remains the highest rated TV movie in history. The path to primetime for The Day After proved nearly as treacherous as the film's narrative. Battles ensued behind the scenes at the network, between the network and the filmmakers. But these skirmishes pale in comparison to the culture wars triggered by the film in the press, alongside a growing Nuclear Freeze movement, and from a united, pro-nuclear Right. Once efforts to alter the script failed, the White House conducted a full-throttled propaganda campaign to hijack the film's message. Apocalypse Television features a dramatic insider's account of the making of and backlash against The Day After. No other book has told this story in similar fashion, venturing behind-the-scenes of the programming and news divisions at ABC, the backlash from the conservative movement and Religious Right, the challenges encountered by the film's production team, and the experiences of the citizens of Lawrence, Kansas, where the film was set and shot. David Craig Tue, 09 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753679 thebookvoice.com 8:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Apocalypse Television: How The Day After Helped End the Cold War Author: David Craig Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On November 20, 1983, a three-hour made-for-TV movie, The Day After, premiered on ABC. Set in the heartland of Lawrence, Kansas, the film depicted the events before, during, and after a Soviet nuclear attack with vivid scenes of the post-apocalyptic hellscape that would follow. The film was viewed by over 100 million Americans and remains the highest rated TV movie in history. The path to primetime for The Day After proved nearly as treacherous as the film's narrative. Battles ensued behind the scenes at the network, between the network and the filmmakers. But these skirmishes pale in comparison to the culture wars triggered by the film in the press, alongside a growing Nuclear Freeze movement, and from a united, pro-nuclear Right. Once efforts to alter the script failed, the White House conducted a full-throttled propaganda campaign to hijack the film's message. Apocalypse Television features a dramatic insider's account of the making of and backlash against The Day After. No other book has told this story in similar fashion, venturing behind-the-scenes of the programming and news divisions at ABC, the backlash from the conservative movement and Religious Right, the challenges encountered by the film's production team, and the experiences of the citizens of Lawrence, Kansas, where the film was set and shot. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Apocalypse Television: How The Day After Helped End the Cold War Author: David Craig Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On November 20, 1983, a three-hour made-for-TV movie, The Day After, premiered on ABC. Set in the heartland of Lawrence, Kansas, the film depicted the events before, during, and after a Soviet nuclear attack with vivid scenes of the post-apocalyptic hellscape that would follow. The film was viewed by over 100 million Americans and remains the highest rated TV movie in history. The path to primetime for The Day After proved nearly as treacherous as the film's narrative. Battles ensued behind the scenes at the network, between the network and the filmmakers. But these skirmishes pale in comparison to the culture wars triggered by the film in the press, alongside a growing Nuclear Freeze movement, and from a united, pro-nuclear Right. Once efforts to alter the script failed, the White House conducted a full-throttled propaganda campaign to hijack the film's message. Apocalypse Television features a dramatic insider's account of the making of and backlash against The Day After. No other book has told this story in similar fashion, venturing behind-the-scenes of the programming and news divisions at ABC, the backlash from the conservative movement and Religious Right, the challenges encountered by the film's production team, and the experiences of the citizens of Lawrence, Kansas, where the film was set and shot. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753670 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Tyrannies in the Long Age of Napoleon Author: Elizabeth Duquette Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What if the American experiment is twofold, encompassing both democracy and tyranny? That is the question at the core of this book, which traces some of ways that Americans across the nineteenth century understood the perversions tyranny introduced into both their polity and society. While some informed their thinking with reference to classical texts, which comprehensively consider tyranny's dangers, most drew on a more contemporary source—Napoleon Bonaparte, the century's most famous man and its most notorious tyrant. Because Napoleon defined tyranny around the nineteenth-century Atlantic world—its features and emergence, its relationship to democratic institutions, its effects on persons and peoples—he provides a way for nineteenth-century Americans to explore the parameters of tyranny and their complicity in its cruelties. Napoleon helps us see the decidedly plural forms of tyranny in the US, bringing their fictions into focus. At the same time, however, there are distinctly American modes of tyranny. From the tyrannical style of the American imagination to the usurping potential of American individualism, Elizabeth Duquette shows that tyranny is as American as democracy. Elizabeth Duquette Tue, 21 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753670 thebookvoice.com 17:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Tyrannies in the Long Age of Napoleon Author: Elizabeth Duquette Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What if the American experiment is twofold, encompassing both democracy and tyranny? That is the question at the core of this book, which traces some of ways that Americans across the nineteenth century understood the perversions tyranny introduced into both their polity and society. While some informed their thinking with reference to classical texts, which comprehensively consider tyranny's dangers, most drew on a more contemporary source—Napoleon Bonaparte, the century's most famous man and its most notorious tyrant. Because Napoleon defined tyranny around the nineteenth-century Atlantic world—its features and emergence, its relationship to democratic institutions, its effects on persons and peoples—he provides a way for nineteenth-century Americans to explore the parameters of tyranny and their complicity in its cruelties. Napoleon helps us see the decidedly plural forms of tyranny in the US, bringing their fictions into focus. At the same time, however, there are distinctly American modes of tyranny. From the tyrannical style of the American imagination to the usurping potential of American individualism, Elizabeth Duquette shows that tyranny is as American as democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Tyrannies in the Long Age of Napoleon Author: Elizabeth Duquette Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What if the American experiment is twofold, encompassing both democracy and tyranny? That is the question at the core of this book, which traces some of ways that Americans across the nineteenth century understood the perversions tyranny introduced into both their polity and society. While some informed their thinking with reference to classical texts, which comprehensively consider tyranny's dangers, most drew on a more contemporary source—Napoleon Bonaparte, the century's most famous man and its most notorious tyrant. Because Napoleon defined tyranny around the nineteenth-century Atlantic world—its features and emergence, its relationship to democratic institutions, its effects on persons and peoples—he provides a way for nineteenth-century Americans to explore the parameters of tyranny and their complicity in its cruelties. Napoleon helps us see the decidedly plural forms of tyranny in the US, bringing their fictions into focus. At the same time, however, there are distinctly American modes of tyranny. From the tyrannical style of the American imagination to the usurping potential of American individualism, Elizabeth Duquette shows that tyranny is as American as democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753429 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Ich im Du: Du hast dein Beziehungsglück selbst in der Hand Author: Christian Roos, Tanja Roos Narrator: Tanja Roos, Christian Roos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Lieben und Wachsen – das Potenzial einer erfüllten Partnerschaft Eine erfüllte Beziehung kann das Schönste sein, was das Leben zu bieten hat. Eine Erfahrung von Vertrauen, Liebe und Wertschätzung. Doch viele Paare verbleiben in einer anstrengenden Schleife von Streit, Vorwurf und Enttäuschung, wissen die Beziehungs-Coaches Tanja und Christian Roos aus persönlicher Erfahrung und aus der Arbeit mit ihren Klienten. Versteht man den Partner jedoch als Spiegel der eigenen inneren Glaubenssätze, wird es möglich, sich selbst zu erkennen, ein Leben lang aneinander zu wachsen und eine immer tiefer werdende Nähe zu erschaffen. Vor allem auch die Erfahrungen aus der Kindheit, die unser Beziehungsverhalten maßgeblich prägen, können in diesem Erkenntnisprozess umgewandelt werden – wodurch völlig neue Beziehungsergebnisse möglich werden. Die Autoren zeigen, wie der Weg in eine solch erfüllte Partnerschaft aussehen kann. Dabei entlarven sie vermeintlich hilfreiche Beziehungsweisheiten und geben Einblick in ihre eigene langjährige Beziehung und ihre Erkenntnisse als Coaches. Christian Roos, Tanja Roos Fri, 23 Feb 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753429 thebookvoice.com 12:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Ich im Du: Du hast dein Beziehungsglück selbst in der Hand Author: Christian Roos, Tanja Roos Narrator: Tanja Roos, Christian Roos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Lieben und Wachsen – das Potenzial einer erfüllten Partnerschaft Eine erfüllte Beziehung kann das Schönste sein, was das Leben zu bieten hat. Eine Erfahrung von Vertrauen, Liebe und Wertschätzung. Doch viele Paare verbleiben in einer anstrengenden Schleife von Streit, Vorwurf und Enttäuschung, wissen die Beziehungs-Coaches Tanja und Christian Roos aus persönlicher Erfahrung und aus der Arbeit mit ihren Klienten. Versteht man den Partner jedoch als Spiegel der eigenen inneren Glaubenssätze, wird es möglich, sich selbst zu erkennen, ein Leben lang aneinander zu wachsen und eine immer tiefer werdende Nähe zu erschaffen. Vor allem auch die Erfahrungen aus der Kindheit, die unser Beziehungsverhalten maßgeblich prägen, können in diesem Erkenntnisprozess umgewandelt werden – wodurch völlig neue Beziehungsergebnisse möglich werden. Die Autoren zeigen, wie der Weg in eine solch erfüllte Partnerschaft aussehen kann. Dabei entlarven sie vermeintlich hilfreiche Beziehungsweisheiten und geben Einblick in ihre eigene langjährige Beziehung und ihre Erkenntnisse als Coaches. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Ich im Du: Du hast dein Beziehungsglück selbst in der Hand Author: Christian Roos, Tanja Roos Narrator: Tanja Roos, Christian Roos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 23, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Lieben und Wachsen – das Potenzial einer erfüllten Partnerschaft Eine erfüllte Beziehung kann das Schönste sein, was das Leben zu bieten hat. Eine Erfahrung von Vertrauen, Liebe und Wertschätzung. Doch viele Paare verbleiben in einer anstrengenden Schleife von Streit, Vorwurf und Enttäuschung, wissen die Beziehungs-Coaches Tanja und Christian Roos aus persönlicher Erfahrung und aus der Arbeit mit ihren Klienten. Versteht man den Partner jedoch als Spiegel der eigenen inneren Glaubenssätze, wird es möglich, sich selbst zu erkennen, ein Leben lang aneinander zu wachsen und eine immer tiefer werdende Nähe zu erschaffen. Vor allem auch die Erfahrungen aus der Kindheit, die unser Beziehungsverhalten maßgeblich prägen, können in diesem Erkenntnisprozess umgewandelt werden – wodurch völlig neue Beziehungsergebnisse möglich werden. Die Autoren zeigen, wie der Weg in eine solch erfüllte Partnerschaft aussehen kann. Dabei entlarven sie vermeintlich hilfreiche Beziehungsweisheiten und geben Einblick in ihre eigene langjährige Beziehung und ihre Erkenntnisse als Coaches. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753278 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practicing Liberation Workbook: Radical Tools for Grassroots Activists, Community Leaders, Teachers, and Caretakers Working Toward Social Justice Author: Tessa Hicks Peterson Narrator: Hala Khouri Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The accompanying workbook to Practicing Liberation: essential skills, exercises, and journal prompts for social-change workers to protect boundaries, prevent burnout, and nourish organizational cultures of resilience and care What do you imagine a better world to look, feel, and sound like? Practicing Liberation Workbook shows that nourishing our movements and communities depends on nourishing ourselves—and that centering rest, prioritizing joy, and celebrating creativity and radical imagination is necessary for long-term change. To be sustainable and realize the transformation we’re working toward, we need to care for our body, mind, and spirit, even (and especially) when the needs of our communities are urgent. In this accompanying workbook to Practicing Liberation, editors Hala Khouri and Tessa Hicks Peterson respond to the real needs of activists and changemakers—like healing from stress and burnout, processing grief and rage, and addressing overwhelm and disconnection. Examples of practices include: - Guided journal prompts for self-care critical reflections: Reflect on the ideas and practices you’ve inherited around survival and self-care. What did you learn about survival in your family of origin? What did you learn about self-care? - Embrace and release, an embodied exercise to support you in times of overwhelm - Shared reflections for building community: What experiences or circumstances have shaped you in your life? What gifts has this given you? What can’t you see about the world as a result? What support would give you more tools or uplift your gifts in this work? - Meditations for self-forgiveness, equanimity, and connection with nature - Holding space and being present for others through embodied listening Readers are invited to try out the practices alone, with friends, in ceremony, at work, and in nature—to pick those that resonate most and use this toolkit in service of the care and transformation we each need to show up, sustain our work, and thrive for ourselves and our communities. Tessa Hicks Peterson Tue, 06 Aug 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753278 thebookvoice.com 3:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practicing Liberation Workbook: Radical Tools for Grassroots Activists, Community Leaders, Teachers, and Caretakers Working Toward Social Justice Author: Tessa Hicks Peterson Narrator: Hala Khouri Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The accompanying workbook to Practicing Liberation: essential skills, exercises, and journal prompts for social-change workers to protect boundaries, prevent burnout, and nourish organizational cultures of resilience and care What do you imagine a better world to look, feel, and sound like? Practicing Liberation Workbook shows that nourishing our movements and communities depends on nourishing ourselves—and that centering rest, prioritizing joy, and celebrating creativity and radical imagination is necessary for long-term change. To be sustainable and realize the transformation we’re working toward, we need to care for our body, mind, and spirit, even (and especially) when the needs of our communities are urgent. In this accompanying workbook to Practicing Liberation, editors Hala Khouri and Tessa Hicks Peterson respond to the real needs of activists and changemakers—like healing from stress and burnout, processing grief and rage, and addressing overwhelm and disconnection. Examples of practices include: - Guided journal prompts for self-care critical reflections: Reflect on the ideas and practices you’ve inherited around survival and self-care. What did you learn about survival in your family of origin? What did you learn about self-care? - Embrace and release, an embodied exercise to support you in times of overwhelm - Shared reflections for building community: What experiences or circumstances have shaped you in your life? What gifts has this given you? What can’t you see about the world as a result? What support would give you more tools or uplift your gifts in this work? - Meditations for self-forgiveness, equanimity, and connection with nature - Holding space and being present for others through embodied listening Readers are invited to try out the practices alone, with friends, in ceremony, at work, and in nature—to pick those that resonate most and use this toolkit in service of the care and transformation we each need to show up, sustain our work, and thrive for ourselves and our communities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practicing Liberation Workbook: Radical Tools for Grassroots Activists, Community Leaders, Teachers, and Caretakers Working Toward Social Justice Author: Tessa Hicks Peterson Narrator: Hala Khouri Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The accompanying workbook to Practicing Liberation: essential skills, exercises, and journal prompts for social-change workers to protect boundaries, prevent burnout, and nourish organizational cultures of resilience and care What do you imagine a better world to look, feel, and sound like? Practicing Liberation Workbook shows that nourishing our movements and communities depends on nourishing ourselves—and that centering rest, prioritizing joy, and celebrating creativity and radical imagination is necessary for long-term change. To be sustainable and realize the transformation we’re working toward, we need to care for our body, mind, and spirit, even (and especially) when the needs of our communities are urgent. In this accompanying workbook to Practicing Liberation, editors Hala Khouri and Tessa Hicks Peterson respond to the real needs of activists and changemakers—like healing from stress and burnout, processing grief and rage, and addressing overwhelm and disconnection. Examples of practices include: - Guided journal prompts for self-care critical reflections: Reflect on the ideas and practices you’ve inherited around survival and self-care. What did you learn about survival in your family of origin? What did you learn about self-care? - Embrace and release, an embodied exercise to support you in times of overwhelm - Shared reflections for building community: What experiences or circumstances have shaped you in your life? What gifts has this given you? What can’t you see about the world as a result? What support would give you more tools or uplift your gifts in this work? - Meditations for self-forgiveness, equanimity, and connection with nature - Holding space and being present for others through embodied listening Readers are invited to try out the practices alone, with friends, in ceremony, at work, and in nature—to pick those that resonate most and use this toolkit in service of the care and transformation we each need to show up, sustain our work, and thrive for ourselves and our communities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753277 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practicing Liberation: Transformative Strategies for Collective Healing & Systems Change: Reflections on burnout, trauma & building communities of care in social justice work Author: Tessa Hicks Peterson Narrator: Henriette Zoutomou Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How do we do effective, sustainable social change…without burning out, internalizing systemic toxicity, or replicating urgency culture? A trauma-informed anthology with contributions from 13 activists and community organizers—for readers of adrienne maree brown, Staci K. Haines, and Ejeris Dixon When your work is inextricable from your identity, your community, and your own liberation, you need a unique praxis of care to sustain it—and for mission-driven activists, organizers, and changemakers working under oppressive systems, making space to center vital needs like rest, self-care, and healthy boundaries isn’t as simple as clocking out. Practicing Liberation reorients collective justice work toward a model that transforms the effects of injustice, harm, and oppressive systems into resilience, joy, and community care. Through frameworks like trauma-informed methodology, transformative movement organizing, engaged Buddhism, and healing justice, editors Hala Khouri and Tessa Hicks Peterson show readers how to: - Embody healing, wellness, and beloved community - Guard against replicating systems of harm - Disrupt racist, classist, anti-queer, and anti-trans behavior and systems - Celebrate creativity and radical imagination in movement work - Center healing from intergenerational trauma, white supremacy culture, and extractive capitalism - Honor that self-care is a necessity—not a luxury—that strengthens our collectives Featuring essays from editors Hala Khouri and Tessa Hicks Peterson and contributors like Kazu Haga, Taj James, Nkem Ndefo, Jacoby Ballard, Sará King, Kerri Kelly, and more, Practicing Liberation can be used on its own or alongside The Practicing Liberation Workbook to help readers orient toward embodied leadership, interconnected collectives, and a bold vision for transformation—the vital tools we need for collective wellbeing, healing, and long-term social change. Tessa Hicks Peterson Tue, 06 Aug 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753277 thebookvoice.com 7:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practicing Liberation: Transformative Strategies for Collective Healing & Systems Change: Reflections on burnout, trauma & building communities of care in social justice work Author: Tessa Hicks Peterson Narrator: Henriette Zoutomou Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How do we do effective, sustainable social change…without burning out, internalizing systemic toxicity, or replicating urgency culture? A trauma-informed anthology with contributions from 13 activists and community organizers—for readers of adrienne maree brown, Staci K. Haines, and Ejeris Dixon When your work is inextricable from your identity, your community, and your own liberation, you need a unique praxis of care to sustain it—and for mission-driven activists, organizers, and changemakers working under oppressive systems, making space to center vital needs like rest, self-care, and healthy boundaries isn’t as simple as clocking out. Practicing Liberation reorients collective justice work toward a model that transforms the effects of injustice, harm, and oppressive systems into resilience, joy, and community care. Through frameworks like trauma-informed methodology, transformative movement organizing, engaged Buddhism, and healing justice, editors Hala Khouri and Tessa Hicks Peterson show readers how to: - Embody healing, wellness, and beloved community - Guard against replicating systems of harm - Disrupt racist, classist, anti-queer, and anti-trans behavior and systems - Celebrate creativity and radical imagination in movement work - Center healing from intergenerational trauma, white supremacy culture, and extractive capitalism - Honor that self-care is a necessity—not a luxury—that strengthens our collectives Featuring essays from editors Hala Khouri and Tessa Hicks Peterson and contributors like Kazu Haga, Taj James, Nkem Ndefo, Jacoby Ballard, Sará King, Kerri Kelly, and more, Practicing Liberation can be used on its own or alongside The Practicing Liberation Workbook to help readers orient toward embodied leadership, interconnected collectives, and a bold vision for transformation—the vital tools we need for collective wellbeing, healing, and long-term social change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/753277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Practicing Liberation: Transformative Strategies for Collective Healing & Systems Change: Reflections on burnout, trauma & building communities of care in social justice work Author: Tessa Hicks Peterson Narrator: Henriette Zoutomou Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How do we do effective, sustainable social change…without burning out, internalizing systemic toxicity, or replicating urgency culture? A trauma-informed anthology with contributions from 13 activists and community organizers—for readers of adrienne maree brown, Staci K. Haines, and Ejeris Dixon When your work is inextricable from your identity, your community, and your own liberation, you need a unique praxis of care to sustain it—and for mission-driven activists, organizers, and changemakers working under oppressive systems, making space to center vital needs like rest, self-care, and healthy boundaries isn’t as simple as clocking out. Practicing Liberation reorients collective justice work toward a model that transforms the effects of injustice, harm, and oppressive systems into resilience, joy, and community care. Through frameworks like trauma-informed methodology, transformative movement organizing, engaged Buddhism, and healing justice, editors Hala Khouri and Tessa Hicks Peterson show readers how to: - Embody healing, wellness, and beloved community - Guard against replicating systems of harm - Disrupt racist, classist, anti-queer, and anti-trans behavior and systems - Celebrate creativity and radical imagination in movement work - Center healing from intergenerational trauma, white supremacy culture, and extractive capitalism - Honor that self-care is a necessity—not a luxury—that strengthens our collectives Featuring essays from editors Hala Khouri and Tessa Hicks Peterson and contributors like Kazu Haga, Taj James, Nkem Ndefo, Jacoby Ballard, Sará King, Kerri Kelly, and more, Practicing Liberation can be used on its own or alongside The Practicing Liberation Workbook to help readers orient toward embodied leadership, interconnected collectives, and a bold vision for transformation—the vital tools we need for collective wellbeing, healing, and long-term social change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752258 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faux Feminism: Why We Fall for White Feminism and How We Can Stop Author: Serene Khader Narrator: Sharmila Devar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 29, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For readers of Hood Feminism and Against White Feminism An incisive examination of why the pillars of feminism have eroded—and how all women, not just the #girlbosses, can rebuild them After over 175 years, the feminist movement, now in its fourth wave, is at risk of collapsing on its eroding foundation. In Faux Feminism, political philosopher Serene Khader advocates for another feminism—one that doesn’t overwhelmingly serve white, affluent #girlbosses. With empathy, passion, and wit, Khader invites the reader to join her as she excavates the movement’s history and draws a blueprint for a more inclusive and resilient future. A feminist myth buster, Khader begins by deconstructing “faux feminisms.” Thought to be the pillars of good feminism, they may appeal to many but, in truth, leave most women behind. Khader identifies these traps that white feminism lays for us all, asking readers to think critically about  –The Freedom Myth: The overarching misconception that feminism is about personal freedom rather than collective equality –The Individualism Myth: The pervasive idea that feminism aims to free individual women from social expectations –The Culture Myth: The harmful misconception that “other” cultures restrict women’s liberation –The Restriction Myth: The flawed belief that feminism is a fight against social restrictions –The Judgment Myth: The fallacy of celebrating women’s choices without first interrogating the privileges afforded or denied to the women In later chapters, Khader draws on global and intersectional feminist lessons of the past and present to imagine feminism’s future. She pays particular attention to women of color, especially those in the Global South. Khader recounts their cultural and political stories of building a more inclusive framework in their societies. These are the women, she argues, from whom today’s feminists can learn. Khader’s critical inquiry begets a new vision of feminism: one that tackles inequality at the societal, not individual, level and is ultimately rooted in community. Serene Khader Tue, 29 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752258 thebookvoice.com 8:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faux Feminism: Why We Fall for White Feminism and How We Can Stop Author: Serene Khader Narrator: Sharmila Devar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 29, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For readers of Hood Feminism and Against White Feminism An incisive examination of why the pillars of feminism have eroded—and how all women, not just the #girlbosses, can rebuild them After over 175 years, the feminist movement, now in its fourth wave, is at risk of collapsing on its eroding foundation. In Faux Feminism, political philosopher Serene Khader advocates for another feminism—one that doesn’t overwhelmingly serve white, affluent #girlbosses. With empathy, passion, and wit, Khader invites the reader to join her as she excavates the movement’s history and draws a blueprint for a more inclusive and resilient future. A feminist myth buster, Khader begins by deconstructing “faux feminisms.” Thought to be the pillars of good feminism, they may appeal to many but, in truth, leave most women behind. Khader identifies these traps that white feminism lays for us all, asking readers to think critically about  –The Freedom Myth: The overarching misconception that feminism is about personal freedom rather than collective equality –The Individualism Myth: The pervasive idea that feminism aims to free individual women from social expectations –The Culture Myth: The harmful misconception that “other” cultures restrict women’s liberation –The Restriction Myth: The flawed belief that feminism is a fight against social restrictions –The Judgment Myth: The fallacy of celebrating women’s choices without first interrogating the privileges afforded or denied to the women In later chapters, Khader draws on global and intersectional feminist lessons of the past and present to imagine feminism’s future. She pays particular attention to women of color, especially those in the Global South. Khader recounts their cultural and political stories of building a more inclusive framework in their societies. These are the women, she argues, from whom today’s feminists can learn. Khader’s critical inquiry begets a new vision of feminism: one that tackles inequality at the societal, not individual, level and is ultimately rooted in community. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faux Feminism: Why We Fall for White Feminism and How We Can Stop Author: Serene Khader Narrator: Sharmila Devar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 29, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For readers of Hood Feminism and Against White Feminism An incisive examination of why the pillars of feminism have eroded—and how all women, not just the #girlbosses, can rebuild them After over 175 years, the feminist movement, now in its fourth wave, is at risk of collapsing on its eroding foundation. In Faux Feminism, political philosopher Serene Khader advocates for another feminism—one that doesn’t overwhelmingly serve white, affluent #girlbosses. With empathy, passion, and wit, Khader invites the reader to join her as she excavates the movement’s history and draws a blueprint for a more inclusive and resilient future. A feminist myth buster, Khader begins by deconstructing “faux feminisms.” Thought to be the pillars of good feminism, they may appeal to many but, in truth, leave most women behind. Khader identifies these traps that white feminism lays for us all, asking readers to think critically about  –The Freedom Myth: The overarching misconception that feminism is about personal freedom rather than collective equality –The Individualism Myth: The pervasive idea that feminism aims to free individual women from social expectations –The Culture Myth: The harmful misconception that “other” cultures restrict women’s liberation –The Restriction Myth: The flawed belief that feminism is a fight against social restrictions –The Judgment Myth: The fallacy of celebrating women’s choices without first interrogating the privileges afforded or denied to the women In later chapters, Khader draws on global and intersectional feminist lessons of the past and present to imagine feminism’s future. She pays particular attention to women of color, especially those in the Global South. Khader recounts their cultural and political stories of building a more inclusive framework in their societies. These are the women, she argues, from whom today’s feminists can learn. Khader’s critical inquiry begets a new vision of feminism: one that tackles inequality at the societal, not individual, level and is ultimately rooted in community. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752242 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stench: The Making of the Thomas Court and the Unmaking of America Author: David Brock Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins, David Brock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A blistering exposé of Clarence Thomas and the conservative regime of corruption that has usurped the Supreme Court—by a Democratic activist and former Republican political operative Public confidence in the Supreme Court has plummeted to new lows in the last few years—and for good reason. In the past three decades, six conservative justices have gained a supermajority through questionable means: a dubious intervention in a presidential election, perjury during Senate testimony, and a GOP Senate Leader’s unethical blockade of a Supreme Court nomination. Behind this strategic dismantling of our Supreme Court is a vast, well-funded political machine—backed by the extreme right-wing Federalist Society, the notoriously secretive Catholic organization Opus Dei, and GOP megadonors operating from behind closed doors. Armed with an insider’s perspective from his time within the conservative movement, David Brock reveals how the efforts to stack the Court in service of extreme right-wing interests stem from a decades-long strategy to weaponize our judicial system into an extension of the Republican Party itself. Stench investigates the ethics scandals that surround Clarence Thomas and his wife, the right-wing activist Ginni Thomas, culling new material from Thomas’s accusers, along with original reporting and Brock’s firsthand knowledge of the inner workings of the GOP. Stench is a staggering exposé, one that only Brock could write—exhaustive in its research and revelatory in its access to the world of what has effectively become the Thomas Court. David Brock Tue, 17 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752242 thebookvoice.com 10:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stench: The Making of the Thomas Court and the Unmaking of America Author: David Brock Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins, David Brock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A blistering exposé of Clarence Thomas and the conservative regime of corruption that has usurped the Supreme Court—by a Democratic activist and former Republican political operative Public confidence in the Supreme Court has plummeted to new lows in the last few years—and for good reason. In the past three decades, six conservative justices have gained a supermajority through questionable means: a dubious intervention in a presidential election, perjury during Senate testimony, and a GOP Senate Leader’s unethical blockade of a Supreme Court nomination. Behind this strategic dismantling of our Supreme Court is a vast, well-funded political machine—backed by the extreme right-wing Federalist Society, the notoriously secretive Catholic organization Opus Dei, and GOP megadonors operating from behind closed doors. Armed with an insider’s perspective from his time within the conservative movement, David Brock reveals how the efforts to stack the Court in service of extreme right-wing interests stem from a decades-long strategy to weaponize our judicial system into an extension of the Republican Party itself. Stench investigates the ethics scandals that surround Clarence Thomas and his wife, the right-wing activist Ginni Thomas, culling new material from Thomas’s accusers, along with original reporting and Brock’s firsthand knowledge of the inner workings of the GOP. Stench is a staggering exposé, one that only Brock could write—exhaustive in its research and revelatory in its access to the world of what has effectively become the Thomas Court. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752242]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stench: The Making of the Thomas Court and the Unmaking of America Author: David Brock Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins, David Brock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A blistering exposé of Clarence Thomas and the conservative regime of corruption that has usurped the Supreme Court—by a Democratic activist and former Republican political operative Public confidence in the Supreme Court has plummeted to new lows in the last few years—and for good reason. In the past three decades, six conservative justices have gained a supermajority through questionable means: a dubious intervention in a presidential election, perjury during Senate testimony, and a GOP Senate Leader’s unethical blockade of a Supreme Court nomination. Behind this strategic dismantling of our Supreme Court is a vast, well-funded political machine—backed by the extreme right-wing Federalist Society, the notoriously secretive Catholic organization Opus Dei, and GOP megadonors operating from behind closed doors. Armed with an insider’s perspective from his time within the conservative movement, David Brock reveals how the efforts to stack the Court in service of extreme right-wing interests stem from a decades-long strategy to weaponize our judicial system into an extension of the Republican Party itself. Stench investigates the ethics scandals that surround Clarence Thomas and his wife, the right-wing activist Ginni Thomas, culling new material from Thomas’s accusers, along with original reporting and Brock’s firsthand knowledge of the inner workings of the GOP. Stench is a staggering exposé, one that only Brock could write—exhaustive in its research and revelatory in its access to the world of what has effectively become the Thomas Court. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752230 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Globe: How Wealth Hacks the World Author: Atossa Araxia Abrahamian Narrator: Patrick Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Vivid, revelatory, and politically unpredictable…What bothers Abrahamian, in the end, isn’t the anarchic but the unfair; if capital is free, people deserve the same respect.” — Gideon Lewis-Kraus, The New Yorker 'A season of unrest looms ahead, and The Hidden Globe lays out the unvarnished truth in a luminous feat of reportage.”—Hamilton Cain, Minneapolis Star Tribune Borders draw one map of the world; money draws another. A journalist’s riveting account exposes a parallel universe that has become a haven for the rich and powerful.   A globe shows the world we think we know: neatly delineated sovereign nations that grant or restrict their citizens’ rights. Beneath, above, and tucked inside their borders, however, another universe has been engineered into existence. It consists of thousands of extraterritorial zones that operate largely autonomously, and increasingly for the benefit of the wealthiest individuals and corporations. Atossa Abrahamian traces the rise of this hidden globe to thirteenth-century Switzerland, where poor cantons marketed their only commodity: bodies, in the form of mercenary fighters. Over time, economists, theorists, statesmen, and consultants evolved ever more sophisticated ways of exporting and exploiting statelessness, in the form of free trade zones, flags of convenience, offshore detention centers, charter cities controlled by foreign corporations, and even into outer space. By mapping this countergeography, which decides who wins and who loses in the new global order—and helping us to see how it might be otherwise—The Hidden Globe fascinates, enrages, and inspires. Atossa Araxia Abrahamian Tue, 08 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752230 thebookvoice.com 12:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Globe: How Wealth Hacks the World Author: Atossa Araxia Abrahamian Narrator: Patrick Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Vivid, revelatory, and politically unpredictable…What bothers Abrahamian, in the end, isn’t the anarchic but the unfair; if capital is free, people deserve the same respect.” — Gideon Lewis-Kraus, The New Yorker 'A season of unrest looms ahead, and The Hidden Globe lays out the unvarnished truth in a luminous feat of reportage.”—Hamilton Cain, Minneapolis Star Tribune Borders draw one map of the world; money draws another. A journalist’s riveting account exposes a parallel universe that has become a haven for the rich and powerful.   A globe shows the world we think we know: neatly delineated sovereign nations that grant or restrict their citizens’ rights. Beneath, above, and tucked inside their borders, however, another universe has been engineered into existence. It consists of thousands of extraterritorial zones that operate largely autonomously, and increasingly for the benefit of the wealthiest individuals and corporations. Atossa Abrahamian traces the rise of this hidden globe to thirteenth-century Switzerland, where poor cantons marketed their only commodity: bodies, in the form of mercenary fighters. Over time, economists, theorists, statesmen, and consultants evolved ever more sophisticated ways of exporting and exploiting statelessness, in the form of free trade zones, flags of convenience, offshore detention centers, charter cities controlled by foreign corporations, and even into outer space. By mapping this countergeography, which decides who wins and who loses in the new global order—and helping us to see how it might be otherwise—The Hidden Globe fascinates, enrages, and inspires. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Globe: How Wealth Hacks the World Author: Atossa Araxia Abrahamian Narrator: Patrick Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 8, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Vivid, revelatory, and politically unpredictable…What bothers Abrahamian, in the end, isn’t the anarchic but the unfair; if capital is free, people deserve the same respect.” — Gideon Lewis-Kraus, The New Yorker 'A season of unrest looms ahead, and The Hidden Globe lays out the unvarnished truth in a luminous feat of reportage.”—Hamilton Cain, Minneapolis Star Tribune Borders draw one map of the world; money draws another. A journalist’s riveting account exposes a parallel universe that has become a haven for the rich and powerful.   A globe shows the world we think we know: neatly delineated sovereign nations that grant or restrict their citizens’ rights. Beneath, above, and tucked inside their borders, however, another universe has been engineered into existence. It consists of thousands of extraterritorial zones that operate largely autonomously, and increasingly for the benefit of the wealthiest individuals and corporations. Atossa Abrahamian traces the rise of this hidden globe to thirteenth-century Switzerland, where poor cantons marketed their only commodity: bodies, in the form of mercenary fighters. Over time, economists, theorists, statesmen, and consultants evolved ever more sophisticated ways of exporting and exploiting statelessness, in the form of free trade zones, flags of convenience, offshore detention centers, charter cities controlled by foreign corporations, and even into outer space. By mapping this countergeography, which decides who wins and who loses in the new global order—and helping us to see how it might be otherwise—The Hidden Globe fascinates, enrages, and inspires. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752229 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752229]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Myth of American Idealism: How U.S. Foreign Policy Endangers the World Author: Noam Chomsky, Nathan J. Robinson Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “For anyone wanting to find out more about the world we live in . . . there is one simple answer: read Noam Chomsky.” —The New Statesman From one of the world’s most prominent thinkers comes an urgent warning of the threat that U.S. power poses to humanity’s future as well as a sharp indictment of both American foreign policy and the national myths that support it. The Myth of American Idealism offers a timely and comprehensive introduction to the incisive critiques of U.S. power that have made Noam Chomsky a “global phenomenon,” one of the most widely known public intellectuals of all time.  Surveying the history of U.S. military and economic activity around the world, Chomsky and his co-author Nathan J. Robinson vividly trace the way the American pursuit of global domination has wrought havoc in country after country – without, ironically, making Americans any safer. And they explore how dominant elites in the United States have pushed self-serving myths about this country’s commitment to “spreading democracy,” while pursuing a reckless foreign policy that served the interest of few and endangered all too many. Chomsky and Robinson range across the globe, offering penetrating accounts of Washington’s relationship with the Global South, its role in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, and the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan –all justified with noble stories about humanitarian missions and the benevolent intentions of American policy makers. The same kinds of myths that have led to repeated disastrous wars, they argue, are now driving us closer to wars with Russia and China that imperil humanity’s future. Examining nuclear proliferation and climate change, they show how U.S. policies are continuing to exacerbate global threats. For well over half a century, Noam Chomsky has committed himself to exposing governing ideologies and criticizing his country’s unchecked use of military power. At once thorough and devastating, urgent and provocative, The Myth of American Idealism offers a highly readable entry to the conclusions he has come to after a lifetime of thought and activism. Noam Chomsky, Nathan J. Robinson Tue, 15 Oct 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752229 thebookvoice.com 12:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752229]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Myth of American Idealism: How U.S. Foreign Policy Endangers the World Author: Noam Chomsky, Nathan J. Robinson Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “For anyone wanting to find out more about the world we live in . . . there is one simple answer: read Noam Chomsky.” —The New Statesman From one of the world’s most prominent thinkers comes an urgent warning of the threat that U.S. power poses to humanity’s future as well as a sharp indictment of both American foreign policy and the national myths that support it. The Myth of American Idealism offers a timely and comprehensive introduction to the incisive critiques of U.S. power that have made Noam Chomsky a “global phenomenon,” one of the most widely known public intellectuals of all time.  Surveying the history of U.S. military and economic activity around the world, Chomsky and his co-author Nathan J. Robinson vividly trace the way the American pursuit of global domination has wrought havoc in country after country – without, ironically, making Americans any safer. And they explore how dominant elites in the United States have pushed self-serving myths about this country’s commitment to “spreading democracy,” while pursuing a reckless foreign policy that served the interest of few and endangered all too many. Chomsky and Robinson range across the globe, offering penetrating accounts of Washington’s relationship with the Global South, its role in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, and the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan –all justified with noble stories about humanitarian missions and the benevolent intentions of American policy makers. The same kinds of myths that have led to repeated disastrous wars, they argue, are now driving us closer to wars with Russia and China that imperil humanity’s future. Examining nuclear proliferation and climate change, they show how U.S. policies are continuing to exacerbate global threats. For well over half a century, Noam Chomsky has committed himself to exposing governing ideologies and criticizing his country’s unchecked use of military power. At once thorough and devastating, urgent and provocative, The Myth of American Idealism offers a highly readable entry to the conclusions he has come to after a lifetime of thought and activism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752229]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Myth of American Idealism: How U.S. Foreign Policy Endangers the World Author: Noam Chomsky, Nathan J. Robinson Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “For anyone wanting to find out more about the world we live in . . . there is one simple answer: read Noam Chomsky.” —The New Statesman From one of the world’s most prominent thinkers comes an urgent warning of the threat that U.S. power poses to humanity’s future as well as a sharp indictment of both American foreign policy and the national myths that support it. The Myth of American Idealism offers a timely and comprehensive introduction to the incisive critiques of U.S. power that have made Noam Chomsky a “global phenomenon,” one of the most widely known public intellectuals of all time.  Surveying the history of U.S. military and economic activity around the world, Chomsky and his co-author Nathan J. Robinson vividly trace the way the American pursuit of global domination has wrought havoc in country after country – without, ironically, making Americans any safer. And they explore how dominant elites in the United States have pushed self-serving myths about this country’s commitment to “spreading democracy,” while pursuing a reckless foreign policy that served the interest of few and endangered all too many. Chomsky and Robinson range across the globe, offering penetrating accounts of Washington’s relationship with the Global South, its role in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, and the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan –all justified with noble stories about humanitarian missions and the benevolent intentions of American policy makers. The same kinds of myths that have led to repeated disastrous wars, they argue, are now driving us closer to wars with Russia and China that imperil humanity’s future. Examining nuclear proliferation and climate change, they show how U.S. policies are continuing to exacerbate global threats. For well over half a century, Noam Chomsky has committed himself to exposing governing ideologies and criticizing his country’s unchecked use of military power. At once thorough and devastating, urgent and provocative, The Myth of American Idealism offers a highly readable entry to the conclusions he has come to after a lifetime of thought and activism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752220 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Freedom Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A brilliant exploration of freedom—what it is, how it’s been misunderstood, and why it’s our only chance for survival—by the acclaimed Yale historian and author of the #1 New York Times bestseller On Tyranny “A rigorous and visionary argument . . . Buy or borrow this book, read it, take it to heart.”—The Guardian Timothy Snyder has been called “the leading interpreter of our dark times.” As a historian, he has given us startling reinterpretations of political collapse and mass killing. As a public intellectual, he has turned that knowledge toward counsel and prediction, working against authoritarianism here and abroad. His book On Tyranny has inspired millions around the world to fight for freedom. Now, in this tour de force of political philosophy, he helps us see exactly what we’re fighting for. Freedom is the great American commitment, but as Snyder argues, we have lost sight of what it means—and this is leading us into crisis. Too many of us look at freedom as the absence of state power: We think we're free if we can do and say as we please, and protect ourselves from government overreach. But true freedom isn’t so much freedom from as freedom to—the freedom to thrive, to take risks for futures we choose by working together. Freedom is the value that makes all other values possible. On Freedom takes us on a thrilling intellectual journey. Drawing on the work of philosophers and political dissidents, conversations with contemporary thinkers, and his own experiences coming of age in a time of American exceptionalism, Snyder identifies the practices and attitudes—the habits of mind—that will allow us to design a government in which we and future generations can flourish. We come to appreciate the importance of traditions (championed by the right) but also the role of institutions (the purview of the left). Intimate yet ambitious, this book helps forge a new consensus rooted in a politics of abundance, generosity, and grace. Timothy Snyder Tue, 17 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752220 thebookvoice.com 10:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Freedom Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A brilliant exploration of freedom—what it is, how it’s been misunderstood, and why it’s our only chance for survival—by the acclaimed Yale historian and author of the #1 New York Times bestseller On Tyranny “A rigorous and visionary argument . . . Buy or borrow this book, read it, take it to heart.”—The Guardian Timothy Snyder has been called “the leading interpreter of our dark times.” As a historian, he has given us startling reinterpretations of political collapse and mass killing. As a public intellectual, he has turned that knowledge toward counsel and prediction, working against authoritarianism here and abroad. His book On Tyranny has inspired millions around the world to fight for freedom. Now, in this tour de force of political philosophy, he helps us see exactly what we’re fighting for. Freedom is the great American commitment, but as Snyder argues, we have lost sight of what it means—and this is leading us into crisis. Too many of us look at freedom as the absence of state power: We think we're free if we can do and say as we please, and protect ourselves from government overreach. But true freedom isn’t so much freedom from as freedom to—the freedom to thrive, to take risks for futures we choose by working together. Freedom is the value that makes all other values possible. On Freedom takes us on a thrilling intellectual journey. Drawing on the work of philosophers and political dissidents, conversations with contemporary thinkers, and his own experiences coming of age in a time of American exceptionalism, Snyder identifies the practices and attitudes—the habits of mind—that will allow us to design a government in which we and future generations can flourish. We come to appreciate the importance of traditions (championed by the right) but also the role of institutions (the purview of the left). Intimate yet ambitious, this book helps forge a new consensus rooted in a politics of abundance, generosity, and grace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Freedom Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Timothy Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 17, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A brilliant exploration of freedom—what it is, how it’s been misunderstood, and why it’s our only chance for survival—by the acclaimed Yale historian and author of the #1 New York Times bestseller On Tyranny “A rigorous and visionary argument . . . Buy or borrow this book, read it, take it to heart.”—The Guardian Timothy Snyder has been called “the leading interpreter of our dark times.” As a historian, he has given us startling reinterpretations of political collapse and mass killing. As a public intellectual, he has turned that knowledge toward counsel and prediction, working against authoritarianism here and abroad. His book On Tyranny has inspired millions around the world to fight for freedom. Now, in this tour de force of political philosophy, he helps us see exactly what we’re fighting for. Freedom is the great American commitment, but as Snyder argues, we have lost sight of what it means—and this is leading us into crisis. Too many of us look at freedom as the absence of state power: We think we're free if we can do and say as we please, and protect ourselves from government overreach. But true freedom isn’t so much freedom from as freedom to—the freedom to thrive, to take risks for futures we choose by working together. Freedom is the value that makes all other values possible. On Freedom takes us on a thrilling intellectual journey. Drawing on the work of philosophers and political dissidents, conversations with contemporary thinkers, and his own experiences coming of age in a time of American exceptionalism, Snyder identifies the practices and attitudes—the habits of mind—that will allow us to design a government in which we and future generations can flourish. We come to appreciate the importance of traditions (championed by the right) but also the role of institutions (the purview of the left). Intimate yet ambitious, this book helps forge a new consensus rooted in a politics of abundance, generosity, and grace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752158 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confronting the Presidents: No Spin Assessments from Washington to Biden Author: Bill O'Reilly, Martin Dugard Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Every American president, from Washington to Biden: Their lives, policies, foibles, and legacies, assessed with clear-eyed authority and wit. Authors of the acclaimed Killing books, the #1 bestselling narrative history series in the world, Bill O’Reilly and Martin Dugard begin a new direction with Confronting the Presidents. From Washington to Jefferson, Lincoln to Franklin Delano Roosevelt, Kennedy to Nixon, Reagan to Obama and Biden, the 45 United States presidents have left lasting impacts on our nation. Some of their legacies continue today, some are justly forgotten, and some have changed as America has changed. Whether famous, infamous, or obscure, all the presidents shaped our nation in unexpected ways. The authors' extensive research has uncovered never before seen historical facts based on private correspondence and newly discovered documentation, such as George Washington's troubled relationship with his mother. In Confronting the Presidents, O’Reilly and Dugard present 45 wonderfully entertaining and insightful portraits of each president, with no-spin commentary on their achievements—or lack thereof. Who best served America, and who undermined the founding ideals? Who were the first ladies, and what were their surprising roles in making history? Which presidents were the best, which the worst, and which didn’t have much impact? How do decisions made in one era, under the pressure of particular circumstances, still resonate today? And what do presidents like to eat, drink, and do when they aren’t working—or even sometimes when they are? These and many more questions are answered in each fascinating chapter of Confronting the Presidents. Written with O’Reilly and Dugard’s signature style, authority, and eye for telling detail, Confronting the Presidents will delight all listeners of history, politics, and current affairs, especially during the 2024 election season. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. Bill O'Reilly, Martin Dugard Tue, 10 Sep 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752158 thebookvoice.com 16:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confronting the Presidents: No Spin Assessments from Washington to Biden Author: Bill O'Reilly, Martin Dugard Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Every American president, from Washington to Biden: Their lives, policies, foibles, and legacies, assessed with clear-eyed authority and wit. Authors of the acclaimed Killing books, the #1 bestselling narrative history series in the world, Bill O’Reilly and Martin Dugard begin a new direction with Confronting the Presidents. From Washington to Jefferson, Lincoln to Franklin Delano Roosevelt, Kennedy to Nixon, Reagan to Obama and Biden, the 45 United States presidents have left lasting impacts on our nation. Some of their legacies continue today, some are justly forgotten, and some have changed as America has changed. Whether famous, infamous, or obscure, all the presidents shaped our nation in unexpected ways. The authors' extensive research has uncovered never before seen historical facts based on private correspondence and newly discovered documentation, such as George Washington's troubled relationship with his mother. In Confronting the Presidents, O’Reilly and Dugard present 45 wonderfully entertaining and insightful portraits of each president, with no-spin commentary on their achievements—or lack thereof. Who best served America, and who undermined the founding ideals? Who were the first ladies, and what were their surprising roles in making history? Which presidents were the best, which the worst, and which didn’t have much impact? How do decisions made in one era, under the pressure of particular circumstances, still resonate today? And what do presidents like to eat, drink, and do when they aren’t working—or even sometimes when they are? These and many more questions are answered in each fascinating chapter of Confronting the Presidents. Written with O’Reilly and Dugard’s signature style, authority, and eye for telling detail, Confronting the Presidents will delight all listeners of history, politics, and current affairs, especially during the 2024 election season. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confronting the Presidents: No Spin Assessments from Washington to Biden Author: Bill O'Reilly, Martin Dugard Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 10, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Every American president, from Washington to Biden: Their lives, policies, foibles, and legacies, assessed with clear-eyed authority and wit. Authors of the acclaimed Killing books, the #1 bestselling narrative history series in the world, Bill O’Reilly and Martin Dugard begin a new direction with Confronting the Presidents. From Washington to Jefferson, Lincoln to Franklin Delano Roosevelt, Kennedy to Nixon, Reagan to Obama and Biden, the 45 United States presidents have left lasting impacts on our nation. Some of their legacies continue today, some are justly forgotten, and some have changed as America has changed. Whether famous, infamous, or obscure, all the presidents shaped our nation in unexpected ways. The authors' extensive research has uncovered never before seen historical facts based on private correspondence and newly discovered documentation, such as George Washington's troubled relationship with his mother. In Confronting the Presidents, O’Reilly and Dugard present 45 wonderfully entertaining and insightful portraits of each president, with no-spin commentary on their achievements—or lack thereof. Who best served America, and who undermined the founding ideals? Who were the first ladies, and what were their surprising roles in making history? Which presidents were the best, which the worst, and which didn’t have much impact? How do decisions made in one era, under the pressure of particular circumstances, still resonate today? And what do presidents like to eat, drink, and do when they aren’t working—or even sometimes when they are? These and many more questions are answered in each fascinating chapter of Confronting the Presidents. Written with O’Reilly and Dugard’s signature style, authority, and eye for telling detail, Confronting the Presidents will delight all listeners of history, politics, and current affairs, especially during the 2024 election season. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752016 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moral Vision: Leadership from George Washington to Joe Biden Author: Marvin Olasky Narrator: Tim H. Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What makes a leader truly great? Is it simply a matter of management style and personality? Or is it character that matters most? Moral Visions takes an insightful look into America’s leaders of the past to answer these questions and demonstrates that values and moral convictions are critical to the strength of a nation. Supposedly, we learn about the candidates for the highest office through a series of tests called “debates,” which are instead an exchange of soundbites. We can’t know whether an aspirant to the presidency has the ability to ask good questions or only a suave or belligerent ability to answer them. Moral Vision is a human-interest introduction to American history through studies of nineteen leaders: presidents, almost presidents, a tycoon, a crusading journalist, and even a leading 19th century abortionist. Its lessons can help voters sort through the candidates in 2024 and beyond by measuring them against previous leaders—none of whom was faultless. It shows how the deepest views often grow out of religious belief and influence political goals, racial prejudices, sexual activities, uses of power, and senses of service. In his 1789 inaugural address, George Washington pledged that “the foundation for national policy will be laid in the sure and immutable principles of private morality.” Marvin Olasky shows how 19th-century leaders like Thomas Jefferson, Andrew Jackson, and Grover Cleveland partly upheld and partly ignored that promise, and 20th-century leaders like Woodrow Wilson, John F. Kennedy, and Bill Clinton tried to “compartmentalize” the private and the public. An extensively updated version of The American Leadership Tradition, Moral Vision is for anyone tired of today’s textbook tendencies to submerge the role of individuals as big economic and demographic waves roll in. History is more than statistics, economics, and group identities. Human beings are more than paper boats riding the rainfall into gutters. Marvin Olasky Tue, 28 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752016 thebookvoice.com 14:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moral Vision: Leadership from George Washington to Joe Biden Author: Marvin Olasky Narrator: Tim H. Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What makes a leader truly great? Is it simply a matter of management style and personality? Or is it character that matters most? Moral Visions takes an insightful look into America’s leaders of the past to answer these questions and demonstrates that values and moral convictions are critical to the strength of a nation. Supposedly, we learn about the candidates for the highest office through a series of tests called “debates,” which are instead an exchange of soundbites. We can’t know whether an aspirant to the presidency has the ability to ask good questions or only a suave or belligerent ability to answer them. Moral Vision is a human-interest introduction to American history through studies of nineteen leaders: presidents, almost presidents, a tycoon, a crusading journalist, and even a leading 19th century abortionist. Its lessons can help voters sort through the candidates in 2024 and beyond by measuring them against previous leaders—none of whom was faultless. It shows how the deepest views often grow out of religious belief and influence political goals, racial prejudices, sexual activities, uses of power, and senses of service. In his 1789 inaugural address, George Washington pledged that “the foundation for national policy will be laid in the sure and immutable principles of private morality.” Marvin Olasky shows how 19th-century leaders like Thomas Jefferson, Andrew Jackson, and Grover Cleveland partly upheld and partly ignored that promise, and 20th-century leaders like Woodrow Wilson, John F. Kennedy, and Bill Clinton tried to “compartmentalize” the private and the public. An extensively updated version of The American Leadership Tradition, Moral Vision is for anyone tired of today’s textbook tendencies to submerge the role of individuals as big economic and demographic waves roll in. History is more than statistics, economics, and group identities. Human beings are more than paper boats riding the rainfall into gutters. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/752016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moral Vision: Leadership from George Washington to Joe Biden Author: Marvin Olasky Narrator: Tim H. Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What makes a leader truly great? Is it simply a matter of management style and personality? Or is it character that matters most? Moral Visions takes an insightful look into America’s leaders of the past to answer these questions and demonstrates that values and moral convictions are critical to the strength of a nation. Supposedly, we learn about the candidates for the highest office through a series of tests called “debates,” which are instead an exchange of soundbites. We can’t know whether an aspirant to the presidency has the ability to ask good questions or only a suave or belligerent ability to answer them. Moral Vision is a human-interest introduction to American history through studies of nineteen leaders: presidents, almost presidents, a tycoon, a crusading journalist, and even a leading 19th century abortionist. Its lessons can help voters sort through the candidates in 2024 and beyond by measuring them against previous leaders—none of whom was faultless. It shows how the deepest views often grow out of religious belief and influence political goals, racial prejudices, sexual activities, uses of power, and senses of service. In his 1789 inaugural address, George Washington pledged that “the foundation for national policy will be laid in the sure and immutable principles of private morality.” Marvin Olasky shows how 19th-century leaders like Thomas Jefferson, Andrew Jackson, and Grover Cleveland partly upheld and partly ignored that promise, and 20th-century leaders like Woodrow Wilson, John F. Kennedy, and Bill Clinton tried to “compartmentalize” the private and the public. An extensively updated version of The American Leadership Tradition, Moral Vision is for anyone tired of today’s textbook tendencies to submerge the role of individuals as big economic and demographic waves roll in. History is more than statistics, economics, and group identities. Human beings are more than paper boats riding the rainfall into gutters. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751989 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fear and the First Amendment: Controversial Cases of the Roberts Court Author: Kevin A. Johnson, Craig R. Smith Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Fear and the First Amendment, Kevin A. Johnson and Craig R. Smith offer an examination of the ways fear figures in First Amendment questions ruled on by the Supreme Court. Johnson and Smith focus on the rulings from the Roberts Court. Each chapter in this book analyzes one or more First Amendment cases and a variety of related fears that pertain to a given case. These cases include Morse v. Frederick, which takes up the competing fears of school administrators' loss of authority and students' loss of free speech rights. The authors touch on corporate funding of elections in Citizens United v. Federal Elections Commission. They explore religious freedom and fears of homosexuality in Christian Legal Society v. Martinez. Similarly, in Snyder v. Phelps, the authors delve further into fears of God, death, emotional distress, failing as a parent, and losing one's reputation. Next, they investigate parents' anxieties about violence in video games in Brown v. Entertainment Merchants Association. Finally, Johnson and Smith examine the role of fear in indecent, obscene, and graphic communication in three cases. Together these cases reveal fear to be an endemic factor in the rhetoric of First Amendment cases. This work will appeal to current legal practitioners and students of law, rhetoric, philosophy, and the First Amendment. Kevin A. Johnson, Craig R. Smith Tue, 04 Jun 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751989 thebookvoice.com 9:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fear and the First Amendment: Controversial Cases of the Roberts Court Author: Kevin A. Johnson, Craig R. Smith Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Fear and the First Amendment, Kevin A. Johnson and Craig R. Smith offer an examination of the ways fear figures in First Amendment questions ruled on by the Supreme Court. Johnson and Smith focus on the rulings from the Roberts Court. Each chapter in this book analyzes one or more First Amendment cases and a variety of related fears that pertain to a given case. These cases include Morse v. Frederick, which takes up the competing fears of school administrators' loss of authority and students' loss of free speech rights. The authors touch on corporate funding of elections in Citizens United v. Federal Elections Commission. They explore religious freedom and fears of homosexuality in Christian Legal Society v. Martinez. Similarly, in Snyder v. Phelps, the authors delve further into fears of God, death, emotional distress, failing as a parent, and losing one's reputation. Next, they investigate parents' anxieties about violence in video games in Brown v. Entertainment Merchants Association. Finally, Johnson and Smith examine the role of fear in indecent, obscene, and graphic communication in three cases. Together these cases reveal fear to be an endemic factor in the rhetoric of First Amendment cases. This work will appeal to current legal practitioners and students of law, rhetoric, philosophy, and the First Amendment. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fear and the First Amendment: Controversial Cases of the Roberts Court Author: Kevin A. Johnson, Craig R. Smith Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Fear and the First Amendment, Kevin A. Johnson and Craig R. Smith offer an examination of the ways fear figures in First Amendment questions ruled on by the Supreme Court. Johnson and Smith focus on the rulings from the Roberts Court. Each chapter in this book analyzes one or more First Amendment cases and a variety of related fears that pertain to a given case. These cases include Morse v. Frederick, which takes up the competing fears of school administrators' loss of authority and students' loss of free speech rights. The authors touch on corporate funding of elections in Citizens United v. Federal Elections Commission. They explore religious freedom and fears of homosexuality in Christian Legal Society v. Martinez. Similarly, in Snyder v. Phelps, the authors delve further into fears of God, death, emotional distress, failing as a parent, and losing one's reputation. Next, they investigate parents' anxieties about violence in video games in Brown v. Entertainment Merchants Association. Finally, Johnson and Smith examine the role of fear in indecent, obscene, and graphic communication in three cases. Together these cases reveal fear to be an endemic factor in the rhetoric of First Amendment cases. This work will appeal to current legal practitioners and students of law, rhetoric, philosophy, and the First Amendment. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751972 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751972]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putin's Wars and NATO's Flaws: Why Russia Invaded Ukraine Author: Paul Moorcraft Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book explores why there is a major war again in Europe. Putin's actions need to be understood if not forgiven. With the Ukraine conflict seen as a proxy war of NATO versus Russia, how likely is the fighting to spread? The author, a highly respected journalist and political commentator, explains why Russia invaded a sovereign neighbor. To what extent did NATO's expansion to Russia's borders in the aftermath of the Cold War provoke Putin? Did the West's recent humiliating defeats in the Middle East and South Asia encourage Putin to exploit what he saw as its decadent strategic weakness and lack of resolve? What were the reasons for Russia's savage behavior in Ukraine? How might the Ukraine war end and what will the post-bellum world look like? The war in Ukraine has had worldwide impact with cost of living, food and energy crises, and raised the risk of nuclear Armageddon by accident or intent. It examines the complex military and political issues in layman's language while the story is told as a compelling historical narrative. Professor Moorcraft, who has worked in Ukraine and has witnessed Russian troops in action in Afghanistan, is superbly qualified to write this work. Paul Moorcraft Tue, 26 Mar 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751972 thebookvoice.com 6:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751972]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putin's Wars and NATO's Flaws: Why Russia Invaded Ukraine Author: Paul Moorcraft Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book explores why there is a major war again in Europe. Putin's actions need to be understood if not forgiven. With the Ukraine conflict seen as a proxy war of NATO versus Russia, how likely is the fighting to spread? The author, a highly respected journalist and political commentator, explains why Russia invaded a sovereign neighbor. To what extent did NATO's expansion to Russia's borders in the aftermath of the Cold War provoke Putin? Did the West's recent humiliating defeats in the Middle East and South Asia encourage Putin to exploit what he saw as its decadent strategic weakness and lack of resolve? What were the reasons for Russia's savage behavior in Ukraine? How might the Ukraine war end and what will the post-bellum world look like? The war in Ukraine has had worldwide impact with cost of living, food and energy crises, and raised the risk of nuclear Armageddon by accident or intent. It examines the complex military and political issues in layman's language while the story is told as a compelling historical narrative. Professor Moorcraft, who has worked in Ukraine and has witnessed Russian troops in action in Afghanistan, is superbly qualified to write this work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751972]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putin's Wars and NATO's Flaws: Why Russia Invaded Ukraine Author: Paul Moorcraft Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 26, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book explores why there is a major war again in Europe. Putin's actions need to be understood if not forgiven. With the Ukraine conflict seen as a proxy war of NATO versus Russia, how likely is the fighting to spread? The author, a highly respected journalist and political commentator, explains why Russia invaded a sovereign neighbor. To what extent did NATO's expansion to Russia's borders in the aftermath of the Cold War provoke Putin? Did the West's recent humiliating defeats in the Middle East and South Asia encourage Putin to exploit what he saw as its decadent strategic weakness and lack of resolve? What were the reasons for Russia's savage behavior in Ukraine? How might the Ukraine war end and what will the post-bellum world look like? The war in Ukraine has had worldwide impact with cost of living, food and energy crises, and raised the risk of nuclear Armageddon by accident or intent. It examines the complex military and political issues in layman's language while the story is told as a compelling historical narrative. Professor Moorcraft, who has worked in Ukraine and has witnessed Russian troops in action in Afghanistan, is superbly qualified to write this work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751973 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Russian FSB: A Concise History of the Federal Security Service Author: Kevin P. Riehle Narrator: Nigel Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since its founding in 1995, the FSB, Russia's Federal Security Service, has regained the majority of the domestic security functions of the Soviet-era KGB. Under Vladimir Putin, who served as FSB director just before becoming president, the agency has grown to be one of the most powerful and favored organizations in Russia. The FSB not only conducts internal security but also has primacy in intelligence operations in former Soviet states. Their activities include anti-dissident operations at home and abroad, counterintelligence, counterterrorism, criminal investigations of crimes against the state, and guarding Russia's borders. In The Russian FSB, Kevin P. Riehle provides a brief history of the FSB's origins, placed within the context of Russian history, the government's power structure, and Russia's wider culture. He describes how the FSB's mindset and priorities show continuities from the tsarist regimes and the Soviet era. The book's chapters analyze origins, organizational structure, missions, leaders, international partners, and cultural representations such as the FSB in film and television. Based on both English and Russian sources, this book is a well-researched introduction to understanding the FSB and its central role in Putin's Russia. Kevin P. Riehle Tue, 28 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751973 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Russian FSB: A Concise History of the Federal Security Service Author: Kevin P. Riehle Narrator: Nigel Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since its founding in 1995, the FSB, Russia's Federal Security Service, has regained the majority of the domestic security functions of the Soviet-era KGB. Under Vladimir Putin, who served as FSB director just before becoming president, the agency has grown to be one of the most powerful and favored organizations in Russia. The FSB not only conducts internal security but also has primacy in intelligence operations in former Soviet states. Their activities include anti-dissident operations at home and abroad, counterintelligence, counterterrorism, criminal investigations of crimes against the state, and guarding Russia's borders. In The Russian FSB, Kevin P. Riehle provides a brief history of the FSB's origins, placed within the context of Russian history, the government's power structure, and Russia's wider culture. He describes how the FSB's mindset and priorities show continuities from the tsarist regimes and the Soviet era. The book's chapters analyze origins, organizational structure, missions, leaders, international partners, and cultural representations such as the FSB in film and television. Based on both English and Russian sources, this book is a well-researched introduction to understanding the FSB and its central role in Putin's Russia. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Russian FSB: A Concise History of the Federal Security Service Author: Kevin P. Riehle Narrator: Nigel Patterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since its founding in 1995, the FSB, Russia's Federal Security Service, has regained the majority of the domestic security functions of the Soviet-era KGB. Under Vladimir Putin, who served as FSB director just before becoming president, the agency has grown to be one of the most powerful and favored organizations in Russia. The FSB not only conducts internal security but also has primacy in intelligence operations in former Soviet states. Their activities include anti-dissident operations at home and abroad, counterintelligence, counterterrorism, criminal investigations of crimes against the state, and guarding Russia's borders. In The Russian FSB, Kevin P. Riehle provides a brief history of the FSB's origins, placed within the context of Russian history, the government's power structure, and Russia's wider culture. He describes how the FSB's mindset and priorities show continuities from the tsarist regimes and the Soviet era. The book's chapters analyze origins, organizational structure, missions, leaders, international partners, and cultural representations such as the FSB in film and television. Based on both English and Russian sources, this book is a well-researched introduction to understanding the FSB and its central role in Putin's Russia. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751974 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Roe v. Dobbs: The Past, Present, and Future of a Constitutional Right to Abortion Author: Lee C. Bollinger, Geoffrey Stone Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With this volume, Roe v. Dobbs: The Past, Present and Future of a Constitutional Right of Abortion, we confront the remarkable beginning and end—once again, after a half-century-of the landmark Supreme Court decision in Roe v. Wade, shockingly overruled by the Court in Dobbs v. Jackson Women's Health Organization. The goal of this book is to bring together some of our nation's experts to share their views on whether there should be a constitutional right to abortion and what the consequences of Dobbs might be. What makes this subject unique is how it intersects with our own lives, since both Bollinger and Stone were law clerks at the Supreme Court in the year that Roe was decided (1973). During the Court's 1972 Term, when Roe was decided, the Court was in a state of flux. President Nixon had just appointed four Justices to the Court. The era of the Warren Court was clearly over. In those days, the Justices were nonpartisan, often joined opinions across the political/ideological spectrum, and approached cases with an open mind. That in large part explains why the Court could reach the decision it did in Roe, with five of the six Republican-appointed Justices and two of the three Democratic-appointed Justices in the majority, and one Republican-appointed justice and one Democratic-appointed justice in dissent. It was a different Court and a different era. Lee C. Bollinger, Geoffrey Stone Tue, 30 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751974 thebookvoice.com 15:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Roe v. Dobbs: The Past, Present, and Future of a Constitutional Right to Abortion Author: Lee C. Bollinger, Geoffrey Stone Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With this volume, Roe v. Dobbs: The Past, Present and Future of a Constitutional Right of Abortion, we confront the remarkable beginning and end—once again, after a half-century-of the landmark Supreme Court decision in Roe v. Wade, shockingly overruled by the Court in Dobbs v. Jackson Women's Health Organization. The goal of this book is to bring together some of our nation's experts to share their views on whether there should be a constitutional right to abortion and what the consequences of Dobbs might be. What makes this subject unique is how it intersects with our own lives, since both Bollinger and Stone were law clerks at the Supreme Court in the year that Roe was decided (1973). During the Court's 1972 Term, when Roe was decided, the Court was in a state of flux. President Nixon had just appointed four Justices to the Court. The era of the Warren Court was clearly over. In those days, the Justices were nonpartisan, often joined opinions across the political/ideological spectrum, and approached cases with an open mind. That in large part explains why the Court could reach the decision it did in Roe, with five of the six Republican-appointed Justices and two of the three Democratic-appointed Justices in the majority, and one Republican-appointed justice and one Democratic-appointed justice in dissent. It was a different Court and a different era. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Roe v. Dobbs: The Past, Present, and Future of a Constitutional Right to Abortion Author: Lee C. Bollinger, Geoffrey Stone Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 30, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With this volume, Roe v. Dobbs: The Past, Present and Future of a Constitutional Right of Abortion, we confront the remarkable beginning and end—once again, after a half-century-of the landmark Supreme Court decision in Roe v. Wade, shockingly overruled by the Court in Dobbs v. Jackson Women's Health Organization. The goal of this book is to bring together some of our nation's experts to share their views on whether there should be a constitutional right to abortion and what the consequences of Dobbs might be. What makes this subject unique is how it intersects with our own lives, since both Bollinger and Stone were law clerks at the Supreme Court in the year that Roe was decided (1973). During the Court's 1972 Term, when Roe was decided, the Court was in a state of flux. President Nixon had just appointed four Justices to the Court. The era of the Warren Court was clearly over. In those days, the Justices were nonpartisan, often joined opinions across the political/ideological spectrum, and approached cases with an open mind. That in large part explains why the Court could reach the decision it did in Roe, with five of the six Republican-appointed Justices and two of the three Democratic-appointed Justices in the majority, and one Republican-appointed justice and one Democratic-appointed justice in dissent. It was a different Court and a different era. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751961 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751961]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Speech: What Everyone Needs to Know® Author: Nadine Strossen Narrator: Nadine Strossen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This concise but comprehensive book lays out specific answers to myriad topical questions about free speech law, and also general explanations of how and why the law distinguishes between protected and punishable speech. The book focuses on modern First Amendment law, explaining the historic factors that propelled its evolution in a more speech-protective direction—in particular, the Civil Rights Movement. It highlights the many cases, involving multiple issues, in which robust speech-protective principles aided advocates of racial justice and other human rights causes. The book also shows how these holdings reflect universal, timeless values, which have been incorporated in many other legal systems, and have inspired countless thinkers and activists alike. Without oversimplifying the complexities of free speech law, the book's lively question-and-answer format summarizes this law in an understandable, interesting, and memorable fashion. It addresses the issues in a logical sequence, presenting facts and eloquent language from landmark Supreme Court opinions. It will be illuminating to a wide range of listeners, from those who know nothing about free speech law, to those who have studied it but seek a well-organized summary of major doctrinal rules, as well as insights into their background, rationales, and interconnections. Nadine Strossen Tue, 28 May 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751961 thebookvoice.com 11:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751961]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Speech: What Everyone Needs to Know® Author: Nadine Strossen Narrator: Nadine Strossen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This concise but comprehensive book lays out specific answers to myriad topical questions about free speech law, and also general explanations of how and why the law distinguishes between protected and punishable speech. The book focuses on modern First Amendment law, explaining the historic factors that propelled its evolution in a more speech-protective direction—in particular, the Civil Rights Movement. It highlights the many cases, involving multiple issues, in which robust speech-protective principles aided advocates of racial justice and other human rights causes. The book also shows how these holdings reflect universal, timeless values, which have been incorporated in many other legal systems, and have inspired countless thinkers and activists alike. Without oversimplifying the complexities of free speech law, the book's lively question-and-answer format summarizes this law in an understandable, interesting, and memorable fashion. It addresses the issues in a logical sequence, presenting facts and eloquent language from landmark Supreme Court opinions. It will be illuminating to a wide range of listeners, from those who know nothing about free speech law, to those who have studied it but seek a well-organized summary of major doctrinal rules, as well as insights into their background, rationales, and interconnections. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751961]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free Speech: What Everyone Needs to Know® Author: Nadine Strossen Narrator: Nadine Strossen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This concise but comprehensive book lays out specific answers to myriad topical questions about free speech law, and also general explanations of how and why the law distinguishes between protected and punishable speech. The book focuses on modern First Amendment law, explaining the historic factors that propelled its evolution in a more speech-protective direction—in particular, the Civil Rights Movement. It highlights the many cases, involving multiple issues, in which robust speech-protective principles aided advocates of racial justice and other human rights causes. The book also shows how these holdings reflect universal, timeless values, which have been incorporated in many other legal systems, and have inspired countless thinkers and activists alike. Without oversimplifying the complexities of free speech law, the book's lively question-and-answer format summarizes this law in an understandable, interesting, and memorable fashion. It addresses the issues in a logical sequence, presenting facts and eloquent language from landmark Supreme Court opinions. It will be illuminating to a wide range of listeners, from those who know nothing about free speech law, to those who have studied it but seek a well-organized summary of major doctrinal rules, as well as insights into their background, rationales, and interconnections. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751945 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Radical Imagination of Black Women: Ambition, Politics, and Power Author: Pearl K. Ford Dowe Narrator: L. Malaika Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Including interviews with Black women holding political office at the national, state, and local levels, as well as focus group data, The Radical Imagination of Black Women challenges political science's current approach to political ambition by exploring how Black women decide to seek political office. Pearl K. Ford Dowe argues that ambition for Black women cannot be measured only by political candidacies and ascents of the political chain of power. Black women are uniquely positioned within their communities to influence politics and public policy, which stems from unique variables of socialization, gender and racial identity, and marginalization that shape the political attitudes of Black women. Thus, Dowe asserts that Black women's political ambition often manifests outside formal politics, in activism and community building, a process that is linked to a wider radical vision for a full democracy. This is ambition that occurs in a specific context of marginalization, and both motivation and the conditions surrounding such motivation are critical to understanding the full range of Black women's political work. By focusing on Black women's experiences in elite politics, The Radical Imagination of Black Women is a much-needed intervention in the literature on electoral ambition, women in politics, and candidates and elections. Pearl K. Ford Dowe Tue, 02 Apr 2024 01:22:02 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751945 thebookvoice.com 7:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Radical Imagination of Black Women: Ambition, Politics, and Power Author: Pearl K. Ford Dowe Narrator: L. Malaika Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Including interviews with Black women holding political office at the national, state, and local levels, as well as focus group data, The Radical Imagination of Black Women challenges political science's current approach to political ambition by exploring how Black women decide to seek political office. Pearl K. Ford Dowe argues that ambition for Black women cannot be measured only by political candidacies and ascents of the political chain of power. Black women are uniquely positioned within their communities to influence politics and public policy, which stems from unique variables of socialization, gender and racial identity, and marginalization that shape the political attitudes of Black women. Thus, Dowe asserts that Black women's political ambition often manifests outside formal politics, in activism and community building, a process that is linked to a wider radical vision for a full democracy. This is ambition that occurs in a specific context of marginalization, and both motivation and the conditions surrounding such motivation are critical to understanding the full range of Black women's political work. By focusing on Black women's experiences in elite politics, The Radical Imagination of Black Women is a much-needed intervention in the literature on electoral ambition, women in politics, and candidates and elections. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/751945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Radical Imagination of Black Women: Ambition, Politics, and Power Author: Pearl K. Ford Dowe Narrator: L. Malaika Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 2, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Including interviews with Black women holding political office at the national, state, and local levels, as well as focus group data, The Radical Imagination of Black Women challenges political science's current approach to political ambition by exploring how Black women decide to seek political office. Pearl K. Ford Dowe argues that ambition for Black women cannot be measured only by political candidacies and ascents of the political chain of power. Black women are uniquely positioned within their communities to influence politics and public policy, which stems from unique variables of socialization, gender and racial identity, and marginalization that shape the political attitudes of Black women. Thus, Dowe asserts that Black women's political ambition often manifests outside formal politics, in activism and community building, a process that is linked to a wider radical vision for a full democracy. This is ambition that occurs in a specific context of marginalization, and both motivation and the conditions surrounding such motivation are critical to understanding the full range of Black women's political work. By focusing on Black women's experiences in elite politics, The Radical Imagination of Black Women is a much-needed intervention in the literature on electoral ambition, women in politics, and candidates and elections.